Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS2

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2018


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment
No. 3 to

FORM 20-F



(Mark One)    

ý

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

o

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended                    

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                                    to                                     

or

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report……………

Commission file number:

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

(Not Applicable)

(Translation of the registrant's name into English)

Republic of Singapore

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

#03-01 Southpoint
200 Cantonment Road
Singapore 089763

(Address of principal executive offices)

With copies to:
Martyn Wade
Tel: 65 6632 1315
Fax: 65 6323 0046
#03-01 Southpoint
200 Cantonment Road
Singapore 089763


(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

and

Joshua Wechsler
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
Tel: (212) 859-8000
Fax: (212) 859-4000
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
United States


Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Ordinary shares, no par value   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: N/A

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:  o  Yes     o  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  o  Yes     o  No

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  o  Yes     o  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  o  Yes     o  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer", "smaller reporting company", and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý   smaller reporting company  o   Emerging growth company  ý

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o


The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  o   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board  ý
  Other  o

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  o  Item 17     o  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  o  Yes     o  No


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

The Spin-Off

The board of directors of Grindrod Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa, or Parent, approved the investigation of the demerger of its shipping business, which we refer to as the Spin-Off, on August 23, 2017. The board of directors of Parent passed the resolution necessary to implement the Spin-Off on March 23, 2018. It is expected that on or around June 18, 2018, or the Closing Date, Parent will sell all of the shares it holds in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., or Grindrod Shipping, a newly formed entity incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, created to hold Parent's shipping business, in exchange for a market related consideration that will be settled by way of the issuance by Grindrod Shipping of compulsorily convertible notes, or the Convertible Notes, to Parent, which will be distributed to Parent's shareholders in the Spin-Off as described below. In the first quarter of 2018, we sold two of GSSA's businesses, Ocean Africa Container Lines division, or OACL, and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd, or Unicorn Bunker, to another Parent subsidiary and such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales will remain with us following the Spin-Off. On the Closing Date, pursuant to Parent board and shareholder authorization, Parent will make a distribution in specie consisting of the Convertible Notes to be distributed on the Closing Date pro rata to all of Parent's ordinary shareholders. Parent's ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. The Convertible Notes will immediately and automatically convert into ordinary shares in Grindrod Shipping following the distribution of the Convertible Notes to Parent's ordinary shareholders. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off. Fractional interests will be reduced down to the nearest whole number and Parent ordinary shareholders will receive a cash payment, in South African rand, for the fractional interest. See "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off".

Our Company

As of the Closing Date, Parent and Grindrod Shipping will become independent, publicly traded companies and will have separate public ownership. Grindrod Shipping has appointed its own board of directors, a majority of whom will not overlap with Parent's board of directors. Grindrod Shipping will have the same management team that currently operates Parent's shipping business and will not be managed by Parent or any of Parent's shareholders, except to the extent that a member of senior management is a beneficial owner of Parent's ordinary shares and receives ordinary Grindrod Shipping shares in the Spin-Off.

On November 2, 2017, Grindrod Shipping was incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore. With effect from April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

This registration statement on Form 20-F relates to the registration of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares under Section 12(b) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or NASDAQ. Grindrod Shipping has been approved in South Africa for its shares to be admitted to the official list of the JSE Limited, or the JSE, and its ordinary shares are expected to be listed and quoted on the Main Board of the JSE.


PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Our combined financial statements and, unless otherwise indicated, other financial information concerning us included in this registration statement, are presented in U.S. dollars. We have prepared our combined financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board, or IASB.

i


Table of Contents

Our audited combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are presented as combined financial statements and have been derived from combining the financial statements of Parent's wholly-owned shipping business subsidiaries, GSPL and GSSA, that we will acquire immediately prior to the Spin-Off. In addition, the combined financial statements include components of Parent's shipping business which will not be transferred to us in the Spin-Off. In the first quarter of 2018, we sold two of GSSA's businesses, OACL and Unicorn Bunker, to another Parent subsidiary and such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales will remain with us following the Spin-Off. The historical combined financial information has been prepared with the objective of presenting the results and net assets of Grindrod Shipping over the periods presented. Consequently, this historical combined financial information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial performance that would have been achieved had Grindrod Shipping operated as a stand-alone entity for the periods presented. Furthermore, it may not be indicative of the financial results in future periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

The historical column in the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position and statement of profit or loss included in this registration statement has been derived from the audited combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA included elsewhere in this registration statement as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and gives effect to the Spin-Off and the sale of OACL and Unicorn Bunker to another Parent subsidiary. Grindrod Shipping's unaudited pro forma condensed financial information, or the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information, does not represent the actual financial position or results of operations of Grindrod Shipping as at and for the dates indicated, and is being furnished solely for illustrative purposes. Furthermore, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information does not purport to project Grindrod Shipping's results of operations or financial position for any future period or as of any future date. See "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information".


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This registration statement includes estimates regarding market and industry data that we prepared based on our management's knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate.

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for our products and services. Market share data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of market share data. In addition, customer preferences are subject to change. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such market share data or any other such estimates. While we believe such information is reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, we have not independently verified any third-party information and data from our internal research has not been verified by any independent source. While we believe the estimated market and industry data included in this registration statement are generally reliable, such information, which is derived in part from management's estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise.

Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by any third parties and by us.


DEFINED TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

In this registration statement, unless otherwise indicated, all references to "we", "us," "our" and Grindrod Shipping refer to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. is a public company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore.

ii


Table of Contents

In this registration statement, all references to "Singapore" mean the Republic of Singapore, all references to "South Africa" mean the Republic of South Africa and all references to the "United States" and "U.S." mean the United States of America, its territories and possessions and any state of the United States and the District of Columbia.

In this registration statement, "R" and "Rand" refer to the South African Rand and "Rand cents" refers to subunits of the South African Rand, "$", "U.S.$" and "U.S. dollars" refer to United States dollars and "U.S. cents" refers to subunits of the U.S. dollar.

This registration statement contains descriptions of shipping and the shipping industry. In order to facilitate a better understanding of these descriptions, below is a glossary defining a number of technical and shipping terms as used in this registration statement.

Glossary of Shipping Terms

The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the reader in understanding some of the shipping terms used in this registration statement.

Available days.     The total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenues.

Baltic Clean Tanker Index.     The Baltic Clean Tanker Index, or BCTI, is a daily index of charter rates for key clean tanker routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited.

Baltic Dry Index.     The Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, is a leading daily drybulk charter market indicator published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which combines information for handysize, supramax, panamax and capesize drybulk vessels. For periods after March 1, 2018, handysize vessels are no longer included in the BDI.

Bareboat charter.     Charter for an agreed period of time during which the vessel owner provides only the vessel, while the charterer provides the crew, together with all stores and bunkers and pays all vessel operating costs, including maintenance and repairs.

Drybulk carrier.     Vessel designed to carry dry, loose cargoes in bulk.

Bunker(s).     Fuel, consisting principally of fuel oil and diesel, burned in the vessel's engines and certain ancillary equipment.

Capesize vessel.     Drybulk carrier with a capacity of about 130,000 to 200,000 dwt which, due to its size, must transit when loaded the Atlantic to the Pacific via Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope and is typically used for long voyages in the coal and iron ore trades.

Charter hire.     The basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel under time charter. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates.

Charterer.     A person, firm or company hiring or employing a vessel for the carriage of goods or other purposes.

Charter party.     A document containing all the terms and conditions of the contract between the owner of a vessel and a charterer for the use of a vessel, signed by both parties or their agents, for the hire of a vessel or the space in a vessel.

Commercial management.     Management of those aspects of vessel owning and operation that relate to obtaining economic value from the vessel which may include vessel financing, sale and purchase, chartering or vessel employment, voyage execution, insurance and claims handling, accounting and corporate administration.

Commercial pools.     A pooling of vessels for the purpose of economies of scale and where the earnings of each vessel in the pool are not determined by the specific voyages undertaken by the individual vessel but by an agreed allocation of the pooled earnings of all the vessels in the pool. A pool manager is responsible for the commercial operation of the commercial pool service.

iii


Table of Contents

Contract of affreightment.     A contract of affreightment, or COA, is similar to a voyage charter, but covers two or more shipments over an agreed period of time (this could be over a number of months or years) and a particular vessel is not necessarily specified.

Deadweight tonne, or dwt.     The unit of measurement of weight capacity of vessels, which is the total weight (usually in metric tons) the vessel can carry, including cargo, bunkers, water, stores, spares and crew at a specified draft.

Demurrage.     An agreed amount payable to the vessel owner or disponent owner by the charterer when the agreed time allowed for loading or unloading cargo has been exceeded through no fault of the owner.

Disponent Owner.     A person or a company that is not registered as owner of a vessel, but who has control over the commercial operations of the vessel through a bareboat or time charter, and has, as a disponent owner, the right to "dispose of" the ship by sub-chartering it to a third party.

Drydocking.     The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of parts that are normally submerged.

Flag state or Flagged.     The country where the vessel is registered.

Fleet utilization.     The percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

Forward freight agreement.     A forward freight agreement, or FFA, is a derivative instrument that can be used as a means of hedging exposure to charter rate market risk through the purchase or sale of specified time charter rates or freight rates for forward positions. Settlement is in cash, against a daily market index published by the Baltic Exchange.

Freight rates.     The revenue earned by a vessel owner or disponent owner pursuant to a voyage charter or a contract of affreightment.

Handysize drybulk vessel.     Drybulk carrier of less than 40,000 dwt which is commonly equipped with cargo gear such as cranes. This type of vessel carries principally minor bulk cargoes and limited quantities of major bulk cargoes. It is well suited for transporting cargoes to ports that may have draft restrictions or are not equipped with gear for loading or discharging drybulk cargoes.

IMO.     International Maritime Organization, the international United Nations advisory body on transport by sea.

In ballast.     The period of time during which a vessel performs a voyage without cargo on board.

Major bulk.     Drybulk cargoes such as iron ore, coal and grain.

Medium range tanker.     A tanker of about 25,000 dwt to 60,000 dwt.

Minor bulk.     Drybulk cargoes such as forest products, iron and steel products, fertilizers, agricultural products, minerals and petcoke, bauxite and alumina, cement, other construction materials and salt.

Newbuilding.     A vessel under construction or on order for construction.

Off-hire.     The period during which a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings.

Operating days.     Operating days are the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenues.

P&I.     Protection and indemnity insurance coverage taken by a vessel owner or charterer against third-party liabilities such as those arising from oil pollution, cargo damage, crew injury or loss of life.

Product tanker.     A tanker designed to carry refined petroleum products in bulk.

iv


Table of Contents

Resale agreement.     An agreement to acquire the rights and obligations under a shipbuilding contract or a contract to acquire a newbuilding.

Spot market.     The market for immediate chartering of a vessel, usually for a single voyage or short-term trading.

Spot market-oriented pool.     A commercial pool that primarily employs vessels in the spot market.

Spot rate.     Charter rate agreed on the basis of the prevailing spot market.

Supramax vessel.     Drybulk carrier of about 40,000 dwt to 65,000 dwt, which is usually grab fitted and carries a wide variety of cargoes including major bulk and minor bulk cargoes.

Small tanker.     A tanker of about 10,000 dwt to 25,000 dwt.

Technical management.     Management of those aspects of vessel owning and operation that relate to the physical operation of a vessel, including the provision of crew, routine maintenance, repairs, drydocking, supplies of stores and spares, compliance with all applicable international regulations, safety and quality management, environment protection, newbuilding plan approval, newbuilding supervision, oversight of third-party contracted supervisors, and related technical and financial reporting.

Time charter.     Charter for an agreed period of time where the vessel owner or disponent owner as the case may be is paid on a per-day basis and is responsible for operating the vessel and paying the vessel operating costs while the charterer is responsible for paying the charter hire and the voyage costs and bears the risk of filling the vessel with cargo and any delays at port or during the voyage, except where caused by a defect of the vessel.

TCE Revenue or TCE.     TCE, or time charter equivalent, revenue is defined as vessel revenues less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our operating days during the period, is TCE per day. Vessel revenues and voyage expenses as reported for our operating segments include a proportionate share of vessel revenues and voyage expenses attributable to our joint ventures based on our proportionate ownership of the joint ventures. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day also includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and also includes charter-in days. TCE per day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters have to cover voyage costs and are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters do not cover voyage costs and generally are expressed in per-day amounts.

Tonnage.     A generic term referring to any kind of ocean-going cargo vessel or vessels.

Vessel operating costs.     Costs associated with technical management of the owned vessels in our Fleet, including crew expenses; repairs and maintenance; insurance; and other such costs.

Voyage charters.     Charters under which a vessel owner or disponent owner is paid on the basis of transporting cargo from a load port to a discharge port and is responsible for paying vessel operating costs, voyage expenses, and charter hire costs, as applicable.

Voyage expenses.     All direct costs associated with operating a vessel between loading and discharge at the relevant ports. These expenses include pool distributions (which consist of net earnings payable to third-party and joint venture owners of vessels in the pools we manage); fuel expenses; port expenses; and FFAs.

Conversion Rates

Certain information in this registration statement presented in Rand has been translated into U.S. dollars. Unless otherwise stated, the conversion rate for these translations is R12.39 per $1.00 which was the closing rate on December 31, 2017. By including the U.S. dollar equivalents, Grindrod Shipping is not representing that the Rand amounts actually represent the U.S. dollar amounts shown or that these amounts could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated.


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This registration statement and the exhibits to this registration statement contain forward-looking statements with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, business strategies,

v


Table of Contents

operating efficiencies, competitive position, growth opportunities, plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters.

These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to our future business prospects, revenues and income, wherever they may occur in this registration statement and the exhibits to this registration statement, are necessarily estimates and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in this registration statement. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

vi


Table of Contents

We undertake no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this registration statement or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN SINGAPORE

Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) pursuant to a prospectus registration exemption under Subdivision (4) of Division 1 of Part XIII of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or (ii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth therein.

vii


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PART I

       

ITEM 1: IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

    1  

ITEM 2: OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

    2  

ITEM 3: KEY INFORMATION

    2  

                RISK FACTORS

    6  

ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

    44  

ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

    68  

ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

    69  

ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

    96  

ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    102  

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    104  

ITEM 9: THE OFFER AND LISTING

    105  

ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    108  

ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

    146  

ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

    148  

PART II

       

ITEM 13: DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

    149  

ITEM 14: MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

    149  

ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

    149  

ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

    149  

ITEM 16B: CODE OF ETHICS

    149  

ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

    149  

ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

    149  

ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

    149  

ITEM 16F: CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

    149  

ITEM 16G: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

    149  

ITEM 16H: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

    149  

PART III

       

ITEM 17: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    150  

ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    150  

ITEM 19: EXHIBITS

    155  

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.    IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Directors and Senior Management

Directors

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals that are currently serving as, or that we expect to serve as, directors or alternate directors of Grindrod Shipping.

Name
  Age   Position   Term Expires

Cato Brahde

  63   Director / Chairman   First Annual General Meeting

Stephen Griffiths

  57   Director   *

Michael Hankinson (1)

  69   Director   First Annual General Meeting

John Herholdt

  69   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Quah Ban Huat

  51   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Pieter Uys (1)

  55   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Martyn Wade

  59   Director   *

Alternate Director:

           

Andrew Waller (1)(2)

  56   Alternate Director   First Annual General Meeting

*
Messrs. Wade and Griffiths will serve as Directors so long as they continue to hold the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

(1)
Currently also serves as a director of Parent. Following the Spin-Off, we expect that Messrs. Hankinson, Uys and Waller will continue to serve on Parent's board of directors.

(2)
Mr. Waller is expected to be an Alternate Director of Grindrod Shipping appointed by Mr. Hankinson. Mr. Waller will be entitled to notice of directors' meetings and, if Mr. Hankinson is not present at a meeting, will be entitled to vote and will be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. Waller will be entitled to attend, but not vote at and not count in the quorum for, each meeting at which Mr. Hankinson is present.

The business address of each of Messrs. Wade and Griffiths is Grindrod Shipping's executive offices at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763. The business address of each of Messrs. Brahde, Hankinson, Herholdt, Quah and Uys is c/o MS Nominees Pte. Ltd., 10 Anson Road, #32-15 International Plaza, Singapore 079903. Please see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees" for more information about our Directors.

Senior Management

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals we expect to serve as members of the senior management of Grindrod Shipping, or the Executive Officers:

Name
  Age   Position

Martyn Wade (1)

  59   Chief Executive Officer

Stephen Griffiths (2)

  57   Chief Financial Officer

(1)
Mr. Wade currently serves as both Chief Executive Officer of Parent's shipping business and Chief Executive Officer of Grindrod Shipping.

(2)
Mr. Griffiths currently serves as both Chief Financial Officer of Parent's shipping business and Chief Financial Officer of Grindrod Shipping.

The business address of the persons noted above is Grindrod Shipping's executive offices at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763. Please see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees" for more information.

Advisers

Grindrod Shipping's legal counsel as to matters of U.S. law is Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, New York, 10004, United States. Grindrod Shipping's legal counsel as to matters of South African law is ENSafrica, 150 West Street, Sandton, Johannesburg 2196, South Africa. Grindrod Shipping's legal counsel as to matters of Singapore law is Wong Tan & Molly Lim LLC, 80 Robinson Road, #17-02, Singapore 068898 with Watson Farley and Williams LLP, 6 Battery Road #28-00, Singapore 049909 as Singapore-based coordinating counsel.

1


Table of Contents

Auditors

Grindrod Shipping's auditors are Deloitte & Touche LLP, 6 Shenton Way, #33-00, Singapore 068809. Deloitte & Touche LLP is an independent registered public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

ITEM 2.    OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Offer Statistics

Not applicable.

Method and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

ITEM 3.    KEY INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data

The selected historical combined financial data set out below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 have been derived from the combined financial statements of GSSA and GSPL for those periods and as of those dates and the related notes included elsewhere in this filing. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" for additional information. The other operating data presented has been calculated as described in the footnotes to the table below. This table contains certain information regarding TCE per day, which is a non-GAAP measure. For a discussion and reconciliation of this measure, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures".

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017   2016   2015  

Summary Combined Statements of Profit or Loss Data

                   

Revenue

  $ 409,522   $ 371,532   $ 434,439  

Cost of sales

    (387,408 )   (365,735 )   (407,577 )

Gross profit

    22,114     5,797     26,862  

Other operating income

    4,696     5,687     6,142  

Administrative expenses

    (32,868 )   (30,140 )   (27,670 )

Other operating expenses

    (39,198 )   (18,093 )   (71,829 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

    (12,946 )   (3,472 )   (18,748 )

Interest income

    7,164     5,260     3,101  

Interest expense

    (6,548 )   (4,899 )   (4,448 )

Loss before taxation

    (57,586 )   (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Income tax expense

    (3,226 )   (3,849 )   (3,764 )

Loss for the year

    (60,812 ) $ (43,709 ) $ (90,354 )

Summary Combined Statement of Financial Position Data

                   

Cash and bank balances

  $ 46,522   $ 67,711   $ 75,485  

Total assets

    507,122     590,154     578,731  

Current liabilities

    163,249     141,659     166,367  

Non-current liabilities

    24,137     85,400     13,281  

Total liabilities

    187,386     227,059     179,648  

Total equity

    319,736     363,095     399,083  

2


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain other operating data for our drybulk carriers and tankers businesses. This data should be read together with "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects."

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  

Other Operating Data

                   

Drybulk Carriers Business

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Handysize Segment Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    7,942     7,616     7,877  

Available days (2)

    7,840     7,559     7,762  

Operating days (3)

    7,720     7,460     7,692  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.5 %   98.7 %   99.1 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    21.2     20.4     21.1  

Handysize Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 7,675   $ 5,881   $ 7,487  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 5,034   $ 5,091   $ 5,160  

Supramax Segment Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    7,702     7,700     7,952  

Available days (2)

    7,702     7,700     7,952  

Operating days (3)

    7,584     7,654     7,774  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.5 %   99.4 %   97.8 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    20.8     20.9     21.3  

Supramax Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

    10,551   $ 7,861   $ 10,232  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 4,519   $ 4,433   $ 4,297  

Tankers Business

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Medium Range Tankers Segment Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    3,055     3,140     3,288  

Available days (2)

    2,999     3,140     3,288  

Operating days (3)

    2,994     3,140     3,271  

Fleet utilization (4)

    100 %   100 %   99.5 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    7.5     9     8  

Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 11,691   $ 13,902   $ 20,569  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 6,869   $ 7,053   $ 7,458  

Small Tankers Segment Data

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    1,469     1,657     2,163  

Available days (2)

    1,461     1,603     2,136  

Operating days (3)

    1,461     1,572     2,096  

Fleet utilization (4)

    99 %   98.1 %   98.2 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    3.5     5     5  

Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 13,014   $ 12,154   $ 11,291  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 7,427   $ 7,479   $ 7,676  

(1)
Calendar days :    total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

(2)
Available days :    total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenues.

(3)
Operating days :    the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenues.

3


Table of Contents

(4)
Fleet utilization :    the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

(5)
Vessels operating at period end :    reflects the total amount of wholly-owned vessels we own at period end and vessels we charter-in routinely for our own account, as well as our proportionate ownership of vessels that we own through our joint ventures and vessels we charter-in through our joint ventures.

(6)
TCE per day :    vessel revenues less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and includes charter-in days. Please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for a discussion of TCE revenue and a reconciliation of TCE revenue to revenues.

(7)
Vessel operating costs per day :    Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

The table below presents summary unaudited pro forma condensed financial information. We derived the summary unaudited pro forma condensed information from the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position as of December 31, 2017. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed financial information set forth below should be read in conjunction with the information under "Item 3. Key Information—Selected Financial Data", "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and our historical annual combined financial statements and related notes thereto included in "Item 18. Financial Statements—Historical Combined Financial Statements". In the first quarter of 2018, we sold two of GSSA's businesses, OACL and Unicorn Bunker, to another Parent subsidiary and such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales will remain with us following the Spin-Off. The unaudited pro forma condensed statements of profit or loss has been adjusted to give effect to these transactions as if they had occurred or became effective as of January 1, 2017. The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position has been adjusted to give effect to these transactions as though the transactions had occurred as of December 31, 2017. In addition, the assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited adjustments to the pro forma condensed financial statements are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read together with the pro forma condensed financial statements. See "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information".

 
  Pro Forma
For the
Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017  

Revenue

  $ 354,583  

Cost of sales

    (348,741 )

Gross profit (loss)

    5,842  

Loss for the period

    (68,312 )

Total assets as of December 31, 2017

    475,312  

Total equity and liabilities as of December 31, 2017

    475,312  

Capitalization and Indebtedness

The following table presents Grindrod Shipping's capitalization as of December 31, 2017.

The information below is not necessarily indicative of what Grindrod Shipping's capitalization or indebtedness would have been had the Spin-Off been completed as of December 31, 2017. In addition, it is not indicative of Grindrod Shipping's future capitalization or indebtedness. The combined historical information of GSPL and GSSA below includes the capitalization and indebtedness of OACL and Unicorn Bunker, which will not be part of Grindrod Shipping's capitalization or indebtedness for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018. The pro forma information below has been adjusted to reflect the disposal of OACL and Unicorn Bunker. This table should be read in conjunction with the Historical Combined Financial Statements, and related notes thereto, and Grindrod Shipping's unaudited pro forma combined financial information and related notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this registration statement. See "Item 18. Financial Statements" and "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Financial

4


Table of Contents

Information". For information regarding the refinancing of Grindrod Shipping's debt in May 2018, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments" and "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Description of Indebtedness—Loan Agreements".

 
   
  Adjustments for
disposal of
OACL and
Unicorn Bunker
   
 
 
  Combined Historical
of GSPL and GSSA
   
 
As of December 31, 2017
  Pro Forma  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
 

Debt

                   

Short-term borrowings (secured)

  $ 87,964   $     $ 87,964  

Long-term borrowings (secured)

    20,790           20,790  

Total debt recorded on Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

    7,950     (7,950 )    

Total Debt

    116,704     (7,950 )   108,754  

Total Equity

    319,736         319,736  

Total Capitalization

    436,440     (7,950 ) $ 428,490  

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

5


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information included in this registration statement, the considerations listed below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cash flows, or ability to pay dividends, or future prospects, or financial performance, resulting in a decline in the trading price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares. The risks set forth below comprise all material risks currently known to us. These factors should be considered carefully, together with the information and financial data set forth in this registration statement.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Weak economic conditions throughout the world, in particular in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region, could negatively affect the markets in which we operate which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and ability to obtain financing.

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy is currently facing a number of new challenges, including recent turmoil and hostilities in various regions, including Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa. The weakness in the global economy has caused, and may cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods, and, thus, shipping. Additionally, there has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and gas, and other commodities. An extended period of deterioration in the outlook for the world economy could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and other commodities and for our services. Continuing economic instability could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

The United States, Europe and other parts of the world have exhibited weak economic trends. The credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities have implemented and are considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.

Continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect on us, as we anticipate a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels and those of our competitors will continue to involve the loading or discharging of drybulk and liquid bulk commodities in ports in the Asia Pacific region. Before the global financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world's fastest growing economies in terms of GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The growth rate of China's GDP is estimated to have increased to approximately 6.9% for the year ended December 31, 2017 though it continues to remain below pre-2008 levels despite the overall level of demand for seaborne cargoes from China having increased since 2008. It is possible that China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the future. Moreover, the current economic slowdown in the economies of the United States, Europe and other Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by a further economic downturn in any of these countries or geographic regions.

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been and continue to be volatile. Credit markets and the debt and equity capital markets have been distressed and the uncertainty surrounding the future of the global credit markets has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide. These issues, along with significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the current weak economic conditions, have made, and will likely continue to make, it challenging to obtain additional financing. In addition, the current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt

6


Table of Contents

at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased to provide, funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing will be available to the extent required to implement our business strategy, or that we will be able to refinance our credit facilities in due course, on acceptable terms or at all. If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they become due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, acquire newbuildings and additional vessels or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or affect our ability to borrow amounts under credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. The recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with possible further declines in charter rates and vessel values, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In the global economy, operating businesses have recently faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, weak international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. In particular, lower demand growth for drybulk and tanker cargoes as well as diminished trade credit available for the delivery of such cargoes have led to decreased demand for drybulk carriers and tankers, creating downward pressure on charter rates, the spot market and vessel values. These global economic conditions have and may continue to have a number of adverse consequences for drybulk, tanker and other shipping sectors, including, among other things:

    low charter rates, particularly for vessels employed on short-term time charters or in the spot market;

    decreases in the market value of drybulk carriers and tankers and limited second-hand market for the sale of vessels;

    limited financing for vessels;

    widespread loan covenant defaults; and

    declaration of bankruptcy by certain vessel operators, vessel owners, shipyards and charterers.

The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Charter rates for drybulk carriers are volatile and have declined significantly since their historic highs and may remain at relatively low levels or decrease in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The drybulk shipping industry is cyclical with high volatility in charter rates and profitability. The degree of charter rate volatility among different types of drybulk carriers has varied widely; however, the downturn in the drybulk charter market has severely affected the entire drybulk shipping industry and charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined significantly from historically high levels. In the past, time charter and voyage charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined below operating costs of vessels. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, an index of daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, declined approximately 97.6% from its high of almost 12,000 in June 2008 to 290 on February 10, 2016 and has remained volatile since then. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the BDI fluctuated in a range between 685 and 1,743. As of December 31, 2017, the BDI was 1,366.

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major drybulk commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover, we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot market charter rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may employ our vessels in these short-term markets at lower rates. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our

7


Table of Contents

vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would adversely affect asset values and our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our ordinary shares, and capital and interest on our indebtedness. Furthermore, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline and we may have to record an impairment charge in our combined financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

Factors that influence demand for drybulk carrier capacity include:

    supply of and demand for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

    changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

    the location of regional and global production and manufacturing facilities;

    the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

    the globalization of production and manufacturing;

    global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities, embargoes and strikes;

    disruptions and developments in international trade;

    the cost of steel and labor;

    the cost and availability of financing;

    changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;

    environmental and other regulatory developments;

    competition from alternative sources of energy;

    international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars;

    currency exchange rates; and

    weather and natural disasters.

Factors that influence the supply of drybulk carrier capacity include:

    the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;

    the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;

    port or canal congestion;

    the scrapping rate of older vessels;

    speed of vessel operation;

    vessel casualties;

    weather; and

    the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire.

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to newbuilding and scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing drybulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These and other factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk carriers will be dependent upon economic growth in the world's economies, mainly China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global drybulk fleet and the sources and supply of drybulk cargo to be transported by sea.

8


Table of Contents

Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Charter rates for tankers are volatile, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The tanker industry is cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. A worsening of current global economic conditions may cause tanker charter rates to decline and thereby adversely affect our ability to employ our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of their employment, or any renewal or replacement employment that we enter into may not be sufficient to allow us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values result from changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products and other liquid bulk cargoes. The factors affecting the supply of and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable. The BCTI, an index of daily average of charter rates for key clean tanker routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as a main benchmark to monitor the movements of the clean tanker vessel charter market and the performance of the entire clean tanker shipping market, declined approximately 82.3% from its high of 1,955 in December 2000 to 345 in April 2009 and has remained volatile since then. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the BCTI fluctuated in a range between 508 and 867. As of December 31, 2017, the BCTI was 720.

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major large bulk liquid commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover, we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot market charter rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may be unable to keep our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would adversely affect asset values and our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our ordinary shares, and capital and interest on our indebtedness. Furthermore, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline and we may have to record an impairment charge in our combined financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

The factors that influence demand for clean tanker capacity include:

    supply of and demand for energy resources, oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes;

    regional availability of refining capacity and inventories;

    regional production of liquid bulks such as vegetable oils and chemicals;

    global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts, terrorist activities, and strikes;

    the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

    the distance over which oil and oil products and other liquid bulk cargoes are to be moved by sea;

    the cost of steel and labor;

    the cost and availability of financing;

    changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

    environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;

    weather and natural disasters;

    competition from alternative sources of energy;

    currency exchange rates; and

    international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars.

9


Table of Contents

The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

    supply of and demand for energy resources and oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes;

    the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;

    the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;

    the scrapping rate of older vessels;

    conversion of tankers to other uses;

    the number of tankers trading crude or "dirty" oil products (such as fuel oil);

    the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid up, drydocked, awaiting repairs, used for storage purposes or otherwise not available for hire;

    environmental concerns and regulations;

    geographical oil product and other liquid bulk cargo imbalances (affecting the level of trading activity);

    developments in international trade, including refinery additions and closures;

    port or canal congestion;

    vessel casualties;

    weather; and

    speed of vessel operation.

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up, include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance costs, insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing tanker fleet in the market, and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

We anticipate that the future demand for our tankers will be dependent upon economic growth in the world's economies, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global tanker fleet and the sources and supply of oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes to be transported by sea. Given the number of new tankers currently on order with the shipyards, the capacity of the global tanker fleet seems likely to increase and there can be no assurance as to the timing or extent of future economic growth. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The fair market values of our drybulk carriers and tankers are volatile and may decline in the future, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our credit facilities, or result in an impairment charge, and we may incur a loss if we sell a vessel following a decline in its market value.

The fair market values of our drybulk carriers and tankers have generally experienced high volatility and have declined significantly from time to time. The fair market value of our vessels may continue to fluctuate depending on a number of factors, including:

    prevailing levels of charter rates;

    general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

    competition from varying types and sizes of vessels;

    the ages of vessels;

    the supply of and demand for vessels;

    other modes of transportation;

    the cost of newbuildings;

    governmental and other regulations;

10


Table of Contents

    the need to upgrade vessels as a result of charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise;

    bunker prices; and

    competition from other shipping companies.

If the fair market values of our vessels decline, the amount of funds we may draw down under our credit facilities may be limited and we may not be in compliance with certain covenants contained in our credit facilities, which may result in an event of default. In such circumstances, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. If we are not able to comply with the covenants in our credit facilities, and are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on the mortgaged vessels in our Fleet. In addition, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be less than the vessel's carrying value on our combined financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale and a reduction in earnings, which could be material. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

Conversely, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of such acquisitions may increase and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

An inability to effectively time investments in and divestments of vessels could prevent the implementation of our business strategy and negatively impact our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In order to maintain a young fleet we are required to replace older vessels with newer ones over time. In order to do so, we will grow our fleet by entering into long-term chartering and newbuildings contracts and making acquisitions and disposals in the resale and second-hand markets. Our business is greatly influenced by long-term chartering contracts, the timing of investments and/or divestments, the exercise of our purchase options to acquire vessels and contracting of newbuildings. As of December 31, 2017, we had purchase options to acquire five vessels that we time charter. For a discussion of the terms of these purchase options, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Overview". If we are unable to identify the optimal timing of such investments, of the exercise of our purchase options, of divestments or of contracting of newbuildings in relation to the shipping value cycle or unable to execute at the optimal timing due to capital constraints or other reasons, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Drybulk carrier and tanker values have generally experienced high volatility. Investors can expect the fair market value of our vessels to fluctuate, depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the drybulk and tanker industries and competition from other shipping companies, types and sizes of vessels and other modes of transportation. In addition, as vessels age, they generally decline in value. These factors will affect the value of our vessels for purposes of covenant compliance under the credit facilities and at the time of any vessel sale. If for any reason we sell a vessel at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be at less than such vessel's carrying amount on our financial statements, with the result that we could also incur a material loss on the sale and a reduction in earnings and reserves. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time. At the end of each reporting period and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of an asset when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if the asset no longer fits into our strategic planning. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies".

An over-supply of drybulk carrier and tanker capacity may prolong or lead to a reduction or depression in drybulk carrier or tanker charter rates, as has happened in the past, and lead to a reduction in the value of our vessels, which may limit our ability to operate our drybulk carriers and tankers profitably.

The market supply of drybulk carriers has increased significantly since the beginning of 2005. As of December 31, 2017, newbuilding orders, which extend to 2021 and beyond, had been placed for approximately 9.3% of the existing global drybulk fleet capacity and the orderbook may increase further. Drybulk carrier supply growth has been outpacing drybulk carrier demand growth over the past few years, causing downward pressure on drybulk charter rates. If the capacity of new drybulk carriers delivered exceeds the capacity of drybulk carriers being scrapped, drybulk capacity will increase. Until the new supply is fully absorbed by the market, drybulk charter rates may continue to be under pressure in the near

11


Table of Contents

to medium term and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors, such as supply of and demand for energy resources, including oil and petroleum products, supply of and demand for seaborne transportation of such energy resources and other liquid bulk cargoes, and the current and expected purchase orders for newbuildings. If the capacity of new tankers delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and converted to non-trading tankers, global tanker capacity will increase. As of December 31, 2017, the newbuilding orderbook, which extends to 2022 and beyond, equaled approximately 11.4% of the existing global tanker fleet and the order book may increase further in proportion to the existing global tanker fleet. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and if the demand for tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly or declines, charter rates could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, tankers may be "cleaned up" from "dirty/crude" trades and swapped back into the clean tanker market which would increase the available clean tanker tonnage which may affect the supply and demand balance for clean tankers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We operate in the highly competitive international shipping industry and we may not be able to compete for charters and COAs with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and, as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.

Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The competition in the market is based primarily on supply and demand and we compete for charters and COAs on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age, the condition of the vessel, our and our third-party commercial managers' reputations, and, particularly in the tanker sector, the acceptability of the vessel and its technical managers and operators to the charterers.

We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk and tanker vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership and control of drybulk carriers and tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among a large number of players including publicly listed and privately owned shipping companies, major oil companies, mining companies, commodity trading houses, private equity and other investment funds and state-controlled owners. In the tanker market a part of the trade is captive especially to major and national oil company fleets. Ownership and control in the drybulk sector is rather more fragmented than in the case of the tanker sector. Due in part to the highly fragmented markets in which we operate, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk or tanker shipping industries and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If we are unable to successfully compete with other drybulk or tanker shipping companies, our competitors may be able to offer better prices than us, which could result in our achieving lower revenues from our vessels and our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our drybulk and tanker shipping charter rates will be subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We operate our drybulk carriers and tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels in the spot market or on index-based time charters or have index-based COAs, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results.

The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the northern hemisphere fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period.

The tanker sector is typically stronger in the northern hemisphere winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but can be weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months.

12


Table of Contents

In addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling as well as the supplies of certain commodities.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental and safety regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, the U.S. Clean Water Act, or the CWA, and the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and regulations of the UN International Maritime Organization, or IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL) including the designation of Emission Control Areas, or ECAs, thereunder, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS), the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage of 2001 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as BUNKER), the International Convention of Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as CLC), the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the ISPS code, and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended), or the LL Convention.

Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes and the need for such actions may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or the impact thereof on the fair market values or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. For example, the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, adopted by the IMO in February 2004, calls for the phased introduction of mandatory reducing living organism limits in ballast water over time (as discussed further below). In order to comply with these living organism limits, vessel owners may have to install expensive ballast water treatment systems or make port facility disposal arrangements and modify existing vessels to accommodate those systems. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017 and while we believe that our vessels have been or will be fitted with systems that will comply with the standards, we cannot be assured that these systems will be approved by the regulatory bodies of every jurisdiction in which we may wish to conduct our business. If they are not approved it could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems, the direct costs thereof and the time our vessels may be off hire to effect such modifications.

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States (unless the spill results solely from, under certain limited circumstances, the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war). An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, including punitive damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our drybulk carriers and tankers.

13


Table of Contents

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, and certificates with respect to our operations, and satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations. See "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulations".

Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for oil and coal and the continued demand for seaborne transportation of such cargoes. A shift in consumer demand from oil and coal towards other energy sources or changes to trade patterns for refined oil products or coal could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A significant portion of our earnings are related, directly or indirectly, to the global demand for oil and coal. A shift in the consumer demand from oil and coal towards other energy resources such as liquefied natural gas, wind energy, solar energy, or water energy will potentially affect the demand for our drybulk carriers and tankers. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, our growth depends on continued growth in world and regional demand for refined petroleum products and bulk liquid chemicals and the transportation of such cargoes by sea, which could be negatively affected by a number of factors, including:

    technology developments and their effect on factors such as cost, alternative or substitute products, alternative methods of production and the location of production;

    the economic and financial developments globally, including actual and projected global economic growth;

    fluctuations in the actual or projected price of crude oil, refined petroleum products or other bulk liquids;

    refining capacity and its geographical location;

    increases in the production of oil or natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new, pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-oil pipelines to oil pipelines in those markets;

    decreases in the consumption of oil or natural gas due to increases in its price relative to other energy sources, and other factors making consumption of oil or natural gas less attractive or energy conservation measures;

    availability of new, alternative energy sources; and

    negative or deteriorating global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in oil-consuming regions, which could reduce energy consumption or its growth.

Seaborne trading and distribution patterns are primarily influenced by the relative advantage of the various sources and locations of production, locations of consumption, pricing differentials and seasonality. Changes to the trade patterns of refined oil products or coal may have a significant negative or positive impact on our revenue. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The refining and chemical industries may respond to any economic downturn and demand weakness by reducing operating rates, partially or completely closing refineries and plants and by reducing or cancelling certain investment expansion plans, including plans for additional refining capacity, in the case of the refining industry. Continued reduced demand for refined petroleum products and other bulk liquids and the shipping of such cargoes or the increased availability of pipelines used to transport refined petroleum products and bulk liquid chemicals would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

14


Table of Contents

If we cannot meet our customers' quality and compliance requirements we may not be able to operate our vessels profitably which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Customers, and in particular those in the oil industry, have a high and increasing focus on quality and compliance standards with their suppliers across the entire value chain, including the shipping and transportation segment. Our continuous compliance with these standards and quality requirements is vital for our operations. Related risks could materialize in multiple ways, including a sudden and unexpected breach in quality and/or compliance concerning one or more vessels, and a continuous decrease in the quality concerning one or more vessels occurring over time. Moreover, continuously increasing requirements from oil industry constituents can further complicate our ability to meet the standards. Any noncompliance by us, either suddenly or over a period of time, on one or more vessels, or an increase in requirements by oil operators above and beyond what we deliver, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Increasing self-sufficiency in energy by the United States could lead to a decrease in imports of oil to that country, which to date has been one of the largest importers of oil worldwide.

The United States is expected to overtake Saudi Arabia as the world's top oil producer in 2018, according to the International Energy Agency, or IEA. The steep rise in shale oil and gas production is expected to push the country toward self-sufficiency in energy. In recent years the share of total U.S. consumption met by total liquid fuel net imports, including both crude oil and products, has been decreasing since peaking at over 60% in 2005. The IEA said that U.S. crude oil imports will, overall, decline over the period from 2015 through 2021. A slowdown in oil imports to or exports from the United States, one of the most important oil trading nations worldwide, may result in decreased demand for our vessels and lower charter rates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

World events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Past terrorist attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world, continue to cause uncertainty in the world's financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa, and the presence of the United States or other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. Recently, government leaders have declared that their countries may turn to trade barriers to protect or revive their domestic industries in the face of foreign imports. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. War in a country in which a material supplier, including crew supply services, or customer of ours is located could impact that supply to us or our ability to earn revenue from that customer. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and West Africa. Restrictions on imports, including in the form of tariffs, could have a major impact on global trade and demand for shipping. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia, in the Gulf of Guinea and the west coast of Africa, with drybulk carriers and tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. Acts of piracy may result in death or injury to persons or damage to property. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as "war risk" zones by insurers or by the Joint War Committee of Lloyds Insurance and IUA Company, or Joint War Committee, as "war and strikes" listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs of employing on-board

15


Table of Contents

security guards, could increase in such circumstances. In some circumstances where one of our vessels is chartered-out or on time charter, the time charterer may have limited liability for charter payments in the event of an act of piracy and may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates is not "on-hire" for a certain number of days and that they are therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. Voyage charterers do not bear any of the liability relating to acts of piracy except for possible contributions in general. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, any hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We are subject to international safety regulations and requirements imposed by our classification societies and the failure to comply with these regulations and requirements may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires vessel owners, vessel managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety Management System" that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels.

The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of our vessels is ISM Code-certified or will be ISM Code-certified when delivered to us. However, if we are subject to increased liability for non-compliance, if our insurance coverage is adversely impacted as a result of non-compliance or if any of our vessels are denied access to, or are detained in, certain ports as a result of non-compliance with the ISM Code, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, the hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. The cost of maintaining our vessels' classifications, or class, may be substantial. If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Changes in fuel, or bunker, prices may adversely affect our profits.

Fuel, or bunkers, is a significant portion of our expenses when we are responsible for voyage expenses in operating our vessels and changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply of and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much

16


Table of Contents

more expensive in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A number of vessel owners have ordered so-called "eco-type" vessel designs, which may offer substantial bunker savings as compared to older designs. Increased demand for and supply of "eco-type" vessels could reduce demand for those of our vessels that are not considered as such and expose us to lower vessel utilization and/or decreased charter rates.

New vessel designs purport to offer material bunker savings compared to older designs, which include certain of our vessels. Such savings could result in a substantial reduction of bunker cost for charterers compared to vessels of ours. As the supply of "eco-type" vessels increases and if charterers prefer such vessels over our vessels that are not classified as such, this may reduce demand for our non-"eco-type" vessels, impair our ability to re-charter such vessels at competitive rates and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We operate drybulk carriers and tankers worldwide and as a result, our business has inherent operational risks, which may reduce our revenues or increase our expenses, and we may not be adequately covered by insurance.

The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations of ocean-going vessels. Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting cargoes across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, payment of ransoms, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, market disruptions, and interference with shipping routes (such as delay or rerouting), which may reduce our revenues or increase our expenses and also subject us to litigation.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or we may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is distant from the relevant vessel's position. The loss of earnings while our vessels are being repaired and repositioned or from being forced to wait for space, as well as the actual cost of repairs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, in certain cases we bareboat charter our vessels. Such vessels could require significant repairs when the vessel is returned to us.

The operation of any vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

In addition, the operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil. An oil spill may cause significant environmental damage, and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil transported in tankers.

Furthermore, the operation of certain vessel types, such as drybulk carriers, also has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach at sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessel's

17


Table of Contents

holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel's bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Other bulk cargoes will include a certain amount of moisture and may "liquefy" under certain conditions. Any of these circumstances or events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. We procure insurance for the vessels in our Fleet against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. These insurances include marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance, or FD&D insurance. We insure our vessels for third-party liability claims subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Associations in which the vessels are entered. In this regard we are insured against some contractual claims and tort claims, including environmental damage, pollution and crew personal injury and illness claims (currently the amount of insurance coverage for pollution claims available to us on commercially reasonable terms through P&I Associations is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident). The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member's vessels entered into the association. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims payable by the association. Claims payable by the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims payable by the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into inter-association agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I Associations to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

We do not currently maintain insurance against loss of hire on our vessels resulting from business interruptions that result from the loss of use of a vessel other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. The insurers may not pay particular claims as the payment of some claims may be treated as discretionary by the board of directors of the P&I Association. Our insurance policies may contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue or prevent recovery. Moreover, insurers may default on claims they are required to pay.

We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our vessels in the future, or that we will be able to obtain certain insurance coverage. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Maritime claimants could arrest or attach one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flows.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo, lenders, and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the "sister ship" theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant's maritime lien and any "associated" vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could attempt to assert "sister ship" liability against one of our vessels for claims relating to another one of our vessels. The occurrence of any of the above events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Labor interruptions could disrupt our business.

We could be subject to industrial action or other labor unrest that could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out normally. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, such business interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. These effects would be exacerbated if such a disruption were to occur on one of our

18


Table of Contents

vessels that are manned by masters, officers and crews that are employed by third parties that we do not control.

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States, United Kingdom, United Nations or other governments, which could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our ordinary shares.

Although we do not expect that our vessels will call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, from time to time on charterers' instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in such countries in the future. Our vessels have called on ports in Cuba and Sudan on very limited occasions in compliance with applicable sanctions, including with respect to humanitarian shipments arranged by the United States Agency for International Development, or USAID. Prior to each voyage on behalf of USAID, we confirmed that the charterer possessed a license authorizing the transactions under U.S. sanctions laws. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the United States enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, which amended the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA introduced limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran's petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person's vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the "Joint Plan of Action", or the JPOA. Under the JPOA it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the United States and E.U. would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months. On January 20, 2014, the United States and E.U. indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures included, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals, and automotive industries from January 20, 2014 until July 20, 2014. The JPOA was subsequently extended twice.

On July 14, 2015, the P5+1 and the E.U. announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran's Nuclear Program, or the JCPOA, which is intended to significantly restrict Iran's ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for 10 years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non-U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016, which we refer to as Implementation Day, the United States joined the E.U. and the UN in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency, or the IAEA, that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA.

19


Table of Contents

On August 2, 2017, the United States enacted the Countering America's Adversaries Through Sanctions Act, or CAATSA. CAATSA authorizes secondary sanctions on persons worldwide who conduct certain business with Iran, Russia, and North Korea. These include secondary sanctions on persons (1) dealing with most sectors of the North Korean economy, including the transportation sector, (2) engaging in any activity related to Iran's ballistic missile program, including transportation, and (3) dealing with certain activities in the Russian energy sector, including support of Russian energy export pipelines and certain energy projects. On September 21, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order imposing additional sanctions against North Korea, including a prohibition on vessels calling at ports in the United States that have called at North Korean ports within the past 180 days or that have engaged in vessel-to-vessel transfers with vessels that have called at North Korean ports within the past 180 days. On April 6, 2018, the United States imposed sanctions on seven Russian oligarchs and 12 companies they own or control, 17 senior Russian government officials, a state-owned Russian weapons trading company, and a Russian bank. These sanctions were imposed in part under CAATSA, and some were specifically for persons operating in the energy sector of the Russian Federation economy. CAATSA also requires the mandatory imposition of secondary sanctions on any non-U.S. person that knowingly facilitates significant transactions for or on behalf of these designated Russian persons or any entities in which they own, directly or indirectly, a 50% or greater interest.

On October 13, 2017, President Trump declined to certify Iran's compliance with the JCPOA. On January 12, 2018, President Trump announced that the United States did not intend to renew its sanctions waivers under the JCPOA when the waivers next expire on May 12, 2018 unless significant changes were made to the JCPOA. On May 8, 2018, President Trump announced that the United States would withdraw from the JCPOA and begin the process of reimposing sanctions that were waived under the JCPOA. The United States determined that these sanctions would be reimposed in two tranches. One set of sanctions will be reimposed after a 90-day wind down period ending August 6, 2018, and the remainder will be reimposed after a 180-day wind down period ending November 4, 2018. All sanctions that were suspended or waived under the JCPOA, including those under CISADA and the Iran Threat Reduction Act, will be in force by November 5, 2018 at the latest. The secondary sanctions related to Iran's petroleum and petrochemical sectors, energy sector, and port operators, shipping, and shipbuilding sectors will be reimposed after the 180-day wind down period ending November 4, 2018. The remaining parties to the JCPOA currently state that they intend to maintain compliance with the agreement.

Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in an occurrence of an event of default under our credit facilities, fines or other penalties and could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our securities may adversely affect the price at which our securities trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our securities may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. Bribery Act, and other applicable worldwide anti-corruption laws.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which we will be subject to following the Spin-Off, and other applicable worldwide anti-corruption laws generally prohibit corrupt payments by us, our employees, vendors, or agents. These laws include the U.K. Bribery Act, which became effective on July 1, 2011 and which is broader in scope than the FCPA, as it prohibits bribes to any person and contains no facilitating payments exception. Under the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, we may be held liable for

20


Table of Contents

some actions taken by strategic or local partners and agents. We operate our vessels in some jurisdictions that international corruption monitoring groups have identified as having high levels of corruption and may utilize vendors and agents to act on our behalf in those jurisdictions. Our activities create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, vendors, or agents that could be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws. While we devote substantial resources to our global compliance program and have implemented policies, training, and internal controls designed to reduce the risk of corrupt payments and to comply with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, our employees, vendors, and agents may violate our policies. We also may not be able to adequately prevent or detect all possible violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws. If we are found to be responsible for violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), our company and our employees could suffer from substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines, incarceration, prohibitions or limitations on the conduct of our business, the loss of our financing facilities and significant reputational damage, including our relationships with our customers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Government or regulatory investigations into potential violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws by our company could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

We expect that our vessels will call in ports where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face reputational damage and governmental or other regulatory claims which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes its charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we may be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

A substantial number of our vessels are employed in either the spot market or in drybulk and tanker pools and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A substantial number of our drybulk carriers and tankers are currently employed in either the spot market or in spot market-oriented drybulk and tanker pools, some of which are managed by third parties. This exposes us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we earned a substantial portion of our revenue from such spot market-oriented pools and spot market charters. The spot market may fluctuate significantly based upon drybulk carrier, tanker, cargo, energy resources, commodities, industrial products and oil supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot contracts and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for employment and time spent traveling unemployed to a demand area. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot market rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot market rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as spot

21


Table of Contents

charters may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot rates are rising we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

Our ability to renew expiring contracts or obtain new contracts on favorable terms or at all will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to extend contracts in direct continuation of current contracts or we are not able to obtain new contracts for existing or new owned vessels or new chartered-in vessels upon their delivery to us, or if new charters are entered into with our customers at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to current charter terms, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, we cannot assure you that the drybulk and tanker pools our vessels operate in or pools that we manage will be successful in finding employment for all such vessels in the volatile spot market or whether any such employment will be at profitable rates. We cannot assure you that our vessels will be profitably operated by such pool or by ourselves where we commercially manage our vessels outside of pools.

Furthermore, vessels operated by unaffiliated third-parties may participate in such pools and may not be of a comparable design or quality to our vessels, negatively impacting the profitability of such pools. If such unaffiliated third-parties withdraw from the pools which we manage, such pools may no longer be able to operate profitability, or at all, due to the decreased number of vessels in the pool, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A reduction in charter rates, spot market rates and other market deterioration or the aging of our fleet may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

At December 31, 2017, we had vessels of $235.4 million in total on our combined balance sheet, representing 74% of our shareholders' equity.

At the end of each reporting period, and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of an asset when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if the asset no longer fits into our strategic planning. During 2015 and 2016, we recorded an impairment loss of approximately $67.8 million and $12.6 million respectively relating to the reduction of the carrying value of our vessels based on value in use calculations. The impairments were largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity.

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2017, we impaired the vessels to the extent of $16.5 million because we determined certain vessels no longer fit into our strategic planning.

If there is a reduction in our estimated charter rates, or if we intend to divest additional vessels, we may be required to record further impairment charges on our vessels, which would require us to write down the carrying value of these assets to their fair value. Since vessels and from time to time vessels under construction comprise a substantial portion of our balance sheet, such charges could have a material impact on our combined financial statements. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies".

We depend on certain customers for our revenue. Customers may terminate or default on their obligations to us and the terms of charters may be difficult to enforce.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in the amount of approximately $40.9 million and two customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in the amounts of approximately $55.9 million and $44.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues in the amounts of approximately $40.9 million and $44.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively. For the year ended

22


Table of Contents

December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of approximately $55.9 million and $13.2 million, respectively. Each of the forgoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenues attributable to the OACL and Union Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold in the first quarter of 2018. The loss of any of our significant customers, a customer's failure to make payments or perform under any of the applicable contracts, a customer's termination of any of the applicable contracts, or a decline in payments under the contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Our contracts are governed by the law of a number of jurisdictions and provide for a variety of dispute resolution mechanisms and arbitration proceedings. There can be no assurance that we would be able to enforce any judgments against these charterers in jurisdictions where they are based or have their primary assets and operations. Even after a charter contract is entered, charterers may terminate charters early under certain circumstances.

A charterer may also terminate a charter for events that may or may not be within our control. The events or occurrences that will cause a charter to terminate or give the charterer the option to terminate the charter generally include a total or constructive total loss of the related vessel, the requisition for hire of the related vessel, the event of war in specified countries, the vessel becoming subject to seizure for more than a specified number of days, our failure to deliver the related vessel within a fixed period of time or the failure of the related vessel to meet specified performance criteria.

The ability of a customer to perform its obligations under a contract will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, conditions specific to the customer, the condition of the drybulk and tankers sectors of the shipping industry to which the customer is exposed, and the charter rates received for specific types of vessels. The costs associated with the default by a customer may be considerable and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Our customers may go bankrupt or fail to perform their obligations under the contracts, they may delay payments or suspend payments altogether, they may terminate the contracts prior to the agreed-upon expiration date or they may attempt to renegotiate the terms of the contracts. The failure of a customer to perform its obligations under a contract may mean we increase our exposure to the spot market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. If we receive lower rates under replacement contracts or are unable to re-employ all of our vessels, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

A drop in spot market charter rates may provide an incentive for some charterers and other customers to default on their charters and contracts.

If spot market rates decline, charterers may no longer need a vessel that is then under charter or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. Currently, and in the future, we may employ certain of our vessels in fixed rate time charters. When we enter into a time charter, as well as bareboat charter or COA, charter rates under that charter or contract may be fixed for the term of the charter or contract. If the spot market or term charter rates available in the drybulk shipping market or tanker shipping market become significantly lower than the rates that a customer is obliged to pay us under our existing charters or contracts, the customer may have incentive to default under that charter or contract or attempt to renegotiate the charter or contract. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new employment we secure in the spot market or on time charters, or as bareboat charters or under COAs, may be at lower rates. As a result, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties to contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We have entered into, and may enter into, various contracts, including pooling arrangements, time charters, spot voyage charters, shipbuilding contracts, credit facilities and other agreements. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime industries and the overall financial condition of the counterparty. Should a counterparty fail to honor its

23


Table of Contents

obligations under agreements with us, or seek to renegotiate the terms of the contract, we could sustain significant losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Circumstances beyond our control could affect our customers' financial strength, and because many of our customers are privately held companies, information about the financial strength of our customers may not always be available. As a result, we might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our customers and their non-performance, financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively affect the effectiveness of our management and our results of operations.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team and our ability to hire and retain key members of our management team. We do not intend to maintain "key man" life insurance on any of our officers. The loss of any of these individuals and difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel, including key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The aging of our vessels may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our vessels age typically they will become less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine and other technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives. See "—A reduction in charter rates, spot market rates and other market deterioration or the aging of our fleet may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our combined financial statements." above.

The employment of our tankers could be adversely affected by an inability to clear the oil majors' risk assessment process, and we could be in breach of our charter agreements.

The shipping industry, and especially the shipment of crude oil, refined petroleum products (clean and dirty) and bulk liquid chemicals, has been, and will remain, heavily regulated. The oil majors, together with a number of commodities traders, represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and shipping logistics (terminals) of crude oil and refined products worldwide. Concerns for the environment have led the oil majors to develop and implement a strict ongoing due diligence process when selecting their commercial partners. This vetting process has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive risk assessment of both the vessel operator and the vessel, including physical vessel inspections, completion of vessel inspection questionnaires performed by accredited inspectors and the production of comprehensive risk assessment reports. In the case of term charter relationships, additional factors are considered when awarding such contracts, including:

    office assessments and audits of the vessel operator;

    the operator's environmental, health and safety record;

    compliance with the standards of the IMO;

    compliance with oil majors' codes of conduct, policies and guidelines, including transparency, anti-bribery and ethical conduct requirements and relationships with third parties;

    compliance with heightened industry standards that have been set by several oil companies;

    shipping industry relationships, reputation for customer service, technical and operating expertise;

    shipping experience and quality of vessel operations, including cost-effectiveness;

24


Table of Contents

    quality, experience, length of service and technical capability of crews;

    the ability to finance vessels at competitive rates and overall financial stability;

    relationships with shipyards and the ability to obtain suitable berths;

    in the case of a charter of a newbuilding, construction management experience, including the ability to procure on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

    willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

    competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

Under the terms of our charter agreements, our charterers require that these vessels and their technical managers are vetted and approved to transport oil products by multiple oil majors. Our failure to maintain any of our tankers to the standards required by the oil majors could put us in breach of the applicable charter agreement and lead to termination of such agreement, and could give rise to impairment in the value of our tankers.

Should we not be able to successfully clear the oil majors' risk assessment processes on an ongoing basis, the future employment of our tankers, as well as our ability to obtain charters or freight contracts, whether spot, medium- or long-term, could be adversely affected. Such a situation may lead to the oil majors terminating existing charters and contracts and refusing to use our tankers in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may not have adequate insurance to compensate us if we lose our vessels or to compensate third parties.

There are a number of risks associated with the operation of ocean-going vessels, including mechanical failure, collision, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, loss of life, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows. In addition, the operation of any vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

We are insured against some contractual claims and tort claims (including claims related to environmental damage and pollution) through memberships in protection and indemnity associations or clubs, or P&I Associations. As a result of such membership, the P&I Associations provide us coverage for such tort and contractual claims. We also carry hull and machinery insurance and war risk insurance for our vessels. We insure our vessels for third-party liability claims subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Associations in which the vessels are entered. We do not maintain cover for loss of hire or earnings arising out of insured peril events other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. We can give no assurance that we will be adequately insured against all risks. We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our vessels in the future. The insurers may not pay particular claims. Our insurance policies contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue or prevent recovery.

The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member's vessels entered into the association. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association and the P&I Association's retained earnings, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims payable by the association. Claims payable by the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims payable by the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into interassociation agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I Associations to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew our insurance policies on the same or commercially reasonable terms, or at all, in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, protection and indemnity insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain of our actions, such as our vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations. Further, we cannot assure you that our insurance policies will cover all losses that we incur, or that disputes over insurance claims will

25


Table of Contents

not arise with our insurance carriers. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. In addition, our insurance policies are subject to limitations and exclusions, which may increase our costs or lower our revenues, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

We operate a fleet of 48 vessels (excluding two vessels currently under construction), which we refer to as our Fleet, which consists of 25 owned drybulk carriers (including 13 drybulk carriers that we own through joint ventures), eight long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers, 12 owned tankers (including six tankers that we own through joint ventures) and three long-term chartered-in tankers. One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations, and we may, in the future, increase the size of our Fleet through timely and selective acquisitions. Our future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

    identify suitable drybulk carriers and tankers, including newbuilding slots at shipyards and/or shipping companies for acquisition at attractive prices;

    sell older vessels at an appropriate time in the market;

    obtain required financing for our existing and new vessels and operations;

    identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning drybulk carriers and tankers for acquisition or joint ventures;

    integrate any acquired drybulk carriers or tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;

    hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

    identify additional new markets;

    enhance our customer base; and

    enhance our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls.

Our failure to effectively identify, acquire, develop and integrate any drybulk or tanker vessels or businesses, or our inability to effectively manage our Fleet, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Furthermore, the number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we expand the size of our Fleet, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. In addition, if we further expand our Fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shoreside administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to enhance our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our Fleet, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. Acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our ordinary shareholders, or debt issuances (with amortization payments). The effect of an acquisition may be to lower our available cash. If any such events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our

26


Table of Contents

ability to satisfy our financial obligations and to pay dividends to our shareholders depend on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends.

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future. If we are unable to fund our future capital expenditure needs, we may not be able to continue to operate some of our vessels or continue with some or all of our fleet expansion plans, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may face liquidity issues if poor market conditions in the drybulk and/or tanker markets persist for a prolonged period. In addition, we may need to raise additional capital to maintain, replace and expand the operating capacity of our Fleet and fund our operations. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the cost and timing of vessel acquisitions, and the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, customer requirements or otherwise.

In order to fund our capital expenditures, we may be required to incur borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or equity securities. As a result of the Spin-Off, it may become more expensive for Grindrod Shipping to raise funds through the issue of debt than it was prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off. Our ability to borrow money and access the capital markets through future offerings may be limited by a number of factors, including:

    our financial performance;

    our credit ratings or absence of a credit rating as a stand-alone company;

    the liquidity of the overall capital markets;

    the state of the Singapore, United States and global economies;

    general economic conditions and other contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control; and

    the state of the drybulk and tanker industries.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, our shareholders may experience dilution or reduced distributions. Any additional debt or equity financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our shareholders, including, in the case of debt financing, making us subject to more restrictive covenants than those applicable to our existing credit facilities.

Our failure to obtain the funds for necessary future capital expenditures could limit our ability to continue to operate some or all of our vessels or could cause us to impair the value of our vessels as well as limit our ability to continue with some or all of our fleet expansion plans. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Even if we are successful in obtaining such funds through financings, the terms of such financings could further limit our ability to pay dividends.

Servicing our current or future indebtedness and meeting certain financing obligations limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt and meet our other financing obligations, we may lose our vessels.

Borrowing under our credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow to paying interest and repaying capital on our indebtedness under such facilities. In addition, under the Leopard Tankers joint venture agreement with Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd, or, together with its affiliates, Vitol, we and Vitol are obligated to fund on an equal basis certain funding shortfalls and have each guaranteed to the financiers of the Leopard Tankers credit facility up to 50% of the scheduled interest and principal payments of the joint ventures' $138.5 million Leopard Tankers credit facility, excluding any balloon payment at maturity. See "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures—Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.".

These payments and certain financing obligations limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity investments in our joint venture or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would

27


Table of Contents

decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk and tanker industries. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

    seeking to raise additional capital;

    refinancing or restructuring our debt;

    selling our vessels; or

    reducing or delaying capital investments.

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. In addition, our 37 owned vessels are pledged as collateral to secure our various debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt and other financing obligations or if some other default occurs under our or the Leopard Tankers credit facilities, lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt or other assets.

We are exposed to volatility in the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, and may selectively enter into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income.

The loans under our credit facilities are generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR, which was volatile in prior years and has been steadily increasing in recent years. LIBOR can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. In addition, although in recent years LIBOR has been at relatively low levels, LIBOR increased during 2016 and may continue to rise in the future as the current low interest rate environment comes to an end. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected as we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and may not enter into interest rate hedging arrangements for these or any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future, including those we may enter into to finance a portion of the amounts payable with respect to newbuildings or acquisitions.

We may enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to interest rate risk. Entering into swaps and other derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we may employ may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest and breakage costs.

We are leveraged, which could significantly limit our ability to execute our business strategy and we may be unable to comply with our covenants in our credit facilities that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which could result in a default under the terms of these agreements.

As of December 31, 2017, we had $108.8 million of outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities.

Our credit facilities impose operating and financial restrictions on us that limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto, to:

    incur additional indebtedness on the relevant vessels securing that facility;

    sell any collateral vessel (unless a corresponding amount under the relevant facility were prepaid in accordance with its terms);

    upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, make additional investments or acquisitions;

    upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, pay dividends; or

    effect a change of ownership or control of the relevant borrower group under each facility.

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders' interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders' permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares if we determine to do so in the future, pay interest on our indebtedness, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

In addition, our credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, including ratios and covenants based on the market value of the vessels in our Fleet. Should our

28


Table of Contents

charter rates or vessel values materially decline in the future, we may seek to obtain waivers or amendments from our lenders with respect to such financial ratios and covenants, or we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet any such financial ratios and satisfy any such financial covenants.

Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping markets in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios or satisfy these covenants or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so or amend these requirements. A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under, our credit facilities would prevent us from borrowing additional money under our credit facilities and could result in a default under our credit facilities. If a default occurs under our credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets. Alternatively, if not repaid the interest rate on the outstanding debt can be increased. Moreover, in connection with any waivers or amendments to our credit facilities that we may obtain, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities including an increase in the interest rate. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, repurchase our ordinary shares, make capital expenditures, or incur additional indebtedness.

Furthermore, certain of our debt agreements contain cross-default provisions that may be triggered if we default under the terms of other of our financing agreements. In the event of default by us under one of our debt agreements, the lenders under our other debt agreements could determine that we are in default under such other financing agreements. Such cross defaults could result in the acceleration of the maturity of such debt under these agreements and the lenders thereunder may foreclose upon any collateral securing that debt, including our vessels, even if we were to subsequently cure such default. In the event of such acceleration or foreclosure, we might not have sufficient funds or other assets to satisfy all of our obligations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

We may be adversely affected by the introduction of new accounting rules for leasing.

The international accounting standard-setting board (the International Accounting Standards Board, or the IASB) has issued new accounting guidance that will require lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets as "right of use" assets and lease liabilities. Once adopted, the guidance will generally be expected to have the effect of bringing most off-balance sheet leases onto a lessee's balance sheet with the lease obligations as liabilities and the rights under the lease as assets, which would also change the income and expense recognition patterns of those items. We anticipate that the application of this new accounting guidance in the future may have a material impact on amounts reported in respect of our financial assets and financial liabilities as there are a significant number of our leases in operation that are currently accounted for through the income statement. Assets will increase on the recognition of "right of use" of an underlying asset and liabilities will increase for the obligation to make lease payments. Our profit and loss statement will be affected by an increase in depreciation of the asset and additional interest expenses although lease expenses will reduce. In addition, this new accounting rule may negatively impact covenant calculations under our existing loan agreements.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the costs and time to resolve them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings".

29


Table of Contents

Some of the vessels in our Fleet are operated by third-party technical managers. Any failure of these technical managers to perform their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We have contracted the technical management for a portion of our Fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair services, to third-party technical management companies. The failure of these technical managers to perform their obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Although we may have rights against our third-party managers if they default on their obligations to us, we will receive the benefit of that recourse only to the extent that we recover funds.

Some of the third-party managers for our vessels are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

Some of our vessels are managed by third parties. The ability of these third-party managers to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could affect our third-party managers' financial strength. Because some of our third-party managers are privately held companies, we might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager and if they are unable to provide the technical or commercial management services we have contracted for, we may have delays in operating our vessels which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Security breaches and disruptions to our information technology infrastructure could interfere with our operations and expose us to liability which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we rely heavily on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities. Additionally, we collect and store certain data, including proprietary business information and customer and employee data, and may have access to other confidential information in the ordinary course of our business. Despite our cybersecurity measures (including monitoring of networks and systems, and maintenance of backup and protective systems) which are continuously reviewed and upgraded, our information technology networks and infrastructure may still be vulnerable to damage, disruptions, or shutdowns due to attack by hackers or breaches, employee error or malfeasance, data leakage, power outages, computer viruses and malware, telecommunication or utility failures, systems failures, natural disasters, or other catastrophic events. Any such events could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability or penalties under privacy or other laws, disruption in operations, and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, some of our technology networks and systems are managed by third-party service providers (including cloud-service providers) for a variety of reasons, and such providers also may have access to proprietary business information and customer and employee data, and may have access to confidential information on the conduct of our business. Like us, these third-party providers are subject to risks imposed by data breaches and disruptions to their technology infrastructure. A cyber-attack could defeat one or more of our third-party service providers' security measures, allowing an attacker access to proprietary information from our company including our employees', customers' and suppliers' data. Any such security breach or disruption to our third-party service providers could result in a disruption in operations and damage to our reputation and liability claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Because international shipping companies often generate most or all of their revenues in U.S. dollars, but incur a portion of their expenses in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could cause us to suffer exchange rate losses, thereby increasing expenses and reducing income.

We engage in worldwide commerce with a variety of entities. Although our operations may expose us to certain levels of foreign currency risk, our transactions are predominantly U.S. dollar-denominated and the U.S. dollar is our functional currency and the functional currency of all our subsidiaries and joint ventures except for one. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date and the relevant payment is translated on the payment date, with the

30


Table of Contents

difference being reported in the income statement as an exchange gain or loss. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the U.S. dollar falls in value can increase, decreasing our earnings. A greater percentage of our transactions and expenses in the future may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currency are translated into the functional currency for the preparation of the balance sheet at the exchange rate prevailing on the balance sheet date. Differences in exchange rates between balance sheet dates may lead to gains or losses being reported in the income statement. Extraordinary transactions and the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiary whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing our consolidated accounts, may follow different translation procedures. As part of our overall risk management policy, we may attempt to hedge these risks in exchange rate fluctuations from time to time. We may not always be successful in such hedging activities and, as a result, our operating results could suffer as a result of losses incurred as a result of un-hedged exchange rate fluctuations. We may enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to exchange rate risk. Entering into swaps and other derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we may employ may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional exchange rate costs.

If we are unable to operate our financial and operations systems effectively or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our Fleet, our performance may be adversely affected.

Our current financial and operating systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our Fleet, and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. If our current financial and operating systems infrastructure is unable to manage the additional volume of our operations as our business grows, our operating efficiency could decline. If we fail to hire and retain qualified personnel to implement, protect and maintain our financial and operating systems or if we fail to upgrade our systems to meet our customers' demands we may experience a disruption in operations and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, as we expand our Fleet, we or our third-party technical managers may have to recruit suitable additional seafarers or shore-based administrative and management personnel. We cannot assure you that we or our third-party technical managers will be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our Fleet.

We need to maintain our relationships with local shipping agents.

Our drybulk carrier and tankers businesses are dependent upon our relationships with local shipping agents operating in the ports where our customers ship and load their products. We believe our local shipping agent relationships will remain critical to our success in the future and the loss of one or more of which could materially and negatively impact our ability to retain and service our customers. We cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain and expand our existing local shipping agent relationships or enter into new local shipping agent relationships, or that new or renewed local shipping agent relationships will be available on commercially reasonable terms. If we are unable to maintain and expand our existing local shipping agent relationships, renew existing local shipping agent relationships, or enter into new local shipping agent relationships, we may lose customers or cause delays in the ports in which we operate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Prolonged disruption or slowdown in the loading and unloading of our vessels could affect our ability to operate our vessels in a timely manner and may result in a loss of revenue.

We rely on third parties for the loading and unloading process of our vessels at ports. A disruption in loading and unloading logistics could disrupt our ability to operate our vessels in a timely manner. Significant disruptions or slowdowns could result in a loss of revenue which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

31


Table of Contents

If we acquire and operate secondhand vessels, we could be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our Fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

Although none of the vessels in our Fleet are secondhand vessels, we may acquire and operate secondhand vessels in the future. While we expect that we would typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to acquisition, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us and therefore we cannot assure you that the quality of any secondhand vessels that we buy will be acceptable. Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that they acquire. We cannot assure you that, as our secondhand vessels age, market conditions will justify expenditures or enable us to operate our secondhand vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel's efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to carry a variety of cargoes, enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel's physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new drybulk carriers or tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays, cost overruns or cancellation of our newbuilding contracts.

We have and may in the future enter into or acquire newbuilding contracts for drybulk carriers or tankers, including the resale agreements relating to the construction of two new drybulk carriers. Construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel.

We have and may in the future contract with a trading house or a shipyard for the construction of a newbuilding. In the event the seller or the shipyard does not perform under its contract and we are unable to enforce the refund guarantee with a third-party bank for any reason, or we have not obtained such a guarantee, we may lose all or part of our investment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We currently bank with a limited number of financial institutions, which subjects us to credit risk.

We currently bank with a limited number of financial institutions. An event of default by any of these financial institutions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our financial institutions are subject to internal and regulatory compliance protocols, which may delay access to our accounts. Such a delay could impact our ability to consummate transactions and operate our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

32


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares

There may not be a liquid market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

There is currently no public market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares. It is expected that the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be listed on the NASDAQ in the United States and the JSE in South Africa after the Spin-Off is effected. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any markets that may develop for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares or the price at which the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may trade. The liquidity and the market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may be affected by a number of factors including variations in exchange and interest rates, the deterioration and volatility of the markets for similar securities, and/or any changes in Grindrod Shipping's liquidity, financial condition, creditworthiness, results and profitability and future prospects. In addition, because our initial shareholder base upon listing will consist primarily of South African residents who are expected to initially trade their ordinary shares on the JSE, the liquidity of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may be adversely impacted. As a result, the initial trading prices of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may not be indicative of future trading prices. Furthermore, ordinary shares owned by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer under the U.S. securities laws. Affiliates will only be permitted to sell their shares pursuant to a valid exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement, which may impact the liquidity of the ordinary shares. In addition, trading volumes of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may be significantly less liquid than trading volumes of Parent's ordinary shares before the Spin-Off.

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be traded on more than one stock exchange and this may result in price variations between the markets.

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are expected to be listed on each of NASDAQ and the JSE. Trading in the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares therefore will take place in different currencies (U.S. dollars on the NASDAQ and South African Rand on the JSE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and South Africa). The trading prices of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares on these two markets may differ as a result of these, or other, factors. Any decrease in the price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares on either of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading prices of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares on the other market.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about Grindrod Shipping's business, or publish negative reports about its business, Grindrod Shipping's ordinary share price and trading volume could decline.

There is no current analyst coverage of Grindrod Shipping. The trading market for Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares depends, in part, upon the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about Grindrod Shipping or its businesses. If securities or industry analysts do not cover Grindrod Shipping, it could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause its share price or trading volume to decline.

Grindrod Shipping may not have sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends or otherwise distribute cash or assets to shareholders.

Under Singapore law and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, dividends, whether in cash or in specie, must be paid out of Grindrod Shipping's profits available for distribution. Grindrod Shipping has no immediate plans to pay a cash dividend. See "Item 8. Financial Information—Dividend Policy and Dividend Distributions". As a holding company, Grindrod Shipping will earn distributable profits when it receives dividends and since Grindrod Shipping is a new company that has not received any dividends, it currently does not have distributable profits from which dividends may be declared. The availability of distributable profits is assessed on the basis of Grindrod Shipping's standalone unconsolidated accounts, which are based upon IFRS. There is no assurance that Grindrod Shipping will not incur losses, that it will become profitable, or that it will have sufficient distributable income that might be distributed to its shareholders as a dividend or other distribution in the foreseeable future. Therefore, Grindrod Shipping will be unable to pay dividends to its shareholders unless and until it has generated sufficient distributable reserves. Accordingly, it may not be legally permissible for Grindrod Shipping to pay dividends to its shareholders.

Notwithstanding that sufficient profits may be available for distribution, there are other conditions which may limit Grindrod Shipping's ability to pay dividends. Grindrod Shipping's board of directors may,

33


Table of Contents

without the approval of the shareholders under Singapore law, declare interim dividends during a fiscal year and any final dividends declared by Grindrod Shipping's board of directors after the close of a fiscal year must be approved by shareholders at a general meeting. As such, any determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of Grindrod Shipping's board of directors, which may exercise its discretion to retain Grindrod Shipping's future earnings for use in the development of Grindrod Shipping's business, in reducing Grindrod Shipping's indebtedness and for general corporate purposes. As a result, it is possible that only an appreciation of the price of our ordinary shares, if any, will provide a return to investors in our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Such potential appreciation is uncertain and unpredictable.

In addition, under Singapore law, it is possible to effect a capital reduction exercise to return cash and/or assets to shareholders by way of shareholder approval if Grindrod Shipping meets the relevant solvency requirements, which will be attested to by Grindrod Shipping's board of directors. The completion of the capital reduction exercise will depend on whether Grindrod Shipping's directors can execute a solvency statement, as well as whether there are any creditor objections raised. A reduction of capital is also possible by way of a shareholder approval if approved by an order of the court.

Any dividend payments on the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares would be declared in U.S. dollars, and any shareholder whose principal currency is not the U.S. dollar would be subject to risks of exchange rate fluctuations.

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are, and any cash dividends or other distributions to be declared in respect of them, if any, will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Shareholders whose principal currency is not the U.S. dollar will be exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Any depreciation of the U.S. dollar in relation to such foreign currency will reduce the value of such shareholders' ordinary shares and any appreciation of the U.S. dollar will increase the value in foreign currency terms. In addition, Grindrod Shipping will not offer its shareholders the option to elect to receive dividends, if any, in any other currency. Consequently, shareholders may be required to arrange their own foreign currency exchange, either through a brokerage house or otherwise, which could incur additional commissions or expenses.

Grindrod Shipping is a Singapore company, and because the rights of shareholders under Singapore law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have difficulty in protecting your shareholder rights or enforcing any judgment obtained in the United States against Grindrod Shipping or its affiliates.

Grindrod Shipping's corporate affairs are governed by its constitution and by the applicable laws governing corporations incorporated in Singapore. The rights of Grindrod Shipping shareholders and the responsibilities of members of its board of directors under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States and, therefore, Grindrod Shipping shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in connection with actions by the management or members of the board of directors than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

All of Grindrod Shipping's directors and senior management reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Grindrod Shipping or any of these persons or to enforce in the United States any judgment obtained in the U.S. courts against Grindrod Shipping or any of these persons, including judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or the laws of any state or territory of the United States.

There is no treaty between the United States and Singapore providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters and a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Singapore. It is not clear whether a Singapore court may impose civil liability on Grindrod Shipping or Grindrod Shipping's directors and officers in a suit brought in the Singapore courts against Grindrod Shipping or such persons with respect to a violation solely of the federal securities laws of the United States.

In addition, only registered shareholders reflected in the register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of a company. As a result, only registered shareholders have legal standing to institute shareholder actions or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. Holders of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping's shares will be required to be registered shareholders as reflected in Grindrod Shipping's register of members in order to institute or enforce any legal proceedings or claims as shareholders against Grindrod Shipping, its directors or its officers in the Singapore courts. Holders of dematerialised interests in the ordinary shares may become registered shareholders by

34


Table of Contents

exchanging their dematerialised interests in our ordinary shares for certificated shares and being registered in our register of members. The administrative process of becoming a registered holder could result in delays prejudicial to any legal proceedings or enforcement action. Consequently, it may be difficult for investors to enforce against Grindrod Shipping, its directors or its officers in Singapore judgments obtained in the United States which are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

Grindrod Shipping is subject to the laws of Singapore, which differ in certain material respects from the laws of the United States.

As a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore, Grindrod Shipping is required to comply with the laws of Singapore, certain of which are capable of extraterritorial application, as well as Grindrod Shipping's constitution. In particular, Grindrod Shipping is required to comply with certain provisions of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Singapore Securities and Futures Act, which prohibit certain forms of market conduct and information disclosures, and impose criminal and civil penalties on corporations, directors and officers in respect of any breach of such provisions. Grindrod Shipping is also required to comply with the Singapore Code on Take-Overs and Mergers, or the Singapore Code, which specifies, among other things, certain circumstances in which a general offer is to be made upon a change in effective control, and further specifies the manner and price at which voluntary and mandatory general offers are to be made.

The laws of Singapore and of the United States differ in certain significant respects. The rights of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders and the obligations of its directors and officers under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a company incorporated in the United States in material respects, and Grindrod Shipping's shareholders may have more difficulty and less clarity in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by Grindrod Shipping's management, directors or controlling shareholders than would otherwise apply to a company incorporated in the United States. See "Item 10. Additional Information—Comparison of Shareholder Rights" for a discussion of differences between Singapore and U.S. corporation law.

In addition, the application of Singapore law, in particular, the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore, or the Singapore Companies Act, may in certain circumstances impose more restrictions on Grindrod Shipping and its shareholders, directors and officers than would otherwise be applicable to a company incorporated in the United States. For example, the Singapore Companies Act requires directors to act with a reasonable degree of diligence and, in certain circumstances, imposes criminal liability for specified contraventions of particular statutory requirements or prohibitions. In addition, pursuant to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, shareholders holding 10% or more of the total number of paid-up shares carrying the right of voting in general meetings may require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders by the directors. If the directors fail to comply with such request within 21 days of the receipt thereof, shareholders holding more than 50% of the voting rights represented by the original requisitioning shareholders may proceed to convene such meeting, and Grindrod Shipping will be liable for the reasonable expenses incurred by such requisitioning shareholders. Grindrod Shipping is also required by the Singapore Companies Act to deduct corresponding amounts from fees or other remuneration payable by Grindrod Shipping to such non-complying directors.

Anti-takeover provisions under the Singapore Securities and Futures Act and the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change of control of Grindrod Shipping, which could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

The Singapore Code, issued pursuant to Section 321 of the Singapore Securities and Futures Act, regulates the acquisition of ordinary shares of, inter alia , listed public companies and contains certain provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change of control of Grindrod Shipping. Any person acquiring an interest, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with him or her, in 30% or more of the voting shares in Grindrod Shipping must, except with the prior consent of the Singapore Securities Industry Council, or the SIC, extend a takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in Grindrod Shipping in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code. Likewise, any person holding between 30% and 50% of the voting shares in Grindrod Shipping, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with him or her, must, except with the prior consent of the SIC, make a takeover offer in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code if that person together with parties acting in concert with him or her acquires additional voting shares in excess of one percent of the total number of voting shares in any six-month period. Therefore, any investor seeking to acquire a significant stake in

35


Table of Contents

Grindrod Shipping may be deterred from doing so if, as a result, such investor would be required to conduct a takeover offer for all of Grindrod Shipping's voting shares.

Under the Singapore Code, an offeror must treat all shareholders of the same class in an offeree company equally. A fundamental requirement is that shareholders in the company subject to the takeover offer must be given sufficient information, advice and time to consider and decide on the offer.

These provisions contained in the Singapore Code may discourage or prevent transactions that involve an actual or threatened change of control of Grindrod Shipping, and may impede or delay a takeover of Grindrod Shipping by a third party. This may adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares and impede the ability of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders to realize any benefits from a potential change of effective control of Grindrod Shipping.

Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares.

Under Singapore law, Grindrod Shipping may only issue new shares with the prior approval of its shareholders. Prior to the listing, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders have provided approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting, to issue new shares (including shares to be issued for vessel purchases made while any such approval is in effect) (i) up to 25% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to potentially purchase, directly or indirectly, the vessels currently owned by our IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. joint venture, or similar vessels if those vessels are not available for sale, and (ii) up to 20% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to purchase other vessels, which could dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and negatively impact the price of the ordinary shares. Any issuance of additional shares for any other purpose or in future years (other than shares to be issued for vessel purchases contracted for during an existing prior approval that remains in effect) will require the approval of shareholders. Because new issuances of ordinary shares are subject to shareholder approval, or in some circumstances, other regulatory approvals, if a sufficient number of shares have not been approved for issuance in any given year, we may be delayed in raising capital through equity offerings or delayed or prevented from consummating an acquisition using our ordinary shares. Assuming shareholders have approved the issuance of new shares, we may seek to raise capital in the future, including to fund acquisitions, future investments and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans (such as our forfeitable share plan, for which we have obtained shareholder approval to issue shares provided that the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award), issue additional ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares. Any additional issuances of new shares could dilute the percentage ownership of our existing shareholders and could also adversely impact the market price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares. In addition, under the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, the board of directors may, with the applicable shareholder approval, issue new shares on terms and conditions and with the rights (including preferential voting rights) and restrictions as they may determine and may contain terms adverse to the ordinary shares.

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, will allow Grindrod Shipping to postpone the date by which it must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in Grindrod Shipping's reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in Grindrod Shipping and adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares.

For so long as Grindrod Shipping remains an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, it intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies including:

    the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requiring that Grindrod Shipping's independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of Grindrod Shipping's internal control over financial reporting;

36


Table of Contents

    Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This means that an "emerging growth company" can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Grindrod Shipping currently prepares its combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event Grindrod Shipping converts to U.S. GAAP in the future while it is still an emerging growth company, Grindrod Shipping may be able to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, as a result, during the time that Grindrod Shipping delays such adoption of new or revised accounting standards Grindrod Shipping's financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with all public company accounting standards; and

    any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report on the financial statements.

Grindrod Shipping intends to take advantage of these exemptions until it is no longer an "emerging growth company". Grindrod Shipping will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of its first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which it has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which it is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which it issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Grindrod Shipping cannot predict if investors will find its ordinary shares less attractive because it may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, and the market prices may be more volatile and may decline.

As a "foreign private issuer" Grindrod Shipping is permitted, and intends, to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

Grindrod Shipping's status as a foreign private issuer also exempts it from compliance with certain SEC laws and regulations and certain regulations of the NASDAQ, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, certain rules relating to disclosure regarding executive compensation, and certain governance requirements such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act and we will generally be exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, Grindrod Shipping will be required to file (i) its annual financial statements on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year so long as it is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and (ii) furnish on Form 6-K an interim balance sheet and income statement as of the end of its second fiscal quarter within six months of the end of the second quarter so long as it is listed on NASDAQ. We may also consider furnishing quarterly financial information on Form 6-K to the SEC, although there can be no assurance as to the timing or adoption of the reporting of such quarterly financial information. Further, the information Grindrod Shipping files or furnishes will not be the same as the information that is required in annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for U.S. domestic issuers. Furthermore, as a foreign private issuer, Grindrod Shipping will also not be subject to the requirements of Regulation Fair Disclosure, or Regulation FD, promulgated under the Exchange Act, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

These exemptions and leniencies will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are entitled as an investor.

37


Table of Contents

Grindrod Shipping may lose its foreign private issuer status, which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Act's domestic reporting regime and cause Grindrod Shipping to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses.

Grindrod Shipping is required to determine its status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of its second fiscal quarter. In order to maintain its current status as a foreign private issuer, either (1) a majority of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (2) (a) a majority of Grindrod Shipping's executive officers or directors must not be U.S. citizens or residents, (b) more than 50 percent of Grindrod Shipping's assets cannot be located in the United States and (c) Grindrod Shipping's business must be administered principally outside the United States. If Grindrod Shipping loses this status, it would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. Grindrod Shipping may also be required to make changes in its corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC rules and the NASDAQ listing standards. Further, Grindrod Shipping would be required to comply with U.S. GAAP, as opposed to IFRS, in the preparation and issuance of its financial statements for historical and current periods. The regulatory and compliance costs to Grindrod Shipping under U.S. securities laws if it is required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be higher than the cost it would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, Grindrod Shipping expects that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase its legal and financial compliance costs.

If Grindrod Shipping fails to establish and maintain proper internal controls, its ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that, beginning with Grindrod Shipping's annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, Grindrod Shipping's management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires Grindrod Shipping's independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, Grindrod Shipping has opted to rely on the exemptions provided to it by virtue of being an "emerging growth company", and consequently we will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until we are no longer an "emerging growth company".

As of the date of this filing, Grindrod Shipping is implementing stand-alone controls and procedures to maintain appropriate segregation of duties in its manual and computer based business processes that it believes are appropriate for a company of its size and extent of business transactions. However, Grindrod Shipping has not completed an assessment to determine whether these controls and procedures would be considered effective for purposes of Section 404(a) and there is no guaranty that there will not be a pervasive impact over the preparation of the financial statements going forward.

In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, Grindrod Shipping will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Grindrod Shipping is in the process of reviewing and improving its internal controls over financial reporting for compliance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which may include hiring new accounting personnel and engaging external temporary resources. Implementing any appropriate changes to internal controls may require specific compliance training of Grindrod Shipping's directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify its existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management's attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of Grindrod Shipping's internal controls.

If either Grindrod Shipping is unable to conclude that it has effective internal controls over financial reporting or, at the appropriate time, Grindrod Shipping's independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide it with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in Grindrod Shipping's operating results, the price of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares could decline and Grindrod Shipping may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions.

38


Table of Contents

Grindrod Shipping will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ordinary shares are publicly traded in the United States, and its management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a company whose ordinary shares will be publicly traded in the United States, Grindrod Shipping will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that it has not previously incurred. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC, have imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and internal controls. Grindrod Shipping's management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and Grindrod Shipping will need to add additional personnel and build its internal compliance infrastructure. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase Grindrod Shipping's legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for Grindrod Shipping to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on the board of directors, board committees or as senior management. Furthermore, if Grindrod Shipping is unable to satisfy its obligations as a public company in the United States, it could be subject to delisting of the ordinary shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Risks Related to the Spin-Off

The Spin-Off may not achieve some or all of the anticipated benefits.

Grindrod Shipping may not realize some or all of the anticipated strategic, financial, operational or other benefits from the Spin-Off. The Spin-Off is expected to provide the following benefits, among others:

    allowing shareholders of each company to identify more clearly the different characteristics of Parent and Grindrod Shipping and to value them separately;

    allowing management of each of Parent and Grindrod Shipping to focus solely on each of their respective businesses and pursue their respective strategies;

    providing employees of each of Parent and Grindrod Shipping stock-based incentives linked solely to his or her employer; and

    enabling each of Parent and Grindrod Shipping to elect an appropriately sized board of directors comprised of individuals with the skills and sector knowledge relevant to each business.

Grindrod Shipping may not achieve these and other anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons, including, among others:

    the Spin-Off will require significant amounts of Grindrod Shipping's management's time and effort, which may divert management's attention from operating and growing the business;

    following the Spin-Off, Grindrod Shipping may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if it were still a part of Parent;

    following the Spin-Off, Grindrod Shipping's business will be less diversified than Parent's business prior to the Spin-Off; and

    the other actions required to separate Parent's and Grindrod Shipping's respective businesses could disrupt Grindrod Shipping's operations.

As independent publicly traded companies, Parent and Grindrod Shipping will be smaller than the combined companies pre-separation and Grindrod Shipping will be less diversified than Parent's business. As a result, each company may be more vulnerable to changing market conditions, which could materially and adversely affect their respective business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Parent's historical performance may not be representative of Grindrod Shipping's performance as a separate company.

Grindrod Shipping's combined financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from combining the financial statements of Parent's shipping business subsidiaries, GSPL and GSSA, that Grindrod Shipping will acquire immediately prior to the Spin-Off, and their respective underlying accounting records. In addition, Grindrod Shipping's combined financial statements include OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses which will not be transferred to us in the Spin-Off. Accordingly, the

39


Table of Contents

Grindrod Shipping combined financial statements do not necessarily reflect what Grindrod Shipping's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would have been had it been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented. Parent did not account for Grindrod Shipping, and Grindrod Shipping was not operated, as a single, stand-alone entity for the periods presented.

Additionally, in preparing the unaudited pro forma combined financial information, Parent and Grindrod Shipping based the pro forma adjustments on available information and assumptions that they believe are reasonable and factually supportable; however, these assumptions may prove not to be accurate. Also, Grindrod Shipping's unaudited pro forma combined financial information may not give effect to various ongoing additional costs Grindrod Shipping may incur in connection with being an independent public company. Accordingly, the Grindrod Shipping unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not necessarily reflect what Grindrod Shipping's financial condition and results of operations would have been as an independent public company and is not necessarily indicative of its future financial condition or future results of operations. Please refer to "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information" and "Item 18. Financial Statements—Historical Combined Financial Statements" and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.

While we have some ability to seek a claim against Parent for certain liabilities relating to the Spin-Off or otherwise attributable to Parent's businesses, available remedies may be limited.

Although Grindrod Shipping may be able to seek a claim against Parent in connection with the Spin-Off or Parent's operation of GSPL and GSSA prior to the Spin-Off, Parent is not obligated to indemnify Grindrod Shipping for any claims made against us that are properly attributable to Parent and is entitled to assert certain defenses to such a claim by agreement and applicable law. As such, there can be no assurance that such a claim would succeed. Any liabilities relating to such claims may be significant and could negatively impact Grindrod Shipping's business. Even if Grindrod Shipping ultimately succeeds in recovering from Parent any amounts for which Grindrod Shipping is held liable, it may be temporarily required to bear these losses itself. Each of these risks could negatively affect Grindrod Shipping's business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See "Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts—Contracts Relating to the Spin-Off".

The combined post-separation value of Parent and Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may not equal or exceed the pre-separation value of Parent ordinary shares.

As a result of the Spin-Off, Parent expects the trading price of Parent ordinary shares on the JSE immediately following the Spin-Off to be lower than the "regular-way" trading price of such ordinary shares immediately prior to the Spin-Off because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of Parent's existing shipping business being transferred to us. There can be no assurance that the aggregate market value of the Parent ordinary shares on the JSE and the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares following the Spin-Off will be higher than or the same as the market value of Parent ordinary shares would have been if the separation did not occur.

After the Spin-Off, certain of Grindrod Shipping's executive officers and directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their current or former positions in Parent or their ownership of Parent equity.

Certain of the persons who will be Grindrod Shipping's executive officers and directors will be former directors, officers or employees of Parent and thus have professional relationships with Parent's executive officers and directors. We also expect that two members of our board of directors and our Alternate Director will continue to be members of Parent's board of directors after the Spin-Off. In addition, certain of our executive officers and directors have a financial interest in Parent as a result of their beneficial ownership of Parent's equity. These relationships and financial interests may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and executive officers face decisions that could have different implications for Parent than for Grindrod Shipping.

The one-time and ongoing costs of the Spin-Off may be greater than expected.

There are risks and uncertainties relating to the execution of the Spin-Off, including the timing and certainty of the satisfaction or waivers of the conditions to the Spin-Off. In addition, Grindrod Shipping will incur costs in connection with the transition to being a stand-alone public company that relate primarily to accounting, tax, legal and other professional costs; modifications to its credit agreements

40


Table of Contents

relating to the release of certain Parent guarantees; compensation costs, such as vesting of certain Parent incentive awards upon completion of the Spin-Off; cost of our new employee share scheme; recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring senior management personnel; and costs to separate information systems. These costs, whether incurred before or after the Spin-Off, may be greater than anticipated and could have a material adverse effect on Grindrod Shipping's business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

As Grindrod Shipping builds its stand-alone information technology infrastructure and transitions its data to its own systems, it could incur substantial additional costs and experience business interruptions.

After the Spin-Off, Grindrod Shipping will continue to install and implement its stand-alone information technology infrastructure to support its critical business functions, including accounting and reporting, inventory control and distribution. Grindrod Shipping may incur interruptions in business operations if it cannot transition effectively from Parent's existing transactional and operational systems and data centers. Grindrod Shipping may not be successful in implementing new systems and transitioning data, and it may incur substantially higher costs for implementation than currently anticipated. Operational interruptions that result from the implementation of these new systems and replacement of Parent's information technology services, or our failure to implement the new systems and replace Parent's services successfully or on the anticipated timetable currently contemplated for such transition, could significantly increase the anticipated costs associated with the transition, disrupt Grindrod Shipping's business and could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, if Grindrod Shipping is unable to replicate or transition certain systems, its ability to comply with regulatory requirements could be impaired.

Tax Risks

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross income derived by a non-U.S. corporation from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source international transportation income. U.S. source international transportation income generally is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction or, if such U.S. source international transportation income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, U.S. federal corporate income tax (imposed at up to a 21% rate from January 1, 2018) as well as a branch profits tax (presently imposed at a 30% rate on effectively connected earnings), unless the non-U.S. corporation qualifies for the statutory exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, or the Section 883 Exemption. The Section 883 Exemption applies separately to us and each of our subsidiaries that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and earns U.S. source international transportation income (which we refer to below as our "applicable subsidiaries").

It is uncertain whether we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year. If we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for a taxable year, then we expect that each of our applicable subsidiaries that is more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year would also qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for such taxable year. We believe that we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if (i) our ordinary shares satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements and (ii) less than 50% of our ordinary shares are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the number of days in the relevant taxable year, by persons who each own 5% or more of our ordinary shares, or 5% shareholders. However, we expect that one or more 5% shareholders may own 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half of the number of days during our current taxable year and/or future taxable years. In this case, we would not be eligible for the Section 883 Exemption unless we can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are "qualified shareholders" for purposes of the Section 883 Exemption so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half the days during the relevant taxable year. We would be required to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of any 5% shareholders that are "qualified shareholders", and these substantiation requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. In particular, we would be required to obtain certifications of "qualified shareholder" status from any 5% shareholders that we rely upon for this purpose, which our 5% shareholders may not be willing or able to provide. Given the factual nature of the issues involved and the practical uncertainties, we can give no assurances as to our or

41


Table of Contents

our applicable subsidiaries' qualification for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our and our applicable subsidiaries not being able to qualify for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code in the future. Even if we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for a taxable year, our applicable subsidiaries that are not more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year may not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption. There can be no assurance that we or any of our applicable subsidiaries will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year.

If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year, we and our subsidiaries generally would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax with respect to our and our subsidiaries' gross U.S. source international transportation income or, if such U.S. source international transportation income were effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, U.S. federal corporate income tax as well as a branch profits tax for any such taxable year or years. Our and our subsidiaries' failure to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders. Please see the discussion under "Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Operating Income".

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a "passive foreign investment company," which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

In general, a non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a "passive foreign investment company," or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for any taxable year, if, taking into account certain look-through rules, at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income," or at least 50% of the average value of the entity's assets during such taxable year produce or are held for the production of those types of "passive income". For purposes of these tests, "passive income" generally includes dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of rental business. For purposes of these tests, income earned from the performance of services would not constitute "passive income". By contrast, rental income generally would constitute "passive income" unless it were treated as derived in the active conduct of a trade or business under applicable rules.

U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC, as well as additional U.S. federal income tax filing obligations.

Based on our current and projected income, assets and methods of operation, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to our taxable year following the completion of the Spin-Off, (as described in "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off") and we expect that we should not become a PFIC for the foreseeable future. In this regard, we expect that substantially all of the vessels in our Fleet will be engaged in time or voyage chartering activities and we intend to treat our income from those activities as non-passive income, and the vessels engaged in those activities as non-passive assets, for PFIC purposes.

There is a significant amount of legal authority consisting of the Code, legislative history, and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements and administrative rulings supporting our position that the income derived from time charters and voyage charters constitutes services income (rather than rental income) for other tax purposes. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing whether income from time chartering activities is services income or rental income. Moreover, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept our position and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. In addition, no assurance can be given as to our current and future PFIC status, because such status requires an annual factual determination based upon the composition of our income and assets for the entire taxable year. In particular, because the total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test described above will generally be calculated using the market price of our ordinary shares, our PFIC status may depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash generated by our business

42


Table of Contents

operations and any net proceeds that we receive from any future financing or capital transactions. The PFIC determination also depends on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose, and these rules are uncertain in some respects. Further, the PFIC determination is made annually and our circumstances or the nature of our operations may change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, and no ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been issued or has been or will be sought with respect to our potential status as a PFIC.

If the IRS were to determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. shareholder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. shareholder generally would be subject to special tax rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to any "excess distribution" the U.S. shareholder receives on, and any gain the U.S. shareholder realizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of, our ordinary shares, unless a "mark-to-market" election is available and a U.S. shareholder makes such election with respect to the ordinary shares. In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. shareholder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. shareholder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. shareholder's U.S. federal income tax return for each year to report the U.S. shareholder's ownership of such ordinary shares. Please see the discussion under "Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences".

We may be subject to taxes, which may reduce our cash available for distribution to our shareholders.

We, our subsidiaries and our joint ventures may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate, reducing the amount of cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

Our wholly owned subsidiary, GSPL, is incorporated under the laws of Singapore and has been accepted under the Singapore Approved International Shipping Enterprise Scheme, or the Singapore AIS Scheme, pursuant to which it has the benefit of various tax exemptions in Singapore. In particular, qualifying income, including income from the operation of foreign-flagged vessels plying in international waters, would be tax exempt in Singapore. Other benefits under the Singapore AIS Scheme include the automatic withholding tax exemption on qualifying payments made in respect of qualifying loans entered into on or before May 31, 2021 to finance the purchase or construction of Singapore-flagged and foreign-flagged vessels, subject to conditions. The Singapore AIS Scheme is awarded for an initial period of 10 years, subject to an interim review of compliance after five years, and may be extended at the end of the term. GSPL's initial Singapore AIS Scheme expired in 2014 and has been renewed through 2024 subject to compliance with specified conditions. There is no assurance that for any subsequent renewal we will be able to meet the qualifying conditions for the Singapore AIS Scheme at the time of renewal, that the Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore will grant us such approval, or that the Singapore AIS Scheme will continue to be available under Singapore laws. In the event that our award of the Singapore AIS Scheme is not renewed, we will no longer enjoy the tax exemptions described above, and unless we are able to utilize other similar tax exemption initiatives in the future, whether in Singapore or otherwise, our income may be subject to Singapore corporate income tax. As such, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected if our acceptance under the Singapore AIS Scheme is revoked, suspended, not renewed or otherwise terminated.

Grindrod Shipping shareholders may be subject to Singapore taxes.

Singapore tax law may differ from the tax laws of other jurisdictions, including the United States. Gains from the sale of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares by a person not tax resident in Singapore may be taxable in Singapore if such gains are considered as being part of the profits of any business carried on in Singapore. For additional information, see "Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Singapore Tax Considerations" in this registration statement. You should consult your tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences of acquiring, owning or selling the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

43


Table of Contents

ITEM 4.    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A.    History and Development of the Company

Grindrod Shipping is the holding company which will acquire the international drybulk and tanker shipping group of Parent, whose origins date back to the formation of a shipping and related business in 1910 by Captain John Edward Grindrod. Grindrod Shipping was incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in Singapore on November 2, 2017 under the Singapore Companies Act. With effect from April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

Parent has been involved in various sectors of the shipping and transport industry for more than 100 years. The drybulk business in its current form under the IVS brand dates back to 1976 and was acquired by Parent in 1999. The modern day tankers business under the Unicorn brand dates back to 1973 when Parent acquired a tanker of approximately 20,000 dwt.

On the Closing Date pursuant to Parent board and shareholder authorization, Parent will make a distribution in specie consisting of the Convertible Notes to be distributed on the Closing Date pro rata to all of Parent's ordinary shareholders. Parent's ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. The Convertible Notes will immediately and automatically convert into ordinary shares in Grindrod Shipping following the distribution of the Convertible Notes to Parent's ordinary shareholders. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off. For more information on the Spin-Off and the treatment of fractional interests, see "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off".

Our principal executive offices are located at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore, 089763 and our telephone number at that location is +65 6323 0048.

From time to time, we have sold vessels in the ordinary course. For a discussion of our principal capital expenditures, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

B.    Business Overview

We are an international shipping company that owns, charters-in and operates a fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We own some of our vessels directly and some of our vessels in joint venture arrangements.

We operate two businesses primarily in: the drybulk carriers business, which is further divided into handysize, supramax, and other operating segments; and the tankers business, which is further divided into medium range tankers, small tankers, and other operating segments. Activities that do not relate to these business segments are accumulated in an "unallocated" segment. Our business also included a container business held through OACL and a bunker business held through Unicorn Bunker, both of which were sold in the first quarter of 2018. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—The Spin-Off".

In the drybulk business we are primarily focused on the handysize and supramax segments. We have 20 handysize drybulk carriers and 13 supramax drybulk carriers in our Fleet with sizes ranging from 28,240 dwt to 61,420 dwt. Our drybulk carriers transport a broad range of major and minor bulk and breakbulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, forestry products, steel products and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels or in the spot market.

In the tankers business we are focused on the medium range tanker segment and also operate in the small tanker segment. We have 11 medium range tankers and four small tankers in our Fleet with sizes ranging from 16,480 dwt to 51,570 dwt. Our tankers carry petroleum products, which include both clean products, such as petrol, diesel, jet fuel and naptha, and dirty products, such as heavy fuel oil. Our tankers do not carry crude oil. Our tankers are also classed to carry low hazard chemical products, which include liquid bulk vegetable oils. Our tankers are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels, commercially managed by one of our joint venture partners or third parties, and under various other arrangements, including charter-out, bareboat charter, under COA or in the spot market.

44


Table of Contents

As of the date of this registration statement, we operate our Fleet of 48 vessels (excluding two vessels currently under construction) consisting of 25 owned drybulk carriers (including 13 drybulk carriers that we own through joint ventures), eight long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers, 12 owned tankers (including six tankers that we own through joint ventures) and three long-term chartered-in tankers (see the below Fleet table for details). We regard vessels owned by the joint ventures in which we participate as owned vessels in our Fleet. As of the date of this registration statement, our Fleet has a total drybulk carrying capacity of approximately 1.4 million dwt and a total liquid bulk carrying capacity of approximately 580,300 dwt.

We regard chartered-in vessels as part of our Fleet if the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our Fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our Fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months. Additionally, certain of our chartered-in vessels have purchase options.

In addition to our Fleet, we will from time to time charter-in additional vessels for initial committed periods of less than 12 months. We may do this entirely for our own profit or loss, or we may do this in respect of pools that we commercially manage in which event the profit or loss associated with the vessel will be for the account of the pool. From time to time we have, on average, chartered between 10 to 25 vessels on a short-term basis to take advantage of opportunities in the market and to help service our cargo contracts alongside our Fleet.

We have partnered with various global partners to operate a portion of our drybulk carriers through two joint ventures and a portion of our tankers through two joint ventures. We also have a majority interest in a joint venture that has drybulk freight contracts. For more information on the vessels held through joint ventures and a description of the key terms of certain of these joint ventures, see the Fleet table and "—Our Joint Ventures" below.

We have previously and will in future from time to time contract for the construction of newbuilding vessels. As of the date of this registration statement, we have two newbuilding supramax drybulk carriers under construction. We may also acquire secondhand vessels or newbuilding resales.

From time to time, we may buy and sell vessels when we consider market conditions make it appropriate to do so and if our tonnage requirements permit. We consider that our trading of vessels involves both the acquisition of vessels at times when we perceive prices to be weak and the sale of vessels when values rise. In determining when to acquire vessels we take into account our liquidity position. our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk and tanker shipping sectors, the level of liquidity in the secondhand and charter markets, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, the vessel's condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our Fleet and customers.

We operate two drybulk commercial pools for which we earn pool management fees from third-party vessel owners and some of our joint venture partners. We do not operate any tanker commercial pools. We also provide commercial management for our drybulk carrier and one of our tanker joint ventures. We also technically manage the majority of the vessels that we own directly or through joint ventures.

In addition, we operate a service in the drybulk sector where we ship bulk cargo in parcel sizes that may be significantly less than the full carrying capacity of a vessel, or even less than the carrying capacity of an individual hold on a vessel. Where we load more than one parcel of bulk cargo in a hold we will separate the parcels using steel plates and other dunnage materials. Wherever it makes commercial sense to do so, we use vessels from our Fleet to carry this type of cargo. We also will source vessels off the spot market to carry the cargo. We have operated this service for more than 40 years, with a consistent customer base for most or all of this time.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths, including:

    Established shipping track record in key geographic markets.   The Grindrod Shipping business has been involved in various sectors of the shipping industry for more than 100 years. With a core presence and primary offices in Africa and Asia, we maintain a strong focus and local business relationships with critical end-users in geographic regions that have been key to drybulk and tanker demand growth.

45


Table of Contents

    Strong balance sheet positioned for additional growth.   Our balance sheet is well capitalized despite an increased net loss in 2017, which was largely attributable to the increased non-cash losses relating to impairments of owned and joint-ventures' vessels, goodwill and intangible assets. We have maintained our liquidity position throughout the downturn in drybulk and tanker markets through a combination of prudent financial risk management and equity investments from our Parent in 2017. Our moderate financial leverage, which has remained below 40% as of December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 (based on the ratio of total liabilities to total assets), together with a return to positive net cash flows from operating activities in 2017 and our current expectation of continued access to bank financing, has strongly positioned us to take advantage of further growth opportunities. See "Item 3. Key Information—Selected Financial Data".

    Experienced management team.   Our management team is led by Martyn Wade, our chief executive officer, who has 40 years of international shipping experience and has worked for vessel owners, operators and brokers in London, Johannesburg, New York and Singapore. Mr. Wade is a member of the Baltic Exchange Limited. Our management team collectively has over 230 years of combined shipping experience, and has developed industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants.

    Significant in-house commercial and technical management expertise.   We commercially and technically manage the vast majority of our Fleet in-house for quality and cost control reasons which has generally enabled us to consistently enjoy greater than 98% fleet utilization. We have also established two drybulk commercial management pools in the drybulk handysize and supramax sectors that have each demonstrated an ability to outperform, on average, relative to their industry benchmarks since their inception.

    Vessel employment supported by cargo contracts and strong relationships with key counterparties . We operate a significant base of cargo contracts and we believe that our focus on cargo contracts supports the employment and regional positioning of our vessels to better enable us to mitigate spot market volatility while still allowing us to capture upside potential in stronger charter markets. We have also established strong long-term global relationships with shipping companies, charterers, shipyards, trading houses, brokers and commercial shipping lenders, including our joint venture with Vitol, a global energy and commodity trading company.

    Quality fleet built to high specifications.   We operate a quality fleet of drybulk carrier and tanker vessels with an average age of approximately six years. Our drybulk carriers have predominately been built in Japan and our tankers have been predominately built in South Korea. We believe that owning and maintaining a quality fleet of Japanese and South Korean vessels reduces off-hire time and operating costs, improves safety and environmental performance and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing employment for our vessels. Additionally, we believe that quality vessels built in Japan and South Korea are able to retain value over market cycles. Our quality fleet will also better allow us to cost effectively comply with increasing environmental regulations that may be applicable to our vessels.

    Long-standing risk management model and liquidity model.   We operate a risk management model and a liquidity model that have been in place for many years and quantify the extent to which our balance sheet may be at risk to freight market movements and assess our liquidity position under various scenarios. We utilize these models to evaluate and attempt to mitigate market risk during any portion of a shipping cycle with a primary focus on maintaining acceptable levels of equity and liquidity in any potential market downturn.

Business strategies

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and to maintain and enhance our position as a successful owner and operator of drybulk carrier and tanker vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

    Continue to operate a diversified fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers.   Following the Spin-Off, we intend to initially remain in both the drybulk and tanker sectors. This diversification has historically enabled us to mitigate our exposure to the cyclicality and volatility of the drybulk and tanker industries by being able to operate across both markets. We currently intend to expand and further invest in the drybulk sector where we believe we have a competitive edge due to our operating capability, quality of our vessels and our relationship with key industry players in Japan. While we will continue to operate in the tanker sector, we currently do not intend to expand our tanker fleet and we expect that over time we may divest out of this sector at opportune times in the market.

46


Table of Contents

    Expanding our drybulk carrier fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of quality vessels at historically attractive prices . We expect to concentrate on growth opportunities in the handysize and supramax range in the drybulk sector. Consistent with our operating strategy to date, we expect to balance our growth between owned and chartered-in vessels. When evaluating acquisitions and newbuildings, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our liquidity position, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping sector, the level of liquidity in the secondhand and charter markets, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, the vessel's condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our Fleet and customers.

    Continue to grow our relationships with key industry players.   We intend to continue to grow our handysize and supramax pools on the drybulk side of the business while continuing to utilize our commercial relationships with key counterparties, such as Vitol and Maersk Tankers, or Maersk, to commercially manage the majority of our tanker fleet.

    Mitigate exposure to the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business.   We intend to continue to optimize the employment of our drybulk carriers and tankers through participation in a balance of both in-house and third-party commercial pools, as well as spot market charters to end-users. We believe that continued participation in our in-house managed commercial pools in the drybulk sector will provide us with the opportunity to continue to outperform, on average, the relevant industry benchmarks, and the use of charters, FFAs and COAs will help enable us to manage the extent of our exposure to volatile charter rates.

    Maintain a strong balance sheet.   We intend to take a prudent approach to fleet expansion by ensuring that balance sheet flexibility, consistent with our risk management model and our liquidity model, remains a priority at all times. We currently intend to retain the majority of cash flow to allow us to fund growth and to maintain a strong balance sheet over time in order to adapt to market cycles.

Our Fleet

The following tables set forth certain summary information regarding our Fleet as of the date of this registration statement:

    Drybulk Carriers

Vessel
  Built   Country of
Build
  dwt   Type of
Ownership
  Type of Employment

Handysize

                     

IVS Merlion

  2013   China     32,070   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Raffles

  2013   China     32,050   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Ibis

  2012   Japan     28,240   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kinglet

  2011   Japan     33,130   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Magpie

  2011   Japan     28,240   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Orchard

  2011   China     32,530   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Knot

  2010   Japan     33,140   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Sentosa

  2010   China     32,700   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Triview (1)

  2009   Japan     32,280   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Shikra

  2008   Japan     29,660   Chartered-in (expires 2018)   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kingbird

  2007   Japan     32,560   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kawana

  2005   Japan     32,640   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kanda

  2004   Japan     32,620   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Nightjar

  2004   Japan     32,320   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

47


Table of Contents

Vessel
  Built   Country of
Build
  dwt   Type of
Ownership
  Type of Employment

Handysize—Eco

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

IVS Tembe (3)

  2016   Japan     37,740   Owned   Commercially managed by us alongside the IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Sunbird (3)

  2015   Japan     33,400   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Thanda (3)

  2015   Japan     37,720   Owned   Commercially managed by us alongside the IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Kestrel (3)

  2014   Japan     32,770   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Phinda (3)

  2014   Japan     37,720   Owned   Commercially managed by us alongside the IVS Handysize Pool

IVS Sparrowhawk (3)

  2014   Japan     33,420   Owned   IVS Handysize Pool

Supramax

 

 

 

 

   
 
 

 

 

 

IVS Beachwood

  2011   Japan     61,420   Chartered-in (expires 2020) (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

Supramax—Eco

                     

IVS Swinley Forest (3)

  2017   Japan     60,490   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Gleneagles (3)

  2016   Japan     58,070   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Hayakita

  2016   Japan     60,400   Chartered-in (expires 2026) (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS North Berwick (3)

  2016   Japan     60,480   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Windsor

  2016   Japan     60,280   Chartered-in (expires 2026) (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Augusta

  2015   Philippines (4)     57,800   Chartered-in (expires 2022) (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Bosch Hoek (3)

  2015   Japan     60,270   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Hirono (3)

  2015   Japan     60,280   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Pinehurst

  2015   Philippines (4)     57,810   Chartered-in (expires 2022) (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Wentworth (3)

  2015   Japan     58,090   Owned   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Crimson Creek

  2014   Japan     57,950   Chartered-in (expires 2021) (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

IVS Naruo

  2014   Japan     60,030   Chartered-in (expires 2025) (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

    Drybulk Carriers Under Construction

Vessel
  Expected
Delivery
  Country of
Build
  dwt   Type of
Ownership
   

Supramax-Eco

                     

To Be Named #1

 

2019

 

Japan

   
61,000
 

Owned

 

 

To Be Named #2

 

2019

 

Japan

   
61,000
 

Owned

 

 

48


Table of Contents

    Tankers

Vessel Name
  Built   Country of
Build
  dwt   IMO
Designation
  Type of
Ownership
  Type of Employment

Small Product Tankers

                         

Umgeni

 

2011

 

China

   
16,480
 

II, III

 

Owned

 

Brostrom Tanker Pool

Kowie

 

2010

 

China

   
16,890
 

II, III

 

Owned

 

Spot Market and COA

Breede

 

2009

 

China

   
16,900
 

II, III

 

Owned

 

Spot Market and COA

Berg ( 5 )

 

2008

 

China

   
16,900
 

II, III

 

Owned

 

Time Charter (expires 2018)

Medium Range Tankers

 

 

 

 

   
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Matuku

 

2016

 

South Korea

   
50,140
 

II, III

 

Owned

 

Bareboat charter (expires 2020 with a two year option)

Lavela ( 5 )

 

2010

 

South Korea

   
40,100
 

III

 

Owned

 

Handy Tanker Pool

Rhino

 

2010

 

South Korea

   
39,710
 

II, III

 

Owned

 

Handy Tanker Pool

Inyala

 

2008

 

South Korea

   
40,040
 

III

 

Owned

 

Handy Tanker Pool

Coral Stars

 

2004

 

South Korea

   
40,000
 

III

 

Chartered-in (expires 2018) (2)

 

COA

Medium Range Tankers—Eco

 

 

 

 

   
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Doric Breeze

 

2013

 

South Korea

   
51,570
 

II, III

 

Chartered-in (expires 2020) (2)

 

Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (6)

Doric Pioneer

 

2013

 

South Korea

   
51,570
 

II, III

 

Chartered-in (expires 2020) (2)

 

Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (6)

Leopard Moon (7)

 

2013

 

South Korea

   
50,000
 

III

 

Owned

 

Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (6)

Leopard Sea (7)

 

2013

 

South Korea

   
50,000
 

III

 

Owned

 

Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (6)

Leopard Star (7)

 

2013

 

South Korea

   
50,000
 

III

 

Owned

 

Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (6)

49


Table of Contents

Vessel Name
  Built   Country of
Build
  dwt   IMO
Designation
  Type of
Ownership
  Type of Employment

Leopard Sun (7)

 

2013

 

South Korea

    50,000  

III

 

Owned

 

Commercially managed by Vitol in the spot market and/or time chartered (6)


(1)
Owned through a joint venture with Mitsui & Co., Ltd. in which we have a 51% interest.

(2)
Includes an option to extend the charter-in expiration date.

(3)
Owned through a joint venture with Regiment Capital Ltd. and Sankaty European Investments III, S.à.r.l. in which we have a 33.5% interest.

(4)
Constructed at Tsuneishi Cebu Shipyard, a subsidiary of Tsuneishi Shipbuilding of Japan.

(5)
Owned through a joint venture with Engen Petroleum Limited, or Engen, in which we have a 50% interest.

(6)
Our eco product tankers are commercially managed by Mansel Limited. Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, procures shipping for various oil cargoes traded by Vitol.

(7)
Owned through a joint venture with Vitol in which we have a 50% interest.

50


Table of Contents

Employment of Our Fleet

We aim to manage our business in a manner that achieves a balance between maximizing revenue opportunities and protecting against declines in revenue. We operate our vessels in commercial pools, in the spot market, on long- and short-term time charters and on occasion on bareboat charters. In addition to employing our vessels in these ways, we use FFAs and enter into COAs to manage our revenue risk and employment risk. Where we carry cargo under COAs, we may utilize our Fleet to do so or we may utilize vessels that we short term charter-in that are not part of our Fleet. We currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and we do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover. The term "fixed revenue cover" as used in this registration statement refers to the percentage of operating days in a period in which our vessels are fixed pursuant to vessel employment agreements into which the group has already entered.

    Commercial Pools

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in commercial pools with similar modern well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each vessel owner or procured from third parties. The managers of the pools negotiate voyage charters and COAs and time charters of various lengths, usually less than 12 months, with customers. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenue than otherwise might be obtainable for vessels operating independently in the spot market, while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

A pool aggregates the revenues and agreed expenses, which are usually voyage related expenses, of all of the vessels in the pool and distributes the net earnings calculated on (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. Usually a single pool manager is responsible for both the administrative and commercial management of the participating vessels, including marketing the pool, negotiating charters, including voyage charters, short duration time charters and longer term COAs, conducting pool operations, including the distribution of pool cash earnings, and managing bunker purchases, port charges and administrative services for the vessels. For these services the pool manager charges a fee, which may be a flat rate per day per vessel in the pool, or a fixed percentage rate applied typically to the gross revenues earned by the pool, or a combination of both. The pool participants remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their owned vessels or payment of charter hire to the owners of chartered-in vessels they have entered into the pool.

In 2013, we established two drybulk commercial management pools in the handysize and supramax sectors that have each demonstrated an ability to outperform, on average, relative to their industry benchmarks since their inception.

Our IVS Handysize Pool includes all of the handysize vessels in our Fleet, including those held through joint ventures, except for the three approximately 37,000 dwt handysize vessels which are commercially managed as a group by the same in-house team that manages the IVS Handysize Pool. There are five other vessels owned by other vessel owners in the IVS Handysize Pool. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 28,000 dwt and 34,000 dwt, and two vessels of 37,400 dwt owned by other vessel owners, and currently trades primarily in the spot market. As pool managers we have the ability to contract pool vessels out on time charters for up to 12 months. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

Our IVS Supramax Pool includes all of the supramax vessels in our Fleet, including those held through a joint venture. There are no vessels owned by independent third parties in this pool. This pool includes

51


Table of Contents

vessels of between approximately 57,800 dwt and 61,400 dwt and currently trades in a combination of COAs and the spot market. As pool managers, we have the ability to contract pool vessels out on time charters for up to 12 months. The net earnings allocated to the vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

We own two medium range tankers of approximately 40,000 dwt that are entered into the Handy Tanker Pool operated by Maersk. Additionally, the approximately 40,100 dwt medium range tanker that we own in a joint venture with Engen is employed in this pool. There are 63 other vessels in this pool owned by other vessel owners. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 30,000 dwt and 40,100 dwt and currently operates primarily in the spot market. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, IMO class, age engine load settings and operational flexibility factors, such as the ability to enter various harbors and ports or pass through canals and straits, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool, or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs or the vessel no longer meeting the qualifying criteria to participate in the pool. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

We own one 16,480 dwt small product tanker which is entered into the Brostrom Tanker Pool operated by Maersk. There are 29 other vessels in this pool owned by other vessel owners. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 15,000 dwt and 20,000 dwt and currently operates primarily in the spot market. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, age and operational flexibility factors, such as the ability to enter various harbors and ports or pass through canals and straits, and (ii) the number of days the vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when such vessels enter or exit the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs or the vessel no longer meeting the qualifying criteria to participate in the pool. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

    Spot Market

When we refer to a vessel operating in the spot market, we mean that we do not have long-term contracted employment for that vessel. The vessel's commercial manager or the pool manager, as applicable, seeks employment for these vessels on a day-to-day basis. The spot market includes voyage charters. A voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. The spot market also includes time charters of a short duration. Shipping rates are volatile and also fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis, and operating in the spot market exposes us to this volatility more than if we had long-term fixed contracted revenue.

In addition, we may enter long-term charters or COAs where the rate we charge varies according to fluctuations in the shipping market. Although these types of contracts run over a longer period, the charter rates may be reset at the start of each voyage or on a monthly or quarterly or other interval. A number of industry participants produce daily assessments of the spot market rates and indices are produced to reflect the changes in the spot market over time based on these assessments. Accordingly, these contracts are generally referred to as "index-linked" contracts. Like spot market contracts, index-linked contracts are also exposed to the volatility in the shipping markets. The Baltic Exchange is the primary producer of these indices.

52


Table of Contents

Market fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable than those under longer term time charters or those serving fixed rate COAs, but operating in the spot market may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in charter rates. As the costs of our Fleet are typically of a long-term, fixed nature, downturns in the spot markets and in the drybulk or tanker industries generally would result in a reduction in profit margins.

Our three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels are currently primarily employed in the spot market and the vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool as well as our tankers employed in pools operated by Maersk, are currently also employed in the spot market. The vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool currently trade in a combination of COAs and the spot market.

    Commercial Management

We charter-in two medium range tankers of approximately 52,000 dwt, and own four medium range tankers of 50,000 dwt through a joint venture with Vitol. These medium range tankers are commercially managed by Mansel. Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, procures shipping for oil cargoes traded by Vitol. These vessels are currently operated in the spot market and on Vitol traded cargoes.

We commercially manage two approximately 16,900 tankers, which primarily trade around the southern African coast, fulfilling obligations we have under COAs, as well as the spot cargo market.

As noted above, our three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels are commercially managed as a group by the same in-house team that manages the IVS Handysize Pool and currently operate primarily in the spot market.

    Time Charters

Time charters provide a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business. We employ vessels under longer term time charter contracts as part of our overall management of our revenues and risks. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit when the spot market rates increase.

One of our 16,900 dwt tankers, owned through our joint venture with Engen, is on time charter to Engen until June 2018.

    Bareboat Charter

One of our medium range tanker vessels is bareboat chartered out until 2020.

Our Joint Ventures

The following descriptions are only a summary of the material provisions of our material joint venture agreements and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the copies of the joint venture agreements and amendments thereto, which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

    IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

We own an approximately 33.5% interest in IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., or IVS Bulk, a joint venture with Sankaty European Investments III S.à.r.l and Regiment Capital Ltd. IVS Bulk owns 12 of our drybulk carriers, consisting of six handysize vessels and six supramax vessels. We serve as the commercial and technical manager for these vessels and have employed the handysize vessels in our IVS Handysize Pool and have employed the supramax vessels in our IVS Supramax Pool, for which we are paid fees by IVS Bulk.

In addition to our equity interest in IVS Bulk, we have made a $25.6 million loan to IVS Bulk, which bears interest at 15.0% per year, is repayable upon 30 days' written demand or otherwise will mature on December 31, 2018. As of January 31, 2018, $12.7 remained outstanding under this loan. While it is likely we will be repaid under this loan, we may require IVS Bulk to sell the IVS Gleneagles in order to repay any amounts due to us. Under the IVS Bulk joint venture agreement, profits are paid to the shareholders pro rata, subject to certain priority provisions set forth in the joint venture agreement.

The IVS Bulk joint venture terminates on December 31, 2018. Upon termination, we have a right of first refusal to purchase the vessels owned by IVS Bulk at an independently determined market value. If we do

53


Table of Contents

not purchase the vessels, our joint venture partners will have the right to purchase the vessels at the same price offered to us. If the vessels are not sold to us or our joint venture partners, the vessels will be sold in the open market. The proceeds from any vessel sales will be applied to any outstanding third party liabilities, then to repay any excess contributions by the shareholders, and thereafter as dividends, subject to certain restrictions.

We may enter into discussions after the Spin-Off with our joint venture partners to explore the possibility of purchasing the vessels owned by IVS Bulk in exchange for equity in Grindrod Shipping and/or other cash consideration. Prior to the listing, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders will provide approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting, to issue new shares up to 25% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to the extent we were to issue equity for the purchase of these (or similar) vessels. See "Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares—Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares." There can be no assurances that such discussions will take place or that we will be able to acquire the vessels on favorable terms, if at all.

    Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

We own a 50% interest in Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd., or Leopard Tankers, a joint venture with Vitol. Leopard Tankers owns four 50,000 dwt tankers, which are commercially managed by Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, which receives a management fee. The joint venture agreement specifies that the vessels owned by Leopard Tankers are intended to be employed in the spot market or time chartered to Mansel. There are currently no vessels time chartered to Mansel.

In addition to our equity interest in Leopard Tankers, we have made a $22.1 million loan to Leopard Tankers, which bears interest at 2.0% per year and will mature on January 1, 2020. As of January 31, 2018 $22.4 million remained outstanding under this loan. Vitol has also made a $22.1 million loan to Leopard Tankers on the same terms. In addition, under the Leopard Tankers joint venture agreement, we and Vitol are obligated to fund on an equal basis certain funding shortfalls. In addition, we and Vitol have each guaranteed to the financiers of the Leopard Tankers credit facility up to 50% of the scheduled interest and principal payments of the $138.5 million Leopard Tankers credit facility, excluding any balloon payment at maturity. We have also provided an undertaking to those financiers to ensure a minimum working capital balance of $250,000 for each of the vessels owned by Leopard Tankers, but in no event are we required to provide more than 50% of such working capital shortfalls. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Off Balance Sheet Arrangements" for additional information on this loan and our guarantee. Under the Leopard Tankers joint venture agreement, profits are paid to the parties on a pro rata basis.

The Leopard Tankers joint venture may be terminated by either party at any time. Accordingly, upon termination, we may agree with our joint venture partner that each of us and Vitol would acquire two vessels and each of us or Vitol could also purchase one or two of the vessels that would otherwise have been acquired by the other party if such party declines to do so. If neither party acquires the vessels or the parties do not reach an agreement to acquire the vessels from the other party, the unsold vessels will be offered for sale in the open market and the proceeds would be used to settle any third party claims and thereafter distributed to the joint venture partners in accordance with the joint venture agreement.

Management of Our Business

    General management

Overall responsibility for the oversight of the management of our company rests with our board of directors. We do all of the financial and administrative management of our business ourselves, contracting in human resource, financial, legal, tax and other specialist advice from reputable, arm's length service providers when required. Each of our wholly owned subsidiaries, GSPL and GSSA, has entered into a transitional services agreement with Parent in connection with the Spin-Off, under which Parent will continue to provide to us, among other things, internal audit, corporate secretarial services, information technology and such other financial and management services through varying times in 2019, depending on the service, and a related licensing agreement in respect of the use of certain intellectual property of Parent for a term as to be determined and a property lease agreement subject to termination on short-term notice. See "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information—Note 9" for additional information on the transitional services agreements.

54


Table of Contents

    Commercial management

Decisions about how to commercially employ our Fleet, and general commercial and strategic decisions relating to the conduct of our business, including participation in joint ventures, are made by our own management and employees, under guidance and authority from our board of directors in accordance with our governance framework.

    Technical Management

We technically manage in-house the majority of our vessels that we own directly or through joint ventures. We employ a team of 30 experienced and qualified managers in Singapore and Durban. This team includes six master mariners and 10 Class 1 marine engineers who perform superintendent and technical management functions for the in-house managed vessels. Our technical management team is responsible for the technical operation and upkeep of these vessels, including procurement, crewing, maintenance, repairs and dry dockings, maintaining required vetting approvals and relevant inspections, and ensuring that our vessels under in-house management comply with the requirements of classification societies, as well as relevant government, flag state, environmental and other regulations.

A majority of the crews we employ are sourced from third-party crewing providers with whom we contract directly for the supply of crews to the vessels we manage in-house. Our technical team also operates the Grindrod Shipping Training Academy located in Durban from where we source some of our crewing requirements.

In addition, our in-house technical team also oversees the third-party technical managers who we have contracted to carry out technical management functions for the balance of our Fleet. Currently, we use two outside technical management providers, Sandigan Ship Services Inc., or Sandigan, and LSC Ship Management, or LSC. We contract with Sandigan for commercial and relationship reasons, as well as to provide us an ability to benchmark our in-house technical management team on drybulk carriers. LSC technically manages the vessels owned by our joint venture with Vitol.

Under the current technical management agreements with Sandigan and LSC, the third-party technical managers are responsible for the technical operation and upkeep of our vessels, including crewing, if specified, maintenance, repairs and dry dockings, maintaining required vetting approvals and relevant inspections, and to ensure our vessels under their management comply with the requirements of classification societies, as well as relevant government, flag state, environmental and other regulations and each vessel subsidiary pays the actual cost associated with the technical management and an annual management fee for the relevant vessel.

Each management agreement with the third-party technical managers is cancelable by us or the third-party technical manager for any reason at any time upon 60 days' prior written notice to the other. Upon termination we are generally required to cover actual crew support costs and severance costs and pay a management fee for an additional three months. We may be required to obtain the consent of any applicable charterer and from some of our lenders before we appoint a new manager, however, such consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

Separately, we have one tanker chartered out on bareboat charter, under the terms of which the charterers are obliged to conduct the technical management of the vessel which they do through third-party managers ASP Ship Management Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Our Customers

We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allows us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate vessels and solutions. A prospective customer's financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels' employment. Our customers with whom we contract as commercial managers of our own, our joint venture partners' and third parties' drybulk carriers and tankers include international commodity trading houses, mining companies, industrial manufacturing companies, major oil companies, traders of grains, steel and forestry products.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in the amount of approximately $40.9 million and two customers accounted for 10% or more of our revenues in the amounts of approximately $55.9 million and $44.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues

55


Table of Contents

in the amounts of approximately $40.9 million and $44.1 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2017, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues in the amounts of approximately $55.9 million and $13.2 million, respectively. Each of the forgoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenues attributable to the OACL and Union Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold in the first quarter of 2018.

Seasonality

We operate our drybulk carriers and tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels on the spot market or under time charters, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results.

The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period.

The tanker sector is typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but can be weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months.

In addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling as well as the supplies of certain commodities.

Competition

Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The competition in the market is based primarily on supply and demand and we compete for charters and COAs on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age, condition and country of build for our vessels, our and our third-party commercial managers' reputations, and, particularly in the tanker sector, additional requirements of the charterers.

We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk and tanker vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership and control of drybulk carriers and tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among a large number of players including publicly listed and privately owned shipping companies, major oil companies, mining companies, commodity trading houses, private equity and other investment funds and state-controlled owners. In the tanker market a part of the trade is captive especially to major and national oil company fleets. Ownership and control in the drybulk sector is rather more fragmented than in the case of the tanker sector. Due in part to the highly fragmented markets in which we operate, competitors with greater resources than us could enter the drybulk or tanker shipping industries and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. See, "Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry—We operate in the highly competitive international shipping industry and we may not be able to compete for charters and COAs with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and, as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably".

Environmental and Other Regulations

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our vessels. We are subject to international conventions and treaties and national, state and local laws and regulations relating to safety and health and environmental protection in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. These regulations include requirements relating to the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements may entail significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of

56


Table of Contents

specific operating procedures. While all of our vessels are subject to environmental and other regulations and all of our vessels carry bunker fuel, we believe there is generally a greater risk of environmental concerns in the tanker sector, which makes up a smaller portion of our Fleet.

A variety of government, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard, or USCG, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations, charterers, and terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the operation of one or more of our vessels being temporarily suspended or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the future cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution, release of hazardous substances, loss of life, or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 BP plc Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation or regulations that could negatively affect our profitability.

    International Maritime Organization

The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels, or the IMO, has adopted MARPOL. MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983. It has been adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our vessels will operate.

MARPOL is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annex II relates to noxious liquid substances carried in bulk; Annex III relates to harmful substances carried in packaged form; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI relates to air emissions.

In 2012, the IMO's Marine Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted by resolution amendments to the international code for the construction and equipment of vessels carrying dangerous chemicals in bulk, or the IBC Code. The provisions of the IBC Code are mandatory under MARPOL and SOLAS. These amendments, which entered into force in June 2014, pertain to revised international certificates of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and identifying new products that fall under the IBC Code. As of January 1, 2016, amendments to Annex I, the IBC Code, require that all chemical tankers must be fitted with approved stability instruments capable of verifying compliance with both intact and damage stability.

The MARPOL Annex I Condition Assessment Scheme, or CAS, sets out a framework of inspection and verification of the structural condition of certain oil tankers. In 2013, the MEPC adopted by resolution amendments to the CAS. These amendments, which became effective on October 1, 2014, complement inspections of bulk carriers and tankers set forth in the 2011 International Code on the Enhanced Programme of Inspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, or ESP Code, and enhance the programs of inspections for certain tankers.

    Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI set limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from vessels whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits "deliberate emissions" of "ozone depleting substances," defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. "Deliberate emissions" are not limited to times when the vessel is at sea; they can, for example, include discharges

57


Table of Contents

occurring in the course of the vessel's repair and maintenance. Emissions of "volatile organic compounds" from certain vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, PCBs) are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls of sulfur emissions known as ECAs.

MEPC adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board vessels. As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI required that fuel oil contain no more than 3.50% sulfur (from the previous cap of 4.50%). On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, MEPC 70, MEPC announced its decision concerning the implementation of regulations mandating a reduction in sulfur emissions from the current 3.5% to 0.5% as of the beginning of 2020 rather than pushing the deadline back to 2025. In MEPC 72, MEPC further agreed to prohibit the carriage of non-compliant fuel after 2020, unless a vessel is fitted with an equivalent arrangement such as a scrubber. By 2020 vessels will now have to either reduce sulfur from emissions through the installation and use of emission scrubbers or buy fuel with lower sulfur content. Consequently, complying with MEPC 70 could result in a significant capital expenditure or a significant increase in the cost of bunkers. The Company is currently reviewing alternatives to comply with MEPC 70 when it enters into force, but anticipates that it will comply with MEPC 70 by purchasing fuel with lower sulfur content.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECAs. As of January 1, 2015, vessels operating within an ECA may not use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.10%. Amended Annex VI established procedures for designating new ECAs. The Baltic and North Seas, certain coastal areas of North America and the United States Caribbean Sea are all within designated ECAs. In addition, certain ports in China are subject to domestic Chinese ECAs. Ocean-going vessels in these areas are subject to stringent emission controls, which may cause us to incur additional costs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, or the states or other national jurisdictions where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures, operational changes, or otherwise increase the costs of our operations. For example, the amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, MEPC approved and adopted the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxides, effective January 1, 2021. It is expected that these areas will be formally designated after the draft amendments are presented at MEPC's next session.

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for vessels. Under these measures, by 2025, all new vessels built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014. This included the requirement that all new vessels utilize the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or EEDI, and all vessels develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, or SEEMPs. We are in the process of implementing energy savings measures for our vessels, this will require financial expenditures, but ultimately result in lower fuel costs.

We believe that all our vessels are compliant in all material respects with these regulations that are currently in force. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

    Ballast Water Management

The IMO adopted the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention's implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. All vessels will also have to carry a ballast water record book and an International Ballast Water Management Certificate. The BWM Convention enters into force 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping. On September 8, 2016, this threshold was met (with 52 contracting parties making up 35.14%). Thus, the BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017. However, at MEPC 71, MEPC decided that, while new vessels constructed after September 8, 2017 must comply on delivery with the BWM Convention, implementation of the BWM Convention would be delayed for existing vessels (constructed prior to September 8, 2017) for

58


Table of Contents

a further two years. For such existing vessels, installation of ballast water management systems, or BWMS must take place at the first renewal survey following September 8, 2017 (the date the BWM Convention entered into force). At MEPC 70, MEPC adopted updated "guidelines for approval of ballast water managements systems (G8)". G8 updates previous guidelines concerning procedures to approve BWMS. The G8 guidelines will become mandatory through the BWMS Code, which was adopted in MEPC 72 and will enter into force in October 2019. MEPC 72 also agreed to develop guidelines for mandatory ballast water sampling to confirm that a vessel's BWMS complies with standards set out in the BWM Convention prior to the vessel receiving its International Ballast Water Management Certificate. Once mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and the costs of ballast water treatments may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The United States for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. We believe the costs of such compliance may be material over time, however, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

    Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO has also adopted SOLAS and the LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of vessels. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention standards. Amendments to SOLAS relating to safe manning of vessels that were adopted in May 2012 entered in force on January 1, 2014. The Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims, LLMC, was recently amended and the amendments went into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against vessel owners. We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements under Chapter IX of SOLAS set forth in the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we or our technical managers have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate under the ISM Code unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by classification societies under the authority of each flag state. We and/or our third-party technical manager have documents of compliance and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed every five years, but the document of compliance is subject to audit verification annually and the safety management certificate at least every 2.5 years.

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for implementing and enforcing a broad range of international maritime regulations with respect to all vessels granted the right to fly its flag. The "Shipping Industry Flag State Performance Table" published annually by the International Chamber of Shipping evaluates and reports on flag states based on factors such as ratification, implementation, and enforcement of principal international maritime treaties and regulations, supervision of statutory vessel surveys, and participation at IMO and International Labour Organization, or ILO, meetings. All of our owned vessels are currently flagged in Singapore except one medium range tanker and one small tanker that are flagged in the Isle of Man and one medium range tanker under a bareboat charter out that is flagged in New Zealand. Singapore flagged vessels have historically received a good assessment in the shipping industry. We recognize the importance of a credible flag state and do not intend to use flags of convenience or flag states with poor performance indicators. Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. Each of our vessels are ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificate will be maintained.

59


Table of Contents

Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

    Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions. Many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the CLC. Under this convention, and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel's registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that the compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the vessel owner's actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the vessel owner's intentional or reckless act or omission where the vessel owner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC requires vessels covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to an owner's liability for a single incident. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on vessel owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of vessels over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in a vessel's bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt shipboard oil pollution emergency plans and/or shipboard marine pollution emergency plans for noxious liquid substances in accordance with the guidelines developed by the IMO.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations may have on our operations.

    The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all "owners and operators" whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States' territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define "owner and operator" in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. OPA applies to oil tankers, as well as non-tanker vessels that carry fuel oil, or bunkers, to power such vessels. CERCLA also applies to our operations.

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are "responsible parties" and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

    injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and the costs of assessment thereof;

    injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

60


Table of Contents

    net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

    loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

    lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and

    net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 21, 2015, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels, edible oil tank vessels, and any oil spill response vessels, to the greater of $1,100 per gross ton or $939,800 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refuses to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We comply in all material respects with the USCG's financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states, which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners' responsibilities under these laws. We comply in all material respects with all existing applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional legislative or regulatory initiatives, including the raising of liability caps under OPA or more stringent operational requirements. We cannot predict what additional requirements, if any, may be enacted and what effect, if any, such requirements may have on our operations.

    Other Environmental Initiatives

The CWA prohibits the discharge of oil or other substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In addition, many U.S. states that

61


Table of Contents

border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit, or VGP, that authorizes ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after September 19, 2009 to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent, or NOI, at least 30 days before the vessel operates in U.S. waters. The VGP imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, record keeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. The EPA renewed and revised the VGP, effective December 19, 2013. The VGP now contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters and more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and requires the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

The USCG regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters. As of June 21, 2012, the USCG adopted revised ballast water management regulations that established standards for allowable concentrations of living organisms in ballast water discharged from vessels in U.S. waters. The USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel, but to date has approved only a handful of technologies necessary for vessels to meet the foregoing standards.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG in the past provided waivers to vessels which could not install the then unapproved ballast water treatment technology, but has begun to deny requests for waivers in light of its recent approval of a handful of technologies. In March 2018 the USCG published guidance on the limited circumstances in which it would authorize extension of a vessel's compliance date and further indicated that extensions will generally not be granted for more than twelve months. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers.

It should also be noted that in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP, which is scheduled to expire in December 2018, will remain in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP.

Compliance with the EPA and the USCG regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. While we believe that our vessels have been or will be fitted with systems that will comply with the standards, those systems may not be approved. If they are not approved it could have an adverse material impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems. In addition, certain states have enacted more stringent discharge standards as conditions to their required certification of the VGP. It presently remains unclear how the ballast water requirements set forth by the EPA, the USCG, and IMO BWM Convention, some of which are in effect and some which are pending, will co-exist.

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels will be subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. Our vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements. The CAA also requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. As indicated above, our

62


Table of Contents

vessels operating in covered port areas are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these existing requirements.

    European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member states were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the vessel is in danger.

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk vessels, as determined by type, age, flag, and the number of times the vessel has been detained. The European Union also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard vessels and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.

    Greenhouse Gas Regulations

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Convention on Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and aims to limit global temperature rise below 2 degrees celsius above pre-industrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit temperature increase even further to 1.5 degrees celsius. The Paris Agreement does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. The IMO has taken a number of measures to address greenhouse gas emissions associated with international shipping. As of January 1, 2013, vessels were required to comply with new MEPC mandatory requirements relating to energy efficiency to address greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. In addition, MEPC 70 approved a "roadmap" for developing an IMO strategy by 2018 on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. In April 2018, MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from shipping by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 levels, while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely as "a pathway of CO 2 emissions reduction consistent with the Paris Agreement temperature goals". The initial strategy is due to be revised and adopted by 2023.

Although international shipping is not covered by the European Union's current greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets the European Union has threatened to include shipping in its emissions trading system by 2023 if the IMO does not have a satisfactory greenhouse gas emissions strategy in place by 2021. In 2013 the European Commission set out a strategy for progressively integrating maritime emissions into the European Union's policy for reducing its greenhouse gas emissions, with the first step being monitoring, reporting and verification of greenhouse gas emissions from large ships calling at European Union ports. Towards this end, in April 2015, a regulation was adopted requiring that large vessels (over 5,000 gross tons) calling at European Union ports from January 2018 collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information.

In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and has proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, the EPA has received petitions from the California Attorney General and environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels. Furthermore, in the United States individual states can also enact environmental regulations. For example, California has introduced caps for greenhouse gas emission and, at the end of 2016, signaled it might take additional actions regarding climate change.

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the

63


Table of Contents

Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or more intense weather events.

    International Labour Organization

The International Labour Organization, or ILO, is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006, or MLC 2006. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all vessels above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 came into force on August 20, 2013. Amendments to MLC were adopted in 2014 and 2016. We are in compliance with MLC 2006.

    Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, MTSA came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter XI-2 became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and vessels against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel's flag state. The following are among the various requirements, some of which are found in SOLAS:

    on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped vessels and shore stations, including information on a vessel's identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

    on-board installation of vessel security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

    the development of a vessel security plan;

    vessel identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel's hull;

    a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the vessel, the state whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly, the date on which the vessel was registered with that state, the vessel's identification number, the port at which the vessel is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

    compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

Any vessel operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel's compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We or our third-party technical managers, as applicable, implement the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and our Fleet complies in all material respects with applicable security requirements.

    Inspection by Classification Societies

Every oceangoing vessel must be "classed" by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is "in class," signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel's country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the

64


Table of Contents

classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys.     For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys.     Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

Class Renewal Surveys.     Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the vessel's hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is drydocked and is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a vessel owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel's hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. Upon a vessel owner's request, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Vessels under five years of age can waive drydocking in order to increase available days and decrease capital expenditures, provided the vessel is inspected underwater.

Most of our vessels are drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a "recommendation" which must be rectified by the vessel owner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as "in class" by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or the IACS. In 2012, the IACS issued draft harmonized Common Structural Rules, that align with the IMO goals standards, and were adopted in winter 2013. All our vessels are certified as being "in class" by the American Bureau of Shipping, or ABS, Det Norske Veritas, or DNV, Bureua Veritas, or BV, and Class NK, or NK. All new and secondhand vessels that we acquire must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we generally have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel except in circumstances where the damage is easily remedied, in which case we will take delivery of the vessel and have a claim for damages.

    Oil Company Tanker Vetting Process

Traditionally there have been relatively few charterers in the oil transportation business and that part of the industry has been undergoing consolidation. The oil majors, together with a few smaller companies, represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and, especially, seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products worldwide. Concerns about the environment have led oil majors to develop and implement a strict due diligence process, known as vetting, when selecting vessels and considering their managers. Vetting has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive assessment of both the vessel and the vessel technical manager. While numerous factors are considered and evaluated prior to a commercial decision, the oil majors, through their association, Oil Companies International Marine Forum, or OCIMF, have developed two basic assessment tools: the Ship Inspection Report

65


Table of Contents

program, or SIRE, and the Tanker Management & Self-Assessment program, or TMSA. The former is a physical vessel inspection based upon a thorough vessel inspection questionnaire and performed by accredited OCIMF inspectors, resulting in a report being logged on SIRE, while the latter is a recent addition to the risk assessment tools used by the oil majors. Based upon commercial risk, there are three levels of assessment used by oil majors:

    terminal use, which clears a vessel to call at one of the oil major's terminals;

    voyage charter, which clears the vessel for a single voyage; and

    period charter, which clears the vessel for use for an extended period of time.

The depth and complexity of each of these levels of assessment varies. Each charter agreement for our vessels requires that the applicable vessel have a valid SIRE report (less than six months old) in the OCIMF website as recommended by OCIMF. In addition, under the terms of the charter agreements, the charterers require that our vessels and their technical managers be vetted and approved to transport crude oil or refined petroleum products (as applicable). The technical manager, whether us or our appointed third-party manager, is responsible for obtaining and maintaining the vetting approvals required to successfully charter our vessels.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

The operation of any drybulk carrier or tanker includes risks such as mechanical and structural failure, hull damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage, business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental incidents, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution incidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for vessel owners and operators trading in the United States market.

We maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover, and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our Fleet in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover day-to-day risks in our operations. We do not maintain cover for loss of hire or earnings arising out of insured peril events other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. However, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel's useful life. In addition, while we believe that the insurance coverage that we have obtained is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull and Machinery and War Risks Insurance

We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which will include the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our owned vessels. Each of our vessels is covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles ranging between $75,000 to $112,500 per vessel per incident. We also maintain increased value coverage for most of our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure liabilities to third parties in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our P&I coverage will be subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Association in which the vessel is entered. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or clubs. Except for pollution and passenger and crew claims, our coverage is unlimited but restricted to amounts as determined by law including laws pertaining to limitation of liability. Cover for pollution claims are limited to $1.0 billion and cover for passenger and crew claims are restricted to $3.0 billion.

66


Table of Contents

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution will be $1.0 billion per vessel per incident. The thirteen P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world's commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association's liabilities. Each P&I Association has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at a floating rate that is generally valued at approximately $6.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on the group's claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

Not all risks are insured and not all risks are insurable. The principal insurable risks which nonetheless remain uninsured across our Fleet are "loss of hire" and "strikes," except in cases of loss of hire due to war risk event. Specifically, we do not insure these risks because the costs are regarded as disproportionate. These insurances provide, subject to a deductible, a limited indemnity for hire that would not be receivable by the vessel owner for reasons set forth in the policy. Should a vessel on time charter, where the vessel earns fixed hire day by day, suffer a serious mechanical breakdown, the daily hire will no longer be payable by the charterer for the period of off-hire. Under some circumstances, an event of force majeure may also permit the charterer to terminate the time charter or suspend payment of charter hire. The purpose of the loss of hire insurance is to secure the loss of hire during such periods. In the case of strikes insurance, if a vessel is being paid a fixed sum to perform a voyage and the vessel becomes strike bound at a loading or discharging port, the insurance covers the loss of earnings during such periods.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel's crew and the age of a vessel. We believe that we have obtained all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate our business as currently conducted. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to, and intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; and any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report on the financial statements. We currently prepare our combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event we convert to U.S. GAAP in the future while we are still an emerging growth company, we may be able to take advantage of the benefits of Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We intend to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of our first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. See "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Ordinary Shares—The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, will allow Grindrod Shipping to postpone the date by which it must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in Grindrod Shipping's reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in Grindrod Shipping and adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares."

67


Table of Contents

Foreign Private Issuer

We are a "foreign private issuer" as defined by the rules under pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Our status as a foreign private issuer exempts us from compliance with certain laws and regulations of the SEC and certain regulations of the NASDAQ, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and certain governance requirements, such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we will not be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies registered under the Exchange Act and we will generally be exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. Furthermore, we will also not be subject to the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for foreign private issuers until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We are required to determine our status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of our second fiscal quarter. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (1) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States. See "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares—Grindrod Shipping may lose its foreign private issuer status, which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Act's domestic reporting regime and cause Grindrod Shipping to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses".

Legal Proceedings

We may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business that may be brought against us, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity. From time to time we may face claims which fall outside the scope of our insurance coverage. In respect of such claims, we purchase FD&D insurance, which is discretionary coverage for the costs of defending or prosecuting such claims (for example, claims of a purely contractual nature, or collection of freight and demurrage). Those claims, even if covered by insurance and/or lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

We currently are involved in a dispute with Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs service of the United Kingdom, or HMRC, regarding a tax of 28% on a balancing charge against one of our subsidiaries. This tax relates to the purchase of the Torea vessel in December 2010 (which we subsequently sold in October 2017) following the vessel coming out of the U.K. tonnage tax regime earlier in the period. An adverse resolution of this dispute could result in an additional tax liability to us of approximately $5.1 million plus interest on late paid tax. While defenses are available to us, a liability amount of $2.4 million has been recorded in our combined financial statements. The HMRC has issued a Closure Notice indicating that this tax is payable, which we have appealed. On May 1, 2018, the HMRC upheld the Closure Notice. On May 22, 2018, we appealed to the Tax Tribunal in London and it is not currently possible to predict when the dispute will be finalized.

C.    Organizational Structure

Grindrod Shipping is a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore. We directly own two subsidiaries through which business operations are conducted and staff are employed, one is a Singapore company and the other is a South African company. Each of our wholly owned vessels is held through separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of our Singapore subsidiary, each of which is incorporated predominantly in Singapore, with one incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Please see Exhibit 8.1 to this registration statement for a list of our current subsidiaries.

D.    Property, Plants and Equipment

We do not own any material real property. We lease office space in several countries where we have staff or operations. Our largest offices are in Singapore, South Africa and the United Kingdom. Our main material assets consist of our vessels which are owned through several partly and wholly owned subsidiaries. See "—Organizational Structure" above.

For a description of our Fleet, see "—History and Development of the Company" and "—Business Overview—Our Fleet" above.

ITEM 4A.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

68


Table of Contents

ITEM 5.    OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following management's discussion and analysis and results of operations and financial condition together with our combined financial statements, including the notes, and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. Certain information contained in this discussion and analysis and elsewhere in this registration statement includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements" and "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors" for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this registration statement.

Overview

We are an international shipping company that owns, charters-in and operates a fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We own some of our vessels directly and some of our vessels in joint venture arrangements. We operate two businesses primarily in: the drybulk carriers business, which is further divided into handysize, supramax, and other operating segments; and the tankers business, which is further divided into medium range tankers, small tankers, and other operating segments. Activities that do not relate to these business segments are accumulated in an "unallocated" segment. Our historical business also includes a container business which we held through Ocean Africa Container Lines division, or OACL, and a bunker business which we held through Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd, or Unicorn Bunker, both of which were separated from Grindrod Shipping in the first quarter of 2018. See "—The Spin-Off" below.

Our handysize and supramax operating fleet consists of 25 owned drybulk carriers (including 13 drybulk carriers that we own through joint ventures) and eight long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers. We have 20 handysize drybulk carriers and 13 supramax drybulk carriers in our operating fleet with sizes ranging from 28,240 dwt to 61,420 dwt. We also have two supramax drybulk carriers under construction each with a size of 61,000 dwt. Our drybulk carriers transport a broad range of major and minor bulk and breakbulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, forestry products, steel products and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels or in the spot market.

Our tanker operating fleet consists of 12 owned tankers (including six tankers that we own through joint ventures) and three long-term chartered-in tankers. We have 11 medium range tankers and four small tankers in our operating fleet with sizes ranging from 16,480 dwt to 51,570 dwt. Our tankers carry petroleum products, which include both clean products, such as petrol, diesel, jet fuel and naptha, and dirty products, such as heavy fuel oil. Our tankers do not carry crude oil. Our tankers are also classed to carry low hazard chemical products, which include liquid bulk vegetable oils. Our tankers are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels, commercially managed by one of our joint venture partners or third parties, and under various other arrangements, including charter-out, bareboat charter, under contracts of COAs or in the spot market.

Recent Developments

As discussed above, effective as of January 1, 2018, we disposed of OACL and Unicorn Bunker to another Parent subsidiary for $20.9 million and $15.5 million, respectively. These businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018. See "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information".

On May 8, 2018, we refinanced our $50.0 million senior secured credit facility, $123.0 million and $21.0 million senior secured credit facilities with a new $100.0 million senior secured credit facility relating to 11 handysize dry bulk carriers and 5 tankers. A portion of the proceeds of the new facility was used to repay all outstanding balances on the refinanced facilities in full, as well as to pay a portion of the purchase price relating to the unwinding of the joint venture with Mitsubishi Corporation described below. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Description of Indebtedness—Loan Agreements".

Pursuant to an agreement with our former joint venture partner, on May 15, 2018, we purchased 100% of the IVS Magpie from the joint venture through a new subsidiary of GSPL for a total of approximately $10.3 million, which was financed through cash on hand and a portion of the proceeds of the new $100.0 million senior secured facility. On May 22, 2018, pursuant to the same agreement, we unwound our joint venture with Mitsubishi Corporation by purchasing Mitsubishi Corporation's 49% interest in the joint venture, through which we now directly hold 100% of the IVS Ibis, for a total of approximately $11.0 million, which was financed through cash on hand and a new credit facility of approximately

69


Table of Contents

$6.3 million, that we entered into on June 4, 2018. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Description of Indebtedness—Loan Agreements".

On May 15, 2018, GSPL entered into resale agreements for the acquisition of two supramax drybulk carriers under construction which are expected to be delivered to GSPL in the second half of 2019. The purchase price of each new drybulk carrier is $26.3 million, payable in four installments. Under the terms of each of the newbuilding contracts, the first installments of $2.6 million was paid upon the signing of each of the contracts, the second installments of $4.0 will be due upon each vessel being placed in the berth; the third installments of $4.0 million will be due upon the launch of each vessel; and the final installments of $15.8 million will be due upon delivery of each vessel to GSPL.

Components of Our Operating Results

Revenues.     Revenues include vessel revenue, ship sales, and other revenue. Vessel revenues consist of charter hire revenue and freight revenue. Charter hire revenues primarily relate to time charter contracts and freight revenues primarily relate to voyage charter contracts and pool distributions (which consist of distributions to us of net earnings relating to our vessels in pools operated by third parties). Ship sales include ship sales as well as the sale of bunkers and other consumables relating to ships sold. Other revenue includes management fees and other revenue.

We generate revenues by charging customers for their use of our vessels or for the transportation by us of their drybulk and liquid bulk cargoes. Historically, these services generally have been provided by operating our vessels in commercial pools, in the spot market, and on time charters. We also manage our charter rate risk and employment risk by using forward freight arrangements and entering into COAs.

The table below illustrates in general the primary distinctions among these different employment arrangements.

 
  Commercial Pool   Spot Market   Time Charters

Typical contract length

  Varies   Varies   Varies

Charter hire rate basis (1)

  Varies   Varies   Daily

Voyage expenses

  Pool pays   We or customer pays   Customer pays

Vessel operating costs for owned vessels

  We pay   We pay   We pay

Charter hire expense for vessels chartered-in by us

  We pay   We pay   We pay

Off-hire (2)

  Pool does not pay   Customer does not pay   Customer does not pay

(1)
"Charter hire rate" refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel under time charter.

(2)
"Off-hire" refers to the time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings. For time chartered-in vessels, we do not pay the charter hire expense when the vessel is off-hire. And for time chartered-out vessels, the charterer is not obliged to pay us the charter hire expense when the vessel is off-hire.

We also generate revenues by acting as commercial manager for vessels owned by our joint ventures or by third parties, and as technical manager for vessels owned by our joint ventures. The commercial management services we provide are in respect of our management and operation of our drybulk handysize pool, or the IVS Handysize Pool, and our drybulk supramax pool, or the IVS Supramax Pool, and the commercial management of three large drybulk handysize vessels we own through a joint venture that, due to their size, do not trade in the IVS Handysize Pool. Commercial management fees are charged per vessel as a fixed daily fee plus a fixed percentage of the TCE revenue achieved by the managed vessel. Technical management fees are charged at an agreed fixed amount per year or part thereof to cover our time and expertise.

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales includes charter hire expenses, which primarily relate to time charter contracts; voyage expenses which represent the direct costs associated with operating a vessel between loading and discharge at the applicable ports and include pool distributions (which consist of net earnings payable to third-party and joint venture owners of vessels in the pools we manage), fuel expenses, port expenses, other expenses and freight forward agreements; depreciation and amortization; vessel operating costs, which consist of crew expenses, repairs and maintenance, insurance, and other costs associated with the technical management of the Fleet; cost of ship sales, which consist of cost of sales on sale of ships classified as inventories and cost of sales on sale of bunkers and other consumables; ships classified as lease rentals (relating to charter hire revenue for the OACL business (as defined below)); and other expenses,

70


Table of Contents

which consist of container expenses, freight expenses, cargo handling, provision for onerous contracts, and other logistic purchases.

Other operating income.     Other operating income consists of dividend income and foreign exchange gain.

Administrative expenses.     Administrative expenses comprise general corporate overhead expenses, including personnel costs, property costs, audit fees, legal and professional fees, and other general administrative expenses. Personnel costs include, among other things, salaries and short- and long-term incentives, pension costs, fringe benefits, travel costs and health insurance. Administrative expenses may increase in connection with becoming a publicly reporting, listed entity, as a result of, among other things, increased audit, legal and professional fees and listing and exchange related costs. In addition, personnel costs may increase for a number of reasons, including in connection with relocation of certain management personnel to our Singapore office in connection with the Spin-Off.

Other operating expenses.     Other operating expenses consist of impairment loss on assets, foreign exchange loss, loss on disposal of investment in subsidiaries and other operating expenses.

Share of losses of joint ventures.     Share of losses of joint ventures relates to operating profits or losses attributable to our joint ventures. Our joint ventures are accounted for on an equity basis.

Interest income.     Interest income primarily relates to interest on loans to joint ventures; bank interests; and other interests.

Interest expense.     Interest expense primarily relates to interest on ship loans, interest on loans from related companies and interest on bank loans.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

The principal factors which affect our results of operations and financial condition include:

    strength of world economies, in particularly in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region;

    cyclicality in the drybulk and tanker industries and volatility of charter rates which is impacted by supply and demand;

    seasonality;

    our ability to successfully compete in the drybulk and tanker markets and employ or procure the employment of our vessels at economically attractive rates;

    changes in supply of drybulk and tanker vessels;

    the duration of our charter contracts and market conditions when charters expire;

    our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals and our ability to buy and sell vessels, and to charter-in vessels at prices we deem satisfactory;

    the strength of and growth in the number of our customer relationships;

    an increase in the price of bunker or other market-related increases to components of our costs of sales;

    depreciation on our vessels and potential impairment charges;

    the amount of time and expense that we spend positioning our vessels;

    loss of operating days through accidents or other damage to our vessels, as well as a result of disruptions along our operating routes;

    the failure of counterparties to fully perform their contracts with us;

    the required maintenance capital expenditures relating to our vessels and other administrative expenses;

    the amount of expense incurred, and time that our vessels spend, in drydock undergoing repairs;

    the age, condition and specifications of our vessels;

    the effective and efficient technical management of our vessels and our vessel operating costs;

    our ability to satisfy the technical, health, safety and compliance standards of our customers, especially major oil companies;

71


Table of Contents

    our ability to access capital to finance our fleet, including our ability to pay down our existing credit facilities if the fair market values of our vessels decline;

    our level of debt and related interest expense;

    corruption, piracy, militant activities, political instability and terrorism in locations where we may operate;

    losses or provisions for losses on uncollectible revenues;

    the effectiveness of forward freight agreements, bunker swaps and other contracts we may enter into to manage our revenues and expenses and costs in unwinding them;

    the cost and adequacy or otherwise of our insurance coverage;

    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

    inflation.

The Spin-Off

Our combined financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from combining the financial statements of Parent's wholly-owned shipping business subsidiaries, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, which we will acquire immediately prior to the Spin-Off.

In addition, the combined financial statements include components of Parent's shipping business which will not be transferred to us in the Spin-Off. In the first quarter of 2018, we sold two of GSSA's businesses, OACL and Unicorn Bunker, to another Parent subsidiary and such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales will remain with us following the Spin-Off.

The OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses have been identified as niche South African operations involving assets that are either landlocked within the ports of Durban and Cape Town, or entirely land based, being terminal and warehouse operations all of which are subject to specific South African regulations, local competition and governmental initiatives which management believes will be difficult to manage from an international holding company and will detract from the core drybulk carriers and tankers businesses that are operated on a global scale.

Accordingly, our historical results of operations may not be indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition as a separate, stand-alone public company.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The financial information included in this registration statement includes certain "non-GAAP financial measures" as such term is defined in SEC regulations governing the use of non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are included in, or excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS. For example, non-GAAP financial measures may exclude the impact of certain unique and/or non-operating items such as acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring charges, large write-offs or items outside of management's control. Management believes that the non-GAAP financial measures described below provide investors and analysts useful insight into our financial position and operating performance.

TCE Revenue and TCE per day.     TCE revenue is defined as vessel revenues less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our operating days during the period, is TCE per day. Vessel revenues and voyage expenses as reported for our operating segments include a proportionate share of vessel revenues and voyage expenses attributable to our joint ventures based on our proportionate ownership of the joint ventures. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE per day also includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and also includes charter-in days. TCE per day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters have to cover voyage costs and are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters do not cover voyage costs and generally are expressed in per day amounts.

72


Table of Contents

Below is a reconciliation from TCE revenue to revenue.

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$   US$   US$  
 
  Revenue   Voyage
Expenses
  TCE
Revenue
  Revenue   Voyage
Expenses
  TCE
Revenue
  Revenue   Voyage
Expenses
  TCE
Revenue
 

Vessel revenue

                                                       

Handysize

    118,262     59,004     59,258     97,239     (53,362 )   43,877     100,775     (43,186 )   57,589  

Supramax

    156,517     76,497     80,020     116,171     (56,009 )   60,162     145,927     (66,386 )   79,541  

Medium range tankers

    42,561     7,555     35,006     48,672     (5,019 )   43,653     70,380     (3,100 )   67,280  

Small tankers

    22,740     3,725     19,015     22,561     (3,454 )   19,107     26,498     (2,832 )   23,666  

Other drybulk carriers

    56,644                 76,643                 94,218              

Other tankers

    14,186                 15,721                 13,365              

Ship sale revenue

    17,727                 12,275                 13,210              

Other revenue

    5,826                 5,134                 3,519              

Adjustments*

    (24,941 )               (22,884 )               (33,453 )            

Revenue

    409,522                 371,532                 434,439              

*
Vessel revenue earned and voyage expenses incurred by the joint-ventures are included within the operating segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis. Accordingly, joint-ventures' proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the combined financial statements.

Vessel operating cost per day.     Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels during the period. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' vessel operating costs and operating days and excludes charter-in days.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our combined financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with IFRS. In many instances, the application of such principles requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances. A change in the estimates or a variance in the application, or interpretation of IFRS could yield a materially different accounting result. A summary of our critical accounting estimates where we believe that had we made different estimations, judgments or interpretations from the ones we made, would have yielded the most significant differences in our combined financial statements, can be found in the notes to the combined financial statements. See Note 2 to the combined financial statements for a summary of all of our significant accounting policies.

Vessels and depreciation

Owned vessels are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises acquisition cost and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the asset is ready for use, including interest expense incurred to finance the vessel during that period. The market average useful life of a vessel is estimated to range from 25 to 30 years at which point it would usually be scrapped. Our strategy is to maintain a young fleet compared to the market average. For accounting purposes, we estimate useful life as 15 years from date of delivery for new vessels. Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis to an estimated residual value over their useful life of 15 years.

An increase in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and, in the case of an increased useful life, extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

The carrying value of our vessels will not necessarily represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount we could obtain if we were to sell any of our vessels.

Pursuant to our bank credit facilities, prior to drawdown of loans under the credit facilities we submit to the lenders open-market, individual, charter-free valuations of the vessels collateralizing the relevant facility. Thereafter, we will regularly submit to the lenders valuations of our vessels done on the same basis in order to evidence our compliance with the collateral maintenance covenants under our bank credit facilities. Such a valuation is based on the value of the vessel assuming we continue to operate the vessel until it reaches 15 years in age and then sold after that date (rather than classifying the vessel as inventories) and therefore such valuation is not necessarily the same as the amount any vessel may bring upon sale, which may be more or less, and should not be relied upon as such. We also obtain such valuations each quarter on all 100% owned vessels, joint venture owned vessels and all chartered-in vessels where there is a purchase option in our Fleet. These valuations as well as the valuations for the purposes of

73


Table of Contents

the bank credit facilities, are performed by an independent valuator not connected with the group, who has appropriate qualifications and relevant experience in the valuation of the vessels in the relevant sectors. We have received valuations on all 100% owned vessels, joint venture owned vessels and all chartered-in vessels where we have purchase options in our Fleet as of December 31, 2017. If we were to compare those valuations to the carrying value of our 100% owned vessels as of December 31, 2017, that carrying value would exceed their valuations by an aggregate of $31.5 million, ranging on individual vessels from $1.5 million to $4.7 million. The valuations of our vessels can vary depending on the shipyards where they were built and the dates of delivery.

Impairment of Assets

At the end of each reporting period, and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of our assets when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if it no longer fits into our strategic planning. The recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss. For estimating the recoverable amount of an asset we may also use the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar assets, with similar age and specifications. We use the market comparable approach where we have decided to divest of an asset. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs is estimated. Value in use is a key method for estimating the recoverable amount where we have not determined to divest of the asset, and is estimated taking into account discounted future cash flows, forecast market conditions and the expected lives of the assets. If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, its carrying amount is reduced to the higher of its recoverable amount and zero. Where there is an impairment loss relating to a cash-generating unit, the impairment loss is first allocated to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill, if any, and then to the other assets of the cash-generating unit. Subsequent to the recognition of an impairment loss, the depreciation or amortization charge for the asset is adjusted to allocate its remaining carrying value, less any residual value, over its remaining useful life.

Impairment losses on tangible assets are recognized in profit or loss. If the estimate of the recoverable value of an asset (following an impairment loss) subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount but limited to the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

Impairment losses recognized on goodwill and other intangible assets are not subsequently reversed if the value of the goodwill subsequently increases. The attributable amount of goodwill is included in the calculation of profit or loss on disposal when the related business is sold.

    Vessels

In developing a value in use calculation for a vessel, we make assumptions and estimates about vessels' future performance, with the most significant assumptions relating to (i) charter rates on vessels which are based on management's estimate of the average charter rates over the remaining life of the vessel to 15 years, (ii) off-hire days, which are based on historical off-hire statistics for our fleet, (iii) operating costs, based on current levels escalated over time based on long term trends, (iv) drydocking frequency, duration and cost, (v) estimated useful life which is assessed as a total of 15 years from construction and (vi) estimated sale value of that vessel when the vessel reaches 15 years. We apply the U.S. dollar inflation rate to vessel operating costs (not including depreciation). The future cash flows are discounted to their present value using the current fiscal year's discount rate to reflect the time value of money.

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long term charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current levels, whether they will improve by any significant degree, or whether they will achieve the forecast charter rates estimated in the value in use calculations. Charter rates may remain at depressed levels for some time, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and future assessments of vessel impairment.

The recoverable amounts of vessels that will be classified as inventories are determined based on fair value less cost of disposal, with fair value determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar vessels, with similar age and specifications. In valuing the vessels, the

74


Table of Contents

appraisers take into consideration the prevailing market conditions and make adjustments for differences where necessary before arriving at the most appropriate value for the vessels.

Management monitors developments in the market charter rates in order to assess the appropriateness of the charter rates that are utilized in the impairment analyses.

As at December 31, 2017, a change to the following estimate used in management's assessment would result in the recoverable amount of each vessel being below the carrying amount of the vessel (on the basis that each of the other key assumptions remain unchanged):

Drybulk Carriers:

    16.54% to 37.45% decrease to the charter rate; or

    10.59% to 37.38% increase to the discount rate.

Tankers:

    1.67% to 55.56% decrease to the charter rate; or

    2.32% to 20.53% increase to the discount rate.

Based on the key assumptions and taking into account the sensitivity analysis above, management determined that the estimated recoverable amount of the vessels (excluding ships classified as inventories held for sale) are appropriate. Accordingly, no further allowance impairment loss is required except for the impairment loss of $16.5 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017, $12.6 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 and $67.8 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2015. The impairment was largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity.

On December 31, 2017, we impaired the vessels to the extent of $16.5 million because we determined certain vessels no longer fit into our strategic planning. Management intends to divest or sell these vessels and use the funds to modernize the Fleet.

    Non-Vessel

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives or which are not available for use, and the cash-generating units to which these assets have been allocated, are tested for impairment at the end of each reporting period and on a continuous basis, even if there is no indication of impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination at inception of the combination.

On December 31, 2017, we impaired the goodwill and intangible assets that arose on the acquisition of the remaining equity of one of our former joint ventures in 2014. Goodwill was impaired on December 31, 2017 by $8.5 million and the intangible assets were impaired by $3.6 million. Management took the decision to impair the value based on the fact that the profits declined from those earned in previous years and the business model has changed thereby effecting the division.

In addition, a number of vessels that were required to be impaired on December 31, 2017 were held in joint ventures which resulted in the impairment loss on ships of $43.2 million for these joint ventures which was correspondingly recorded by us as share of losses in joint ventures for $12.9 million. These vessels held by our joint ventures were impaired because they no longer fit into our strategic planning and/or the joint ventures that own vessels are coming to an end in accordance with their terms. Management intends to seek to sell these vessels and use the funds to modernize the fleet.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is reduced for estimated rebates, commissions and other similar allowances.

Charter hire revenue is recognized on a daily accrual basis. Freight revenue is recognized on completion of the voyage and for uncompleted voyages at year-end on the percentage of completion basis. Results of uncompleted voyages are included based on the estimated voyage result and the voyage time elapsed. Anticipated losses for contracts arising on uncompleted voyages are provided in full.

Sales of ships, bunkers and consumables are recognized when all the following conditions are satisfied:

    we have transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

    we have retained neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

75


Table of Contents

    the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

    it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity; and

    the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

Management fee income is recognized on accrual basis over the period of services rendered.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

Dividend income from investments is recognized when the shareholders' rights to receive payment have been established.

Provision for Onerous Contracts

An onerous contract is considered to exist where we have a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under such contract. Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognized and measured as a provision. Full provision is made for the present obligations of the unavoidable future losses of fulfilling the terms of onerous vessel charter contracts or COAs to which we are committed. See Note 20 to the combined financial statements for further details.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

Certain financial data on a combined basis and for our primary segments was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. This information was derived from our combined financial statements for the respective periods.

Combined Results of Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017   2016  

Revenue

  $ 409,522   $ 371,532  

Cost of sales

    (387,408 )   (365,735 )

Gross profit

    22,114     5,797  

Other operating income

    4,696     5,687  

Administrative expense

    (32,868 )   (30,140 )

Other operating expenses

    (39,198 )   (18,093 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

    (12,946 )   (3,472 )

Interest income

    7,164     5,260  

Interest expense

    (6,548 )   (4,899 )

Loss before taxation

    (57,586 )   (39,860 )

Income tax expense

    (3,226 )   (3,849 )

Loss for the year

  $ (60,812 ) $ (43,709 )

76


Table of Contents

Segment Results of Operations (1)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017   2016  

Drybulk Carriers Business

             

Handysize Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 126,731   $ 98,909  

Cost of Sales

  $ (123,963 ) $ (109,384 )

Supramax Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 157,428   $ 117,076  

Cost of Sales

  $ (155,907 ) $ (118,513 )

Tankers Business

             

Medium Range Tankers Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 53,307   $ 60,090  

Cost of Sales

  $ (56,532 ) $ (58,628 )

Small Tankers Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 22,740   $ 22,561  

Cost of Sales

  $ (18,549)   $ (18,833 )

(1)
Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures which is not reflected in our combined results of operations.

Set forth below are selected historical and statistical data of our operating fleet for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 that we believe may be useful in better understanding our operating fleet's financial position and results of operations.

77


Table of Contents

Drybulk Carriers Business

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Handysize Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    7,942     7,616  

Available days (2)

    7,840     7,559  

Operating days (3)

    7,720     7,460  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.5 %   98.7 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    21.2     20.4  

Handysize Segment Average Daily Results

             

TCE per day (6)

  $ 7,675   $ 5,881  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 5,034   $ 5,091  

Supramax Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    7,702     7,700  

Available days (2)

    7,702     7,700  

Operating days (3)

    7,584     7,654  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.5 %   99.4 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    20.8     20.9  

Supramax Segment Average Daily Results

             

TCE per day (6)

    10,551   $ 7,861  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 4,519   $ 4,433  

Tankers Business

             

Medium Range Tankers Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    3,055     3,140  

Available days (2)

    2,999     3,140  

Operating days (3)

    2,994     3,140  

Fleet utilization (4)

    100 %   100 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    7.5     9  

Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

             

TCE per day (6)

  $ 11,691   $ 13,902  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 6,869   $ 7,053  

Small Tankers Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    1,469     1,657  

Available days (2)

    1,461     1,603  

Operating days (3)

    1,461     1,572  

Fleet utilization (4)

    99 %   98.1 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    3.5     5  

Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

             

TCE per day (6)

  $ 13,014   $ 12,154  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 7,427   $ 7,479  

(1)
Calendar days : total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

(2)
Available days : total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenues.

(3)
Operating days : the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenues.

(4)
Fleet utilization : the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

(5)
Vessels operating at period end : reflects the total amount of wholly-owned vessels we own at period end and vessels we charter-in routinely for our own account, as well as our proportionate ownership of vessels that we own through our joint ventures and vessels we charter-in through our joint ventures.

(6)
TCE per day : vessel revenues less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and includes charter-in days.

78


Table of Contents

(7)
Vessel operating costs per day : Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' calendar day and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

Revenues.     Revenues increased by $38.0 million, or approximately 10.2%, from $371.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $409.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The largest component of revenues is vessel revenue. Vessel revenues increased by $31.9 million, or approximately 9.0%, from 354.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $386.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. This increase was primarily due to the improved drybulk spot market charter rates which was slightly offset by a decrease in the drybulk charter rates. Vessel revenues were $45.9 million and $46.0 million for the OACL business in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

    Drybulk Business Revenues and Vessel Revenues

In the drybulk business, our handysize total revenues and supramax total revenues increased by $27.8 million and $40.3 million, respectively, or approximately 28.1% and 34.5%, respectively, from $98.9 million and $117.1, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $126.7 million and $157.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased spot market charter rates and a sale of a vessel (IVS Kite). There were no sales of vessels in the drybulk business in 2016.

Our handysize vessel revenues and supramax vessel revenues increased by $21.1 million and $40.3 million, respectively, or approximately 21.7% and 34.7%, respectively, from $97.2 million and $116.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $118.3 million and $156.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to increased spot market charter rates.

    Tankers Business Revenues and Vessel Revenues

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers total revenues decreased and small tankers total revenues remained relatively flat by $6.8 million and at $0.1 million, respectively, or approximately 11.3% and 0.1%, respectively, from $60.1 million and $22.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $53.3 million and $22.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in the medium range tankers revenues was primarily due to a decrease in medium range tanker spot market charter rates.

Our medium range tankers vessel revenues decreased and small tankers vessel revenues remained relatively flat by $6.1 million and at $0.1 million, respectively, or approximately 12.5% and 0.01%, respectively, from $48.7 million and $22.6 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $42.6 million and $22.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in the medium range tankers was primarily due to a market related decrease in medium range tanker spot market charter rates.

    Drybulk Business TCE Revenue

Handysize TCE per day increased by $1,794 per day, or approximately 30.5%, from $5,881 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7,675 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to an increase in handysize spot market charter rates.

Supramax TCE per day increased by $2,690 per day, or approximately 34.2%, from $7,861 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $10,551 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to an increase in supramax spot market charter rates.

    Tankers Business TCE Revenue

Medium range tankers TCE per day decreased by $2,211 per day, or approximately 15.9%, from $13,902 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $11,691 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was due to a market related decrease in medium range tanker spot market charter rates.

Small tankers TCE per day increased by $860 per day, or approximately 7.1%, from $12,154 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $13,014 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to COAs and time charters that were set at higher rates while the market was still rising in the previous year.

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales increased by $21.7 million, or approximately 5.9%, from $365.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $387.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The largest component of cost of sales is voyage expenses, which increased by $26.2 million from $140.7 million for the

79


Table of Contents

year ended December 31, 2016 and $166.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The second largest component of cost of sales are charter hire expense, which increased from $121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase is due to the increase in drybulk spot market charter rates for short-term chartered-in vessels which was slightly offset by a decrease in tanker spot market charter rates.

    Drybulk Business Cost of Sales

In the drybulk business, our handysize segment and supramax segment cost of sales increased by $14.6 million and $37.4 million, respectively, or approximately 13.3% and 31.6%, from $109.4 million and $118.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $124.0 million and $155.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to the increase in drybulk spot market charter rates.

Our handysize voyage expenses and supramax segment voyage expenses increased by $5.6 million and $20.5 million, respectively, or approximately 10.5% and 36.6%, from $53.4 million and $56 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $59.0 million and $76.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased pool distribution costs as a result of increased net earnings of the pool relating to the increase in drybulk spot market charter rates.

Our handysize vessel operating costs and supramax vessel operating costs remained relatively flat from $27.0 million and 2.5% million for the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively, to $26.5 million and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

    Drybulk Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

Handysize vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat with a slight decrease of $57 from $5,091 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $5,034 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Supramax vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat with a slight increase of $86 from $4,433 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $4,519 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

    Tankers Business Cost of Sales

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers and small tankers cost of sales decreased by $2.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, or approximately 3.5% and 1.6%, respectively, from $58.6 million and $18.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $56.5 million and $18.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the number of medium range and small tanker vessels operating in 2017.

Our medium range tankers voyage expenses and small tankers voyage expenses increased by $2.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, or approximately 52% and 8.8%, respectively, from $5.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased fuel costs and costs relating to fulfilling COA contracts.

Our medium range tankers operating costs and small tankers operating costs decreased from $13.8 million and $9.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $13.3 million and $9.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of tanker vessels operating in 2017.

    Tankers Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

Medium range tankers vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat from $7,053 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $6,869 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease is due to one-time expenses in 2016 relating to repairs, as well as refurbishments of lifeboats.

Small tankers vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat from $7,479 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7,427 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Gross profit.     Gross profit increased by $16.3 million, or 281%, from $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily for the reasons described above.

Other operating income.     Other operating income consisted primarily of foreign exchange gain. For the year ended December 31, 2017 we incurred an unrealized foreign exchange gain of $3.6 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign currency bank balances, vendor balances and customer

80


Table of Contents

balances at period end as well as realized gains. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred foreign exchange gains of $4.1 million.

Administrative expenses.     Administrative expenses increased by $2.8 million, or approximately 9.3%, from $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of one-time listing expenses relating to the Spin-Off. We currently expect to incur similar costs for the year ended December 31, 2018 relating to the Spin-Off. Administrative expenses also include charges billed to GSPL and GSSA by Parent's subsidiaries that generally relate to the cost of corporate resources provided by Parent.

Other operating expenses.     Other operating expenses consisted primarily of foreign exchange loss and impairment loss on ships, impairments on intangibles and goodwill and impairment loss on the net assets of OACL. For the year ended December 31, 2017 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $4.1 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized losses. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $4.3. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment of $28.6 million relating to vessel impairments of $16.5 million on a number of vessels in the fleet and goodwill of $12.1 million where it was determined that the carrying value of the goodwill exceeded the current value in use. In addition, an impairment loss on the net assets of OACL was recognized to the extent of $5.1 million For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an impairment of $12.6 million relating to one drybulk carrier and one tanker vessel that were identified as assets held for sale. The tanker vessel was subsequently sold in October 2017. The sale of the drybulk vessel took place in November 2017.

Interest income.     Interest income increased from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase is due to the shareholder loan to IVS Bulk being effective for the full year in 2017 compared to a partial year in 2016.

Interest expense.     Interest expense increased from $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Interest expense is the payment of interest on debt that principally funds our vessels. This increase is primarily due to the increase in the LIBOR rate on which our interest expense is based, as well as the refinancing of one of our loans at a higher rate. Our bank loans outstanding decreased slightly from $112.5 million as at December 31, 2016 to $108.8 million as at December 31, 2017. The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt increased from 3.11% in 2016 to 3.83% in 2017.

Share of losses in joint ventures.     Share of losses in joint ventures increased from a loss of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a loss of $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to impairments of the fixed assets held by the joint ventures. Impairments on vessels were recorded by our joint ventures and we correspondingly recorded our proportional share of impairment of $5.9 million and $15.7 million, respectively in 2016 and 2017 as share of losses in joint ventures in the combined financial statements.

Taxation.     Taxation for the year ended December 31, 2017 remained stable at $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Loss for the year.     Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased from a loss of $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $60.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 for the same reasons set forth above.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Certain financial data on a combined basis and for our primary segments was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. This information was derived from our combined financial statements for the respective periods.

81


Table of Contents

Combined Results of Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2016   2015  

Revenue

  $ 371,532   $ 434,439  

Cost of sales

    (365,735 )   (407,577 )

Gross profit

    5,797     26,862  

Other operating income

    5,687     6,142  

Administrative expense

    (30,140 )   (27,670 )

Other operating expenses

    (18,093 )   (71,829 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

    (3,472 )   (18,748 )

Interest income

    5,260     3,101  

Interest expense

    (4,899 )   (4,448 )

Loss before taxation

    (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Income tax expense

    (3,849 )   (3,764 )

Loss for the year

  $ (43,709 ) $ (90,354 )

Segment Results of Operations (1)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2016   2015  

Drybulk Carriers Business

             

Handysize Segment

             

Revenues

  $ 98,909   $ 101,468  

Cost of Sales

  $ (109,384 )   (113,784 )

Supramax Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Revenues

  $ 117,076   $ 146,195  

Cost of Sales

  $ (118,513 )   (139,062 )

Tankers Business

   
 
   
 
 

Medium Range Tankers Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Revenues

  $ 60,090   $ 67,967  

Cost of Sales

  $ (58,628 )   (48,374 )

Small Tankers Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Revenues

  $ 22,561   $ 39,445  

Cost of Sales

  $ (18,833 ) $ (37,323 )

(1)
Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures which is not reflected in our combined results of operations.

Set forth below are selected historical and statistical data of our operating fleet for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 that we believe may be useful in better understanding our operating fleet's financial position and results of operations.

82


Table of Contents

Drybulk Carriers Business

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2016   2015  

Handysize Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    7,616     7,877  

Available days (2)

    7,559     7,762  

Operating days (3)

    7,460     7,692  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.7 %   99.1 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    20.4     21.1  

Handysize Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 5,881   $ 7,487  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 5,091   $ 5,160  

Supramax Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    7,700     7,952  

Available days (2)

    7,700     7,952  

Operating days (3)

    7,654     7,774  

Fleet utilization (4)

    99.4 %   97.8 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    20.9     21.3  

Supramax Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 7,861   $ 10,232  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 4,433   $ 4,298  

Tankers Business

   
 
   
 
 

Medium Range Tankers Segment

   
 
   
 
 

Calendar days (1)

    3,140     3,288  

Available days (2)

    3,140     3,288  

Operating days (3)

    3,140     3,271  

Fleet utilization (4)

    100 %   99.5 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    9     8  

Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 13,902   $ 20,569  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 7,053   $ 7,458  

 

Small Tankers Segment

             

Calendar days (1)

    1,657     2,163  

Available days (2)

    1,603     2,136  

Operating days (3)

    1,572     2,096  

Fleet utilization (4)

    98.1 %   98.2 %

Vessels operating at period end (5)

    5     5  

Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results

   
 
   
 
 

TCE per day (6)

  $ 12,154   $ 11,291  

Vessel operating costs per day (7)

  $ 7,479   $ 7,676  

(1)
Calendar days :    total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

(2)
Available days :    total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenues.

(3)
Operating days :    the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenues.

(4)
Fleet utilization :    the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

83


Table of Contents

(5)
Vessels operating at period end :    reflects the total amount of wholly-owned vessels we own at period end, as well as our proportionate ownership of vessels that we own through our joint ventures.

(6)
TCE per day :    vessel revenues less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' operating days and includes charter-in days.

(7)
Vessel operating costs per day :    Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures' vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

Revenues.     Revenues decreased by $62.9 million, or approximately 14%, from $434.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $371.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to the continued weakening of the drybulk spot market rate, to the lowest point in the first quarter of 2016, and to the continued weakening in the tanker sector, which were partially offset by slowly improving spot market charter rates in the drybulk sector in the latter half of 2016. The largest component of revenues is vessel revenue. Vessel revenues decreased by $63.6 million, or approximately 15%, from $417.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 to $354.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively. This decrease was primarily due to the decline in the drybulk charter rates in the beginning of 2016 and in the tanker charter rates toward the end of the same year. Vessel revenues were $46.0 million and $47.7 million for the OACL business in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively.

    Drybulk Business Revenues and Vessel Revenues

In the drybulk business, our handysize total revenues and supramax total revenues decreased by $2.6 million and $29.2 million, respectively, or approximately 2% and 20%, respectively, from $101.5 million and $146.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $98.9 million and $117.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to the decreases in drybulk spot market charter rates in 2016.

Our handysize vessel revenues and supramax vessel revenues decreased by $3.6 million and $29.7 million, respectively, or approximately 3% and 20%, respectively, from $100.8 million and $145.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $97.2 million and $116.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to the continued weakening of the drybulk spot market rate, to the lowest point in the first quarter of 2016, and to the continued weakening in the tankers business, which were partially offset by slowly improving spot market charter rates in the drybulk business in the latter half of 2016.

    Tankers Business Revenues and Vessel Revenues

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers total revenues and small tankers total revenues decreased by $7.9 million and $16.8 million, respectively, or approximately 11.6% and 43%, respectively, from $68.0 million and $39.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $60.1 million and $22.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to the further weakening in tanker spot market charter rates impacting medium range tankers and to a lesser extent, the impact on the small tankers segment, and in the small tankers segment the sale of a tanker is included in the revenue in 2015. The decrease in medium range tankers was partially caused by a sale of a medium range tanker in 2016 which partially offset the drop in charter rates.

Our medium range tankers vessel revenues and small tankers vessel revenues decreased by $21.7 million and $3.9 million, respectively, or approximately 31% and 15%, respectively, from $70.4 million and $26.5 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $48.7 million and $22.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to the further weakness in tanker spot market charter rates.

    Drybulk Business TCE Revenue

Handysize TCE per day decreased by $1,606 per day, or approximately 21%, from $7,487 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $5,881 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was due to a decrease in the spot market rates in the first half of 2016.

Supramax TCE per day decreased by $2,371 per day, or approximately 23%, from $10,232 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $7,861 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was due to the further decrease in the spot market rates in the first half of 2016.

84


Table of Contents

    Tankers Business TCE Revenue

Medium range tankers TCE per day decreased by $6,667 per day or approximately 32%, from $20,569 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $13,902 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was due to further weakness in tanker spot market rates during the second half of 2016.

Small tankers TCE per day increased by $863 per day, or approximately 7.6%, from $11,291 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $12,154 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was due to an increase in COAs.

Cost of sales.     Cost of sales decreased by $41.9 million, or approximately 10.3%, from $407.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $365.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The key components of cost of sales are charter hire expenses and voyage expenses. Charter hire expenses decreased from $150.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in charter hire expenses was due to the decrease in the charter hire days and charter rates as a result of the declining spot market charter rates in 2016. Voyage expenses decreased from $145.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $140.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease is due to the decrease in fuel costs as a result of a drop in the average bunker rates as well as a reduction in the number of vessels we commercially managed. The decrease in fuel costs was partially offset by the increase in pool distribution cost, which was a result of the increased number of vessels entering the IVS Handysize Pool in 2016 and that the IVS Supramax Pool only commenced in the second half of 2015.

    Drybulk Business Cost of Sales

In the drybulk business, our handysize segment and supramax segment cost of sales decreased by $4.4 million and $20.6 million, or approximately 3.8% and 14.8%, from $113.8 million and $139.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $109.4 million and $118.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to the decrease in drybulk spot market charter rates in 2016.

Our handysize voyage expenses increased and supramax segment voyage expenses decreased by $10.2 million and $10.4 million, respectively, or approximately 23.6% and 15.6%, from $43.2 million and $66.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $53.4 million and $56 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These movements were primarily due to the decrease in the average number of vessels and the decrease in fuel costs.

Our handysize vessel operating costs and supramax vessel operating costs increased by $0.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively, from $26.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $27.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Drybulk Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

Handysize vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat at $5,160 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $5,091 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Supramax vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat at $4,298 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $4,433 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Tankers Business Cost of Sales

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers and small tankers cost of sales increased by $10.3 million and decreased by $18.5 million, respectively, or approximately 21.3% and 50%, respectively, from $48.3 million and $37.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $58.6 million and $18.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These movements were primarily due to the sale of a vessel in each of 2015 and 2016.

Our medium range tankers voyage expenses and small tankers voyage expenses increased by $1.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, or approximately 61% and 21%, respectively, from $3.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $5.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. These decreases were primarily due to lower fuel prices.

85


Table of Contents

Our medium range tankers vessel operating costs and small tankers vessel operating costs decreased by $1.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively, from $15.0 million and $11.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $13.8 million and $9.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Tankers Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

Medium range tankers vessel operating costs per day decreased by $405 per day from $7,458 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $7,053 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease is due to better positioning of the vessels that has decreased the cost of repairs, crew transport and delivery costs.

Small tankers vessel operating costs per day decreased by $197 per day from $7,676 per day for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $7,479 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease is due to better positioning of the vessels that has decreased the cost of repairs, crew transport and delivery costs.

Gross (loss)/profit.     Gross profit decreased by $21.0 million, or 78%, from $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 for the reasons set forth above.

Other operating income.     Other operating income consisted primarily of foreign exchange gain. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred an unrealized foreign exchange gain of $4.1 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign currency bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized gains. For the year ended December 31, 2015 we incurred a foreign exchange gain of $5.0 million primarily as a result of the types of realized and unrealized gains described above.

Administrative expenses.     Administrative expenses increased by $2.4 million, or approximately 8.6%, from $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of increased salary costs, increased rental costs relating to our OACL business, and a lower Parent share scheme cost in 2015. Administrative expenses also include charges billed to GSPL and GSSA by Parent's subsidiaries that generally relate to the cost of corporate resources provided by Parent.

Other operating expenses.     Other operating expenses consisted primarily of foreign exchange loss and impairment loss on ships. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $4.3 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized losses. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $2.8 million primarily as a result of realized and unrealized losses described above. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an impairment of $12.6 million relating to one drybulk carrier and one tanker vessel. The tanker vessel was subsequently sold in October 2017. The sale of the drybulk vessel took place in November 2017. In 2015, we recorded an impairment of $67.8 million relating to the reduction of the carrying value of our vessels. The impairment was largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity.

Interest income.     Interest income increased from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The reason for the increase is primarily due to additional loans to two of our joint ventures.

Interest expense.     Interest expense increased from $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Interest expense is the payment of interest on debt that principally funds our vessels. This increase is primarily due to an increase in the LIBOR rate from an average of 0.3% in 2015 to an average of 0.7% in 2016, as well as an increase of the average capital amount of debt outstanding due to the drawdown of the available revolving credit facility to the extent of $30.0 million. Our bank loans outstanding increased from $101.7 million as at December 31, 2015 to $112.5 million as at December 31, 2016. The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt increased from 2.69% in 2015 to 3.11% in 2016.

Share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation.     Share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation decreased from a loss of $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to a loss of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to the decline in drybulk charter rates in the beginning of 2016 and of the tanker charter rates toward the end of the same year and for the same reasons set forth above. Impairments for joint venture vessels were included in share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation in 2015 were $23.6 million and no impairment for joint venture vessel was recognized in 2016.

86


Table of Contents

Taxation.     Taxation for the year ended December 31, 2016 remained stable at $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Loss for the year.     Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased from a loss of $90.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 for the same reasons set forth above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Overview

We operate in a capital intensive industry. Our primary short-term liquidity needs relate to working capital needs relating to voyages in progress, corporate overhead, installment payments on new building construction contracts, payments of interest, quarterly principal payments under our credit facilities, and any balloon payments on loans coming due in the next 12 months, while our long-term liquidity needs are expected to primarily relate to drydock payments, installment payments on new building construction contracts, investment in joint ventures or directly in new and secondhand vessels and final balloon payments relating to our credit facilities.

As of December 31, 2017, we had purchase options to acquire five vessels. Our options to purchase the IVS Shikra and the IVS Beachwood are currently in the exercise period under their respective charter parties; however, in May 2018 we gave notice that we will not be extending the IVS Shikra charter after the expiration of its current period on or around August 29, 2019. We have options to purchase the IVS Naruo, one of either the IVS Pinehurst or the IVS Augusta, and the IVS Hayakita that will first enter into the exercise periods under their respective charter parties in December 2019, July 2020, August 2020 and July 2021, respectively. See "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Fleet". The prices of these purchase options range from approximately $16.7 million to $36.1 million, subject to adjustments, where an option is exercisable on more than one date, based on the remaining time balance of the charter. In each case, such purchase option is subject to certain other adjustments and conditions and will expire at the completion of the applicable time charter.

We expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank and other borrowings, to fund acquisitions and expansion and replacement capital expenditures. We cannot assure you that we will be able to secure adequate financing or obtain additional funds on favorable terms to meet our liquidity needs. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our short-term liquidity needs will be cash flows from operations and borrowings which we believe will be sufficient to meet our existing short-term liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months. Generally, our long-term sources of funds will be from cash from operations, long-term borrowings and other debt or equity financings.

    Cash Flow Discussion

The following table presents cash flow information for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
  2017   2016   2015  

Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities

  $ 2,870   $ (21,257 ) $ 114,659  

Cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

    (2,062 )   (35,705 )   (55,601 )

Cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

    (19,334 )   47,738     (33,269 )

(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (18,526 )   (9,224 )   25,789  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    62,470     70,030     48,270  

Differences in translation

    1,301     1,664     (4,029 )

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

    45,245   $ 62,470   $ 70,030  

Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities.     Cash from operating activities changed positively by $24.1 million to an inflow of $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to an outflow of $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily due to lower capital expenditures following the completion of our newbuilding program in the beginning of 2017, higher proceeds from vessel sales in 2017, improved revenues and Parent's $15.0 million equity investment.

87


Table of Contents

Cash from operating activities changed negatively by $135.9 million to an outflow of $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to an inflow of $114.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to the receipt of approximately $26.0 million of refunded prepayments relating to a canceled shipbuilding contract, Parent's capitalization and release from certain intercompany loans of approximately $21.0 million relating to the acquisition of the OACL division, and Parent's intercompany loan to us of $18.2 million relating to the acquisition of a vessel. Cash from results of operations in 2015 was also higher than in 2016 due to improved revenues resulting from improving drybulk spot market charter rates. Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to the payment of approximately $23.0 million for the final installment relating to the delivery of a tanker and movements in working capital in March 2016.

Cash (used in)/generated from investing activities.     Cash used in investing activities decreased by $33.7 million to an outflow of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily the result of small purchases of plant and equipment.

Cash used in investing activities decreased by $19.9 million to $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of investment installments made to IVS Bulk under terms of the IVS Bulk joint venture agreement relating to the twelve vessels built and delivered to the joint venture and repayments of loans to the holding company and related companies.

Cash (used in)/generated from financing activities.     Cash used in financing activities increased by $67.1 million to an outflow of $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to an inflow of $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily the result of loan repayments (including intercompany loans), share capital issued and dividends paid.

Cash generated from financing activities increased by $81 million to $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $33.3 million used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash generated from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of the drawdown of the remaining availability under our revolving credit facility in the amount of $30.0 million and a $37.0 million short-term loan from Parent, $22.3 million of which was repaid in January 2017 and regular quarterly principal and interest payments. Cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was the result of regular quarterly principal and interest payments under our credit facility which were offset by the $10 million that was drawn on existing revolving credit facilities.

    Capital Expenditures

We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with drydocking activities and maintenance in the ordinary course and in order to comply with environmental and other governmental regulations and in connection with our vessel acquisitions.

On May 15, 2018, GSPL entered in resale agreements for the acquisition of two new supramax drybulk carriers under construction, which are expected to be delivered to GSPL in the second half of 2019. The purchase price of each new drybulk carrier is $26.3 million, payable in four installments. See "—Contractual Obligations Table". We expect that we or our joint ventures will enter in to additional newbuilding contracts in the future. In addition to any acquisitions that we may make in the future, the Leopard Tankers joint venture with Vitol may be terminated at any time by either party. If that agreement is terminated, we may acquire two vessels and each of us or our joint venture partner might also purchase one or two of the vessels that would otherwise have been acquired by the other party if such party declines to do so. As discussed above under "Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Joint Ventures", we also may enter into discussions after the Spin-Off with our IVS Bulk joint venture partners to explore the possibility of purchasing the vessels owned by IVS Bulk in exchange for Grindrod Shipping equity and/or other cash consideration. In addition, we may also explore purchases of vessels held in other joint ventures in the future.

In addition to acquisitions that we may undertake in future periods, we will incur additional expenditures due to drydockings for our Fleet. The location of the drydock will be decided when the vessel is scheduled

88


Table of Contents

to drydock. We estimate our drydocking costs, including capitalized costs incurred during drydocking related to vessels and vessel equipment, and scheduled off-hire days for our Fleet through 2019 (including the proportionate costs for our joint venture vessels) to be:

Year
  Estimated
Drydocking Cost
  Estimated
Off-hire Days
 
  (U.S. dollars)
   

2018

  $ 6.9 million   132.80 days

2019

  $ 4.5 million   60.76 days

Actual costs will vary based on various factors, including where the drydockings are actually performed. We expect to fund these costs with cash from operations. These costs do not include drydock expense items that are reflected in vessel operating costs or costs associated with the installation of ballast water treatment systems.

Actual length of drydocking will vary based on the condition of the vessel, yard schedules and other factors. Higher repairs and maintenance expenses during drydocking for vessels which are over 15 years old typically result in a higher number of off-hire days depending on the condition of the vessel.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we incurred a total of $6.1 million, $3.8 million and $6.9 million of drydocking costs, respectively, excluding costs incurred during drydocking that were capitalized to vessel assets or vessel equipment.

During 2017, 14 of our vessels (of which seven are held in joint ventures) completed their scheduled drydockings. We estimate that 15 of our vessels (of which eight are held in joint ventures) will be drydocked during 2018.

    Description of Indebtedness

Below is a summary of our significant debt obligations.

    Loan Agreements

    $50.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On August 26, 2010, GSPL entered into a $50.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Standard Chartered Bank relating to four handysize drybulk carriers. The facility originally bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum. On August 31, 2017, the interest rate was increased to LIBOR plus a margin of 3.04% per annum. This facility matures on August 30, 2018. The facility is secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of four handysize drybulk carriers, each owned by a subsidiary of GSPL, (b) a guarantee from each of the drybulk carrier owning subsidiaries and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the four drybulk carriers. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $12.3 million. On May 15, 2018, the approximately $9.7 million outstanding under this facility was repaid in full with a portion of our proceeds of the new $100.0 million senior secured credit facility described below.

    $123.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On July 7, 2011, GSPL entered into a $123.0 million senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch), DVB Group Merchant Bank (Asia) Limited and BNP Paribas, Singapore Branch relating to six handysize drybulk carriers and three tankers. The facility is made up of a term loan facility of $73.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $50.0 million. The facility originally bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum. On January 7, 2017, the interest rate was increased to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% per annum. This facility matures on July 7, 2018. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of the nine vessels, (b) a guarantee from each of the GSPL subsidiaries owning the nine vessels and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the nine vessels. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance on the term loan facility was approximately $9.5 million, the balance of the revolving credit facility is $45.0 million and $5.0 million of the revolving credit facility remained undrawn. On May 15, 2018, the approximately $49.5 million outstanding under this facility was repaid in full with a portion of the proceeds of our new $100.0 million senior secured credit facility described below.

89


Table of Contents

    $21.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On March 30, 2017, three subsidiaries of GSPL entered into a $21.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank relating to two tankers and one handysize drybulk carrier. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.65% per annum and matures on June 29, 2018. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage on each of the three vessels, (b) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the three vessels and (c) a guarantee from GSPL. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance on this loan was approximately $19.0 million. On May 15, 2018, the approximately $18.5 million outstanding under this facility was repaid in full with a portion of the proceeds of our new $100.0 million senior secured credit facility described below.

    $27.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On December 9, 2016, a subsidiary of GSPL entered into a $27.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch relating to one medium range tanker. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.45% per annum and matures on January 11, 2021, with the option to extend for a further two years. The facility is currently secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage over the tanker and (b) guarantees from each of GSPL and the Parent. As of December 31, 2017, there was an outstanding balance under this facility of approximately $22.9 million. In connection with the Spin-Off, on the Closing Date we expect the guarantee related to this facility issued by Parent to be released and a new guarantee from Grindrod Shipping will be put in place. In addition, in connection with the refinancing described below, we expect to amend this facility such that the covenants applicable to this facility will be the same as the covenants that apply to the new facility described below.

    $100 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On May 8, 2018, GSPL entered into a $100.0 million senior secured credit facility with Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch relating to 11 handysize drybulk carriers and 5 tankers. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum. The facility is made up of two tranches (A and B) of up to $10.0 million and up to $90.0 million respectively. Tranche A matures on August 15, 2022 and Tranche B matures on August 15, 2023. The facility is secured by, among other things (a) first priority mortgages over each of the 16 vessels, each owned by a subsidiary of GSPL, (b) a guarantee from each of the GSPL subsidiaries owning the 16 vessels, as well as, as of the Closing Date, Grindrod Shipping, and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the 16 vessels. As of the date of this registration statement, the full $100.0 is outstanding on this facility.

    Loan Covenants

The credit facilities in place as of the date of this registration statement, being the $27.0 million facility and the $100.0 million facility, after giving effect to the refinancing and the amendment to the $27.0 million facility described above, contain, among other conditions and obligations, financial covenants the most stringent of which require, prior to the Closing Date, GSPL and its subsidiaries, and after the Closing Date, Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries, to maintain on a consolidated basis:

    book value net worth of not less than $275,000,000 in 2016, not less than $250,000,000 in 2017 and 2018, not less than $265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020 and thereafter not less than $275,000,000;

    cash and cash equivalents of not less than $30,000,000; and

    a ratio of debt to market adjusted tangible fixed assets of not more than 75%.

Further, each facility contains a provision requiring a minimum value of the collateral for that facility, such that the aggregate fair market value of the vessels securing that facility plus any additional security securing that facility is between 125% and 133% of the relevant debt amount (depending on the relevant facility agreement and the type and age of the vessels securing the loan). If any of these thresholds is not met, we may be required to prepay a portion of the relevant loan or provide additional collateral security to eliminate the shortfall.

90


Table of Contents

The credit facilities referred to above also contain, among other conditions, restrictive covenants which could or would restrict our ability to:

    incur additional indebtedness on the relevant vessels securing that facility;

    sell any collateral vessel (unless a corresponding amount under the relevant facility were prepaid in accordance with its terms);

    upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, make additional investments or acquisitions;

    upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, pay dividends; or

    effect a change of ownership or control of the relevant borrower group under each facility.

A violation of any of the financial or restrictive covenants, or various other provisions, contained in the credit facilities described above and under "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements" below may constitute an event of default under the relevant credit facility, which, unless cured (if permitted, and capable of being cured), or waived or modified by the relevant banks, provides those banks with the right to, among other things (and as the case may be), require the relevant borrowers or other obligors to post additional collateral, enhance their equity and liquidity, increase the interest payable, pay down the relevant indebtedness to a level where compliance with relevant loan covenants are met, sell vessels, reclassify indebtedness as current liabilities, accelerate indebtedness, enforce security on fleet vessels and the other assets securing the credit facilities, and make demand under guarantees, which would impair our ability to continue to conduct our business.

Furthermore, the credit facilities contain cross-default provisions. A cross-default provision in one facility means that an event of default under one or more other facilities could, subject to any applicable thresholds, result in an event of default occurring under the first facility. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in the facilities, the refusal of the lenders under any credit facilities to grant or extend a waiver could result in certain indebtedness being accelerated, even if the other lenders under the other credit facilities have waived defaults under their respective credit facilities. If any of our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it could be difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance the relevant debt or obtain additional financing in such circumstances and we could lose vessels and other assets securing the credit facilities if the lenders foreclose their security, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

Moreover, in connection with any waivers of or amendments to the credit facilities that have been obtained, or may be obtained in the future, the banks may impose additional operating and financial restrictions or modify the terms of the existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, make capital expenditures or incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees. In addition, the banks may require the payment of additional fees, require prepayment of a portion of the indebtedness owed to them, accelerate the amortization schedule for facility indebtedness and increase the interest rates charged on outstanding indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2017, GSPL, the borrowers and the other GSPL subsidiaries were in compliance with all of the financial and restrictive covenants contained in its credit facilities or have received a waiver, including the joint venture debt described below under "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements", entered into as of that date.

See Note 18 to our combined financial statements for further details regarding the credit facilities.

Trend Information

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize for our vessels, which depend on demand and supply dynamics characterizing the drybulk and tanker markets at any given time. For other trends affecting our business, please see other discussions under "—Factors Affecting our Results of Operations and Financial Condition" above.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

On August 17, 2016, one of our joint ventures with Mitsui & Co. entered into a loan facility agreement with a Mitsui related party, Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd for a credit facility of approximately $5.8 million, bearing interest at the LIBOR, plus a margin of 1.7% per annum. Our joint venture partner provided a guarantee for 100% of the loan amount, and we have provided a guarantee to our joint venture

91


Table of Contents

partner for 51% of the outstanding loan amount that the joint venture partner is required to pay under their guarantee. As of December 31, 2017, $4.1 million remained outstanding under such facility.

One of our tanker joint ventures entered into a standard ship management agreement with a third-party ship management company for the management of the joint venture's ships. As part of the arrangement, we have provided a guarantee to the third-party ship management company for performance by our joint venture of its liabilities and responsibilities under the agreement.

As at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, GSPL provided financial support to certain subsidiaries of our joint ventures for $63.2 million, $5.3 million and $4.5 million respectively, to enable them to meet their obligations as and when they come due for at least 12 months from the respective year ends. The increase in support at December 31, 2017 relates to our Leopard Tankers joint venture and represents our proportionate share of funding obligations under the joint venture agreement relating to maturing debt obligations of the joint venture.

In addition, we and Vitol have each guaranteed to the financiers of the Leopard Tankers credit facility up to 50% of the scheduled interest and principal payments of the $138.5 million Leopard Tankers credit facility (excluding any balloon payment at maturity), bearing interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% per annum. As of December 31, 2017, $77.6 remained outstanding under such facility. We have also provided an undertaking to those financiers to ensure a minimum working capital balance of $250,000 for each of the vessels owned by Leopard Tankers, but in no event are we required to provide more than 50% of such working capital shortfalls.

    Charter Hire Obligations

We are committed to make certain charter hire payments to third parties for chartered-in vessels. These arrangements are accounted for as operating leases. Please see "—Contractual Obligations and Contingencies" below for these and our other contractual obligations and commitments.

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of long-term debt and time charter agreements, as described below.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 (these amounts do not include future interest payments):

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1–3 Years   3–5 Years   More than
5 Years
 

Secured Bank Loans

  $ 116,705   $ 89,573   $ 7,011   $ 20,121   $  

Time Charter Agreements

    180,698     80,350     69,137     25,040     6,171  

Office, Residential and Other Leases

    31,316     5,991     10,793     8,753     5,779  

Total contractual obligations

  $ 328,719   $ 175,914   $ 86,941   $ 53,914   $ 11,950  

The table above is as of December 31, 2017 and does not include: (i) the refinancing of certain of Grindrod Shipping's debt in May 2018 described in "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments" and "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Description of Indebtedness—Loan Agreements", or (ii) the resale agreements entered into in May 2018 for the construction of two new drybulk carriers described under "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments".

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Financial Instruments

IFRS 9, issued in November 2009, introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was subsequently amended in October 2010 to include requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for de-recognition, and again in November 2015 to include the new requirements for general hedge accounting. In July 2016, another revised version of IFRS 9 was issued primarily to include (1) impairment requirements for financial assets and (2) limited amendments to the classification and measurement requirements by introducing a 'fair value through other

92


Table of Contents

comprehensive income', or FVTOCI, measurement category for certain simple debt instruments. The amendments to IFRS 9 will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.

    Key requirements of IFRS 9

    All recognized financial assets that are within the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are required to be subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value. Specifically, debt investments that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortized cost at the end of subsequent accounting periods. Debt instruments that are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both by collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and that have contractual terms of the financial asset that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, are measured at FVTOCI. All other debt investments and equity investments are measured at their fair value at the end of subsequent accounting periods. In addition, under IFRS 9, entities may make an irrevocable election to present subsequent changes in the fair value of an equity investment (that is not held for trading) in other comprehensive income, with only dividend income generally recognized in profit or loss.

    With regard to the measurement of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss, IFRS 9 requires that the amount of change in the fair value of the financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is presented in other comprehensive income, unless the recognition of the effects of changes in the liability's credit risk in other comprehensive income would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss. Changes in fair value attributable to a financial liability's credit risk are not subsequently reclassified to profit or loss. Under IAS 39, the entire amount of the change in the fair value of the financial liability designated as fair value through profit or loss is presented in profit or loss.

    In relation to the impairment of financial assets, IFRS 9 requires an expected credit loss model, as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The expected credit loss model requires an entity to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. In other words, it is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognized.

    The new general hedge accounting requirements retain the three types of hedge accounting mechanisms currently available in IAS 39. Under IFRS 9, greater flexibility has been introduced to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, specifically broadening the types of instruments that qualify for hedging instruments and the types of risk components of non-financial items that are eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the effectiveness test has been overhauled and replaced with the principle of an 'economic relationship'. Retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness is no longer required. Enhanced disclosure requirements about an entity's risk management activities have also been introduced.

Based on an analysis of our financial assets and financial liabilities as at December 31, 2017 on the basis of the facts and circumstances that exist at that date, we have assessed the impact of IFRS 9 to our consolidated financial statements as follows:

Classification and measurement

All financial assets and liabilities will continue to be measured on the same bases as is currently adopted under IAS 39.

Impairment

Financial assets measured at amortised cost will be subject to the impairment provision of IFRS 9.

We expect to apply the simplified approach to recognize lifetime expected credit losses for its trade receivables as required or permitted by IFRS 9. Accordingly, we expect to recognize lifetime and 12-month expected credit losses for the trade receivables.

93


Table of Contents

We anticipate that the application of the expected credit loss model of IFRS 9 will result in earlier recognition of credit losses for the trade receivable and an increase in the amount of loss allowance recognized but we do not expect that it will have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

Hedge accounting

We do not anticipate that the application of the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

In May 2014, IFRS 15 was issued which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and the related Interpretations when it becomes effective. The amendments to IFRS 15 will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.

The core principal of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Specifically, the standard introduces a five-step approach to revenue recognition:

    Step 1: Identify the contract with a customer

    Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract

    Step 3: Determine the transaction price

    Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

    Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e., when 'control' of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer. Far more prescriptive guidance has been added in IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 15.

Further to the above IFRS 15 has been amended to clarify three aspects of the standard (identifying performance obligations, principal versus agent considerations, and licensing) and to provide some transition relief for modified contracts and completed contracts.

We plan to adopt the new standard on the required effective date using the modified retrospective method. Our significant revenue streams are freight revenue and charter hire revenue. The latter includes a lease component which is therefore out of scope of IFRS 15.

We have preliminarily assessed that each voyage under a freight revenue contract has been considered as a performance obligation. The transaction price is agreed with the customer for all types of contracts. The voyage result (revenue and voyage related costs) recognized during the voyage is based on estimates of costs and the duration of the voyage. According to IFRS 15 the revenue should be recognized, when the entity satisfies a performance obligation that is when a voyage is carried out, based on a contract with a customer. As such, revenue is recognized over time from the point when there is a transfer of control to the customer (i.e., when the ship is ready for load of cargo until the discharge of cargo at the destination).

Under the existing revenue standard, we recognize freight revenue over time from the loading of cargo to the discharge of cargo, except for freight revenue earned within the pools, which are recognized over time from the discharge of cargo in the previous voyage to the discharge of cargo in the current voyage. As such, the adoption of IFRS 15 will impact uncompleted voyages in the pools at the reporting date. Based on our analysis, we do not expect the effect of the changed revenue recognition to be material.

Apart from the providing more extensive disclosure on our revenue transaction and the timing recognition of the above revenue, we do not anticipate that the application of IFRS 15 will have a significant impact on our financial position and/or financial performance.

94


Table of Contents

Leases

IFRS 16 specifies how an IFRS reporter will recognize, measure, present and disclose leases. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value. Lessors will continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with IFRS 16's approach to lessor accounting substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17. The changes to IFRS 16 will become effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019.

We anticipate that the application of IFRS 16 in the future may have a material impact on amounts reported in respect of our financial assets and financial liabilities as there are a significant number of leases in operation. Assets will increase on the recognition of "right to use" of an underlying asset and liabilities will increase for the obligation to make lease payments. The profit and loss will be affected by an increase in depreciation of the asset and additional interest expenses although lease expenses will reduce. IFRS 16 will become effective for us in 2019 and we will be assessing the financial impact early in 2018. Currently, it is not possible to provide a reasonable estimate of the effect of IFRS 16 until we have completed a detailed review. We do not plan to early adopt IFRS 16.

95


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals that are currently serving as, or that we expect to serve as, directors or alternate directors of Grindrod Shipping:

Name
  Age   Position   Term Expires

Cato Brahde

  63   Director / Chairman   First Annual General Meeting

Stephen Griffiths

  57   Director   *

Michael Hankinson (1)

  69   Director   First Annual General Meeting

John Herholdt

  69   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Quah Ban Huat

  51   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Pieter Uys (1)

  55   Director   First Annual General Meeting

Martyn Wade

  59   Director   *

Alternate Directors:

           

Andrew Waller (1)(2)

  56   Alternate Director   First Annual General Meeting

*
Messrs Wade and Griffiths will serve as Directors so long as they continue to hold the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

(1)
Currently also serves as a director of Parent. Following the Spin-Off, we expect that Messrs. Hankinson, Uys and Waller will continue to serve on Parent's board of directors.

(2)
Mr. Waller is expected to be an Alternate Director of Grindrod Shipping appointed by Mr. Hankinson. Mr. Waller will be entitled to notice of directors' meetings and, if Mr. Hankinson is not present at a meeting, will be entitled to vote and will be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. Waller will be entitled to attend, but not vote at and not count in the quorum for, each meeting at which Mr. Hankinson is present.

Cato Brahde has served as member of our board of directors since November 2, 2017, and was appointed as Chairman on November 28, 2017. Mr. Brahde was a director of Parent from 2013 to 2016. He currently acts as Chief Investment Officer for Tufton Oceanic's equity investment funds. He joined Tufton Oceanic in 1989 where he was responsible for private and public shipping equity investments, among which he managed a fleet of 30 standby support vessels for the offshore oil and gas industry in the North Sea. Mr. Brahde previously worked as a naval architect and project manager with Brown and Root, a subsidiary of US oil services group Halliburton, from 1978 to 1989. During 1977 and 1978 he served in the Royal Norwegian Navy. Mr. Brahde qualified as a naval architect at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne, gained a Master of Science in Business Administration degree from Boston University and holds a diploma in Company Direction.

Michael Hankinson will serve as a member of our board of directors after the Closing Date. Mr. Hankinson has served as a director of Parent since 2009, Executive Chairman from August 2017 to date and prior to that as its Non-Executive Chairman since 2014. Mr. Hankinson has also been the non-executive Chairman of The Spar Group Limited since 2004. In 1997, Mr. Hankinson was appointed its Chief Executive at Dunlop Limited, a tire and rubber manufacturer listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, and held this position until 2006. In 1976, Mr. Hankinson joined Romatex Limited as Financial Manager and in 1994 was appointed as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hankinson has also held numerous non-executive positions on various boards related to the textile, tyre and sugar industries as well at Transnet Limited. Mr. Hankinson qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1976 after completing his articles at Deloitte and Touche.

John Herholdt has served as a member of our board of directors since November 6, 2017. Between 2012 and 2015, Mr Herholdt consulted the Maitland Group. From 1987 to 2012 Mr Herholdt served as a London based senior partner of the Maitland Group with offices in Europe, South Africa, North America and elsewhere. He also served as a Director on the boards of several of its subsidiaries. The London office of Shepstone and Wylie was established by Mr Herholdt in 1985 and in 1987 merged the Shepstone and Wylie operation with that of Maitlands, then the offshore arm of the South African law firm Webber Wentzel. He remained associated with Shepstone and Wylie until 2012. In 1984, Mr Herholdt joined the South African law firm Shepstone and Wylie as a senior partner in the maritime department, acting primarily for vessel owners and P&I Clubs. In 1979, Mr Herholdt was appointed a Director of Leo Raphaely and Sons, an international commodity trading firm. From 1972 to 1979, Mr Herholdt was a partner of the law firm Goodrickes and specialised in maritime and commodities law. His responsibilities included all maritime and commodity issues, as well as, legal, commercial, and tax matters. Mr Herholdt

96


Table of Contents

obtained his Bachelor of Arts in Law Degree in 1969 and his Bachelor of Laws degree in 1971, and was admitted as an attorney of the Supreme Court of South Africa in 1972.

Quah Ban Huat has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2, 2017. He is a consultant at KPMG Corporate Finance and a senior advisor to the Chairman of Sunjoy Group. Mr. Quah specializes in mergers & acquisitions, structuring and financing. In addition, he is also a director of AP Oil International Limited, Samudera Shipping Line Ltd, Deutsche Boerse Asia Holding Pte. Ltd., Eurex Clearing Asia Pte. Ltd., Eurex Exchange Asia Pte. Ltd. and Primeur Holdings Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary. Prior to that, Mr. Quah served as a director on the boards of mDR Ltd from 2014 to 2017 and Croesus Asset Management Pte. Ltd. From 2012 to 2017 he held various key finance positions including Regional Business Area Controller at Deutsche Bank for its Asia Pacific Money Markets and Treasury operations, Group Finance Director at the IMC Group, Chief Financial Officer at City Gas Pte. Ltd. and Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. Mr. Quah qualified as an accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales and the Association of Certified Chartered Accountants. He completed his articles with Benjamin Taylor & Co and was a manager at the banking division of Coopers and Lybrand prior to joining Deutsche Bank in London.

Stephen Griffiths has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Financial Officer since November 7, 2017, and has also served as Chief Financial Officer of Parent's shipping business since April 2009. Mr. Griffiths joined Grindrod Limited in 2004 as Group Financial Manager. Previously, Mr. Griffiths joined the Reunert Group in 1989 and was appointed Financial Director of a Reunert Group subsidiary in 1995. Mr. Griffiths qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1985 and completed his articles at Hudson, Langham, Morrison and Co.

Pieter Uys will serve as a member of our board of directors after the Closing Date. Mr. Uys has been a director of Parent's board of directors since August 2013. Mr. Uys is currently a director of Mediclinic, Dark Fibre Africa, Seacom, Parent, Invenfin, Grindrod Bank and Kagiso Tiso Holdings. Since 2013, Mr. Uys has served as an investment executive for Remgro. From 2008 to 2012 Mr. Uys was Chief Executive Officer of the Vodacom Group. Prior to that, Mr. Uys served as Managing Director of Vodacom South Africa since 2001, and as Vodacom Group Chief Operating Officer since 2004. From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Uys was an employee at Vodacom as a member of the initial engineering team. Mr. Uys holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering, a Masters in Engineering degree from the University of Stellenbosch and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Stellenbosch Business School.

Martyn Wade has served as a member of our board of directors since November 15, 2017. Mr. Wade served on the Grindrod Limited board from November 2011 until November 1, 2017. Mr. Wade continues to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of GSPL, a role he has been in since July 2011. Mr. Wade is currently a director of major international subsidiary companies, The UK Freight Demurrage & Defense Association (UK) and a member of the advisory panel to the Singapore Maritime Foundation. Mr. Wade has 40 years international shipping experience and has worked for vessel owners, operators and shipbrokers in London, Johannesburg, New York and now Singapore. The companies Mr. Wade has worked for include Van Ommeren UK, Simpson Spence and Young Johannesburg, Clipper Bulk USA and HSBC Shipping Services London. Mr. Wade is a member of the Baltic Exchange having been first elected in 1979.

Andrew Waller will serve as an Alternate Director after the Closing Date. In 2011, Mr. Waller was appointed to his current role as an Executive Director and CFO of Parent. Mr. Waller is currently a director of various local and international subsidiaries. Mr. Waller's experience includes acquisitions and disposals across Parent's divisions and across geographies. Mr. Waller qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1987 and completed his articles at Deloitte and Touche, which included training in Pietermaritzburg and 3 years in Aberdeen and Edinburgh. From 1995 to 2011, Mr. Waller was appointed audit partner in Pietermaritzburg, senior partner in KwaZulu Natal and lead client service partner of the firm's largest clients in South Africa.

97


Table of Contents

Senior Management

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals we expect to serve as Executive Officers:

Name
  Age   Position

Martyn Wade

    59   Chief Executive Officer

Stephen Griffiths

    57   Chief Financial Officer

(1)
Mr. Wade currently serves as both Chief Executive Officer of Parent's shipping business and Chief Executive Officer of Grindrod Shipping.

(2)
Mr. Griffiths currently serves as both Chief Financial Officer of Parent's shipping business and Chief Financial Officer of Grindrod Shipping.

The business address of the persons noted above is Grindrod Shipping's executive office is #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

Messrs. Wade and Griffiths received compensation from Parent's shipping business during 2017 for their service to Parent's shipping business as its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. The following table presents information regarding the compensation paid by Parent's shipping business for Messrs. Wade's and Griffith's services to Parent's shipping business for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 
  Salary   Bonus   Other
compensation (1)
  Total  

Martyn Wade

  $ 553,589   $ 846,991   $ 95,148   $ 1,495,728  

Stephen Griffiths

  $ 188,821   $ 105,327   $ 365   $ 294,513  

(1)
Other compensation consists of (i) housing allowance for Mr. Wade and (ii) payment of share transfer tax for Mr. Griffiths.

Share-price linked options and forfeitable shares relating to Parent were also awarded to Messrs. Wade and Griffiths in 2017 as follows:

 
  Parent
forfeitable
shares (1)
  Parent share-price
linked options
  Award/exercise
price (1)(2)
 

Martyn Wade

        146,667   $ 1.12  

        146,667   $ 1.12  

        146,666   $ 1.12  

Stephen Griffiths

    150,000       $ 1.05  

        48,000   $ 1.12  

        48,000   $ 1.12  

        48,000   $ 1.12  

(1)
In connection with the Spin-Off, the Parent forfeitable shares set forth above will vest and Mr. Griffiths will therefore receive 3,750 ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping. See "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off."

(2)
In connection with the Spin-Off, the Parent share-price linked options set forth above will be cash-settled using a Black-Scholes valuation methodology.

Following the Spin-Off, we will not be required to disclose any information about an individual Executive Officer's compensation in our home country and we do not intend to disclose, to our shareholders or otherwise, any information about an individual Executive Officer's compensation going forward, unless Grindrod Shipping's shareholders exercise their power in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Singapore Companies Act to require disclosure of directors' emoluments.

In addition, Executive Officers are eligible for variable compensation under our forfeitable share plan for achieving company-wide objectives and for their individual contribution to our results and objectives. A summary of the forfeitable share plan is below. The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the forfeitable share plan and is governed in its entirely by the forfeitable share plan which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

98


Table of Contents

We adopted the forfeitable share plan to provide selected employees with the opportunity to receive compensatory equity awards of our ordinary shares and to serve as a retention mechanism and recruitment tool. The forfeitable share plan also provides participants with the opportunity to share in the success of the company and aligns forfeitable share plan participant interests with the interests of our shareholders. The forfeitable share plan will be administered by the compensation and nomination committee. Participants will receive grants of forfeitable ordinary shares, subject to applicable time and/or performance vesting conditions and other terms, that settle in ordinary shares when vested and are forfeited, in part in or in full, upon certain termination of employment events if not previously vested. Under the terms of the forfeitable share plan, the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award.

We will obtain shareholder approval annually to authorize the award and the issuance of ordinary shares under the plan. We have obtained such approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting.

We paid an aggregate compensation of $70,000 to our non-executive directors in 2017. On an annual basis, each non-executive director, other than the chairman of the board, will be compensated with a fee of $65,000 for his or her services as one of our directors and an additional fee of $20,000 for his or her services as chairman of one of the board committees or an additional fee of $10,000 for his or her services as a member of one of the board committees. The chairman of the board will receive a total annual fee of $150,000 for his or her services, inclusive of any such services as a director and as a committee chairman or member. Mr. Waller will not receive any fees for services as an Alternate Director. In addition, Messrs. Wade, Hankinson, and Waller are entitled to receive incentive payments from Parent if the Spin-Off is consummated.

Board Practices

Grindrod Shipping's board of directors is expected to be initially comprised of seven directors, including five independent non-executive members, as determined in accordance with the 2012 Code of Corporate Governance issued by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, or the Singapore Corporate Governance Code. Each of Grindrod Shipping's directors is elected by Grindrod Shipping's shareholders or appointed by the directors pursuant to Grindrod Shipping's constitution. In addition, Mr. Waller will be an Alternate Director appointed by Mr. Hankinson. Mr. Waller will be entitled to notice of directors' meetings and, if Mr. Hankinson is not present at a meeting, will be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. Waller will be entitled to attend, but not vote at, each meeting at which Mr. Hankinson is present. In addition, Mr. Quah is also a director of Samudera Shipping Line Ltd. To the extent that Mr. Quah's service as a member of the board of directors of Samudera Shipping Line Ltd. presents a conflict of interest with respect to any matters involving us, Mr. Quah has agreed to inform our board of directors of any such conflict and recuse himself from any proceedings or vote relating to such matters.

At the first annual general meeting following the Spin Off, all of the directors, other than the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, shall retire from office and shall be eligible for re-election. At each subsequent annual general meeting, one-third of the directors then in office, or if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from office by rotation, provided no director holding office as Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the number of directors to retire. In addition, any director who has been appointed by the directors to fill a vacancy during any given year will be required to retire from office at the next annual general meeting and shall be eligible for re-election at such meeting. Directors holding office as Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall resign from their directorship upon no longer holding such positions.

The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest serving in office since their last re-election or appointment. Where directors were re-elected or appointed on the same day, those to retire shall be agreed amongst themselves or be determined by lot.

A director shall vacate his office upon his resignation, removal, bankruptcy, becoming mentally disordered or disqualification. A director may only be removed from office by or according to resolution of the shareholders.

No director is entitled to any severance benefits on termination of his or her service as a director.

99


Table of Contents

Grindrod Shipping has established two committees of the board of directors: the audit and risk committee and the compensation and nomination committee.

Audit and Risk Committee

The members of the audit and risk committee are Messrs. Quah (chairman), Herholdt and Brahde. The audit and risk committee, among other things, oversees our financial reporting, risk management, related party transactions and internal controls (in relation to financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls), engages our external auditors and oversees our internal audit activities, tax policies and effectiveness of our legal and compliance systems.

Compensation and Nomination Committee

The members of the compensation and nomination committee are Messrs. Herholdt (chairman), Quah and Brahde. The compensation and nomination committee oversees our compensation policy and the executive compensation policy, approves awards of stock based incentives, approves the individual package of the chief executive officer, reviews and monitors the nomination and appointment process and composition of the board of directors and succession planning of the board, the committees of the board of directors and the performance of the board.

Corporate Governance Practices

Pursuant to an exception under NASDAQ listing standards available to foreign private issuers, we are not required to comply with many of the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NASDAQ listing standards. Accordingly, we are exempt from many of NASDAQ's corporate governance practices. We are incorporated under the laws of Singapore and have elected to voluntarily comply with the relevant guidelines of the Singapore Corporate Governance Code. In connection with the expected listing of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ, we have certified to NASDAQ that our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, Singapore law. We have also elected to comply with certain JSE corporate governance requirements in addition to complying with the applicable Singapore Corporate Governance Code and NASDAQ listing standards. Set forth below is a list of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NASDAQ listing standards applicable to listed U.S. companies.

Independence of Directors.     NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company maintain a majority of independent directors. Our board of directors will consist of seven directors, three of whom are considered "independent" under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as it applies to us under the rules of NASDAQ. Under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code, our board of directors is not required to consist of a majority of independent directors. Under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code, only one-third of our board of directors is required to be independent if the chairman of our board of directors is independent. However, the determination of independence under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code is different from NASDAQ standards.

Compensation and Nomination Committee.     NASDAQ requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee consisting only of independent directors and that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board's selection by either a vote in which only independent directors participate or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors. Under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code, a company's remuneration committee and nominating committee, which we combine as our compensation and nomination committee, are not required to consist entirely of independent directors. The Singapore Corporate Governance Code requires each of these committees be comprised of at least three directors, a majority of whom should be independent (including the chairman or chairmen of such committee or committees), and that all members of the remuneration committee be non-executive directors. Our compensation and nomination committee currently consists of Messrs. Herholdt, Quah and Brahde, all of whom are non-executive directors under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code.

Audit and Risk Committee.     NASDAQ requires, among other things, that a U.S.-listed company have an audit committee comprised of three entirely independent directors. The Singapore Corporate Governance Code requires an audit committee to be comprised of three directors, a majority of whom should be independent (including the chairman of such committee), and that all members of the audit committee be non-executive directors. Our audit and risk committee currently consists of Messrs. Quah, Herholdt and

100


Table of Contents

Brahde, all of whom are independent and non-executive directors under the Singapore Corporate Governance Code and "independent" under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Executive Sessions.     NASDAQ requires that the independent directors of a U.S.-listed company have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present, or executive sessions. The Singapore Corporate Governance Code provides that the independent directors should meet periodically without the presence of the other directors.

Quorum.     NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company's bylaws provide for a quorum of at least 33 1/3 percent of the outstanding shares of the company's common voting stock. Our constitution provides that shareholders holding an aggregate not less than 15 percent of the issued and fully paid shares in the capital of the company, present in person or by proxy, shall be a quorum. The Singapore Corporate Governance Code does not prescribe a quorum requirement.

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 808 employees, of which approximately 639 seagoing staff serve on the vessels that we manage and 169 provide general management, financial management, and commercial and technical management to the vessels that we manage. Our seafarers are represented by collective bargaining agreements but we have not experienced a work stoppage in the past few years. Seafarers employed by our vessel managers are unionized under various jurisdictions and are employed under various collective bargaining agreements which does expose us to a risk of potential labor unrest at times when those collective bargaining agreements are being re-negotiated.

Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers

None of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares, other than the one share held by the promoter, are held by the Directors or Executive Officers. The following sets forth, to the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping's management, the total amount of ordinary shares of Parent directly or indirectly owned by Grindrod Shipping's current and expected Directors, Alternate Directors and Executive Officers as of March 29, 2018 and the expected ownership by those individuals of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares following the Spin-Off.

Holder
  Parent
Ordinary
Shares
  Grindrod
Shipping
Ordinary
Shares (1)
  Percentage
Ownership (2)
 

Cato Brahde

    *     *     *  

Stephen Griffiths

    *     *     *  

Michael Hankinson

    *     *     *  

John Herholdt

    *     *     *  

Quah Ban Huat

    *     *     *  

Pieter Uys

    *     *     *  

Martyn Wade

    *     *     *  

Andrew Waller

    *     *     *  

*
Less than 1%

(1)
Parent ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. A Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping.

(2)
Represents percentage of Parent's ordinary shares based on 762,553,314 of Parent's ordinary shares outstanding on March 29, 2018 and the expected percentage of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares based on the distribution ratio of one Convertible Note for every 40 of Parent's ordinary shares. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off, other than with respect to the rounding of any fractional interests.

101


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Major Shareholders

As of June 15, 2018, which we refer to as the Record Date for the Spin-Off, the issued share capital of Grindrod Shipping consisted of 1 ordinary share, which was held by the founding shareholder. As of the Closing Date, the ordinary shareholders of Parent as at the Record Date shall be the same as the ordinary shareholders of Grindrod Shipping other than with respect to the rounding of any fractional interests. Please see "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off".

To our knowledge: (1) no corporation or foreign government owns more than 50% of our outstanding ordinary shares; and (2) there are no arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Grindrod Shipping. To the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping's management, after the Spin-Off, there will be no controlling shareholder of Grindrod Shipping.

A list of the individuals and organizations holding, to the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping's management, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of its issued share capital of Parent as of March 29, 2018 is set forth below.

Beneficial owner
  Parent
Ordinary
shares
  Grindrod
Shipping
Ordinary
Shares (1)
  Percentage
Ownership (2)
 

Remgro Limited

    173,183,235     4,329,580     22.7 %

Government Employees Pension Fund

    77,486,926     1,937,173     10.2 %

Grindrod Investments Proprietary Limited

    76,909,634     1,922,740     10.1 %

Newshelf 1279 Proprietary Limited

    64,000,000     1,600,000     8.4 %

PSG Konsult

    56,829,711     1,420,742     7.5 %

(1)
Parent ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. A Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping.

(2)
Represents percentage of Parent's ordinary shares based on 762,553,314 of Parent's ordinary shares outstanding on March 29, 2018 and the expected percentage of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares based on the distribution ratio of one Convertible Note for every 40 Parent's ordinary shares. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off, other than with respect to the rounding of any fractional interests.

Except as described in "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off", there have been no alterations in Grindrod Shipping's share capital as of the date of this registration statement.

None of the above shareholders will hold voting rights which are different from those that will be held by Grindrod Shipping's other shareholders.

Register of Members

As of the date of this registration statement, all Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares were held by the founding shareholder.

Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares are expected to trade in the United States on NASDAQ under the symbol "GRIN". The principal non-United States trading market for the ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping is expected to be the JSE, on which the ordinary shares will trade on the main board of the JSE, with a share code of GSH and under the abbreviated name GRINSHIP. Since Grindrod Shipping is a Singapore company, a principal register of members will be maintained by Grindrod Shipping in Singapore. In addition, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company will act as Grindrod Shipping's transfer agent and maintain Grindrod Shipping's branch register of members, which will be located in the United States. In South Africa, Computershare (Pty) Ltd will act as the administrative depository agent and maintain an administrative depository register reflecting the dematerialised shares trading on the JSE. All Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register will be held electronically through the Strate System at all times. See "Item 10. Additional Information—General" for additional information about the Singapore register, branch register and shareholder rights.

On the Closing Date, the number of U.S. holders of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares and the percentage of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares held in the United States is expected to be the same as those of

102


Table of Contents

Parent. As of December 29, 2017, 32 holders of Parent's ordinary shares holding an aggregate of 52,440,838 ordinary shares (approximately 6.9%), were listed as having addresses in the United States.

For more information on the listing, please see "Item 9. The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details—Mechanics of the Spin-Off".

Related Party Transactions

For a description of our material joint ventures, see "Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Joint Ventures".

For a description of our financing arrangements with certain of our joint ventures, see "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures", "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Off Balance Sheet Arrangements" and Note 10 to our combined financial statements.

For a description of our agreements relating to the Spin-Off, see "Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts", "Item 4. Information on the Company—Management of our Business" and "Item 18. Financial Statements—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information—Note 9".

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

103


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Reference is made to Item 18 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this registration statement. For information on legal proceedings, please refer to "Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings".

Dividend Policy and Dividend Distributions

The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, are subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things: (i) our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements and available sources of liquidity, (ii) decisions in relation to our growth and leverage strategies, (iii) provisions of Singapore law governing the payment of dividends, (iv) restrictive covenants in our existing and future debt instruments and (v) global financial conditions. See "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Grindrod Shipping may not have sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends or otherwise distribute cash or assets to shareholders" and "Item 10. Additional Information—Dividends".

Significant Changes

Please refer to "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments".

104


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    THE OFFER AND LISTING

Offer and Listing Details

    Mechanics of the Spin-Off

The Spin-Off will be governed by, and will be carried out in accordance with, the listing requirements for the JSE, or the JSE Listings Requirements, the South African Companies Act No. 71 of 2008, or the Companies Act.

On the Closing Date, the board of directors of Parent will authorize Parent to make a distribution in specie consisting of the Convertible Notes to be distributed on the Closing Date pro rata to all of Parent's ordinary shareholders. Parent's ordinary shareholders will receive one Convertible Note for every 40 shares of Parent's ordinary shares. No fractional Convertible Notes or ordinary shares will be issued in connection with the Spin-Off. When fractional entitlements arise, the number of Convertible Notes issued will be rounded down to the nearest whole number and any fractional entitlement will be settled through a cash payment, in South African rand, for such fractional entitlement, calculated with reference to the implied value per Convertible Note of $16.82, calculated as the aggregate purchase consideration relating to the acquisition of GSPL and GSSA ($320.7 million) divided by the number of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares (19,063,833). The Convertible Notes will immediately and automatically convert into ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping following the distribution of the Convertible Notes to Parent's ordinary shareholders. Each Convertible Note will convert into one ordinary share of Grindrod Shipping with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion, taking into account the fractional entitlements, as they hold their Parent ordinary shares immediately following the consummation of the Spin-Off. Strate Limited, or Strate, South Africa's central securities depositary, will automatically update the accounts of its participants with the share numbers, together with any cash payment for fractional entitlements, on the payment date. Such participants will then automatically update the shareholders' accounts under their custody on the same date.

Under Section 46 read with Section 4 of the Companies Act, the abovementioned distribution in specie of the Convertible Notes to Parent's ordinary shareholders must be approved by the board of directors of Parent and can only be given effect to if it reasonably appears that:

    the assets of Parent, as fairly valued, equal or exceed the liabilities of Parent, as fairly valued; and

    Parent will be able to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business for a period of 12 months after the distribution is implemented.

The Companies Act requires that the board of directors of Parent acknowledge, by resolution, that they are satisfied that the above requirements are fulfilled in order for the Spin-Off to proceed.

It is currently expected that trading of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares on the NASDAQ will commence on or about June 18, 2018 and on the JSE on or about June 19, 2018. Under the Spin-Off, shareholders will receive Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares registered on Grindrod Shipping's branch register located in the United States and initially reflected on the administrative depository register located in South Africa. Non-South Africa residents (and those South Africa residents complying with applicable exchange control regulations) will be able to reposition their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares initially reflected in the administrative depository register located in South Africa to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant. Shareholders who wish to reposition their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer should contact their South African broker or a Central Securities Depository Participant, or CSDP, for more information about repositioning their ordinary shares between the South African administrative depository register and an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant. See "Item 10. Additional Information—General" for additional information about the Singapore register, branch register and shareholder rights.

The board of directors of Parent approved the investigation of the Spin-Off on August 23, 2017. The board of directors of Parent passed the resolution necessary to implement the Spin-Off on March 23, 2018. On May 7, 2018, Parent shareholders were provided a detailed Shareholder Circular, which contains key information including the rationale for and mechanics of the Spin-Off, a timetable of events and financial effects of the distribution. The Spin-Off will be subject to shareholder approval under the JSE Listings Requirements because the transaction consideration, as a percentage of Parent's market capitalization, will exceed 30%. The South African Reserve Bank, or SARB, has granted the necessary regulatory approvals for the Spin-Off. The agreements to effect the Spin-Off will be governed by the laws of South Africa. A copy of the Shareholder Circular is attached as Exhibit 99.1 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

105


Table of Contents

Due to time zone differences, Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are expected to list on the NASDAQ on or about June 18, 2018 and on the JSE on or about June 19, 2018.

    Transfer Restrictions

Prior to the Spin-Off, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. Future sales of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. In addition, because our initial shareholder base upon listing will consist primarily of South African residents who, subject to certain allowances in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations in South Africa, will generally be required to hold their ordinary shares on the JSE, the liquidity of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may be adversely impacted. As a result, the initial trading prices of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may not be indicative of future trading prices.

The ordinary shares issued in connection with the Spin-Off will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless owned by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Ordinary shares owned by affiliates will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer under the U.S. securities laws. Affiliates will only be permitted to sell their shares pursuant to a valid exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement.

In addition, in connection with the Spin-Off, we have entered into lock-up agreements with certain of our large shareholders pursuant to which they will generally agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer or sell any ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for ordinary shares for a period of six to twelve months following the Spin-Off, unless there occurs an event having a material negative impact on the company. In addition, pursuant to the lock-up agreements, these large shareholders will agree to vote in favor of the Spin-Off.

Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

Markets

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping are expected to be listed and traded on NASDAQ (symbol "GRIN"). Outside the United States, Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares are expected to be admitted to trading on the JSE's regulated market and listed on the Main Board of the JSE (symbol "GSH"). For more information on the listing, see "—Offer and Listing—Mechanics of the Spin-Off" above. Because our initial shareholder base upon listing will consist primarily of South African residents who are expected to initially trade their ordinary shares on the JSE, the liquidity of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may be adversely impacted.

    JSE Limited

The JSE was formed in 1887. The JSE provides facilities for the buying and selling of a wide range of securities, including equity and corporate debt securities and warrants in respect of securities, as well as Krugerrands.

The JSE is a self-regulating organization operating under the ultimate supervision of the Ministry of Finance, through the Financial Services Board and its representative, the Registrar of Stock Exchanges. Following the introduction of the Stock Exchanges Control Amendment Act No. 54 of 1995, or the Stock Exchange Act, which provides the statutory framework for the deregulation of the JSE, the JSE's rules were amended with effect from November 8, 1995. These amendments removed the restrictions on corporate membership and allowed stockbrokers to form limited liability corporate entities. Members were, for the first time, also required to keep client funds in trust accounts separate from members' own funds. Further rules to complete the deregulation of the JSE, as envisaged by the Stock Exchange Act, were promulgated during 1996 to permit members of the JSE to trade either as agents or as principals in any transaction in equities and to allow members to negotiate freely the brokerage commissions payable on agency transactions in equities. With effect from 1996, screen trading commenced on the JSE. The Securities Services Act No. 36 of 2004 came into effect on January 18, 2005. This act consolidates and amends the laws relating to the regulation and control of exchanges and securities trading, the regulation

106


Table of Contents

and control of central securities depositories and the custody and administration of securities and the prohibition of insider trading.

The market capitalization of companies listed on the stock exchange operated by the JSE Limited was approximately $1,231 billion as of December 31, 2017. The actual float available for public trading is significantly smaller than the aggregate market capitalization because of the large number of long-term holdings by listed holding companies in listed subsidiaries and associates, the existence of listed pyramid companies and cross-holdings between listed companies. The year to date liquidity on the JSE (measured by reference to the total market value of securities traded as a percentage of the total market capitalization) was 31.06% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. Trading is concentrated in a small, but growing, number of companies. As of December 31, 2017, there were 324 listed companies on the JSE.

South Africa was included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Free Index and the International Finance Corporation Investable Index in March 1995 and May 1998, respectively. South Africa has a significant representation in these emerging market indices.

Strate is a South African Central Securities Depository. Strate is licensed to be an independent provider of post-trade products and services for the financial markets. Being internationally recognized as a Financial Market Infrastructure, Strate provides sound risk management and a world-class service, to support and promote the safety and efficiency of the financial markets. Strate provides electronic settlement of equities, bonds and money market securities and provides collateral management services.

Investors are given the choice of either holding their securities in dematerialised form in the Central Securities Depositary or retaining their share certificates. Shareholders who elect to retain their share certificates are not able to trade their shares on the JSE, although they may trade their shares off-market. Settlement of dematerialised shares traded electronically on the JSE is made three days after each trade (T+3).

Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

Dilution

Not applicable.

Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

107


Table of Contents

ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

General

For the purposes of this section, references to "shareholders" mean those shareholders whose names and number of shares are entered in Grindrod Shipping's principal or branch register of members. Only persons who are registered in Grindrod Shipping's principal or branch register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of Grindrod Shipping with legal standing to institute shareholder actions against Grindrod Shipping or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. Grindrod Shipping's branch register of members will be maintained by its transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, located in the United States. In South Africa, Computershare (Pty) Ltd will maintain an administrative depository register to facilitate trading on the JSE.

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping will be held through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Accordingly, DTC, or its nominee, Cede & Co., will be the shareholder of record registered in Grindrod Shipping's branch register of members. The beneficial interests in the ordinary shares will be initially reflected on the administrative depository register located in South Africa. Non-South Africa residents (and those South Africa residents complying with applicable exchange control regulations) will be able to reposition their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares initially reflected in the administrative depository register located in South Africa to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant. Shareholders who wish to reposition their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer should contact their South African broker or CSDP for more information about repositioning their ordinary shares between the South African administrative depository register and an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant.

A holder of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping's shares held through DTC or its nominee may become a registered shareholder by exchanging its interest in the shares for certificated shares (if requested) and being registered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members. The procedures by which a holder of dematerialised interests held through DTC or its nominee may exchange such interests for certificated shares (if requested) are determined by DTC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in accordance with their internal policies and guidelines regulating the withdrawal and exchange of dematerialised interests for certificated shares (if requested), and following such an exchange Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company will perform the procedures to register the shareholder in the branch register.

Shares may only be traded on the JSE in electronic form as dematerialised shares and will be trading for electronic settlement in terms of the Strate System (an electronic custody, clearing and settlement environment, managed by Strate), for all share transactions concluded on the JSE and off-market (and in terms of which transactions in securities are settled and transfers of beneficial ownership in securities are recorded electronically) immediately following the Listing. Dematerialised shares are shares that have been dematerialised (the process whereby physical share certificates are replaced with electronic records evidencing ownership of shares for the purpose of Strate). Accordingly, all beneficial holders of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register must appoint a CSDP for shares traded on the JSE, directly or through a broker, to hold the dematerialised Grindrod Shipping shares on their behalf.

If (a) the name of any person is without sufficient cause entered in or omitted from the register of members; or (b) default is made or there is unnecessary delay in entering in the register of members the fact of any person having ceased to be a member, the person aggrieved or any member of the company or the company, may apply to the Singapore courts for rectification of the register of members. The Singapore courts may either refuse the application or order rectification of the register of members, and may direct the company to pay any damages sustained by any party to the application. The Singapore courts will not entertain any application for the rectification of a register of members in respect of an entry which was made in the register of members more than 30 years before the date of the application.

Share Capital

Following the Spin-Off, the issued and fully paid-up share capital of Grindrod Shipping will consist of 19,063,833 ordinary shares. Grindrod Shipping currently has only one class of issued ordinary shares, which have identical rights in all respects and rank equally with one another. Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares have no par value and there is no requirement to set out an authorized share capital under Singapore law.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping may issue shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise, as Grindrod Shipping's board of

108


Table of Contents

directors may determine, provided always that (subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by the shareholders in general meeting) any issue of shares for cash to shareholders holding shares of any class shall be offered to such shareholders in proportion as nearly as may be to the number of shares of such class then held by them, the rights attaching to shares of a class other than ordinary shares shall be expressed in the resolution creating the same, and to the extent that any shares of Grindrod Shipping are listed on the JSE where the shareholders authorize the directors to issue unissued securities and/or grant options to subscribe for unissued securities as the directors in their discretion deem fit, such corporate action has been approved by the JSE and is subject to the JSE Listings Requirements. The rights attached to shares issued upon special conditions must be clearly defined in Grindrod Shipping's constitution. Grindrod Shipping's constitution sets out that the shares of Grindrod Shipping in each class shall rank pari passu . If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, whether or not the company is being wound up, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of at least three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.

All ordinary shares to be issued will be fully paid and existing shareholders will not be subject to any calls on shares. Although Singapore law does not recognize the concept of "non-assessability" with respect to newly-issued shares, any purchaser of Grindrod Shipping's shares who has fully paid up all amounts due with respect to such shares will not be subject under Singapore law to any personal liability to contribute to the assets or liabilities of Grindrod Shipping in such purchaser's capacity solely as a holder of such shares. All shares are in registered form. Grindrod Shipping cannot, except in the circumstances permitted by the Singapore Companies Act, grant any financial assistance for the acquisition or proposed acquisition of its own shares.

Constitution

The following description of Grindrod Shipping's constitution is a summary and is qualified by reference to the constitution, which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement.

    Objects and purposes

Subject to the Singapore Companies Act, any other written law and the constitution, Grindrod Shipping has full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction.

    Issuances of New Shares

Under Singapore law, new shares may be issued only with the prior approval of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders in a general meeting. General approval may be sought from Grindrod Shipping's shareholders in a general meeting for the issue of shares. Approval, if granted, will lapse at the earliest of:

    the conclusion of the next annual general meeting;

    the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting is required by law to be held (i.e., within 18 months from our incorporation date (and in the case of subsequent periods, 15 months)) or six months from Grindrod Shipping's financial year end, being December 31, whichever is earlier; or

    the subsequent revocation or modification of approval by Grindrod Shipping's shareholders acting at a duly convened general meeting.

Prior to the listing, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders have provided approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting, to issue new shares (including shares to be issued for vessel purchases made while any such approval is in effect) (i) up to 25% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to potentially purchase, directly or indirectly, the vessels currently owned by the IVS Bulk joint venture, or similar vessels if those vessels are not available for sale, and (ii) up to 20% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to purchase other vessels, which could dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and negatively impact the price of the ordinary shares. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans (such as our forfeitable share plan, for which we have obtained shareholder approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting to issue shares provided that the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award), issue additional ordinary shares or securities convertible into

109


Table of Contents

ordinary shares. Subject to this and the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, all new shares are under the control of the directors who may allot and issue new shares to such persons on such terms and conditions and with the rights and restrictions as they may think fit to impose. See "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares".

    Repurchase of Ordinary Shares

Under Singapore law, repurchases of ordinary shares by us must be approved by shareholder resolutions. The number of ordinary shares that we may buy back cannot exceed 20% of the total number of shares ascertained as at the date of a resolution approving a share buyback mandate.

    Preference Shares

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping may issue shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or other special rights, privileges or conditions or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise as Grindrod Shipping's board of directors may determine. Under the Singapore Companies Act, Grindrod Shipping's preference shareholders will have the right to attend any general meeting insofar as the circumstances set forth below apply and on a poll at such general meeting, to have at least one vote for every preference share held:

    upon any resolution concerning the voluntary winding-up of Grindrod Shipping; and

    upon any resolution which varies the rights attached to such preference shares.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that, subject to applicable laws, the holders of securities, other than ordinary shares, and any special shares created for purpose of black economic empowerment in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act No.53 of 2003 of South Africa, shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution taken by Grindrod Shipping, save in the following instances—

(a)
during any special period, as provided for in paragraph (c) below, during which any dividend, any part of any dividend on such preference shares or any redemption payment thereon remains in arrears and unpaid;

(b)
in regard to any resolution proposed for the winding-up of Grindrod Shipping or the reduction of its capital;

(c)
the period referred to in paragraph (a) above shall be a period not more than 6 months after the due date of the dividend or redemption payment in question or, where no due date is specified, after the end of the financial year of Grindrod Shipping in respect of which such dividend accrued or such redemption payment became due; and

(d)
in regard to any resolution proposed to vary any rights attached to shares held by such holders of securities.

In the event that Grindrod Shipping issues preference shares in the future, in the instances that Grindrod Shipping's preference shareholders are permitted to vote at meetings as set out above, their votes will not carry any special rights or privileges and they shall be entitled to one vote for each share that they hold, provided that their total voting right at such a meeting may not exceed 24.99% of the total voting rights of all shareholders at such meeting.

Grindrod Shipping may, subject to the prior approval in a general meeting of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders, issue preference shares which are, or at Grindrod Shipping's option, subject to redemption provided that such preference shares may not be redeemed out of capital unless:

    all the directors have made a solvency statement in relation to such redemption; and

    Grindrod Shipping has lodged a copy of the statement with the Singapore Registrar of Companies.

Further, the shares must be fully paid-up before they are redeemed. Following the Spin-Off, no preferences shares will be outstanding.

    Transfer of Ordinary Shares

Subject to applicable securities laws in relevant jurisdictions and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares are freely transferable. Shares may be transferred by a duly signed instrument of transfer in any usual or common form or in a form acceptable to our directors. The directors may decline to register any transfer unless, among other things, evidence of payment of any stamp duty

110


Table of Contents

payable with respect to the transfer is provided together with other evidence as the directors may require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. Grindrod Shipping will replace lost or destroyed certificates for shares upon notice to Grindrod Shipping and upon, among other things, the applicant furnishing evidence and indemnity as the directors may require and the payment of all applicable fees. See "Item 10. Additional Information—Singapore Tax Considerations—Stamp Duty".

    Election and Re-election of Directors

Under Grindrod Shipping's constitution, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders by ordinary resolution, or Grindrod Shipping's board of directors, may appoint any person to be a director as an additional director or to fill a casual vacancy, provided that any person so appointed by Grindrod Shipping's board of directors shall hold office only until the next annual general meeting, and shall then be eligible for re-election.

    Shareholders' Meetings

Grindrod Shipping is required by Singapore law and its constitution to hold an annual general meeting each year, provided that so long as Grindrod Shipping holds its first annual general meeting within 18 months of its incorporation, it need not hold it in the year of its incorporation or in the following year. Each annual general meeting must be held not more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting, and in each case, not later than six months from Grindrod Shipping's financial year end, being December 31. The directors may convene an extraordinary general meeting whenever they think fit and they must do so upon the written request of shareholders representing not less than one-tenth of the paid-up shares as at the date of deposit of the written request that carry the right to vote at general meetings (disregarding paid-up shares held as treasury shares). In addition, two or more registered shareholders holding not less than one-tenth of Grindrod Shipping's total number of issued shares (excluding Grindrod Shipping's treasury shares) may call a meeting of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders. The Singapore Companies Act requires not less than:

    14 days' written notice to be given by Grindrod Shipping of a general meeting to pass an ordinary resolution to every member and the auditors of Grindrod Shipping.

    21 days' written notice to be given by Grindrod Shipping of a general meeting to pass a special resolution to every member and the auditors of Grindrod Shipping.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution further provides that in computing the notice period, both the day on which the notice is served, or deemed to be served, and the day for which the notice is given shall be excluded.

Unless otherwise required by law or by Grindrod Shipping's constitution, voting at general meetings is by ordinary resolution, requiring the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution. An ordinary resolution suffices, for example, for appointments of directors. A special resolution, requiring an affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution, is necessary for certain matters under Singapore law, such as an alteration of Grindrod Shipping's constitution.

Only shareholders who are registered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members, and their proxies, will be entitled to attend, speak and vote at any meeting of shareholders. A shareholder entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of Grindrod Shipping, or at a meeting of any class of shareholders of Grindrod Shipping, shall be entitled to appoint another person or persons, whether a shareholder or not, as his proxy to attend and vote instead of the shareholder at the meeting. A proxy appointed to attend and vote instead of the shareholder shall also have the same right as the shareholder to speak at the meeting, but unless Grindrod Shipping's constitution otherwise provides, (i) a shareholder shall not be entitled to appoint more than two proxies to attend and vote at the same meeting and (ii) where a shareholder appoints two proxies the appointment shall be invalid unless the shareholder specifies the proportions of his holdings to be represented by each proxy.

    Voting Rights

Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by a poll. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy or by attorney, or in the case of a corporation, by a representative, has one vote for every share held by him or her or which he or she represents. Proxies need not be shareholders. Only those shareholders who are registered in Grindrod Shipping's register of members will be entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

111


Table of Contents

    Dividends

No dividend may be paid except out of profits. Any dividends would be limited by the amount of available distributable reserves, which, under Singapore law, will be assessed on the basis of Grindrod Shipping's standalone unconsolidated accounts, which will be based upon IFRS. Under Singapore law, it is also possible to effect a capital reduction exercise to return cash and/or assets to Grindrod Shipping's shareholders. The completion of a capital reduction exercise may require the approval of the Singapore courts, and Grindrod Shipping may not be successful in its attempts to obtain such approval.

Additionally, because Grindrod Shipping is a holding company, Grindrod Shipping's ability to pay cash dividends, or make a distribution-in-kind of the ordinary shares of any of Grindrod Shipping's subsidiaries, may be limited by restrictions on Grindrod Shipping's ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends from Grindrod Shipping's businesses, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing the indebtedness of Grindrod Shipping's businesses. Subject to the foregoing, the payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of Grindrod Shipping's board of directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, Grindrod Shipping's overall financial condition, available distributable reserves and any other factors deemed relevant by Grindrod Shipping's board of directors. A final dividend may be declared out of profits disclosed by the accounts presented to the annual general meeting, and requires approval of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders. However, Grindrod Shipping's board of directors can declare interim dividends without approval of Grindrod Shipping's shareholders.

    Bonus

In a general meeting, Grindrod Shipping's shareholders may, upon the recommendation of the directors, capitalize any reserves or profits and distribute them as fully paid bonus shares to the shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings.

    Takeovers

The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, the Singapore Companies Act and the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore regulate, among other things, the acquisition of voting shares of Singapore-incorporated public companies. Any person acquiring an interest, whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with such person, in 30% or more of Grindrod Shipping's voting rights, or, if such person holds, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with such person, between 30% and 50% (both amounts inclusive) of Grindrod Shipping's voting rights, and if such person (or parties acting in concert with such person) acquires additional voting shares representing more than 1% of Grindrod Shipping's voting rights in any six-month period, must, except with the consent of the Securities Industry Council in Singapore, extend a mandatory takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers.

"Parties acting in concert" comprise individuals or companies who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), cooperate, through the acquisition by any of them of shares in a company, to obtain or consolidate effective control of that company. Certain persons are presumed (unless the presumption is rebutted) to be acting in concert with each other. They include:

    a company and its related companies, the associated companies of any of the company and its related companies, companies whose associated companies include any of these companies and any person who has provided financial assistance (other than a bank in the ordinary course of business) to any of the foregoing for the purchase of voting rights;

    a company and its directors (including their close relatives, related trusts and companies controlled by any of the directors, their close relatives and related trusts);

    a company and its pension funds and employee share schemes;

    a person and any investment company, unit trust or other fund whose investment such person manages on a discretionary basis but only in respect of the investment account which such person manages;

    a financial or other professional adviser, including a stockbroker, and its clients in respect of shares held by the adviser and persons controlling, controlled by or under the same control as the adviser and all the funds managed by the adviser on a discretionary basis, where the shareholdings of the adviser and any of those funds in the client total 10% or more of the client's equity share capital;

112


Table of Contents

    directors of a company (including their close relatives, related trusts and companies controlled by any of such directors, their close relatives and related trusts) which is subject to an offer or where the directors have reason to believe a bona fide offer for the company may be imminent;

    partners; and

    an individual and such person's close relatives and related trusts, any person who is accustomed to act in accordance with such person's instructions and companies controlled by the individual, such person's close relatives, related trusts or any person who is accustomed to act in accordance with such person's instructions and any person who has provided financial assistance (other than a bank in the ordinary course of business) to any of the foregoing for the purchase of voting rights.

Subject to certain exceptions, a mandatory takeover offer must be in cash or be accompanied by a cash alternative at not less than the highest price paid by the offeror or parties acting in concert with the offeror during the offer period and within the six months preceding the acquisition of shares that triggered the mandatory offer obligation.

Under the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, where effective control of a company is acquired or consolidated by a person, or persons acting in concert, a general offer to all other shareholders is normally required. An offeror must treat all shareholders of the same class in an offeree company equally. A fundamental requirement is that shareholders in the company subject to the takeover offer must be given sufficient information, advice and time to consider and decide on the offer. These legal requirements may impede or delay a takeover of Grindrod Shipping by a third-party.

The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers provides that the board of directors of Grindrod Shipping should bring the offer to the shareholders of Grindrod Shipping in accordance with the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers and refrain from an action which could effectively result in any bona fide offer being frustrated or the shareholders being denied an opportunity to decide on its merits.

    Liquidation or Other Return of Capital

On a winding-up or other return of capital, subject to any special rights attaching to any other class of shares, holders of ordinary shares will be entitled to participate in any surplus assets in proportion to their shareholdings.

    Limitations on Rights to Hold or Vote Ordinary Shares

Except as discussed above under "—Takeovers", there are no limitations imposed by the laws of Singapore or by Grindrod Shipping's constitution on the right of non-resident shareholders to hold or vote ordinary shares.

    Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Grindrod Shipping's constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act applicable to Grindrod Shipping, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping or Grindrod Shipping's subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by Grindrod Shipping against all costs, interests, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties (and where he serves at Grindrod Shipping's request as a director, officer, employee or agent of any of Grindrod Shipping's subsidiaries or affiliates) or in relation thereto and in particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no director, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity or for any loss or expense happening to Grindrod Shipping through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors for or on behalf of Grindrod Shipping or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of Grindrod Shipping shall be invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his or her office or in relation thereto unless the same shall happen through his or her own negligence, wilful default, breach of duty or breach of trust.

113


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in Grindrod Shipping's constitution may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit Grindrod Shipping and Grindrod Shipping's shareholders. A shareholder's investment may be harmed to the extent Grindrod Shipping pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to Grindrod Shipping's directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Grindrod Shipping has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

Grindrod Shipping is incorporated under the laws of Singapore. The following discussion summarizes material differences between the rights of holders of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares and the general rights of holders of the common stock under the laws of the state of Delaware, which result from differences in the laws of Singapore and Delaware.

This discussion does not purport to be a complete statement of the rights of holders of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares under applicable law in Singapore and Grindrod Shipping's constitution or the general rights of holders of the common stock of a corporation under applicable Delaware law.

Delaware   Singapore
Board of Directors

The board of directors must consist of at least one member. The number of directors shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided in, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

 

The constitution of companies will typically state the minimum and maximum number of directors as well as provide that the number of directors may be increased or reduced by shareholders via ordinary resolution passed at a general meeting, provided that the number of directors following such increase or reduction is within the maximum and minimum number of directors provided in the constitution and the Singapore Companies Act, respectively. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that, unless otherwise determined by a general meeting, the minimum number of directors is five and the maximum number is twelve.

Limitation on Personal Liability of Directors

A corporation's certificate of incorporation may provide for the elimination of personal monetary liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) For any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Pursuant to the Singapore Companies Act, any provision (whether in the constitution, contract or otherwise) purporting to exempt a director (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise attach to him or her in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to Grindrod Shipping will be void. Nevertheless, a director can be released by the shareholders of Grindrod Shipping for breaches of duty to Grindrod Shipping, except in the case of fraud, illegality, insolvency and oppression or disregard of minority interests.

114


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

 

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting Grindrod Shipping, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by Grindrod Shipping against all liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties and where he or she serves at the request of Grindrod Shipping as a director, officer, employee or agent of any subsidiary or affiliate of Grindrod Shipping or in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him or her in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him or her as an officer or employee of Grindrod Shipping, and in which judgment is given in his favor (or the proceedings otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his or her part) or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with an application under statute in respect of such act or omission in which relief is granted to him or her by the court.

Interested Shareholders

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in specified corporate transactions with an "interested stockholder" for three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Subject to specified exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person or group that owns 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the voting stock at any time within the previous three years.

 

There are no comparable provisions in Singapore with respect to public companies which are not listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited.

A Delaware corporation may elect to "opt out" of, and not be governed by, Section 203 through a provision in either its original certificate of incorporation, or an amendment to its original certificate or bylaws that was approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon.

 

 

115


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Removal of Directors

Under Delaware law, any director or the entire board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause.

 

According to the Singapore Companies Act, directors of a public company may be removed before expiration of their term of office with or without cause by ordinary resolution of the shareholders (i.e., a resolution which is passed by a simple majority of those shareholders present and voting in person or by proxy). Notice of the intention to move such a resolution has to be given to Grindrod Shipping not less than 28 days before the meeting at which it is moved. Grindrod Shipping shall then give notice of such resolution to its shareholders not less than 14 days before the meeting.

 

 

Where any director removed in this manner was appointed to represent the interests of any particular class of shareholders or debenture holders, the resolution to remove such director will not take effect until such director's successor has been appointed.

 

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping may by ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given, remove any director from office, notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution or in any agreement between Grindrod Shipping and such director, and appoint another person in place of the director so removed from office.

Filling Vacancies on the Board of Directors

Any vacancy, whether arising through death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, an increase in the number of directors or any other reason, shall be filled as the corporation's bylaws provide. In the absence of such provision, the vacancy shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors, even if such directors remaining in office constitute less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. In the case of a corporation with a classified board of directors, any directors elected due to an increase in the authorized number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen, and until their successors shall be elected and qualified.

 

The constitution of a Singapore company typically provides that the directors have the power to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors, but so that the total number of directors will not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed in the constitution. Any newly elected director shall hold office until the next following annual general meeting, where such director will then be eligible for re-election.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that the shareholders may by ordinary resolution, or the directors may, appoint any person to be a director as an additional director or to fill a vacancy. The directors have the power at any time so to do, but so that the total number of directors will not at any time exceed the maximum number fixed in Grindrod Shipping's constitution. Any person so appointed by the directors will only hold office until the next annual general meeting, and will then be eligible for re-election.

116


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, amendments to a corporation's certificate of incorporation require the approval of stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. If a class vote on the amendment is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, a majority of the outstanding stock of the class is required, unless a greater proportion is specified in the certificate of incorporation or by other provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution may be altered by special resolution (i.e., a resolution passed by at least a three-fourths majority of the shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy at a meeting for which not less than 21 days written notice is given). The board of directors has no right to amend the constitution.

The power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws shall be in the stockholders entitled to vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the board of directors.

 

 

Meetings of Shareholders

Annual and Special Meetings

 

Annual General Meetings

Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or outside of Delaware, as may be designated by or in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

Quorum Requirements

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares and/or the amount of other securities having voting power, the holders of which shall be present or represented by proxy at any meeting in order to constitute a quorum for, and the votes that shall be necessary for, the transaction of any business, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one third of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

All companies are required to hold an annual general meeting once every calendar year provided that so long as a company holds its first annual general meeting within 18 months of its incorporation, it need not hold it in the year of its incorporation or in the following year. The first annual general meeting is required to be held within 18 months of Grindrod Shipping's incorporation and subsequently, annual general meetings must be held not more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting, and in each case, not later than 6 months from Grindrod Shipping's financial year end.

Extraordinary General Meetings

Any general meeting other than the annual general meeting is called an "extraordinary general meeting". Two or more members (shareholders) holding not less than 10% of the total number of issued shares (excluding treasury shares) may call an extraordinary general meeting. In addition, the constitution usually also provides that general meetings may be convened in accordance with the Singapore Companies Act by the directors.

 

 

Notwithstanding anything in the constitution, the directors are required to convene a general meeting if required to do so by requisition (i.e., written notice to directors requiring that a meeting be called) by shareholder(s) holding not less than 10% of the total number of paid-up shares of Grindrod Shipping carrying voting rights.

117


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that the directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extraordinary general meeting.

 

 

Quorum Requirements

 

 

Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that shareholders holding in aggregate not less than 15 per cent of the issued and fully paid shares (excluding treasury shares) in the capital of the company, present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum. In the event a quorum is not present, the meeting may be adjourned for one week. In the event a quorum is not present at the adjourned meeting, the meeting may again be adjourned for one week. At the second adjourned meeting, any one or more members present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

 

Shareholders' Rights at Meetings

 

 

The Singapore Companies Act provides that every member shall, notwithstanding any provision in the constitution, have a right to attend any general meeting of the company and to speak on any resolution before the meeting. The holder of a share may vote on a resolution before a general meeting of the company if, in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, the share confers on the holder a right to vote on that resolution.

118


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Indemnification of Officers, Directors and Employers

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to specified limitations in the case of derivative suits brought by a corporation's stockholders in its name, a corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person:

acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and

with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was unlawful.

Delaware corporate law permits indemnification by a corporation under similar circumstances for expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Expenses

 
The Singapore Companies Act specifically provides that Grindrod Shipping is allowed to:

purchase and maintain for any officer insurance against any liability attaching to such officer in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to Grindrod Shipping;

indemnify such officer against liability incurred by the officer to a person other than Grindrod Shipping except when the indemnity is against (i) any liability of the officer to pay a fine in criminal proceedings or a sum payable to a regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with any requirement of a regulatory nature (however arising); or (ii) any liability incurred by the officer (1) in defending criminal proceedings in which he is convicted, (2) in defending civil proceedings brought by Grindrod Shipping or a related company of Grindrod Shipping in which judgment is given against him or her or (3) in connection with an application for relief under specified sections of the Singapore Companies Act in which the court refuses to grant him or her relief;

indemnify any auditor against any liability incurred or to be incurred by such auditor in defending any proceedings (whether civil or criminal) in which judgment is given in such auditor's favor or in which such auditor is acquitted; or

indemnify any auditor against any liability incurred by such auditor in connection with any application under specified sections of the Singapore Companies Act in which relief is granted to such auditor by a court.

In cases where, inter alia , an officer is sued by Grindrod Shipping the Singapore Companies Act gives the court the power to relieve directors either wholly or partially from the consequences of their negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust. However, Singapore case law has indicated that such relief will not be granted to a director who has benefited as a result of his or her breach of trust. In order for relief to be obtained, it must be shown that (i) the director acted reasonably; (ii) the director acted honestly; and (iii) it is fair, having regard to all the circumstances of the case including those connected with such director's appointment,

119


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.   to excuse the director.

Grindrod Shipping's constitution currently provides that, subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and every other act for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting Grindrod Shipping, every director, auditor, secretary or other officer of Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by Grindrod Shipping against all liabilities incurred by him or her in the execution and discharge of his or her duties and where he or she serves at the request of Grindrod Shipping as a director, officer, employee or agent of any subsidiary or affiliate of Grindrod Shipping or in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him or her in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him or her as an officer or employee of Grindrod Shipping, and in which judgment is given in his or her favor (or the proceedings otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his or her part) or in which he or she is acquitted, or in connection with an application under statute in respect of such act or omission in which relief is granted to him or her by the court.

Shareholder Approval of Issuances of Shares

Under Delaware law, the directors may, at any time and from time to time, if all of the shares of capital stock which the corporation is authorized by its certificate of incorporation to issue have not been issued, subscribed for, or otherwise committed to be issued, issue or take subscriptions for additional shares of its capital stock up to the amount authorized in its certificate of incorporation.

 

The Singapore Companies Act provides that notwithstanding anything in the company's constitution, the directors shall not exercise any power to issue shares without prior approval of the shareholders in general meeting. The affirmative vote of a simple majority of the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the resolution is required for this authorization. Once this shareholders' approval is obtained, unless subsequently revoked or varied by the company in general meeting, it continues in force until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting or the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting after that date is required by law to be held, whichever is earlier.

120


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Shareholder Approval of Business Combinations


Generally, under the Delaware General Corporation Law, completion of a merger, consolidation, or the sale, lease or exchange of substantially all of a corporation's assets or dissolution requires approval by the board of directors and by a majority (unless the certificate of incorporation requires a higher percentage) of outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.

The Delaware General Corporation Law also requires a vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting and not by written consent by the affirmative vote of at least two thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the "interested stockholders" as defined in section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with a business combination with an "interested stockholder".

 
The Singapore Companies Act mandates that specified corporate actions require approval by the shareholders in a general meeting, notably:

notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution, directors are not permitted to carry into effect any proposals for disposing of the whole or substantially the whole of Grindrod Shipping's undertaking or property unless those proposals have been approved by shareholders in a general meeting;

subject to the constitution of each amalgamating company, an amalgamation proposal must be approved by the shareholders of each amalgamating company via special resolution at a general meeting;

a compromise or arrangement proposed between a company and its shareholders, or any class of them must, among other things, be approved by a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the shareholders or class of shareholders present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting ordered by the court; and

notwithstanding anything in Grindrod Shipping's constitution, the directors may not, without the prior approval of shareholders, issue shares, including shares being issued in connection with corporate actions.


Shareholder Action Without a Meeting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

There are no equivalent provisions under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of passing shareholders' resolutions by written means that apply to public companies listed on a securities exchange.

121


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Shareholder Suits

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a stockholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself or herself and other similarly situated stockholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under the Delaware Court Rules have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a derivative suit only if such person was a stockholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit or his or her shares thereafter devolved upon him or her by operation of law. Additionally, under Delaware case law, the plaintiff bringing a derivative suit on behalf of a corporation generally must be a stockholder not only at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit, but also through the duration of the derivative suit. The Delaware Court Rules also require that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff, unless such demand would be futile.

 

Standing

Only registered shareholders reflected in the register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of a company. As a result, only registered shareholders have legal standing to institute shareholder actions or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders.

Holders of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping's shares will be required to exchange their dematerialised interests for certificated shares and to be registered as shareholders in the register of members in order to institute or enforce any legal proceedings or claims against Grindrod Shipping, the directors or officers relating to shareholder rights. A holder of dematerialised interests may become a registered shareholder of Grindrod Shipping by exchanging its interest in the shares for certificated shares and being registered in the register of members.

Personal remedies in cases of oppression or injustice

 

 

A shareholder may apply to the court for an order under the Singapore Companies Act to remedy situations where (i) the company's affairs are being conducted or the powers of the company's directors are being exercised in a manner oppressive to, or in disregard of the interests of, one or more of the shareholders or holders of debentures of the company, including the applicant; or (ii) the company has done an act, or threatens to do an act, or the shareholders or holders of debentures have passed or proposed some resolution, which unfairly discriminates against, or is otherwise prejudicial to, one or more of the company's shareholders or holders of debentures, including the applicant.

 

 

Singapore courts have wide discretion as to the relief they may grant under such application, including, inter alia , directing or prohibiting any act or cancelling or varying any transaction or resolution, providing that the company be wound up, or authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in the name of or on behalf of the company by such person or persons and on such terms as the court directs.

 

 

Derivative actions and arbitrations

 

 

The Singapore Companies Act has a provision which provides a mechanism enabling shareholders to apply to the court for leave to bring a derivative action or arbitration on behalf of Grindrod Shipping.

122


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Applications are generally made by shareholders, but courts are given the discretion to allow such persons as they deem proper to apply (e.g., beneficial owner of shares).

 

 

It should be noted that this provision of the Singapore Companies Act is primarily used by minority shareholders to bring an action or arbitration in the name and on behalf of a company or intervene in an action or arbitration to which a company is a party for the purpose of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action or arbitration on behalf of the company.

 

 

Prior to commencing a derivative action or arbitration, the court must be satisfied that (i) 14 days' notice has been given to the directors of the company of the party's intention to commence such action or arbitration if the directors of the company do not bring, diligently prosecute or defend or discontinue the action, (ii) the party is acting in good faith and (iii) it appears to be prima facie in the interests of the company that the action be brought, prosecuted, defended or discontinued.

 

 

Class actions

 

 

The concept of class action suits, which allows individual shareholders to bring an action seeking to represent the class or classes of shareholders, generally does not exist in Singapore. However, it is possible as a matter of procedure for a number of shareholders to lead an action and establish liability on behalf of themselves and other shareholders who join in or who are made parties to the action.

 

 

These shareholders are commonly known as "lead plaintiffs". Further, there are circumstances under the provisions of certain Singapore statutes where shareholders may file and prove their claims for compensation in the event that a company has been convicted of a criminal offense or has a court order for the payment of a civil penalty made against it.

123


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Dividends or Other Distributions; Repurchases and Redemptions


The directors of every corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in its certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock either out of its statutory surplus in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law or in case there shall be no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

If the capital of the corporation computed in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law shall have been diminished by depreciation in the value of its property, or by losses, or otherwise, to an amount less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets, the directors of such corporation shall not declare and pay out of such net profits any dividends upon any shares of any classes of its capital stock until the deficiency in the amount of capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets shall have been repaired.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, every corporation may purchase, redeem, receive, take or otherwise acquire, own and hold, sell, lend, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, pledge, use and otherwise deal in and with its own shares; provided, however, that no corporation shall purchase or redeem its own shares of capital stock for cash or other property when the capital of the corporation is impaired or when such purchase or redemption would cause any impairment of the capital of the corporation, except that a corporation other than a nonstock corporation may purchase or redeem out of capital any of its own shares which are entitled upon any distribution of its assets, whether by dividend or in liquidation, to a preference over another class or series of its stock, or, if no shares entitled to such a preference are outstanding, any of its own shares, if such shares will be retired upon their acquisition and the capital of the corporation reduced.

 
The Singapore Companies Act provides that no dividends can be paid to shareholders except out of profits.

The Singapore Companies Act does not provide a definition on when profits are deemed to be available for the purpose of paying dividends and this is accordingly governed by case law. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that no dividend can be paid otherwise than out of profits of Grindrod Shipping.

Acquisition of a company's own shares

The Singapore Companies Act generally prohibits a company from acquiring its own shares subject to certain exceptions. Any contract or transaction by which a company acquires or transfers its own shares is void. However, provided that it is expressly permitted to do so by its constitution and subject to the special conditions of each permitted acquisition contained in the Singapore Companies Act, Grindrod Shipping may:

redeem redeemable preference shares (the redemption of these shares will not reduce the capital of Grindrod Shipping). Preference shares may be redeemed out of capital if all the directors make a solvency statement in relation to such redemption and Grindrod Shipping lodges a copy of the statement with the Registrar of Companies in accordance with the Singapore Companies Act;

whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make an off-market purchase of its own shares in accordance with an equal access scheme authorized in advance at a general meeting;

whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make a selective off-market purchase of its own shares in accordance with an agreement authorized in advance at a general meeting by a special resolution where persons whose shares are to be acquired and their associated persons have abstained from voting; and

whether listed on a securities exchange (in Singapore or outside Singapore) or not, make an acquisition of its own shares under a contingent purchase contract which has been authorized in advance at a general meeting by a special resolution.

124


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Grindrod Shipping may also purchase its own shares by an order of a Singapore court.

 

 

The total number of ordinary shares that may be acquired by Grindrod Shipping in a relevant period may not exceed 20% of the total number of ordinary shares in that class as of the date of the resolution pursuant to the relevant share repurchase provisions under the Singapore Companies Act. Where, however, Grindrod Shipping has reduced its share capital by a special resolution or a Singapore court made an order to such effect, the total number of ordinary shares shall be taken to be the total number of ordinary shares in that class as altered by the special resolution or the order of the court. Payment must be made out of Grindrod Shipping's distributable profits or capital, provided that Grindrod Shipping is solvent. Such payment may include any expenses (including brokerage or commission) incurred directly in the purchase or acquisition by Grindrod Shipping of its ordinary shares.

 

 

Financial assistance for the acquisition of shares

 

 

Grindrod Shipping may not give financial assistance to any person whether directly or indirectly for the purpose of:

 

the acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in Grindrod Shipping or units of such shares; or

 

the acquisition or proposed acquisition of shares in its holding company or ultimate holding company, as the case may be, or units of such shares.


 

 

Financial assistance may take the form of a loan, the giving of a guarantee, the provision of security, the release of an obligation, the release of a debt or otherwise.

 

 

However, it should be noted that Grindrod Shipping may provide financial assistance for the acquisition of its shares or shares in its holding company if it complies with the requirements (including, where applicable, approval by the board of directors or by the passing of a special resolution by its shareholders) set out in the Singapore Companies Act. Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that subject to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, Grindrod Shipping may purchase or otherwise acquire Grindrod Shipping's own shares upon such terms and subject to such conditions as Grindrod Shipping may deem fit. These shares may be held as treasury shares or cancelled as provided in the Singapore Companies Act or dealt with in such manner as may be permitted under the Singapore Companies Act.

125


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    On cancellation of the shares, the rights and privileges attached to those shares will expire.

Transactions with Officers and Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no contract or transaction between a corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between a corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers, are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director's or officer's votes are counted for such purpose, if:

        (1)    The material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

        (2)    The material facts as to the director's or officer's relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

        (3)    The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee or the stockholders.

Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

Under the Singapore Companies Act, the chief executive officer and directors are not prohibited from dealing with Grindrod Shipping, but where they have an interest in a transaction with Grindrod Shipping, that interest must be disclosed to the board of directors. In particular, the chief executive officer and every director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a transaction or proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping must, as soon as practicable after the relevant facts have come to such officer or director's knowledge, declare the nature of such officer or director's interest at a board of directors' meeting or send a written notice to Grindrod Shipping containing details on the nature, character and extent of his interest in the transaction or proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping.

In addition, a director or chief executive officer who holds any office or possesses any property which, directly or indirectly, duties or interests might be created in conflict with such officer's duties or interests as director or chief executive officer, is required to declare the fact and the nature, character and extent of the conflict at a meeting of directors or send a written notice to Grindrod Shipping containing details on the nature, character and extent of the conflict.

The Singapore Companies Act extends the scope of this statutory duty of a director or chief executive officer to disclose any interests by pronouncing that an interest of a member of the director's or, as the case may be, the chief executive officer's family (including spouse, son, adopted son, step-son, daughter, adopted daughter and step-daughter) will be treated as an interest of the director.

There is however no requirement for disclosure where the interest of the director or chief executive officer (as the case may be) consists only of being a member or creditor of a corporation which is interested in the proposed transaction with Grindrod Shipping if the interest may properly be regarded not being a material interest. Where the proposed transaction relates to any loan to Grindrod Shipping, no disclosure need be made where the director or chief executive officer has only guaranteed or joined in guaranteeing the repayment of such loan, unless the constitution provides otherwise.

126


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Further, where the proposed transaction is to be made with or for the benefit of a related company (i.e. the holding company, subsidiary or subsidiary of a common holding company) no disclosure need be made of the fact that the director or chief executive officer is also a director or chief executive officer of that corporation, unless the constitution provides otherwise.

 

 

Subject to specified exceptions, including a loan to a director for expenditure in defending criminal or civil proceedings, etc. or in connection with an investigation, or an action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to Grindrod Shipping, the Singapore Companies Act prohibits Grindrod Shipping from: (i) making a loan or quasi-loan to its directors or to directors of a related company, each a "relevant director"; (ii) giving a guarantee or security in connection with a loan or quasi-loan made to a relevant director by any other person; (iii) entering into a credit transaction as creditor for the benefit of a relevant director; (iv) giving a guarantee or security in connection with such credit transaction entered into by any person for the benefit of a relevant director; (v) taking part in an arrangement where another person enters into any of the transactions in (i) to (iv) above or (vi) below and such person obtains a benefit from Grindrod Shipping or a related company; or (vi) arranging for the assignment to Grindrod Shipping or assumption by Grindrod Shipping of any rights, obligations or liabilities under a transaction in (i) to (v) above. Grindrod Shipping is also prohibited from entering into the transactions in (i) to (vi) above with or for the benefit of a relevant director's spouse or children (whether adopted or naturally or step-children).

127


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore
    Subject to specified exceptions, the Singapore Companies Act prohibits Grindrod Shipping from: (i) making a loan or quasi-loan to another company or a limited liability partnership; (ii) giving a guarantee or security in connection with a loan or quasi-loan made to another company or a limited liability partnership by any other person; (iii) entering into a credit transaction as creditor for the benefit of another company or a limited liability partnership; (iv) giving a guarantee or security in connection with such credit transaction entered into by any person for the benefit of another company or a limited liability partnership; (v) taking part in an arrangement where another person enters into any of the transactions in (i) to (iv) above or (vi) below and such person obtains a benefit from Grindrod Shipping or a related company; or (vi) arranging for the assignment to Grindrod Shipping or assumption by Grindrod Shipping of any rights, obligations or liabilities under a transaction in (i) to (v) above if a director or directors of Grindrod Shipping is or together are interested in 20% or more of the total voting power in the other company or the limited liability partnership, as the case may be, unless there is prior approval for the transaction by Grindrod Shipping in general meeting at which the interested director or directors and his or their family members abstained from voting, or the other company is Grindrod Shipping's subsidiary or holding company or a subsidiary of its holding company.

Dissenters' Rights

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any stockholder of a corporation who holds shares of stock on the date of the making of a demand pursuant to the statute with respect to such shares, who continuously holds such shares through the effective date of the merger or consolidation, who has otherwise complied with the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law who has neither voted in favor of the merger or consolidation nor consented thereto in writing shall be entitled to an appraisal by the Court of Chancery of the fair value of the stockholder's shares of stock.

 

There is no equivalent provision under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of companies incorporated in Singapore.

128


Table of Contents

Delaware   Singapore

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation of any corporation may provide that at all elections of directors of the corporation, or at elections held under specified circumstances, each holder of stock or of any class or classes or of a series or series thereof shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for such provision as to cumulative voting) such holder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to such holder's shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by such holder, and that such holder may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any 2 or more of them as such holder may see fit.

 

There is no equivalent provision under the Singapore Companies Act in respect of companies incorporated in Singapore.

Anti-Takeover Measures

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation of a corporation may give the board the right to issue new classes of preferred stock with voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights to be determined by the board at the time of issuance, which could prevent a takeover attempt.

In addition, Delaware law does not prohibit a corporation from adopting a stockholder rights plan, or "poison pill," which could prevent a takeover attempt.

 

The constitution of a Singapore company typically provides that the company may allot and issue new shares of a different class with preferential, deferred, qualified or other special rights as its board of directors may determine with the prior approval of the company's shareholders in a general meeting. Subject to certain provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping's constitution, Grindrod Shipping's constitution provides that Grindrod Shipping's shareholders may grant to Grindrod Shipping's board the general authority to issue such preference shares until the next general meeting. For further information, see "—Preference Shares" above.

 

 

Singapore law does not generally prohibit a corporation from adopting "poison pill" arrangements which could prevent a takeover attempt and also preclude shareholders from realizing a potential premium over the market value of their shares

 

 

However, under the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, if, in the course of an offer, or even before the date of the offer announcement, the board of the offeree company has reason to believe that a bona fide offer is imminent, the board must not, except pursuant to a contract entered into earlier, take any action, without the approval of shareholders at a general meeting, on the affairs of the offeree company that could effectively result in any bona fide offer being frustrated or the shareholders being denied an opportunity to decide on its merits.

 

 

For further information on the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers, see "—Takeovers" above.

129


Table of Contents

Material Contracts

The below descriptions are only summaries of the material provisions of the GSPL and GSSA Share Purchase Agreements and Implementation Agreement and are qualified in their entirety by reference to a copy of the GSPL Share Purchase Agreement, GSPL Share Purchase Agreement and Implementation Agreement, which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

    Contracts Relating to the Spin-Off

    The GSPL and GSSA Share Purchase Agreements

The Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping, dated March 23, 2018, sets forth the terms by which Grindrod Shipping will purchase all of the shares of GSPL from Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Parent will sell all of the issued shares in GSPL to Grindrod Shipping on the Closing Date. The purchase price for such shares will be the market value of the GSPL shares, estimated to be approximately $279.7 million, to be settled by way of Grindrod Shipping issuing 16,626,000 Convertible Notes to Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Parent will provide certain warranties in favor of Grindrod Shipping, including (i) that the GSPL shares are unencumbered, (ii) that GSPL holds shares in its specified subsidiaries, and (iii) that Parent has no claims against GSPL and Parent will waive any such claims that Parent may have against GSPL. The terms of this agreement permit Grindrod Shipping to bring any claims against Parent in respect of the breach of such warranties or otherwise in connection with the purchase of the GSPL shares, to the extent that there is a basis in law to do so, up to an aggregate liability of Parent in respect of such claims in an amount equal to the purchase price for the GSPL shares. Grindrod Shipping must also bring any such claims within 36 months of the Spin-Off and may only bring claims over a minimum threshold of $100,000 Under the agreement, Parent will not be liable to make payment of any claim by Grindrod Shipping, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grindrod Shipping and Parent do not expressly indemnify one another under this agreement against any third-party claims. However, this agreement does not preclude the parties from seeking such indemnification or other remedies in respect of third-party claims under applicable law.

The Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping, dated March 23, 2018, sets forth the terms by which Grindrod Shipping will purchase all of the shares of GSSA from Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Parent will sell all of the issued shares in GSSA to Grindrod Shipping on the Closing Date. The purchase price for such shares will be the market value of the GSSA shares, estimated to be approximately amount of $41.0 million, to be settled by way of Grindrod Shipping issuing 2,437,232 Convertible Notes to Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Parent will provide certain warranties in favor of Grindrod Shipping, including (i) that the GSSA shares are unencumbered, (ii) that GSSA holds shares in its specified subsidiaries, and (iii) that Parent has no claims against GSSA and Parent will waive any such claims that Parent may have against GSSA. The terms of this agreement permit Grindrod Shipping to bring any claims against Parent in respect of the breach of such warranties or otherwise in connection with the purchase of the GSSA shares, to the extent that there is a basis in law to do so, up to an aggregate liability of Parent in respect of such claims in an amount equal to the purchase price for the GSSA shares. Grindrod Shipping must also bring any such claims within 36 months of the Spin-Off and may only bring claims over a minimum threshold of $100,000 Under the agreement, Parent will not be liable to make payment of any claim by Grindrod Shipping, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grindrod Shipping and Parent do not expressly indemnify one another under this agreement against any third-party claims. However, this agreement does not preclude the parties from seeking such indemnification or other remedies in respect of third-party claims under applicable law.

    The Implementation Agreement

The Implementation Agreement was entered into on March 23, 2018 between Parent, Grindrod Shipping, GSPL and GSSA and governs the mechanics of the Spin-Off. Under the terms of the Implementation Agreement, the Spin-Off can only occur once the GSPL Share Purchase Agreement and GSSA Share Purchase Agreement have become effective. In addition, the Implementation Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent:

    Grindrod Shipping's board of directors approving the Spin-Off and required shareholder approvals for the Spin-Off are obtained;

130


Table of Contents

    the regulatory and procedural steps required for the Spin-Off have taken place or been obtained; and

    Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ (primary listing) subject to offical notice and distribution, and the JSE (secondary listing).

See "Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts".

    Joint Venture Agreements

For a description of our material joint ventures, see "Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Joint Ventures".

    Loan Agreements

For a description of our material loan agreements, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Loan Agreements".

Exchange Controls

    South Africa

Exchange controls in South Africa are administered by SARB in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, 1961, and regulate transactions involving South African residents. The purpose of exchange controls is to mitigate the decline of foreign capital reserves in South Africa. Parent expects that South African exchange controls will continue to operate in the foreseeable future. The Government of South Africa has, however, committed itself to relaxing exchange controls gradually and significant relaxation has occurred in recent years.

Approval for the Spin-Off has been obtained from the SARB in respect of the disposal of South African securities by Parent and the acquisition of South African securities by Grindrod Shipping, a non-resident of South Africa. No financial guarantee with recourse to Parent will exist at the time of the issuing of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

The issuance of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares by Grindrod Shipping does not require any exchange control approval from the SARB, as Grindrod Shipping is not a resident of South Africa.

    Residents of the CMA

Residents in the CMA (comprising South Africa, the Republic of Namibia, the Kingdom of Lesotho and the Kingdom of Swaziland) or offshore subsidiaries of a resident in the CMA may not reposition their ordinary shares from the South African administrative depository register to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer or otherwise beneficially own or hold any Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares whether through a U.S. broker-dealer or directly on the principal or branch register unless specific approval has been obtained from the SARB by such persons for any subscription, purchase or beneficial holding or ownership, or as otherwise permitted under the South African Exchange Control Regulations or the rulings promulgated thereunder.

    Singapore

There are no exchange control restrictions in effect in Singapore.

Taxation

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to beneficial owners of Convertible Notes and ordinary shares. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations thereunder, and administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this registration statement and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences that are materially different from those described below. Moreover, any change after the date of this registration statement in any of the factual matters set forth in this filing or in our or our subsidiaries' conduct, practices or activities may affect the considerations discussed below. We are under no obligation to update the discussion to reflect future changes in law or changes in any of the foregoing factual matters that may later come to our attention.

131


Table of Contents

This discussion is for general information purposes only, does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us or beneficial owners of ordinary shares and does not address any tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws. Potential investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisers concerning the overall tax consequences arising in their own particular situations under U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. laws. The conclusions expressed in this discussion are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, or any court, and there is no assurance that the IRS or a court would not reach a contrary conclusion. No ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been obtained or will be requested regarding any matter affecting us or prospective holders of our ordinary shares.

    Treatment as a Corporation

We are treated as a non-U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we are subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent it is from sources within the United States or is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States as discussed below. U.S. Holders (as defined below) are not directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on their shares of our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of ordinary shares as described below.

    Taxation of Operating Income

Under the Code, income derived from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel, is treated as "Transportation Income." Transportation Income that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is considered to be 50% derived from sources within the United States, or U.S. Source International Transportation Income. Transportation Income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States, or U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. Transportation Income that is attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Transportation Income derived from sources outside the United States generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax.

We expect that we and our subsidiaries will earn income that will constitute Transportation Income. We do not expect us or our subsidiaries to earn U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. However, certain of our and our subsidiaries' activities could give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income, and future expansion of or changes in our and our subsidiaries' operations could result in an increase in the amount thereof, which generally would be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, unless the exemption from U.S. federal income taxation under Section 883 of the Code, or the Section 883 Exemption, applied. Based on our current plans and expectations regarding our and our subsidiaries' organization and operations, we expect that only a relatively small portion of our and our subsidiaries' gross Transportation Income will likely constitute U.S. Source International Transportation Income and, if the Section 883 Exemption were not to apply, we expect that the effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our and our subsidiaries' gross Transportation Income would be less than 1%.

    The Section 883 Exemption

In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, or Section 883 Regulations, it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profit taxes or the 4% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income, including any U.S. Source International Transportation Income it derives from participation in a pool, partnership or other joint venture arrangement that satisfies the requirements of the Section 883 Regulations. The Section 883 Exemption applies only to U.S. Source International Transportation Income and does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption applies separately to us and each of our subsidiaries that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and earns U.S. Source International Transportation Income (which we refer to below as our "applicable subsidiaries").

We and our applicable subsidiaries will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if, among other matters, we and our applicable subsidiaries meet the following three requirements:

    We and each of our applicable subsidiaries are organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United

132


Table of Contents

      States with respect to the types of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we earn, or an Equivalent Exemption;

    We and each of our applicable subsidiaries satisfy the Publicly Traded Test or the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test (each as described below); and

    We and each of our applicable subsidiaries meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

We are organized under the laws of Singapore and our applicable subsidiaries are organized under the laws of Singapore, South Africa, the Isle of Man and the Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized each of these jurisdictions as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption with respect to the type of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we or our applicable subsidiaries generally expect to earn. Consequently, our and our applicable subsidiaries' U.S. Source International Transportation Income should be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation provided we and our applicable subsidiaries meet the Publicly Traded Test or the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test and we and our applicable subsidiaries satisfy certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

    Publicly Traded Test

In order to meet the Publicly Traded Test, the equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation at issue must be "primarily traded" and "regularly traded" on an established securities market either in the United States or in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an Equivalent Exemption. The Section 883 Regulations generally provide, in pertinent part, that equity of a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be "primarily traded" on one or more established securities markets in a given country if, with respect to the class or classes of equity relied upon to meet the "regularly traded" requirement described below, the number of shares of each such class that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. We expect that our ordinary shares, which will be our only class of equity interests, will be traded on the NASDAQ and the JSE, each of which is considered to be an established securities market for purposes of these rules. As long as our ordinary shares will only be traded on the NASDAQ and the JSE, our ordinary shares will be "primarily traded" on an established securities market either in the United States or in South Africa, which is a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an Equivalent Exemption.

Equity interests in a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market under the Section 883 Regulations provided one or more classes of such equity interests representing more than 50% of the aggregate vote and value of all of the outstanding equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements. These requirements are satisfied with respect to a class of equity interests listed on an established securities market, provided that either (a) trades in such class of equity interests are effected, other than in de minimis quantities, on such market on at least 60 days during the taxable year and the aggregate number of shares in such class that are traded on such market or markets during the taxable year are at least 10% of the average number of shares outstanding in that class during the taxable year (with special rules for short taxable years) or (b) such class of equity interests is traded on an established securities market in the United States and is "regularly quoted by dealers making a market" in such class (within the meaning of the Section 883 Regulations). Our ordinary shares will represent 100% of the total combined voting power and value of our equity interests. Accordingly, provided that our ordinary shares (i) satisfy the listing and trading volume requirements described immediately above and (ii) are not subject to the Closely Held Block Exception described immediately below, our ordinary shares will be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our ordinary shares will satisfy the listing and trading volume requirements described immediately above for any taxable year.

Notwithstanding these rules, a class of equity that would otherwise be treated as "regularly traded" on an established securities market will not be so treated if, for more than half of the number of days during the taxable year, one or more "5% shareholders" (i.e., shareholders owning, actually or constructively, at least 5% of the vote and value of that class) own in the aggregate 50% or more of the vote and value of that class, or the Closely Held Block Exception, unless the corporation can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of the value of that class for more than half the days during the taxable year.

133


Table of Contents

We expect that one or more 5% shareholders may own 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half of the number of days during our current taxable year and/or future taxable years. In such case, we will lose eligibility for the Publicly Traded Test with respect to any such taxable year, unless can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of the value of that class for more than half the days during the taxable year. Under the applicable Treasury regulations, we would also have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our 5% shareholders. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. In particular, we would be required to obtain certifications of Qualified Shareholder status from our 5% shareholders, which our 5% shareholders may not be willing or able to provide. Given the factual nature of the issues involved and the practical uncertainties, we can give no assurances as to our qualification for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our not being able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test in the future. We do not expect any of our applicable subsidiaries to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test.

    Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test

As an alternative to satisfying the Publicly Traded Test, a non-U.S. corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if it is able to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test. The Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test generally is satisfied if more than 50% of the value of the outstanding equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation is owned, or treated as owned after applying certain attribution rules, for at least half of the number of days in the taxable year by:

    individual residents of jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption;

    non-U.S. corporations organized in jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption and that meet the Publicly Traded Test; or

    certain other qualified persons described in the Section 883 Regulations, or collectively, the Qualified Shareholders.

We do not expect to be able to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for any taxable year. However, because stock owned by a non-U.S. corporation meeting the Publicly Traded Test is treated as owned by a Qualified Shareholder for purposes of the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test, in the event that we are able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test described above for a taxable year, we expect that each of our applicable subsidiaries that is more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year would satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for such taxable year. We do not expect any applicable subsidiary that is not more than 50%-owned (by value) by us to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for any taxable year, unless a sufficient portion of such subsidiary's other equity interests were owned by Qualified Shareholders to cause such subsidiary to be more than 50%-owned (by value) by Qualified Shareholders for at least half the number of days in a taxable year and such other Qualified Shareholders were to provide certifications of their Qualified Shareholder status. There can be no assurance that these requirements will be satisfied with respect to any of our applicable subsidiaries for any taxable year.

    The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax

If we or our subsidiaries earn U.S. Source International Transportation Income and the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, the U.S. source portion of such income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or Effectively Connected Income, if we or any of our subsidiaries have a fixed place of business in the United States and substantially all of our or any such subsidiary's U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of bareboat charter income, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. Based on our and our subsidiaries' current operations, none of our or our subsidiaries' potential U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or is received pursuant to bareboat charters, nor do we or any of our subsidiaries have a fixed place of business in the United States. As a result, we do not anticipate that any of our or our subsidiaries' U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we or any of our subsidiaries will not have a fixed place of business in the United States or that we or any of our subsidiaries will not earn substantially all of its U.S. Source International Transportation Income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States in the future, which would result in

134


Table of Contents

such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income. In addition, any U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income generally will be treated as Effectively Connected Income.

Any income we or our subsidiaries earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (imposed at up to a 21% rate from January 1, 2018) as well as 30% branch profits tax imposed under Section 884 of the Code. In addition, a 30% branch interest tax could be imposed on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us or our subsidiaries.

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we or our subsidiaries could be subject to the net basis corporate income tax as well as branch profits tax with respect to the gain recognized up to the amount of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we and our subsidiaries would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States (as determined under U.S. tax principles) and the gain is not attributable to an office or other fixed place of business maintained by us or our subsidiaries in the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.

    The 4% Gross Basis Tax

If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and the net basis tax does not apply, we and our subsidiaries would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares.

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares that own the ordinary shares as "capital assets" (generally, property held for investment purposes). The following discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation which may be important to particular beneficial owners of our ordinary shares in light of their individual circumstances, such as (i) beneficial owners of our ordinary shares subject to special tax rules (e.g., banks or other financial institutions, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, broker-dealers, traders that elect to mark-to-market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax-exempt organizations and retirement plans, individual retirement accounts and tax-deferred accounts, or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States) or to beneficial owners that will hold the ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or their partners, (iii) U.S. Holders (as defined below) that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar or that transact in ordinary shares in a currency other than U.S. dollars, or (iv) beneficial owners of ordinary shares that own 2% or more (by vote or value) of our ordinary shares, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. This discussion does not contain information regarding any state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares.

If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership's ownership of our ordinary shares.

Each prospective beneficial owner of our ordinary shares should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares.

As used in this registration statement, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that:

    is an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

    a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

135


Table of Contents

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more "United States persons" (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect under current U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a "United States person."

We believe that Parent should not be treated as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a PFIC, and the following discussion assumes that Parent is not so treated.

    The Spin-Off

A U.S. Holder that receives Convertible Notes is expected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution from Parent. The tax consequences of the distribution depend on whether the Spin-Off satisfies the conditions for tax-free treatment with respect to Parent's ordinary shareholders imposed by Section 355 of the Code. While this determination is ultimately based on all the relevant facts and circumstances, Parent intends to take the position, to the extent relevant for information reporting and any other U.S. tax purposes, that the Spin-Off satisfies the conditions for such tax-free treatment. However, no rulings have been or will be sought from the IRS concerning whether the Spin-Off qualifies for such tax-free treatment, and there is no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary view or that a court would not agree with the IRS if the matter were contested.

Assuming that the Spin-Off satisfies all the requirements for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, a U.S. Holder should not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the receipt of the Convertible Notes or the compulsory conversion of such Convertible Notes into our ordinary shares. In such a case, a U.S. Holder must allocate its adjusted tax basis in its Parent ordinary shares over its existing Parent ordinary shares and our ordinary shares received upon conversion of the Convertible Notes in proportion to their respective fair market values on the Closing Date, and a U.S. Holder's holding period in our ordinary shares that it receives upon conversion of the Convertible Notes will include such U.S. Holder's holding period in its Parent ordinary shares.

A U.S. Holder that receives cash in lieu of a fractional entitlement to Convertible Notes in the Spin-Off should be treated as receiving a fractional amount of our ordinary shares in the Spin-Off (taxed in the manner described above) and then selling the fractional amount of our ordinary share for the amount of cash received.

U.S. Treasury Regulations require certain shareholders that receive stock in a distribution to attach to their U.S. federal income tax return for the year in which the distribution occurs a detailed statement setting forth certain information relating to the tax-free nature of the distribution.

In the event that the Spin-Off does not qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, a U.S. Holder receiving ordinary shares in the Spin-Off should be treated as receiving a taxable dividend distribution to the extent of such U.S. Holder's share of Parent's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax purposes), in an amount equal to the fair market value of the ordinary shares (in U.S. dollars) received on the date of the distribution. Since Parent does not intend to compute (or to provide U.S. Holders with information necessary to compute) earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should generally expect to treat the entire distribution as a taxable dividend. Under these circumstances, a U.S. Holder's basis in the ordinary shares received in the Spin-Off should be the fair market value of such ordinary shares, and a U.S. Holder's holding period for such ordinary shares should begin on the date of the distribution.

U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Spin-Off, including the potential treatment of the Spin-Off under Section 355 of the Code, the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional entitlements and any U.S. federal income tax reporting requirements that may apply to such U.S. Holders.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to a PFIC, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our ordinary shares generally will constitute dividends, which will be taxable as ordinary income or "qualified dividend income" as described in more detail below, to the extent of our

136


Table of Contents

current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. We do not intend to compute (or to provide U.S. Holders with information necessary to compute) earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Accordingly, U.S. Holders generally should expect to treat all distributions on the ordinary shares as taxable dividends. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us. Dividends received with respect to the ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income and generally will be treated as "passive category income" for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Dividends received with respect to our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate, or a non-corporate U.S. Holder, generally will be treated as "qualified dividend income" that is taxable to such non-corporate U.S. Holder at preferential long-term capital gain tax rates, provided that: (i) our ordinary shares are traded on an "established securities market" in the United States (such as the NASDAQ, where our ordinary shares are traded) and are "readily tradeable" on such an exchange; (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below); (iii) the non-corporate U.S. Holder has owned the ordinary shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the ordinary shares become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such ordinary shares); and (iv) the non-corporate U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. It is not currently known whether our ordinary shares will be considered "readily tradeable" on the NASDAQ for purposes of these rules. If a dividend is treated as qualified dividend income, the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation generally will be reduced to appropriately take into account the tax rate differential between the reduced rate of tax applicable to qualified dividend income and the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. Any dividends paid on our ordinary shares that are not treated as qualified dividend income will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate U.S. Holder. In addition, a 3.8% tax may apply to certain investment income. See "Medicare Tax" below.

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our ordinary shares that are treated as "extraordinary dividends." In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to an ordinary share that is equal to or in excess of 10% of a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the U.S. Holder's election) in such ordinary share. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis (or fair market value) in an ordinary share. If we pay an "extraordinary dividend" on our ordinary shares that is treated as "qualified dividend income," then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

    Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in the ordinary shares generally will be the U.S. Holder's purchase price for the ordinary shares (except in the case of ordinary shares received upon the compulsory conversion of the Convertible Notes, in which case the tax basis of such ordinary shares will be determined in the manner discussed under "The Spin-Off" above). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition.

A corporate U.S. Holder's capital gains, long-term and short-term, are taxed at ordinary income tax rates. If a corporate U.S. Holder recognizes a loss upon the disposition of our ordinary shares, such U.S. Holder is limited to using the loss to offset other capital gain. If a corporate U.S. Holder has no other capital gain in the tax year of the loss, it may carry the capital loss back three years and forward five years.

Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders are subject to the favorable tax rate of a maximum of 20%. In addition, a 3.8% tax may apply to certain investment income. See "Medicare Tax" below. A non-corporate U.S. Holder may deduct a capital loss resulting from a disposition of our ordinary shares to the extent of capital gains plus up to $3,000 ($1,500 for married individuals filing separate tax returns) annually and may carry forward a capital loss indefinitely.

137


Table of Contents

    PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the holder holds our ordinary shares, either:

    at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

    at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by us (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute "passive income" unless we were treated as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules. The PFIC provisions contain a look-through rule under which we will be treated as earning directly our proportionate share of any income, and owning directly our proportionate share of any assets, of another corporation if we own at least 25% of the value of the stock of such other corporation.

Based on our current and projected, income, assets and methods of operations, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to our taxable year following the completion of the Spin-Off (as described in "Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences") and we expect that we should not become a PFIC for the foreseeable future. In this regard, we believe that the income we receive from time and voyage chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Consequently, we believe that such income should not constitute passive income and the assets engaged in generating such income should not be treated as passive assets and, so long as our income from time and voyage charters exceeds 25% of our gross income for each taxable year after our initial taxable year and the value of our vessels contracted under time and voyage charters exceeds 50% of the average value of our assets for each taxable year after our initial taxable year, we should not be a PFIC.

We expect that substantially all of the vessels in our fleet will be engaged in time or voyage chartering activities and intend to treat our income from those activities as non-passive income, and the vessels engaged in those activities as non-passive assets, for PFIC purposes. We believe that there is a significant amount of legal authority consisting of the Code, legislative history, IRS pronouncements and administrative rulings supporting our position that the income from time and voyage chartering activities constitutes services income (rather than rental income). There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing whether income from time chartering activities is services income or rental income. Moreover, in a case not interpreting the PFIC rules, Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that the vessel time charters at issue generated predominantly rental income rather than services income. However, the IRS stated in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-001) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS's AOD, however, is an administrative action that cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers.

The determination of whether we are a PFIC in any taxable year is fact specific and will depend upon the portion of our assets (including goodwill) and income that are characterized as passive under the PFIC rules and other factors, some of which may be beyond our control. In particular, because the total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test described above will generally be calculated using the market price of our ordinary shares, our PFIC status may depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash generated by our business operations and any net proceeds that we receive from any future financing or capital transactions. The PFIC determination also depends on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose, and these rules are uncertain in some respects. Further, the PFIC determination is made annually and our circumstances or the nature of our operations may change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, and no ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been issued or has been or will be sought with respect to our potential status as a PFIC.

138


Table of Contents

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder generally would be subject to special tax rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to any "excess distribution" the U.S. Holder receives on, and any gain the U.S. Holder realizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of, our ordinary shares, unless a "mark-to-market" election is available and a U.S. Holder makes such election with respect to the ordinary shares, as discussed below. In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax return for each year to report the U.S. Holder's ownership of such ordinary shares. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8621, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. In the event a U.S. Holder does not file IRS Form 8621, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such U.S. Holder for the related tax year will not close before the date which is three years after the date on which such report is filed. A U.S. Holder would not be able to make a "qualified electing fund" election as we do not expect to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make "qualified electing fund" elections.

    Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a "Mark-to-Market" Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and our ordinary shares were treated as "marketable stock" for purposes of these rules, then a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to our ordinary shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder's ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder's tax basis in the U.S. Holder's ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. A mark-to-market election would not apply to our ordinary shares owned by a U.S. Holder in any taxable year during which we are not a PFIC, but would remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year for which we are a PFIC, unless our ordinary shares are no longer treated as "marketable stock" or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

A "mark-to-market" election may itself have negative tax consequences to a U.S. Holder and would not mitigate any negative tax consequences with respect to PFICs directly or indirectly owned by us. In addition, even if a U.S. Holder makes a "mark-to-market" election for one of our taxable years, if we were a PFIC for a prior taxable during which the U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares and for which the U.S. Holder did not make a timely mark-to-market election, the U.S. Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described below under "Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election." U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisers regarding the availability and advisability making a mark-to-market election with respect to the ordinary shares.

    Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make a timely "mark-to-market" election for that year (i.e., the taxable year in which the U.S. Holder's holding period commences), whom we refer to as a "Non-Electing Holder," would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our ordinary shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder's holding period for the ordinary shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares. Under these special rules:

    the excess distribution and any gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder's aggregate holding period for the ordinary shares;

139


Table of Contents

    the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

    the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

In addition, a U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount of any shares that we own, directly or indirectly by application of certain attribution rules, in other PFICs (including any of our subsidiaries, if they are PFICs) and would be subject to the PFIC rules on a separate basis with respect to its indirect interests in any such PFICs. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our ordinary shares, such holder's successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such ordinary shares.

    Medicare Tax

A U.S. Holder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. Holder's "net investment income" for a taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. Holder's modified adjusted gross income for such taxable year over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of joint filers). For these purposes, "net investment income" will generally include dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares and net gain attributable to the disposition of our ordinary shares not held in connection with certain trades or businesses, but will be reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such income or net gain.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our ordinary shares (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is a "Non-U.S. Holder."

    Distributions

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. trade or business (and a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. federal branch profits tax). However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder who is engaged in a trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

    Disposition of Ordinary Shares

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our ordinary shares provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of ordinary shares is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our ordinary shares if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those ordinary shares are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding, if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

    fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

140


Table of Contents

    is notified by the IRS that he has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

    in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A U.S. Holder generally is required to certify its compliance with the backup withholding rules on IRS Form W-9.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against his liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

Individual U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, certain individual Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. Holders that are entities) that hold "specified foreign financial assets," including our ordinary shares, whose aggregate value exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher amounts as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations) are required to file a report on IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the assets for each such taxable year. Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other things, our ordinary shares, unless such ordinary shares are held in an account maintained by a U.S. "financial institution" (as defined). Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, an individual Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations.

South African Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the principal South African income tax considerations generally applicable to the Spin-Off. This summary is based on the current provisions of the Income Tax Act, and the prevailing practice adopted by the South African Revenue Service, or SARS, published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary does not consider legislative proposals to amend the Income Tax Act.

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be legal or tax advice to any particular shareholder. This summary is not exhaustive of all South African income tax considerations. Accordingly, shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences under the tax laws of the country of which they are resident or otherwise subject to tax of participating in the Parent Distribution.

As used in this registration statement, the term "SA Corporate" means a person in section 64F(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act being "a company which is a resident" for tax purposes in South Africa.

As used in this registration statement, the term "Regulated Intermediary" means a regulated intermediary as contemplated in section 64D of the Income Tax Act.

As used in this registration statement, the term "Qualifying SA Corporate(s)" means:

    a dematerialised shareholder in respect of whom the relevant CSDP (as defined below), Broker or other Regulated Intermediary has, by no later than 12h00 on the Closing Date, informed the Transfer Secretaries that such dematerialised shareholder has submitted to it the prescribed documentation contemplated in section 64FA(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act on which it has indicated that it is a SA Corporate; or

    a certificated shareholder which has, by no later than noon on the Closing Date, submitted to Grindrod the prescribed documentation contemplated in section 64FA(1)(a) of the Income Tax Act on which it has indicated that it is a SA Corporate.

As used in this registration statement, the term "CSDP" means a Central Securities Depository Participant, being a "participant" as defined in section 1 of the Financial Markets Act, No. 19 of 2012, as amended or FMA, duly authorised by a central securities depository in terms of the depository rules

141


Table of Contents

pursuant to section 31 of the FMA. The term "Broker" means any person registered as a "broker member equities" in terms of the rules of the JSE in accordance with the provisions of the FMA.

    Parent

    Grindrod Shipping Business Disposal

Parent will receive Convertible Notes as consideration (i.e. proceeds) for the disposal of all the ordinary shares in GSPL. Parent will disregard any capital loss or capital gain on the disposal of the GSPL shares as it will meet the requirements of the participation exemption for the disposal of shares in foreign companies (Paragraph 64B of the Eighth Schedule to the Income Tax Act).

Parent will receive Convertible Notes as consideration (i.e. proceeds) for the disposal of all the ordinary shares in GSSA. A capital loss will be derived by Parent on disposal of the equity shares in GSSA as the base cost will exceed the proceeds (i.e. the Convertible Notes in respect of the GSSA ordinary shares) and Parent will include the capital loss in determining its aggregate capital loss for that year of assessment.

    Parent Distribution

Parent will be deemed to have disposed of the Convertible Notes for proceeds equal to the market value thereof (i.e. the face value) and this value will also be the base cost of the Convertible Notes. Therefore the proceeds will be equivalent to the base cost and Parent will not derive a capital gain or loss on the distribution of the convertible notes to Parent ordinary shareholders.

Parent will distribute the Convertible Notes as a dividend in specie to Qualifying SA Corporates and as a return of capital to all other ordinary shareholders (i.e. South African tax resident individuals and trusts as well as all non-South African tax resident Ordinary Shareholders). Parent will therefore not be liable for any dividends tax on the distribution to the Qualifying SA Corporates.

There are no South African securities transfer tax implications on the distribution of the Convertible Notes, as they will not be a " security " as defined in the relevant South African legislation.

As used in this registration statement, the term "SA Tax Resident Shareholder" means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is a "resident" as defined in terms of South African Income Tax Act, No. 58 of 1962 which we refer to as the "South African Income Tax Act".

Consequently, the term "Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholder" means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that does not meet the requirements to be a "resident" as defined in terms of the South African Income Tax Act.

The tax treatment for the distribution of the Convertible Notes by Parent for each category of ordinary shareholder is set out below:

    SA Tax Resident Shareholders

SA Tax Resident Shareholders will initially be reflected in the South African administrative depository register.

SA Tax Resident Shareholders who choose to reposition their interest into an account with a U.S. broker-dealer will need to ensure they have sufficient single discretionary allowance in respect of individuals and trusts or foreign direct investment allowance for SA Corporates.

After the consummation of the Spin-Off, South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by Grindrod Shipping to SA Tax Resident Shareholders holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares listed on the JSE, subject to any applicable exemptions that may apply.

No South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by Grindrod Shipping to SA Tax Resident Shareholders holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares held through an account with a U.S. broker-dealer (as they are not ordinary shares listed on the JSE).

SA Tax Resident Shareholders that dispose of their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be subject to either income tax (in the case of share dealers) or capital gains tax (in the case of capital investors).

A controlled foreign company, or CFC, is a non-South African company in which more than 50% of the participation rights/voting rights are held/exercisable by SA Tax Residents who are not headquarter companies. The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be held more than 50% by SA Tax Resident

142


Table of Contents

Shareholders, who will each hold at least 5% of the listed Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, and thus Grindrod Shipping will be a CFC after conversion of the Convertible Notes to Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares. Any non-South African subsidiaries of Grindrod Shipping in which it can exercise more than 50% of the voting rights will also be CFCs. Certain profits of CFCs are included in the taxable income of SA Tax Resident Shareholders.

SA Tax Resident Shareholders who, together with connected persons, will acquire more than 10% of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are advised to obtain tax advice regarding whether they will have a South African tax exposure as a result of Grindrod Shipping being a CFC forming part of the same group of companies as the receiving CFC.

Profits of a CFC will be exempted from imputation (i.e. not included in net income):

    where the CFC is "highly taxed" (simplistically stated, taxed at a rate of 21% or more). The corporate income tax rate in Singapore is 17% therefore the "highly taxed" exemption will likely not apply to Grindrod Shipping;

    amounts attributable to a foreign business establishment ("FBE") of a CFC (which includes a vessel used solely outside South Africa for purposes of transportation operated directly by the CFC, or by any other company that has the same country of residence as, and that forms part of the same group of companies as, that CFC and a ship engaged in international traffic used mainly outside South Africa);

    any interest, royalties, rental or income of a similar nature paid or payable or deemed to be paid or payable to it (Grindrod Shipping) by any other CFC (i.e. GSPL);

    amounts subject to South African withholding tax; or

    income that is taxable in South Africa as South African sourced income.

    Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders

Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders, for purposes of the Income Tax Act will acquire their Convertible Notes from the Parent distribution as a return of capital and obtain a base cost equivalent to the market value of the distributed Convertible Notes on the Closing Date.

Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders for purposes of the Income Tax Act will acquire their Convertible Notes from the Parent distribution as a return of capital and must reduce the expenditure on their ordinary shares by the market value of the Convertible Notes on the Closing Date. Any excess amount will not be treated as a capital gain as it does not relate to an asset subject to South African capital gains tax provided the return of capital is not attributable to a permanent establishment of the Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholder in South Africa.

Under current law, no South African withholding tax will be levied on the receipt of the Convertible Notes as a return of capital from the Parent distribution by a Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholder.

On the basis that the conversion of the Convertible Notes to ordinary shares is a term of the issuance of the convertible notes, in terms of SARS practice and the Income Tax Act, there is no disposal on conversion of the Convertible Notes to Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, and consequently, there is no capital gain or loss derived by the Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholder.

Accordingly, Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders will after conversion of the Convertible Notes to Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares obtain a base cost in the ordinary shares equivalent to the market value of the distributed Convertible Notes on the Closing Date.

Following the Spin-Off, no South African dividends tax at 20% will be withheld on any foreign cash dividends declared and paid by Grindrod Shipping to Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register as a specific exemption is applicable in terms of the Income Tax Act.

Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders that dispose of their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares held through an account with a U.S. broker-dealer (as they are not ordinary shares listed on the JSE) will not be subject to capital gains tax (in the case of capital investors) provided that the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are not attributable to a permanent establishment of the Non-SA Tax Resident Ordinary Shareholder in South Africa.

143


Table of Contents

Where the Non-SA Tax Resident Shareholders are share dealers no income tax will be payable on disposal of their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares held through an account with a U.S. broker-dealer (as they are not ordinary shares listed on the JSE) as the income will not be from a South African source.

Singapore Tax Considerations

    Dividends or Other Distributions with Respect to Ordinary Shares

Under the one-tier corporate tax system which currently applies to all Singapore tax resident companies, tax on corporate profits is final, and dividends paid by a Singapore tax resident company will be income tax exempt in the hands of a shareholder, whether or not the shareholder is a company or an individual and whether or not the shareholder is a Singapore tax resident.

    Capital Gains upon Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Under current Singapore tax laws, there is no tax on capital gains. There are no specific laws or regulations which deal with the characterization of whether a gain is income or capital in nature. Gains arising from the disposal of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares may be construed to be of an income nature and subject to Singapore income tax, if they arise from activities which the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore regards as the carrying on of a trade or business in Singapore. However, under Singapore tax laws, any gains derived by a divesting company from its disposal of ordinary shares in an investee company between June 1, 2012 and May 31, 2022 are generally not taxable if immediately prior to the date of the relevant disposal, the investing company has held at least 20% of the ordinary shares in the investee company for a period of at least 24 months.

    Goods and Services Tax

The issue or transfer of ownership of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares should be exempt from Singapore Goods and Services Tax. Hence, the holders would not incur any Goods and Services Tax on the subscription or subsequent transfer of the shares.

    Stamp Duty

If Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares evidenced in certificated forms are acquired in Singapore, stamp duty is payable on the instrument of their transfer at the rate of 0.2% of the consideration for or market value of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares, whichever is higher.

Where an instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore or no instrument of transfer is executed, no stamp duty is payable on the acquisition of Grindrod Shipping's ordinary shares. However, stamp duty may be payable if the instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore and is received in Singapore. The stamp duty is borne by the purchaser unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

On the basis that any transfer instrument in respect of Grindrod Shipping's shares traded on the NASDAQ or the JSE are executed outside Singapore through Grindrod Shipping's transfer agent and share registrar in the United States for registration in Grindrod Shipping's branch register of members maintained in the United States (without any transfer instrument being received in Singapore), no stamp duty should be payable in Singapore on such transfers.

    Tax Treaties Regarding Withholding Taxes

There is no comprehensive avoidance of double taxation agreement between the United States and Singapore which applies to withholding taxes on dividends or capital gains.

Dividends and Paying Agents

The paying agents for shareholders who have ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register are expected to be Strate. The paying agent for shareholders holding ordinary shares through an account with a U.S. broker-dealer is expected to be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Statement by Experts

The combined financial statements of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty. Ltd., as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, included in this registration

144


Table of Contents

statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such combined financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statement of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. as of November 2, 2017, included in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Documents on Display

Grindrod Shipping will file annual and special reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. You may read and copy any reports or other information on file at the SEC's public reference room at the following location:

100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. Grindrod Shipping's SEC filings may also be obtained electronically via the EDGAR system on the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

The above information and certain other documents may be obtained at the registered office of Grindrod Shipping and will be accessible at www.grinshipping.com.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

145


Table of Contents

ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Spot Market Rate Risk

We currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover and we are therefore exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot market charter rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity.

Interest Rate Risk

Borrowings under our credit facilities generally bear interest at rates based on a premium over LIBOR (and to a limited extent, TIBOR). Therefore, we are exposed to the risk that our interest expense may increase if interest rates rise. We currently do not have any interest rate swaps in place. We may, in the future use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our variable-rate debt and are not for speculative or trading purposes.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we paid interest on our outstanding debt at a weighted average interest rate of 3.8%, 3.1% and 2.7%, respectively. A 0.5% increase or decrease in LIBOR would have increased or decreased our interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, by $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and expenses are in U.S. dollars. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date and the relevant payment is translated on the payment date, with the difference being reported in the income statement as an exchange gain or loss. In addition a part of our debt obligations were, but no longer are, denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, being the Japanese Yen. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currency are translated into the functional currency for the preparation of the balance sheet at the exchange rate prevailing on the balance sheet date. Differences in exchange rates between balance sheet dates may lead to gains or losses being reported in the income statement. Extraordinary transactions and the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiary whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing our consolidated accounts, may follow different translation procedures. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations.

There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.

If the relevant foreign currency strengthens by 10% against our functional currency, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 
  Impact on
profit or loss
 
(in millions)
  2017   2016   2015  

South African rands

  $ (1.9 ) $ 2.3   $ 0.2  

Japanese yen

    1.1     1.1     1.1  

Freight Derivatives Risk

From time to time, we may take positions in freight derivatives, mainly FFAs. Generally freight derivatives may be used to hedge exposure to charter rate market risk through the purchase or sale of specified time charter rates for forward positions. Settlement of FFA is in cash, against a daily market index published by the Baltic Exchange. By taking positions in FFAs or other derivative instruments we could suffer losses in the settling or termination of these agreements.

146


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had seven, four and six FFAs outstanding, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a net loss on FFAs of $0.1 million in our combined financial statements, which resulted from fair value loss. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a net loss on FFAs of $0.4 million in our combined financial statements, which resulted from fair value loss. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a net gain of $0.3 million in our combined financial statements, which resulted from fair value gain.

Bunker Price Risk

Our operating results are affected by movement in the price of fuel oil consumed by the vessels—known in the industry as bunkers. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply of and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce our profitability. We do hedge some of our exposure to bunker price risk.

A 10% increase or decrease in the bunker price, would result in a decrease or increase of the hedging reserve for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, by $0.1, $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of trade accounts receivable and bank balances. We closely monitor our exposure to customers for credit risk. We have policies in place to ensure that we trade with customers with an appropriate credit history. We do not take out credit default insurance.

Our maximum exposure to credit risk in the event that counterparties fail to perform their obligations as at the end of each financial year in relation to each class of recognized financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in our statement of financial position.

Inflation

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to direct expenses in the current and foreseeable economic environment.

147


Table of Contents

ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Debt Securities

Not applicable.

Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

Other Securities

Not applicable.

American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

148


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13.    DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14.    MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16A.    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16B.    CODE OF ETHICS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16C.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16D.    EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E.    PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

None.

ITEM 16F.    CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

None.

ITEM 16G.    CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Not applicable.

ITEM 16H.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

149


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Grindrod Shipping has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

ITEM 18.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Historical Combined Financial Statements

See pages F-1 to F-81 for the financial statements of Grindrod Shipping filed as part of this registration statement.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

As described above, Parent will sell all of the shares it holds in GSPL and GSSA to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., ("we" or "Grindrod Shipping") a newly formed entity created to hold Parent's shipping business. On November 2, 2017, Grindrod Shipping was incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore. With effect from April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

The combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA, included elsewhere, have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from combining the financial statements of GSPL and GSSA, which we will acquire immediately prior to the Spin-Off, and their respective underlying accounting records. In addition, the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA include components of Parent's shipping business—OACL and Unicorn Bunker, both previously owned by GSSA, which were disposed to other Parent subsidiaries effective January 1, 2018. Such businesses will not be part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018. The Spin-Off and disposal of OACL and Unicorn Bunker are referred to as the "Pro Forma Transactions".

The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of profit or loss has been adjusted to give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as if they had occurred or became effective as of January 1, 2017. The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of financial position has been adjusted to give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as though the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or become effective as of December 31, 2017.

The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information included in this registration statement have been derived from the historical combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA, including the audited combined statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the audited combined statement of financial position as of December 31, 2017, which are included elsewhere in this registration statement. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information do not purport to represent what our financial position and results of operations would have been had the Spin-Off occurred on the dates indicated or to project our financial performance for any future period. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed financial information is provided for illustrative and informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition as a separate, stand-alone public company. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable, but actual results may differ from the pro forma adjustments.

The assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read together with the unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements.

150


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS
For the financial year ended December 31, 2017

 
  Combined
Historical
of GSPL
and GSSA
  Adjustment
for disposal
of OACL
  Adjustment
for disposal
of Unicorn
Bunker
  Pro Forma  

US$'000

                         

Revenue

    409,522     (45,935) (2)   (9,004) (5)   354,583  

Cost of sales

    (387,408 )   34,279 (2)   4,967 (5)   (348,741 )

Gross profit (loss)

    22,114     (11,656 )   (4,037 )   5,842  

Other operating income

    4,696     (257) (2)   (1,352) (5)   3,087  

Administrative expenses

    (32,868 )   6,807 (2)   789 (5)   (24,693 )

Other operating expenses

    (39,198 )   296 (2)   521 (5)   (38,381 )

Share of loss of joint ventures

    (12,946 )   (2)   (5)   (12,946 )

Interest income

    7,164     (1,545) (2)   (356) (5)   5,263  

Interest expense

    (6,548 )   1 (2)   380 (5)   (6,167 )

Loss before taxation

    (57,586 )   (6,354 )   (4,055 )   (67,995 )

Taxation

    (3,226 )   1,854 (2)   1,689 (5)   (317 )

Loss for the period

    (60,812 )   (4,500 )   (2,366 )   (68,312 )

151


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at December 31, 2017

US$'000
  Grindrod
Shipping
Holdings
Pte. Ltd.
  Historical
combined
GSPL and
GSSA
  Adjustments
for disposal
of OACL
  Adjustments
for disposal
of Unicorn
Bunker
  Pro Forma  

ASSETS

                               

Current assets

                               

Cash and bank balances

    *     46,522     20,985 (3)   15,494 (6)   69,666  

                (8,878) (3)   (1,229) (8)      

                      (3,228) (6)      

Trade receivables

        13,399             13,399  

Other receivables and prepayments

        17,187             17,187  

Due from related parties

        26,998             26,998  

Loans to joint ventures

        18,180             18,180  

Derivative financial instruments

        123             123  

Inventories

        9,078             9,078  

Current tax assets

        761             761  

    *     132,248     12,107     11,037     155,392  

Assets classified as held for sale

        54,954     (30,050) (3)   (24,904) (5)    

Total current assets

          187,202     (17,943 )   (13,867 )   155,392  

Non-current assets

                               

Other receivables and prepayments

        72             72  

Loans to joint ventures

        7,301             7,301  

Ships, property, plant and equipment

        238,592             238,592  

Interest in joint ventures

        64,296             64,296  

Intangible assets

        61             61  

Goodwill

        8,419             8,419  

Deferred tax assets

        1,179             1,179  

Total non-current assets

        319,920             319,920  

Total assets

    *     507,122     (17,943 )   (13,867 )   475,312  

*
Less than $1,000

152


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at December 31, 2017

 
  Grindrod
Shipping
Holdings
Pte. Ltd.
  Historical
combined
GSPL and
GSSA
  Adjustments
for disposal
of OACL
  Adjustments
for disposal
of Unicorn
Bunker
  Pro Forma  

US$'000

                               

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

                               

Current liabilities

                               

Bank loans

        87,964             87,964  

Trade and other payables

        28,354             28,354  

Provision for onerous contract

        1,270             1,270  

Due to related parties

        16,930     (8,878) (3)   (3,228) (6)   4,824  

Derivative financial instruments

        138             138  

Bank overdraft

        4,028             4,028  

Income tax payable

        3,551             3,551  

        142,235     (8,878 )   (3,228 )   130,129  

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

        21,014     (9,065) (3)   (11,949) (5)    

Total current liabilities

        163,249     (17,943 )   (15,177 )   130,129  

Non-current liabilities

                               

Bank loans

        20,790             20,790  

Deferred tax liabilities

                     

Retirement benefit obligations

        2,180             2,180  

Trade and other payables

        1,167             1,167  

Total non-current liabilities

        24,137             24,137  

Capital and reserves

                               

Share capital and premium

    *     474,101             474,101  

Share option reserve

        (932 )           (932 )

Hedging reserve

        (15 )           (15 )

Translation reserve

        5,773         (1,063) (8)   4,710  

Non-distributable reserve

        (20,069 )   16,828 (4)   3,526 (8)   285  

Accumulated losses

        (139,122 )   (16,828) (4)   2,539 (6)   (157,103 )

                      1,063 (8)      

                      (3,526) (8)      

                      (1,229) (7)      

Total equity

    *     319,736         1,310     321,046  

Total equity and liabilities

    *     507,122     (17,943 )   (13,867 )   475,312  

*
—less than US$1,000

153


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
For the year ended December 31, 2017

Basis of presentation

1)
Our unaudited pro forma condensed financial information has been prepared to reflect adjustments to our historical annual combined financial statements that are (1) directly attributable to the Pro Forma Transactions; (2) factually supportable; and (3) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations.

Adjustments for disposal of OACL

2)
OACL was set up as a division within GSSA in 2014. On January 1, 2018, GSSA entered into an agreement with Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited to sell OACL for a cash consideration of $20.9 million (R260 million). As such, the business will not form part of the results following the disposal. The results of this division are included in historical annual combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA. In this entry, the historical operating results of OACL for the financial year 2017 has been removed.

3)
OACL was sold for $20.9 million. Assets of $30.0 million classified as held for sale and associated liabilities of $9.1 million have been removed as at December 31, 2017 being the assumed disposal date. Of the $20.9 million to be received as proceeds of the disposal, $8.9 million will be repaid to Parent as settlement of the balance due to Parent.

4)
Due to restructuring of OACL in 2014, a non-distributable reserve of $16.8 million was previously recorded in the combined historical financial statements of GSPL and GSSA. Following the disposal, the non-distributable reserve would be reclassified to accumulated losses.

Adjustments for disposal of Unicorn Bunker

5)
On January 1, 2018, GSSA entered into an agreement with Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited to sell Unicorn Bunker for a cash consideration of $15.5 million (R192 million). As such, the business will not form part of the results following the disposal. The results of this subsidiary are included in the historical annual combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA. In this entry, the operating results of Unicorn Bunker for the financial year 2017 has been removed.

6)
Unicorn Bunker was sold for $15.5 million. Assets of $24.9 million classified as held for sale and associated liabilities of $11.9 million have been removed as at December 31, 2017 being the assumed disposal date and a gain of $2.5 million has been taken to retained earnings. Of the $15.5 million to be received as proceeds of the disposal, $12.3 million (ZAR152 million) would remain as an interest-free loan to Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited till Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited sells Unicorn Bunker to a third party and the remaining $3.2 million (R40 million) would be settled through balance due from Unicorn Bunker to GSSA.

7)
We expect to incur capital gain tax of $ 1.2 million computed based on the South African Corporate Gain Tax rate of 80% of 28% (calculated as 22.4%) of $5.5 million being taxable profit generated from the sale (assumed to be on December 31, 2017) for purpose of this pro forma.

8)
Due to restructuring of Unicorn Bunker in 2014, a non-distributable reserve of $3.5 million was previously recorded in the combined historical financial statements of GSPL and GSSA. Following the disposal, the non-distributable reserve would be reclassified to retained earnings. Similarly, translation reserve of $1.0 million relating to Unicorn Bunker would also be reclassified to accumulated losses on disposal.

Transitional service agreements

9)
On April 24, 2018 and April 23, 2018, respectively, each of GSPL and GSSA entered into a transitional service agreement with the Parent in connection with the Spin-Off under which the Parent will continue to provide to us, among other things, internal audit, corporate secretarial services, information technology and such other financial and management services until the termination date of December 31, 2019, and related licensing agreement in respect of the use of certain intellectual property of Parent. We expect to incur $52,258 per month for the year 2018 and $37,353 per month for the year 2019 under the transitional service agreements. This cost has not been included in the pro forma statement of profit or loss as it is not recurring and will be included in the statement of profit or loss within approximately 18 months following the Spin-Off.

154


Table of Contents

ITEM 19.    EXHIBITS

The following instruments and documents are included as Exhibits to this registration statement.

No.   Exhibit
  1.1   Constitution of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

2.1†

 

Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. in respect of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd dated March 23, 2018

 

2.2†

 

Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. in respect of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. dated March 23, 2018

 

2.3†

 

Implementation Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. dated March 23, 2018

 

2.4

 

Form of Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate (Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.)

 

4.1(a)

 

Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Limited dated April 23, 2018

 

4.1(b)

 

Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Limited dated April 24, 2018

 

4.2†

 

Form of 2018 Forfeitable Share Plan

 

4.3(a)†

 

Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.À.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated December 11, 2013

 

4.3(b)†

 

First Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated February 4, 2015

 

4.3(c)†

 

Second Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated January 20, 2016

 

4.3(d)†

 

Third Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated April 1, 2016

 

4.3(e)†

 

Fourth Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated April 25, 2016

 

4.3(f)†

 

Fifth Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated July 6, 2016

 

4.3(g)†

 

Sixth Amendment to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated October 31, 2016

 

4.4(a)†

 

Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated April 2, 2012

 

4.4(b)†

 

Addendum to Shareholders' Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated December 2012

 

4.5†

 

Loan Agreement, dated August 26, 2010, between Island View Shipping International Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) and the banks and financial institutions named therein

 

4.6†

 

Supplemental Agreement dated December 13, 2011 to the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) and the banks and financial institutions named therein

155


Table of Contents

No.   Exhibit
  4.7†   Consent and Amendment Letter dated November 30, 2012, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010

 

4.8†

 

Supplemental Agreement No. 2 dated May 31, 2016 to the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch)

 

4.9†

 

Third Amendment Letter dated February 10, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010

 

4.10†

 

Fourth Amendment Letter dated August 31, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010

 

4.11†

 

Loan Agreement, dated July 7, 2011, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch, DVB Group Merchant Bank (Asia) Limited, BNP Paribas, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions named therein

 

4.12†

 

Supplemental Letter dated August 20, 2013 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011

 

4.13†

 

Supplemental Letter dated August 27, 2015 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011

 

4.14†

 

Supplemental Letter dated January 12, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011

 

4.15†

 

$21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

 

4.16†

 

Letter, dated December 11, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in connection with the $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 30, 2017

 

4.17†

 

Letter, dated March 27, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in connection with the $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 30, 2017

 

4.18†

 

$27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE

 

4.19†

 

Form of Non-Executive Director Appointment Letter

156


Table of Contents

No.   Exhibit
  4.20   $100 million Facility Agreement dated May 8, 2018, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions named therein.

 

8.1

 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant

 

15.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche for Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

15.2

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche for Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd.

 

15.3†

 

Shareholder Circular of Grindrod Limited, preliminary and subject to completion, submitted to the JSE on April 26, 2018

Previously filed.

157


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this registration statement on its behalf.

  GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

/s/ MARTYN WADE


  Name   Martyn Wade

  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

  Date:   June 5, 2018

158


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page  

Audited Financial Statement of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (formerly known as Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.)

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-2
 

Statement of Financial Position as at November 2, 2017

   
F-3
 

Notes to the Statement of Financial Position

   
F-4
 

Audited Combined Financial Statements of GSPL and GSSA

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-5
 

Combined Statements of Financial Position as at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

   
F-6
 

Combined Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

   
F-7
 

Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

   
F-8
 

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

   
F-9
 

Notes to Financial Statements

   
F-11
 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS PTE. LTD.)

We have audited the accompanying statement of financial position of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (formerly known as Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd.) (the "Company") as of 2 November 2017, the incorporation date of the Company. The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such statement of financial position presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 2 November 2017 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Singapore

9 January 2018

F-2


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS PTE. LTD.)

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at of November 2, 2017

Amount in US$

 
   
 

Assets:

       

Current Assets

       

Other receivables

  $ 1  

Total Assets

    1  

Equity:

       

Share Capital and Reserves

       

Share Capital

  $ 1  

Total Equity

    1  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statement.

F-3


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDING PTE. LTD.)

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENT

1 GENERAL

Organisation and principal activities

In anticipation of an initial listing in the United States, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore on 2 November 2017 as the holding company for the shipping business to be spun off by Grindrod Limited. The Company has no operations.

2 SHARE CAPITAL

As of the incorporation date, 2 November 2017, the total issued share capital of the Company is US$1 consisting of 1 ordinary share. The share is fully paid, which has no par value, carries one vote per share and a right to dividends as and when declared by the Company.

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined statements of financial position of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and subsidiaries and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and subsidiaries (the "Group") as of 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015, the related combined statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, combined statements of changes in equity and combined statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2017 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material aspects, the financial position of the Group as of 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2017, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Singapore

23 March 2018
We have served as the Group's auditor since 2015.

F-5


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 31 December

 
  Notes   2017   2016   2015  
 
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

ASSETS

                         

Current assets

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash and bank balances

    6     46,522     67,711     75,485  

Trade receivables

    7     13,399     18,844     25,854  

Other receivables and prepayments

    8     17,187     22,524     21,661  

Due from related parties

    9     26,998     39,582     10,167  

Loans to joint ventures

    10     18,180     15     2,639  

Derivative financial instruments

    11     123     225     300  

Inventories

    12     9,078     11,617     8,463  

Current tax asset

          761     305      

          132,248     160,823     144,569  

Assets classified as held for sale

    39     54,954          

Total current assets

          187,202     160,823     144,569  

Non-current assets

                         

Other receivables and prepayments

    8     72     168      

Loans to joint ventures

    10     7,301     35,315     31,920  

Ships, property, plant and equipment

    13     238,592     303,897     319,425  

Interest in joint ventures

    15     64,296     66,575     61,145  

Intangible assets

    16     61     6,590     6,028  

Goodwill

    17     8,419     16,022     14,435  

Deferred tax assets

    40     1,179     764     1,209  

Total non-current assets

          319,920     429,331     434,162  

Total assets

          507,122     590,154     578,731  

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

                         

Current liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Bank loans

    18     87,964     34,137     93,560  

Trade and other payables

    19     28,354     38,398     40,918  

Provision for onerous contract

    20     1,270     8,697     4,876  

Due to related parties

    21     16,930     18,882     20,897  

Loans from related parties

    22         37,253      

Derivative financial instruments

    11     138     450     2,964  

Bank overdrafts

    6     4,028         323  

Income tax payable

          3,551     3,842     2,829  

          142,235     141,659     166,367  

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

    39     21,014          

Total current liabilities

          163,249     141,659     166,367  

Non-current liabilities

                         

Bank loans

    18     20,790     78,408     8,112  

Deferred tax liabilities

    40         3,714     2,510  

Retirement benefit obligation

    41     2,180     2,065     1,972  

Trade and other payables

    19     1,167     1,213     687  

Total non-current liabilities

          24,137     85,400     13,281  

Capital and reserves

                         

Share capital and premium

    23     474,101     459,101     459,101  

Share option reserve

    24     (932 )   (460 )   (284 )

Hedging reserve

    25     (15 )   (225 )   (2,642 )

Translation reserve

    25     5,773     1,541     (3,600 )

Non-distributable reserve

    25     (20,069 )   (20,226 )   (20,565 )

Accumulated losses

          (139,122 )   (76,636 )   (32,927 )

Equity attributable to parent company

          319,736     363,095     399,083  

Total equity and liabilities

          507,122     590,154     578,731  

   

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year ended 31 December

 
  Notes   2017   2016   2015  
 
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Revenue

  26     409,522     371,532     434,439  

Cost of sales

  27     (387,408 )   (365,735 )   (407,577 )

Gross profit

        22,114     5,797     26,862  

Other operating income

  29     4,696     5,687     6,142  

Administrative expenses

        (32,868 )   (30,140 )   (27,670 )

Other operating expenses

  30     (39,198 )   (18,093 )   (71,829 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

  15     (12,946 )   (3,472 )   (18,748 )

Interest income

  31     7,164     5,260     3,101  

Interest expense

  32     (6,548 )   (4,899 )   (4,448 )

Loss before taxation

  33     (57,586 )   (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Income tax expense

  34     (3,226 )   (3,849 )   (3,764 )

Loss for the year

        (60,812 )   (43,709 )   (90,354 )

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

                       

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation

  41     157     339     31  

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

                       

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

        4,232     5,141     (8,905 )

Cash flow hedges

        210     2,417     4,122  

        4,442     7,558     (4,783 )

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

        4,599     7,897     (4,752 )

Total comprehensive loss for the year

        (56,213 )   (35,812 )   (95,106 )

   

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 31 December

 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Share
option
reserve
  Hedging
reserve
  Translation
reserve
  Non-
distributable
reserve
  Accumulated
profits
(losses)
  Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Balance at 1 January 2015

    417,599     19,905     (450 )   (6,764 )   5,305     (20,596 )   61,562     476,561  

Loss for the year

                            (90,354 )   (90,354 )

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of income tax

                4,122     (8,905 )   31         (4,752 )

Total comprehensive loss for the year

                4,122     (8,905 )   31     (90,354 )   (95,106 )

Issue of ordinary shares (Note 23)

    *     21,597                         21,597  

Recognition of share-based payments (Note 24)

            166                     166  

Dividends (Note 35)

                            (4,135 )   (4,135 )

Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity

        21,597     166                 (4,135 )   17,628  

Balance at 31 December 2015

    417,599     41,502     (284 )   (2,642 )   (3,600 )   (20,565 )   (32,927 )   399,083  

Loss for the year

                            (43,709 )   (43,709 )

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax

                2,417     5,141     339         7,897  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

                2,417     5,141     339     (43,709 )   (35,812 )

Recognition of share-based payments (Note 24), representing transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity

            (176 )                   (176 )

Balance at 31 December 2016

    417,599     41,502     (460 )   (225 )   1,541     (20,226 )   (76,636 )   363,095  

Loss for the year

                            (60,812 )   (60,812 )

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax

                210     4,232     157         4,599  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

                210     4,232     157     (60,812 )   (56,213 )

Issue of ordinary shares (Note 23)

    15,000                             15,000  

Recognition of share-based payments (Note 24)

            (472 )                   (472 )

Dividends (Note 35)

                            (1,674 )   (1,674 )

Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity

    15,000         (472 )               (1,674 )   12,854  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    432,599     41,502     (932 )   (15 )   5,773     (20,069 )   (139,122 )   (319,736 )

*
Amount is less than US$1,000.

   

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year ended 31 December

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Operating activities

                   

Loss before taxation

    (57,586 )   (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Adjustments for:

                   

Share of losses of joint ventures

    12,946     3,472     18,748  

Gain on disposal of ships

    (167 )        

Loss (gain) on disposal of plant and equipment

    107     1,078     (116 )

Depreciation of ships, property, plant and equipment and amortisation

    19,680     21,551     27,729  

Impairment loss recognised on ships

    16,503     12,625     67,800  

Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles

    12,119          

Impairment loss on net assets of disposal group

    5,092          

Allowance for (Reversal of) doubtful debts

    18     (3 )   149  

(Reversal of) provision for onerous contracts

    (7,427 )   3,821     3,353  

Recognition (Reversal) of share-based payments expenses

    33     (176 )   166  

Net (gain) loss on derivatives financial instruments

        (22 )   22  

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss

    (1,242 )   (965 )   630  

Interest expense

    6,548     4,899     4,448  

Interest income

    (7,164 )   (5,259 )   (3,101 )

Components of defined benefit costs recognised in profit or loss

    63     170     62  

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

    (477 )   1,331     33,300  

Inventories

    1,017     (3,002 )   5,501  

Capital expenditure on ships

    (5,219 )   (28,836 )   (9,745 )

Proceeds from disposal of ships

    17,727     12,275     12,858  

Trade receivables, other receivables and prepayments

    (279 )   9,281     43,496  

Trade and other payables

    (3,055 )   (5,000 )   (17,851 )

Due from related parties

    (5,049 )   (16,377 )   (628 )

Due to related parties

    6,737     11,983     42,798  

Net cash generated from (used in) operations

    11,402     (18,345 )   109,729  

Interest paid

    (6,206 )   (3,986 )   (4,537 )

Interest received

    2,677     2,806     9,493  

Income tax paid

    (4,498 )   (1,732 )   (26 )

Net cash flows generated from (used in) operating activities

    3,375     (21,257 )   114,659  

Investing activities

                   

Advances to immediate holding company and related parties

    (1,264 )   (24,463 )   (34,058 )

Repayment from immediate holding company and related parties

    415         1,109  

Purchase of plant and equipment

    (1,212 )   (719 )   (2,369 )

Purchase of intangible assets

    (19 )       (59 )

Proceeds from disposal of plant and equipment

    18     50     35  

Repayment of loans by joint ventures

            500  

Dividends received from joint ventures

        3,320     11,731  

Investment in joint ventures

        (13,735 )   (20,240 )

Net cash outflow on acquisition of assets (Note 42.1)

            (12,250 )

Loan to third party

        (158 )    

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,062 )   (35,705 )   (55,601 )

Financing activities

                   

Long-term interest bearing debt raised

    45,150     39,512     10,000  

Payment of capital portion of long term interest-bearing debt

    (40,869 )   (28,665 )   (35,933 )

Loans from related parties

    5,000     37,000      

Restricted cash

    58     (109 )   (3,201 )

Issuance of share

    15,000          

Repayment of loans from related parties

    (42,000 )        

Dividends paid

    (1,674 )       (4,135 )

Purchase of Parent's ordinary shares for forfeitable share plan

    (505 )        

Net cash flows (used in) generated from financing activities

    (19,840 )   47,738     (33,269 )

Net (decrease)increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (18,527 )   (9,224 )   25,789  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    62,470     70,030     48,270  

Effect of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies

    1,302     1,664     (4,029 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

    45,245     62,470     70,030  

F-9


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

Year ended 31 December

Note A:

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

The table below details changes in the group's liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the group's combined statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.

 
  1 January,
2017
  Financing
cash flows (i)
  Non-cash
changes
  Other
changes (ii)
  31 December,
2017
 
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Bank loans (Note 18)

    112,545     4,281     (7,950 ) (iii)   (122 )   108,754  

Loans from related parties (Note 22)

    37,253     (37,000 )       (253 )    

(i)
The cash flows make up the net amount of proceeds from borrowings and repayments of borrowings in the statement of cash flows.

(ii)
Other changes include interest accruals and payments.

(iii)
Represents amount reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39).

   

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements

F-10


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 GENERAL

General information

The board of directors of Grindrod Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa, or Parent, has approved the demerger of its shipping business, which we refer to as the Spin-Off. It is expected that Grindrod Limited will sell all of the shares it holds in Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. which will subsequently be a public company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., or Grindrod Shipping. Grindrod Shipping is a newly formed entity incorporated on 2 November 2017 in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore, created to hold Grindrod Limited's shipping business, in exchange for a market related consideration that will be settled by way of the issuance by Grindrod Shipping of compulsorily convertible notes which will convert to the ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping.

These combined financial statements represent the combination of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries (the "Group"). For all periods presented in these combined financial statements, the Group was under the management of Grindrod Limited and therefore considered to be under common management which forms the basis of the combination. The purpose of the combined financial statements is to provide general purpose historical financial information of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd for the years ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The principal activities of the Group are vessel ownership, operation and management, acquisition, sale and purchase and employment. Information of the entities within the Group is contained in Note 14.

The combined financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015 were authorised for issue by the Board of Director of Grindrod Limited on 23 March 2018.

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.1   Statement of compliance

The combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB").

2.2   Basis of preparation of historical combined financial information

The combined financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period, as explained in the accounting policies below.

Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IAS 17, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realisable value in IAS 2 or value in use in IAS 36.

F-11


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

    Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date;

    Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

    Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The combined financial statements have been prepared on the parent basis and therefore reflect the transferred assets and liabilities at the historical cost of Grindrod Limited, the ultimate parent of the Group before the transfer to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

The combined financial statements of the Group have been derived from the financial statements of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and their direct and indirect subsidiaries on the following basis:

    the carrying values of the assets and liabilities of the entities to the combination are recorded at the historical carrying amount of those assets and liabilities as recorded by Grindrod Limited and are not adjusted to fair value on combination;

    the results and cash flows of all the combining entities are brought into the combined financial statements of the combined entity from the beginning of the financial year in which the combination occurred. Prior year comparatives are also presented on the basis that the combination was in place throughout the prior year; and

    the share capital as of 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015 represents the aggregate share capital of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd as if they have been combined throughout the period presented.

All intra-group balances, income, expenses and unrealized gains and losses arising from transactions between entities within the Group were eliminated when preparing the combined financial statements. Transactions with Grindrod Limited companies, which do not belong to the Group, have been disclosed as transactions with related parties.

2.3   Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

From 1 January 2015, the Group has applied a number of amendments to IFRSs issued by the IASB that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 January 2015. The adoption of these new/revised IFRSs has not resulted in significant changes to the Group's accounting policies and has no material effect on the amounts reported for the current or prior periods.

F-12


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.4   New and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) in issue but not yet effective

The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that are relevant to the Group that were issued but are not yet effective:

IFRS 9

  Financial Instruments (1)

IFRS 15

  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (and the related Clarifications) (1)

IFRS 16

  Leases (2)

Amendments to IFRS 2

  Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (1)

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28

  Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (3)

IFRIC 22

  Foreign Currency Transactions and Advanced Consideration (1)

(1)
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early application permitted.

(2)
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019, with early application permitted if IFRS 15 is adopted.

(3)
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after a date to be determined.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 9 issued in November 2009 introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was subsequently amended in October 2010 to include requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for derecognition, and in November 2013 to include the new requirements for general hedge accounting. Another revised version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014 mainly to include a) impairment requirements for financial assets and b) limited amendments to the classification and measurement requirements by introducing a 'fair value through other comprehensive income' (FVTOCI) measurement category for certain simple debt instruments.

Key requirements of IFRS 9:

    All recognised financial assets that are within the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are required to be subsequently measured at amortised cost or fair value. Specifically, debt investments that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortised cost at the end of subsequent accounting periods. Debt instruments that are held within a business model whose objective is achieved both by collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and that have contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, are generally measured at FVTOCI. All other debt investments and equity investments are measured at their fair value at the end of subsequent accounting periods. In addition, under IFRS 9, entities may make an irrevocable election to present subsequent changes in the fair value of an equity investment (that is not held for trading nor contingent consideration recognised by an acquirer in a business combination to which IFRS 3 applies) in other comprehensive income, with only dividend income generally recognised in profit or loss.

      With regard to the measurement of financial liabilities as at fair value through profit or loss, IFRS 9 requires that the amount of change in fair value of such financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is presented in other comprehensive income, unless the recognition of the effects of changes in other comprehensive income would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch to profit or loss. Changes in fair value attributable to the financial liability's credit risk are not subsequently reclassified to profit or loss. Under IAS 39,

F-13


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

      the entire amount of the change in the fair value of the financial liability designated as fair value through profit or loss is presented in profit or loss.

    In relation to the impairment of financial assets, IFRS 9 requires an expected credit loss model, as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The expected credit loss model requires an entity to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. In other words, it is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognised.

    The new general hedge accounting requirements retain the three types of hedge accounting mechanisms currently available in IAS 39. Under IFRS 9, greater flexibility has been introduced to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, specifically broadening the types of instruments that qualify for hedging instruments and the types of risk components of non-financial items that are eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the effectiveness test has been overhauled and replaced with the principle of an 'economic relationship'. Retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness is also no longer required. Enhanced disclosure requirements about an entity's risk management activities have also been introduced.

Based on an analysis of the Group's financial assets and financial liabilities as at 31 December 2017 on the basis of the facts and circumstances that exist at that date, management has assessed the impact of IFRS 9 to the Group's consolidated financial statements as follows:

Classification and measurement

All financial assets and liabilities will continue to be measured on the same bases as is currently adopted under IAS 39.

Impairment

Financial assets measured at amortised cost will be subject to the impairment provision of IFRS 9.

The Group expects to apply the simplified approach to recognise lifetime expected credit losses for its trade receivables as required or permitted by IFRS 9. Accordingly, management expects to recognise lifetime and 12-month expected credit losses for the trade receivables.

Management anticipates that the application of the expected credit loss model of IFRS 9 will result in earlier recognition of credit losses for the trade receivable and an increase in the amount of loss allowance recognised but does not expect that it will have a material impact on the Group's combined financial statements.

Hedge accounting

Management does not anticipate that the application of the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements will have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and the related Interpretations when it becomes effective.

The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognise revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Specifically, the Standard introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition:

    Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

F-14


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

    Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

    Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

    Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognises revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when "control" of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer.

Far more prescriptive guidance has been added in IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 15.

In April 2016, the IASB issued Clarifications to IFRS 15 in relation to the identification of performance obligations, principal versus agent considerations as well as licensing application guidance.

The Group plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date using the modified retrospective method. Further details of the Group's revenue are disclosed in Notes 2.17 and 26. The Group has two significant revenue streams: freight revenue and charter hire revenue. The latter contains a lease component which is therefore out of scope of IFRS 15.

Management has preliminarily assessed that each voyage under a freight revenue contract has been considered as a performance obligation. The transaction price is agreed with the customer for all types of contracts. The voyage result (revenue and voyage related costs) recognised during the voyage is based on estimates of costs and the duration of the voyage. According to IFRS 15 the revenue should be recognised when the entity satisfies a performance obligation that is when a voyage is carried out, based on a contract with a customer. As such, revenue is recognized over time from the point when there is a transfer of control to the customer (i.e., when the ship is ready for load of cargo until the discharge of cargo at the destination).

Under the existing revenue standard, the Group recognises freight revenue over time from the loading of cargo to the discharge of cargo, except for freight revenue earned within the pools, which are recognised over time from the discharge of cargo in the previous voyage to the discharge of cargo in the current voyage. As such, the adoption of IFRS 15 will impact uncompleted voyages in the pools at the reporting date. Based on management's analysis, management does not expect the effect of the changed revenue recognition to be material.

Apart from the providing more extensive disclosure on the Group's revenue transaction and the timing of recognition of the above revenue, management does not anticipate that the application of IFRS 15 will have a significant impact on the financial position and/or financial performance of the Group.

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 introduces a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and accounting treatments for both lessors and lessees. IFRS 16 will supersede the current lease guidance including IAS 17 Leases and the related interpretations when it becomes effective.

IFRS 16 distinguishes leases and service contracts on the basis of whether an identified asset is controlled by a customer. Distinctions of operating leases (off balance sheet) and finance leases (on balance sheet) are removed for lessee accounting, and is replaced by a model where a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability have to be recognised for all leases by lessees (i.e. all on balance sheet) except for short-term leases and leases of low value assets.

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost and subsequently measured at cost (subject to certain exceptions) less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, adjusted for any remeasurement of the lease liability. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date. Subsequently, the lease liability is adjusted for interest and lease payments, as well as the

F-15


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

impact of lease modifications, amongst others. Furthermore, the classification of cash flows will also be affected as operating lease payments under IAS 17 are presented as operating cash flows; whereas under the IFRS 16 model, the lease payments will be split into a principal and an interest portion which will be presented as financing and operating cash flows respectively.

In contrast to lessee accounting, IFRS 16 substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements in IAS 17, and continues to require a lessor to classify a lease either as an operating lease or a finance lease.

Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 16.

Management anticipates that the application of IFRS 16 in the future will have a material impact on amounts reported in respect of its financial assets and financial liabilities as there are a significant number of leases in its operations. Assets will increase on the recognition of "right of use" of an underlying asset and liabilities will increase for the obligation to make lease payments. The profit and loss will be affected as the relevant lease expenses will be recognised as amortisation of the right of use asset and interest expense. Statement of cash flows will be affected by lease payments being classified as cash flows used in financing activities instead of cash flow used in operating activities. IFRS 16 will become effective for the Group in 2019 and management does not plan to early adopt. Currently, it is not possible to provide a reasonable estimate of the effect of IFRS 16 until the management have completed a detailed review.

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

The amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 deal with situations where there is a sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture. Specifically, the amendments state that gains or losses resulting from the loss of control of a subsidiary that does not contain a business in a transaction with an associate or a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity method, are recognised in the parent's profit or loss only to the extent of the unrelated investors' interests in that associate or joint venture. Similarly, gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of investments retained in any former subsidiary (that has become an associate or a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity method) to fair value are recognised in the former parent's profit or loss only to the extent of the unrelated investors' interests in the new associate or joint venture.

The effective date of the amendments has yet to be set by the IASB; however, earlier application of the amendments is permitted. Management anticipates that the application of these amendments may have an impact on the Group's combined financial statements in future periods should such transactions arise. Management does not plan to early adopt the amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28.

IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration

IFRIC 22 addresses how to determine the 'date of transaction' for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of an asset, expense or income, when consideration for that item has been paid or received in advance in a foreign currency which resulted in the recognition of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability (e.g. a non-refundable deposit or deferred revenue).

The Interpretation specifies that the date of transaction is the date on which the entity initially recognises the non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration. If there are multiple payments or receipts in advance, the Interpretation requires an entity to determine the date of transaction for each payment or receipt of advance consideration.

F-16


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 with earlier application permitted. Entities can apply the Interpretation either retrospectively or prospectively. Specific transition provisions apply to prospective application.

Management do not anticipate that the application of the amendments in the future will have an impact on the Group's combined financial statements. This is because the Group already accounts for transactions involving the payment or receipt of advance consideration in a foreign currency in a way that is consistent with the amendments. Management does not plan to early adopt IFRIC 22.

2.5   Business Combinations

Acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values of assets given, liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the cost of acquisition where they qualify as measurement period adjustments (see below). The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustment depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , or IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets , as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group's previously held interests in the acquired entity are remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have been previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss, where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were disposed of.

The acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under the IFRS are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except that:

    deferred tax assets or liabilities and liabilities or assets related to employee benefit arrangements are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively;

    liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment transactions of the acquiree or the replacement of an acquiree's share-based payment awards transactions with share-based payment awards transactions of the acquirer in accordance with the method in IFRS 2 Classification and measurement of share based payments at the acquisition date; and

    assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations are measured with accordance with that Standard.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional assets or liabilities recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

F-17


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and is subjected to a maximum of one year from acquisition date.

2.6   Financial Instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Effective interest method

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial instrument and of allocating interest income or expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial instrument, or where appropriate, a shorter period.

Income and expense is recognised on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial instruments "at fair value through profit or loss".

Financial assets

Financial assets are classified as either financial assets "at fair value through profit or loss" or "loans and receivables".

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL where the financial asset is either held for trading or it is designated as at FVTPL.

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:

    It has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future; or

    On initial recognition, it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Group manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

    It is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

A financial asset other than a financial asset held for trading may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:

    Such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise; or

    The financial asset forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the Group's documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the grouping is provided internally on that basis; or

    It forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives, and IFRS 9 permits the entire combined contract (asset or liability) to be designated as at FVTPL.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognised in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and is included in the 'other operating income' or 'other operating expenses' lines in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 4.

F-18


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loans and receivables

Trade and other receivables (including trade and other receivables, loans to joint ventures, amounts due from related parties and cash and cash equivalents) that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as "loans and receivables". Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less impairment. Interest is recognised by applying the effective interest method, except for short-term receivables when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

Impairment of financial assets

Financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period. Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted.

Objective evidence of impairment could include:

    Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty; or

    Default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or

    It becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial re-organisation.

For certain categories of financial asset, such as receivables, assets that are assessed not to be impaired individually are, in addition, assessed for impairment on a collective basis. Objective evidence of impairment for a portfolio of receivables could include the Group's past experience of collecting payments, an increase in the number of delayed payments in the portfolio past the average credit period, as well as observable changes in national or local economic conditions that correlate with default on receivables.

For financial assets carried at amortised cost, the amount of the impairment is the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

For financial assets that are carried at cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment loss will not be reversed in subsequent periods.

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of receivables where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognised in profit or loss.

For financial assets measured at amortised cost, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss to the extent the carrying amount of the financial asset at the date the impairment is reversed does not exceed what the amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised.

Derecognition of financial assets

The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

F-19


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Classification as debt or equity

Financial liabilities and equity instruments issued by the Group are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue cost.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities "at fair value through profit or loss" or "other financial liabilities".

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

Financial liabilities are classified as at FVTPL where the financial liability is either held for trading or it is designated as at FVTPL.

A financial liability is classified as held for trading if:

    It has been incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing in the near future; or

    It is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Group manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

    It is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

A financial liability other than a financial liability held for trading may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:

    Such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise; or

    On initial recognition, the financial liability forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the Group's documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the grouping is provided internally on that basis; or

    It forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives, and IFRS 9 permits the entire combined contract (asset or liability) to be designated as at FVTPL.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are initially measured at fair value and subsequently stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognised in profit or loss incorporates any interest paid on the financial liability and is included in the 'other operating income' or 'other operating expenses' lines in the statement or profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 4.

Other financial liabilities

Trade and other payables (including amounts due to related parties and loans from related parties) are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised on an effective yield basis, except for short-term payables when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

F-20


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Interest expense calculated using the effective interest method is recognised over the term of borrowings in accordance with the Group's accounting policy for borrowing costs (see Note 2.18).

Derecognition of financial liabilities

The Group derecognises financial liabilities when, and only when, the Group's obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Group enters into freight forward agreements and bunker swaps to manage its exposure to freight rate and bunker prices respectively. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 11.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The Group designates the derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges).

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instruments is more than 12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

Hedge accounting

The Group designates hedges of freight rate risk and bunker prices as cash flow hedges.

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.

Note 11 contains details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes. Movements in the hedging reserve in equity are also detailed in the statements of other comprehensive income ("OCI").

Cash flow hedge

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in OCI. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss as part of other operating expense or other operating income.

Amounts recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss in the same line of the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as the recognised hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged, results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss accumulated in equity at that time remains in equity and when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss, such gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss, or transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability as described above.

F-21


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was accumulated in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

2.7   Offsetting Arrangements

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. A right to set-off must be available today rather than being contingent on a future event and must be exercisable by any of the counterparties, both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy.

2.8   Inventories

Inventories are assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business, in the process of production for such sale or in the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the production process or in the rendering of services. Inventories which include bunkers on board ships and other consumable stores are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. Cost is determined on a first-in first-out basis. Spares on board ships are charged against income when issued to the ships.

When inventories are sold, the carrying amount is recognised as part of cost of sales. Any write-down of inventories to net realisable value and all losses of inventories or reversals of previous write-downs or losses are recognised in cost of sales in the period the write-down, loss or reversal occurs.

Assets that are held for rental are initially classified as ships, property, plant and equipment. When these assets cease to be rented and a decision is made to sell these assets, the carrying amount is transferred to inventories. Upon sale of these assets, the sales value is recorded in gross revenue and the related carrying value of these assets (held as inventories) is recorded in cost of sales.

2.9   Ships, Property, Plant and Equipment

Ships, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets other than property and ships under construction over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases:

Office equipment and furniture and fittings   -   3 years
Plant and equipment   -   3 to 5 years
Motor vehicles   -   5 years
Ships   -   15 years
Dry-docking   -   2.5 years

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at each year end, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

Ships and properties in the course of construction for production, rental or administrative purposes, or for purposes not yet determined, are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation of these assets, on the same bases as other assets, commences when the assets are available for use.

Ships are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises acquisition cost and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the asset is ready for use, including interest expense incurred during the period. The market average useful life of a ship is estimated to range from 25 to 30 years at which point it would usually be scrapped. The Group policy is to maintain a young fleet compared to the market average and estimates useful life as 15 years from date of delivery for new ships. Ships are depreciated on a straight-line basis to an estimated residual value over their useful life.

F-22


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

From time to time, the Group's ships are required to be dry-docked for inspection and re-licensing at which time major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the ships are in operation are generally performed. The Group capitalises the costs associated with dry-docking as they occur and amortises these costs on a straight-line basis over 2.5 years, which is generally the period until the next scheduled dry-docking. A portion of the cost of acquiring a new ship is estimated and allocated to the components expected to be replaced or refurbished at the next scheduled dry-docking. If the ship is disposed before the next dry-docking, the carrying amount of dry-docking expenses is included in determining the gain or loss on disposal of the ship and taken to the profit or loss. If the period to the next dry-docking is shorter than expected, the unamortised balance of the deferred dry-docking cost is charged immediately as an expense before the next dry-docking.

Fully depreciated ships, property, plant and equipment still in use are retained in the financial statements.

Assets that are held for rental are initially classified as ships, property, plant and equipment. When these assets cease to be rented and a decision is made to sell these assets, the carrying amount is transferred to inventories. Upon sale of these assets, the sales value is recorded in gross revenue and the related carrying value of these assets (held as inventories) is recorded in cost of sales.

2.10 Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost less any impairment in net recoverable value that has been recognised in profit or loss.

Intangible assets acquired separately are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised. Each period, the useful lives of such assets are reviewed to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life assessment for the asset, such events are tested for impairment in accordance with the policy below.

2.11 Impairment of Tangible and Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill

At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

F-23


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment annually, and whenever there is indication that the asset may be impaired.

2.12 Goodwill

Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

If, after reassessment, the Group's interest in the fair value of the acquiree's identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group's cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of a subsidiary or the relevant cash generating unit, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

2.13 Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

The Group as lessor

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which use benefit derived from the leased asset is diminished. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income.

The Group as lessee

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the year in which they are incurred.

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

2.14 Interests in Joint Ventures

A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control

F-24


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

The results and assets and liabilities of joint ventures are incorporated in these combined financial statements using the equity method of accounting, except when the investment, or a portion thereof, is classified as held for sale, in which case it is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations . Under the equity method, an investment in a joint venture is initially recognised in the combined statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group's share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the joint venture. When the Group's share of losses of a joint venture exceeds the Group's interest in that joint venture (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group's net investment in the joint venture), the Group discontinues recognising its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture.

An investment in a joint venture is accounted for using the equity method from the date on which the investee becomes a joint venture. On acquisition of the investment in a joint venture, any excess of the cost of the investment over the Group's share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the investee is recognised as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment. Any excess of the Group's share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of the investment, after reassessment, is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the period in which the investment is acquired.

The requirements of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognise any impairment loss with respect to the Group's investment in a joint venture. When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell) with its carrying amount, any impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognised in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases.

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the date when the investment ceases to be a joint venture, or when the investment is classified as held for sale. When the Group retains an interest in the former joint venture and the retained interest is a financial asset, the Group measures the retained interest at fair value at that date and the fair value is regarded as its fair value on initial recognition in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The difference between the carrying amount of the joint venture at the date the equity method was discontinued, and the fair value of any retained interest and any proceeds from disposing of a part interest in the joint venture is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the joint venture. In addition, the Group accounts for all amounts previously recognised in OCI in relation to that joint venture on the same basis as would be required if that joint venture had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. Therefore, if a gain or loss previously recognised in OCI by that joint venture would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities, the Group reclassifies the gain or loss from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification adjustment) when the equity method is discontinued.

The Group continues to use the equity method when the investment in a joint venture becomes an investment in an associate. There is no remeasurement to fair value upon such changes in ownership interests.

When the Group reduces its ownership interest in a joint venture but the Group continues to use the equity method, the Group reclassifies to profit or loss, the proportion of the gain or loss that had previously been recognised in OCI relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or loss would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities.

F-25


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

When a group entity transacts with a joint venture of the Group, profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the joint venture are recognised in the Group's combined financial statements only to the extent of interests in the joint venture that are not related to the Group.

2.15 Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

Onerous contracts

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and measured as a provision. An onerous contract is considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

2.16 Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

When the Group is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary, all of the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary are classified as held for sale when the criteria described above are met, regardless of whether the group will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale. Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

2.17 Revenue Recognition

Revenue represents the gross inflow of economic benefits during the period arising in the course of the ordinary activities when those inflows result in increases in equity, other than increases relating to contributions from equity participants. Included in revenue are freight, charter hire, sale of ships, bunker and consumables related to the ship sales and management fee income.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is reduced for estimated customer returns, rebates and other similar allowances.

Charter hire is recognised on a daily accrual basis. Freight revenue is recognised on completion of the voyage and for uncompleted voyages at year-end on the percentage of completion basis. Results of uncompleted voyages are included based on the estimated voyage result and the voyage time elapsed. Anticipated losses for contracts arising on uncompleted voyages are provided in full.

F-26


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Sales of ships, bunkers and consumables are recognised when all the following conditions are satisfied:

    The group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

    The group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

    The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

    It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity; and

    The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

Management fee income is recognised on accrual basis over the period of services rendered.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders' rights to receive payment have been established.

2.18 Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

2.19 Share-Based Payments

Equity-settled share options—Certain employees have been granted equity-settled share options operated by the ultimate holding company. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant and recognised in profit or loss on the straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the estimated number of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. Fair value is measured using a binomial pricing model. The financial effects of the share options granted to the employees of the Group are accordingly recharged to the group entities by the ultimate holding company.

Cash-settled share-based payments—Share appreciation rights granted to employees for services rendered or to be rendered are raised as a liability and recognised in profit or loss immediately or, if vesting requirements are applicable, over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured annually until settled and any changes in value are recognised in profit or loss. Fair value is measured using a binomial pricing model.

2.20 Retirement Benefit Costs

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are charged as an expense when employees have rendered the services entitling them to the contributions. Payments made to state-managed retirement benefit schemes, such as the Singapore Central Provident Fund, and South African defined contribution provident funds, are dealt with as payments to defined contribution plans where the Group's obligations under the plans are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit plan.

For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each annual reporting period.

F-27


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the changes to the asset ceiling (if applicable) and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is reflected immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge or credit recognised in other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recognised in other comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is recognised in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning of the period to the net defined benefit liability or asset.

Defined benefit costs are categorised as follows:

    service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements);

    net interest expense or income; and

    remeasurement.

The Group presents the first two components of defined benefit costs in profit or loss in the line item 'Administrative expense'. Curtailment gains and losses are accounted for as past service costs.

The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the combined statement of financial position represents the actual deficit or surplus in the Group's defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions to the plans.

A liability for a termination benefit is recognised at the earlier of when the entity can no longer withdraw the offer of the termination benefit and when the entity recognises any related restructuring costs.

2.21 Employee Leave Entitlement

Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised when they accrue to employees. A provision is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the end of the reporting period.

2.22 Income Tax

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are not taxable or tax deductible. The Group's liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted in countries where the company and subsidiaries operate by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax is recognised on the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

F-28


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the liability is settled or the asset realised based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax are recognised as an expense or income in profit or loss, except when they relate to items credited or debited outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity), in which case the tax is also recognised outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively), or where they arise from the initial accounting for a business combination. In the case of a business combination, the tax effect is taken into account in calculating goodwill or determining the excess of the acquirer's interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over cost.

2.23 Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

The individual financial statements of each group entity are measured and presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (its functional currency which is either United States dollars or South African Rands). The combined financial statements of the Group are presented in United States Dollars.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities, transactions in currencies other than the entity's functional currency are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on retranslation of monetary items are included in profit or loss for the year. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items carried at fair value are included in profit or loss for the year except for differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items in respect of which gains and losses are recognised directly in OCI. For such non-monetary items, any exchange component of that gain or loss is also recognised directly in OCI.

Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings relating to assets under construction for future productive use, are included in the cost of those assets when they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs on those foreign currency borrowings.

For the purpose of presenting combined financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group's foreign operations (including comparatives) are expressed in United States Dollars using exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuated significantly during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in OCI and accumulated in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve.

F-29


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e. a disposal of the Group's entire interest in a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, loss of joint control over a jointly controlled entity that includes a foreign operation, or loss of significant influence over an associate that includes a foreign operation), all of the accumulated exchange differences in respect of that operation attributable to the Group are reclassified to profit or loss.

In the case of a partial disposal (i.e. no loss of control) of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences are re-attributed to non-controlling interests and are not recognised in profit or loss. For all other partial disposals (i.e. of associates or jointly controlled entities not involving a change of accounting basis), the proportionate share of the accumulated exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the end of each reporting period. Exchange differences arising are recognised in OCI.

2.24 Cash and Cash Equivalents in the Statement of Cash Flows

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows comprise cash on hand and demand deposits that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

2.25 Financial Guarantee Contracts

Financial guarantee contracts are accounted for in terms of IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts and are measured initially at cost and thereafter, in accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets .

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In the application of the Group's accounting policies, which are described in Note 2, management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

(i)    Critical judgements in applying the Group's accounting policies

The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (see below), that management has made in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Classification of certain investments as a joint venture

Note 15 describes that Tri-view Shipping Pte. Ltd., IM Shipping Pte. Ltd., Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. as joint ventures of the Group even though the Group has 51%, 51%, 65% and 33.5% of ownership interest and voting rights in these entities respectively. Management has assessed that the interests in these entities would be considered as joint ventures given that the contractual agreement between the parties in undertaking the economic activities of these entities would be subject to joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control over an economic activity, and exists

F-30


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (Continued)

only when the strategic financial and operating decisions relating to the activity require the unanimous consent of all the parties sharing control.

Ships classified as inventories

The Group regularly engaged in trading of ships. When a ship ceased to be rented and a decision is made for the ship to be sold, the ship would be classified as inventories. The proceeds from the sale of such assets shall be recognised as revenue in accordance with IAS 18 Revenue . The corresponding cost shall be accounted for as cost of sales.

(ii)   Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are disclosed below.

Provision for onerous contracts

Full provision is made for the present obligations of the unavoidable future losses of fulfilling the terms of onerous ship charter contracts or contracts of affreightment to which the Group is committed.

Management has estimated the provision for onerous contracts based on the present value of the future charter payments that the Group is expected to make under non-cancellable onerous operating charter agreements and contract of affreightment, less charter revenue expected to be earned on the charter. The estimate is very sensitive to changes in the freight rates. Note 20 provide more details on this provision.

Recoverability of amounts due from related parties and loans to joint ventures

The recoverability of the amounts due from related parties and loan to joint ventures is based on the ongoing evaluation of recoverability and analysis of the outstanding receivables and on management's estimate of the ultimate realisation of these receivables, including creditworthiness, past collection history and the estimated net asset value of the related parties and joint ventures which approximates their fair value less cost to sell. Based on the assessment, the carrying amounts for the amounts due from related parties and loans to joint ventures will be recovered in full. Adjustment will be made in future periods in the event that there is objective evidence of impairment resulting from future loss event.

The carrying amounts of the amounts due from related parties and loan to joint ventures are disclosed in Notes 9 and 10.

Impairment of goodwill

Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the entity to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit (based on past performance and management's expectations of the market developments) and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. The carrying amount of goodwill at the end of the reporting period was $8,419,000 (2016: $16,022,000 and 2015: $14,435,000)) after an impairment of $8,483,000 (2016: $Nil and 2015: $Nil) was recognised during the financial year. Details of the impairment loss calculation are provided in Note 17.

Impairment of interest in joint ventures

The recoverable amount of the investments has been determined based on the estimated net asset value of the joint ventures which approximates their fair value less cost to sell.

The carrying amounts of interest in joint ventures are disclosed in Note 15.

F-31


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (Continued)

Percentage of completion of voyages recognised as revenue

The stage of completion of a voyage is determined by calculating the total number of actual days from the loading of the cargo at the commencement of a voyage to the period end, divided by the total estimated number of days from loading to discharging the cargo.

The duration of a voyage depends on the size of the ship being loaded, cargo type and quantity, ship speed as well as delays occasioned by weather or due congestion at load or discharge ports.

Ship life, residual value and impairment

In the shipping industry, the use of the 25 to 30 year ship life has become the prevailing standard for the type of ship owned by the Group. However, management depreciates the ships on a straight-line basis after deduction for residual values over the ship's estimated useful life of 15 years, from the date the ship was originally delivered from the shipyard as the Group maintains a young fleet compared to the market average and generally aims to replace ships that are 15 years or older. As a result, ships are depreciated over 15 years to the expected residual market value of a ship of a similar age and specification. Management reassesses the depreciation period of ships that surpass this limit with special consideration of the ships and the purpose for which the ship was retained in the fleet.

Residual values of the ships are reassessed by management at the end of each reporting period based on the current shipping markets, the movement of the markets over the previous five years and the age, specification and condition of the respective ships.

Considerations for useful life of the ships also include maintenance and repair cost, technical or commercial obsolescence and legal or similar limits to the use of ships.

Management also reviews the ships for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the ships may not be recoverable. Management measures the recoverability of an asset by comparing its carrying amount against its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use. If the ship is considered to be impaired, an impairment loss is recognised to an amount to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its recoverable amount.

Value in use is the future cash flows that the ships are expected to generate from charter hire of the ships and the expected running costs thereof over their remaining useful lives, with a cash inflow in the final year equal to the residual value of the ships. Management determined the value-in-use based on past performance of the ships and their expectations of the market development. The future cash flows are determined based on the combination of the following assumptions:

Forecast charter rates are based on existing charter contracts published time charter rates and a growth rate as follows:

    a.
    drybulk carrier business: 15 to 22% (2016: 8 to 35% and 2015: –27 to 22%) for the first to third year, 0 to 1% (2016: –9% to –5% and 2015: 26 to 31%) for the fourth year and 0% for each year thereafter; and

    b.
    tanker carrier business: –14 to 23% (2016: 1 to 14% and 2015: –15% to 13%) for the first to third year, 0% (2016: –9% to –3% and 2015: –11% to 0%) in the fourth year and 0% for each year thereafter.

1)
Pre-tax discount rate of 7.55% (2016: 7.55% and 2015: 7.55%) rate is used to discount future cash flows from deployment of the ships to their net present values.

2)
Vessel operating expenses and drydock costs are based on management's best estimates.

F-32


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (Continued)

As at 31 December 2017 and 2016, a possible change to the following estimate used in management's assessment will result in the recoverable amount to be below the total carrying amount of the ships (on the basis that each of the other key assumptions remain unchanged):

Bulk Carriers

    16.54% to 37.45% decrease to the charter rate (2016: 5.80% to 29.38% decrease to the charter rate); or

    10.59% to 37.38% increase to the discount rate (2016: 4.01% to 37.27% increase to the discount rate).

Chemical Tankers

    1.67% to 55.56% decrease to the charter rate (2016: 2.66% to 53.62% decrease to the charter rate); or

    2.32% to 20.53% increase to the discount rate (2016: 2.17% to 23.59% increase to the discount rate).

As at 31 December 2015, as the carrying amount of the ships exceed the recoverable amount, the above analysis is not applicable.

Based on the key assumptions and taking into account the sensitivity analysis above, management has determined that the estimated recoverable amount of the ships (excluding ships classified as inventories held for sale) are appropriate. Accordingly, no further allowance impairment loss is required except for the impairment loss of US$16,503,000 (2016: US$12,625,000 and 2015: US$67,800,000) recognised during the year recorded in "other operating expenses" (Note 30).

The recoverable amounts of ships classified as inventories were determined based on fair value less cost of disposal, which were determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar ships, with similar age and specifications. In valuing the ships, the appraisers have taken into consideration the prevailing market conditions and have made adjustments for differences where necessary before arriving at the most appropriate value for the ships.

Tax liabilities

The Group acquired a wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicorn Tankers International Ltd ("UTI"), in 2013. UTI and its subsidiary are tax residents in United Kingdom ("UK"). In recent years, the UK tax authorities have revised their interpretations of certain areas of tonnage tax legislation. If certain legislation is interpreted in an alternative manner, additional taxation of up to US$5,657,000 (2016: US$5,657,000 and 2015: US$5,657,000) could arise. A tax provision of US$2,400,000 (2016: US$2,400,000 and 2015: US$2,400,000) has been provided.

In 2013, there were queries raised by the UK tax authorities on a subsidiary of UTI. At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the inquiries by the UK tax authorities are still ongoing. Management is of the opinion that UTI and its subsidiary had complied with the tax legislation and does not expect any additional taxation will arise out of the queries raised by the UK tax authorities.

F-33


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

(i)    Categories of financial instruments

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Financial assets

                   

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

    123     225     300  

Loans and receivables (including cash and cash equivalents)

    163,600     182,719     166,575  

Less: Transferred to asset of disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 39)

    (35,500 )        

    128,100     182,719     166,575  

    128,223     182,944     166,875  

Financial liabilities

                   

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

    138     450     2,964  

Amortised cost

    171,117     199,146     153,863  

Less: Transferred to asset of disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 39)

    (16,975 )        

    154,142     199,146     153,863  

    154,280     199,596     156,827  

(ii)   Financial risk management policies and objectives

The management of the Group monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group to ensure appropriate measures are implemented in a timely and effective manner. These risks include market risk (foreign currency risk, interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purpose.

There has been no change to the Group's exposure to these financial risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis indicated below.

(a)    Credit risk management

The Group's primary exposure to credit risk arises through its trade and other receivables. Significant credit risk is mitigated through entering into transactions with credit worthy counterparties and monitoring of the recoverability of the debts on an on-going basis.

Other sources of exposure to credit risk include cash and derivative financial instruments. Cash is placed with reputable banks and derivatives are only entered into with credit worthy counterparties.

The Group's maximum exposure to credit risk in the event that counterparties fail to perform their obligations as at the end of the financial year in relation to each class of recognised financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the combined statement of financial position.

Sound credit risk management involves prudently managing the risk and reward relationship and controlling and minimising credit risks across a variety of dimensions, such as quality, concentration, maturity and security.

At the end of the reporting period, other than amounts due from related parties and loans to joint ventures, there were no significant concentrations of credit risk in the event of changes in economic, industry or geographical factors.

Further details to credit risks on trade and other receivables, due from related parties and loans to joint ventures are disclosed in Notes 7, 8, 9 and 10 respectively.

F-34


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

(b)    Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk through the impact of bank loans and loans granted from/to related parties at variable interest rates. The Group monitors its exposure to fluctuating interest rates and generally enters into contracts that are linked to market rates relative to the currency of the asset or liability.

Interest rate sensitivity

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative instruments at the end of the reporting period and the stipulated change taking place at the beginning of the financial year and held constant throughout the reporting period in the case of instruments that have floating rates. A 50 basis point increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management personnel and represents management's assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

If interest rates had been 50 basis points higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, the Group's:

    loss for the year ended 31 December 2017 would increase/decrease by US$470,000 (2016: increase/decrease by US$634,000 and 2015: increase/decrease by US$397,000). This is mainly attributable to the Group's exposure to interest rates on its variable rate bank loans and loans from/to related parties; and

    other equity reserves would decrease/increase by US$ Nil (2016: decrease/ increase by US$Nil and 2015: decrease/ increase by US$5,000) mainly as a result of the changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

(c)    Foreign currency exchange risk management

The Group's main operational activities are carried out in United States dollars and South African rands, which is the functional currency of the respective financial statements of each group entity. The risk arising from movements in foreign exchange rates is limited as the Group has minimal transactions in foreign currencies which mainly relates to administrative expenses in Singapore dollars, loans to joint ventures in Japanese yen and amounts due to related companies in South African rands and Great Britain pounds as well as bank balances in South African rands.

The Group has access to a foreign exchange facility which enables it to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts. Management reviews and monitors currency risk exposure and determines whether any hedging is considered necessary.

The objective of the foreign exchange exposure management policy is to ensure that all foreign exchange exposures are identified as early as possible and that the identified exposures are actively managed to reduce risk. All exposures are to reflect the underlying foreign currency commitments arising from trade and/or foreign currency finance. Under no circumstances are speculative positions, not supported by normal trade flows, permitted.

F-35


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

At the end of the reporting period, the significant carrying amounts of monetary assets and monetary liabilities denominated in currencies other than the respective Group entities' functional currencies are as follows:

 
  Liabilities   Assets  
 
  2017   2016   2015   2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Singapore dollars

    (2 )   (3 )   (2 )   201     91     71  

United States dollars

    (186 )   (1,903 )   (1,291 )   2,093     2,183     1,947  

South African rands

    (19,268 )   (12,469 )   (28,158 )   119     36,003     29,737  

Japanese yen

    (11 )   (5 )       11,132     10,739     10,499  

Foreign currency sensitivity

The following table details the sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in the relevant foreign currencies against the functional currency of each group entity. 10% is the sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel and represents management's assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates.

If the relevant foreign currency strengthens by 10% against the functional currency of the entity, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 
  Impact on profit or loss  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Singapore dollars

    20     9     7  

United States dollars

    191     28     66  

South African rands

    (1,915 )   2,354     158  

Japanese yen

    1,112     1,075     1,050  

If the relevant foreign currency weakens by 10% against the functional currency of the entity, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 
  Impact on profit or loss  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Singapore dollars

    (20 )   (9 )   (7 )

United States dollars

    (191 )   (28 )   (66 )

South African rands

    1,915     (2,354 )   (114 )

Japanese yen

    (1,112 )   (1,075 )   (1,050 )

(d)    Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group is unable to pay its creditors due to insufficient funds. The Group maintains and monitors a level of cash deemed adequate by management at all times to finance its obligations as and when they fall due.

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast cash flows and ensuring that adequate borrowing facilities are maintained. The management may from time to time at their discretion raise or borrow monies for the purposes of the Group as they deem fit.

F-36


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

Non-derivative financial liabilities

The following tables detail the remaining contractual maturity for non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. The adjustment column represents the possible future cash flows attributable to the instrument included in the maturity analysis which is not included in the carrying amount of the financial liability on the combined statements of financial position.

 
  Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
  On
demand
or within
1 year
  Within
2 to
5 years
  After
5 years
  Adjustment   Total  
 
  % p.a.
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Group

                                     

2017

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Non-interest bearing

        38,854     6,534             45,388  

Variable interest rate instruments

    3.83     90,128     23,035         (4,409 )   108,754  

          128,982     29,569         (4,409 )   154,142  

2016

                                     

Non-interest bearing

        45,034     67             45,101  

Fixed interest rate instruments

    10.50     4,248                 4,248  

Variable interest rate instruments

    3.21     74,243     82,001     1,649     (8,096 )   149,797  

          123,525     82,068     1,649     (8,096 )   199,146  

2015

                                     

Non-interest bearing

        51,719     149             51,868  

Variable interest rate instruments

    2.69     96,263     8,387         (2,655 )   101,995  

          147,982     8,536         (2,655 )   153,863  

The maximum amount that the Group could be forced to settle under the financial guarantee if the full guaranteed amount is claimed by the counterparty to the guarantee is disclosed in Note 36. The Group considers that it is more than likely that no amount will be payable under the arrangement.

Derivative financial instruments

The following table details the liquidity analysis for derivative financial instruments. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted gross inflows and (outflows) on those derivatives that require gross settlement. When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined

F-37


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the end of reporting period.

 
  On
demand
or within
1 year
  Within
2 to
5 years
  Adjustment   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Group

                         

2017

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Gross settled:

                         

Forward freight agreements

                         

Gross inflow

    17             17  

Gross outflow

    (138 )           (138 )

    (121 )           (121 )

Bunker swaps

                         

Gross inflow

    106             106  

    (15 )           (15 )

2016

                         

Gross settled:

                         

Forward freight agreements

                         

Gross inflow

    4             4  

Gross outflow

    (450 )           (450 )

    (446 )           (446 )

Bunker swaps

                         

Gross inflow

    221             221  

    (225 )           (225 )

2015

                         

Gross settled:

                         

Forward freight agreements

                         

Gross inflow

    300             300  

Bunker swaps

                         

Gross outflow

    (2,964 )           (2,964 )

    (2,664 )           (2,664 )

(e)   Shipping market price risk management

The Group is exposed to the fluctuations in market conditions in the shipping industry which in turn affects the Group's profitability. Management continually assess shipping markets using their experience and detailed research. Risks are managed by fixing tonnage on longer term time charters, contracts of affreightment and entering into forward freight agreements. The carrying amount of the derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 11.

Shipping market price sensitivity

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to shipping market price risk at the end of the reporting period.

F-38


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

In respect of derivative financial instruments, if the shipping market prices had been 10% higher/lower while other variables were held constant:

    loss for the year ended 31 December 2017 would decrease/increase by US$Nil (2016: decrease/increase by US$Nil and 2015: decrease/increase by US$Nil); and

    hedging reserve would decrease/increase by US$316,000 (2016: increase/decrease by US$70,000 and 2015: increase/decrease by US$282,000).

(f)     Commodity price risk management

The Group uses bunker swaps to manage exposure to commodity price risk where the positions are not naturally economically hedged through the combination of holding inventory, forward sales contracts and forward purchase contracts. Management continually assess commodity price through their experience and detailed research. The carrying amount of the derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 11.

Commodity price sensitivity

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to commodity price risk at the end of the reporting period.

In respect of derivative financial instruments, if the commodity prices had been 10% higher/lower while other variables were held constant:

    loss for the year ended 31 December 2017 would decrease/increase by US$ Nil (2016: decrease/increase by US$128,000 and 2015: decrease/increase by US$13,000).

    hedging reserve would decrease/increase by US$128,000 (2016: decrease/increase by US$280,000 and 2015: decrease/increase by US$120,000).

(g)    Fair value measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other current receivables and payables, and other liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The fair values of other classes of financial assets and liabilities are disclosed in the respective notes to financial statements.

Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Financial Assets

                   

Forward freight agreements

    17     4     300  

Bunker swaps

    106     221      

Financial Liabilities

                   

Forward freight agreements

    138     450      

Bunker swaps

            2,964  

All the financial instruments relate to the forward freight agreements and bunker swap agreements and have been classified as Level 2 financial instruments, which indicates that the fair value of the instruments were determined based on discounted cash flow with reference to observable inputs for equivalent instruments, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of various counterparties. Further details are disclosed in Note 11.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 in the period.

F-39


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2—inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

Level 3—inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

Level 2 and 3 fair values were determined by applying either a combination of, or one of the following valuation techniques:

    market related interest rate yield curves to discount expected future cash flows; and/or

    projected unit method; and/or

    market value, and/or

    the net asset value of the underlying investments; and/or

    a price earnings multiple or a discounted projected income/present value approach

The fair value measurement for income approach valuation is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market. Key inputs used in the valuation include discount rates and future profit assumptions based on historical performance but adjusted for expected growth. Management reassess the earnings or yield multiples at least annually based on their assessment of the macro- and micro-economic environment.

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

2017

                         

Financial assets

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

        123         123  

Financial liabilities

                         

Derivative financial instruments

        138         138  

2016

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Financial assets

                         

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

        225         225  

Financial liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Derivative financial instruments

        450         450  

2015

                         

Financial assets

                         

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

        300         300  

Financial liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Derivative financial instruments

        2,964         2,964  

(iii) Capital management policies and objectives

The Group manages its capital to ensure that the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt to equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity, which comprises of share capital and reserves.

F-40


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Continued)

The Group also reviews the capital structure on a semi-annual basis. As a part of this review, the management considers the cost of capital and the risks associated with each class of capital. The management also ensures that the Group maintains gearing ratios within a set range to comply with the loan covenant imposed by a bank.

The Group's overall strategy remains unchanged from prior year.

5 HOLDING COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS

The Group is wholly-owned by Grindrod Limited, incorporated in South Africa and listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, which is also the ultimate holding company.

Many of the Group's transactions and arrangements are with related parties and the effect of these on the basis determined between the parties is reflected in these financial statements. The balances are unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand unless otherwise stated.

During the year, group entities entered into the following transactions with related parties:

(i)    Grindrod Limited companies

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Freight revenue from related parties

    939     1,017     15  

Fuel and port expenses to related parties

    (55,895 )   (46,477 )   (64,311 )

Bunker swaps from related companies

    182          

Guarantee fees from related parties

    325     486     694  

Guarantee fees to related parties

    (451 )   (514 )   (805 )

Interest expense on loans from related parties

    (629 )   (312 )    

Interest income on amounts due from related parties

    1,199     909     485  

Management fees to related parties

    (3,495 )   (2,956 )   (3,195 )

Overhead recovery to related party (included in administrative expenses)

    (202 )   (967 )   (5,495 )

Sale of fuel to related parties

            20  

Dividend paid to related party

    (1,674 )       (4,135 )

Ship purchase

            (18,593 )

Other expenses to related parties

    (1,268 )   (2,216 )   (2,154 )

(ii)   Joint ventures

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Interest income

    4,346     2,728     153  

Technical management fee income

    1,625     1,427     810  

Charter hire and other related revenue

    4,376     3,624     3,840  

Charter hire and other related expenses

    (50,741 )   (33,643 )   (21,967 )

Receipts on behalf of a joint venture

            1,387  

Payments on behalf of a joint venture

    (585 )   (2 )   (550 )

Management fee income

    350     350     405  

Refer to Note 36 for information on the guarantees provided by the Group for loans within joint venture structures.

F-41


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5 HOLDING COMPANY AND RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

(iii) Compensation of key management personnel

The remuneration of directors, who are also the members of key management during the year is presented below.

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Short-term benefits

    6,026     3,511     3,568  

Share-based payments

    459         343  

Total director's remuneration

    5,850     3,511     3,911  

The remuneration of directors is determined by the remuneration committee of Grindrod Limited having regard to the performance of individuals and market trends.

6 CASH AND BANK BALANCES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cash on hand

    347     551     524  

Cash at bank

    46,175     67,160     74,961  

    46,522     67,711     75,485  

Less:

                   

Bank overdrafts

    (4,028 )       (323 )

Restricted cash

    (5,183 )   (5,241 )   (5,132 )

    37,311     62,470     70,030  

Add: Cash and cash equivalents included in a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    7,934          

Cash and cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows

    45,245     62,470     70,030  

Restricted cash included in the cash at bank of the Group is an amount of US$5,183,000 (2016: US$5,241,000 and 2015: US$5,132,000) pledged to certain banks to secure loans and other banking facilities (Note 18) of the Group.

7 TRADE RECEIVABLES

 
   
  2017    
   
  2016   2015    
 
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
   

Trade receivables

        17,249             15,659     23,419    

Less: Allowance for doubtful debts

                    (5 )   (192 )  

Allowance for doubtful debts

        (25 )           (5 )   (192 )  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

        25                    

        17,249             15,654     23,227    

Trade receivables due from the pools

        1,676             2,454     2,559    

Forward freight agreements

        605             736     68    

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

        (6,131 )                  

        13,399             18,844     25,854    

Trade receivables are classified as loans and receivables, and their carrying value approximates fair value.

The credit period is 1 to 30 days (2016: 1 to 30 days). No interest is charged on the outstanding invoice.

Included in the Group's trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of US$4,243,000 (2016:US$5,387,000 and 2015: US$8,437,000) which are past due at the end of reporting period for which

F-42


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7 TRADE RECEIVABLES (Continued)

the Group have not provided for, as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group do not hold any collateral over these balances.

Trade receivables are contracted directly with the third parties. The trade receivables due from the pools relate to revenue that will be collect by the pool manager and distributed in accordance with the underlying pool agreements.

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the end of reporting period. The credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and unrelated. Accordingly, the management believes that there is no further credit allowance required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts.

The table below is an analysis of trade receivables as at 31 December:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Not past due and not impaired (i)

    9,156     13,457     17,417  

Past due but not impaired (ii)

    4,243     5,387     8,437  

    13,399     18,844     25,854  

Impaired receivables—individually assessed (iii)

        5     192  

Less: Allowance for impairment

        (5 )   (192 )

Total trade receivables, net

    13,399     18,844     25,854  

(i)
Management believes that trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired are with creditworthy counterparties.

(ii)
Aging of receivables that are past due but not impaired:
 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

1 day to 30 days

    2,509     2,101     2,659  

31 days to 60 days

    511     1,454     3,549  

61 days to 90 days

    209     242     1,512  

More than 90 days

    1,014     1,590     717  

    4,243     5,387     8,437  

The balances relate to receivables from long standing customers with no clear indicators of past credit default experience.

(iii)
These amounts are stated before any deduction for impairment losses.

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Balance at beginning of the year

    5     192     43  

Increase /(Reversal) in allowance for doubtful debts

    18     (3 )   149  

Amounts written off during the year as uncollectible

        (184 )    

Effect of foreign exchange differences

    2          

    25     5     192  

Included in assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 39)

    (25 )        

Balance at end of year

        5     192  

Allowance for doubtful debts are recognised against trade receivables based on estimated irrecoverable amounts from charter hire income, determined by reference to past default experience.

F-43


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8 OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Current:

                   

Deposits

    293     289     296  

Prepayments

    2,328     3,409     2,621  

Voyages in progress

    12,367     13,935     13,240  

Other receivables

    6,791     4,891     5,504  

    21,779     22,524     21,661  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (4,592 )        

    17,187     22,524     21,661  

Non-current assets

                   

Other receivables

    187     168      

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (115 )        

    72     168      

    17,259     22,692     21,661  

9 DUE FROM RELATED PARTIES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Due from related parties (Note 5)

                   

—non-interest bearing—trade

    22          

—interest bearing—non-trade

    15,215     14,395     8,110  

Due from joint ventures (Note 5)

                   

—non-interest bearing—non-trade

    2,597     2,319     2,057  

—interest bearing—non-trade

    26,888     22,868      

    44,722     39,582     10,167  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (17,724 )        

    26,998     39,582     10,167  

Amounts due from related parties are classified as loans and receivables and their carrying value approximate fair value. They are unsecured and repayable on demand.

Interest is charged on the amounts due from joint ventures of US$26,888,000 (2016:US$22,868,000). The rate of interest being charged is 15.0% per annum for 2017 and 2016.

Interest is charged on amounts due from related parties of US$15,215,000 (2016: US$14,395,000 and 2015: US$8,110,000) at 8.22% (2016: 7.98% and 2015: 5.95%) per annum.

The Group have not made any allowance as the management is of the view that these receivables are recoverable.

10 LOANS TO JOINT VENTURES

US$13,765,000 (2016: US$13,370,000 and 2015: US$13,037,000) of the loans to joint ventures relate to payments made for instalments due for ships under construction in accordance with the terms of ship building contracts. The loans are repayable over a period of 10 to 17 years from date of respective ship delivery. These loans are unsecured and bear interest at rates ranging from 1.03% to 2.91% (2016: 1.03% to 2.61% and 2015: 1.13% to 1.42%) per annum during the year. These loans approximate to their fair value as the loan is arranged at floating rates.

F-44


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10 LOANS TO JOINT VENTURES (Continued)

US$22,383,000 (2016: US$21,960,000 and 2015: US$21,522,000) of loans to joint ventures are unsecured and bear interest at a rate of 2% (2016: 2% and 2015: Nil%) per annum during the year. The loans are expected to be repaid within 12 months from the end of each reporting periods. The carrying value of the loans at year end approximates the fair value.

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Loans to joint ventures analysed between:

                   

Assets

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Current assets

    22,400     15     2,639  

Provision for losses on joint ventures

    (4,220 )        

    18,180     15     2,639  

Non-current assets

    13,748     35,315     31,920  

Provision for losses on joint ventures

    (6,447 )        

    7,301     35,315     31,920  

Total

    25,481     35,330     34,559  

Provisions for losses on joint venture arose from the recognition of the Group's share of losses in joint venture that are in excess of the group's cost of investment in joint ventures (Note 15). As a result, the provision of losses on joint venture are then applied to loans of the respective joint ventures, representing the other components of the group's interest in these joint ventures.

11 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Forward freight agreements and bunker swaps—analysed between:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Assets

                   

Current assets

    123     225     300  

Liabilities

                   

Current liabilities

    (138 )   (450 )   (2,964 )

The Group has entered into a number of forward freight agreements covering certain open positions of its capesize and handysize ships. These are entered into in the normal course of business in order to hedge against open positions in the fleet from contracts of affreightment and exposure on earnings for the handysize ships

F-45


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

trading in a pool on the spot market. At 31 December 2017, there are 7 (2016: 4) outstanding forward freight agreements, maturing as follows:

Settlement period
   
  Strike
price
  Duration   Notional
value
  Fair value
gain (loss)
 
 
   
  US$
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

2017

                           

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

Current Assets

 

 

   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
 

January 2018 to March 2018

  BSI—Ave     9,800   45 days     441     1  

January 2018 to March 2018

  BSI—Ave     10,300   40 days     412     16  

                  853     17  

Current Liabilities

                           

January 2018 to March 2018

  BSI—Ave     8,900   30 days     267     (27 )

January 2018 to March 2018

  BSI—Ave     9,150   90 days     824     (57 )

January 2018 to March 2018

  BHSI—Ave     8,050   90 days     725     (40 )

January 2018 to March 2018

  BHSI—Ave     8,100   15 days     122     (7 )

January 2018 to March 2018

  BHSI—Ave     8,250   30 days     248     (7 )

                  2,186     (138 )

2016

                           

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

Current Assets

 

 

   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
 

January 2017 to March 2017

  BSI—Ave     7,000   45 days     315     4  

Current Liabilities

                           

January 2017 to March 2017

  BSI—Ave     5,100   90 days     459     (163 )

January 2017 to March 2017

  BSI—Ave     5,000   90 days     450     (172 )

January 2017 to March 2017

  BHSI—Ave     4,675   90 days     421     (115 )

                  1,330     (450 )

2015

                           

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

Current Assets

 

 

   
 
 

 

   
 
   
 
 

January 2016 to March 2016

  BSI—Ave     7,100   30 days     213     57  

January 2016 to March 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,700   30 days     201     45  

January 2016 to June 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,100   90 days     549     47  

January 2016 to June 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,000   90 days     540     38  

January 2016 to June 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,000   90 days     540     38  

January 2016 to June 2016

  BSI—Ave     6,000   180 days     1,080     75  

                  3,123     300  

F-46


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The Group has entered into a number of bunker swaps, as follows:

Settlement periods
   
  Strike
price
  Quantity   Notional
value
  Fair value
gain
 
 
   
  US$
   
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

2017

                             

Current asset

                             

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

January 2018 to December 2018

 

Rott 3.5% Brg

   
326
   
3,600 MT
   
1,174
   
106
 

2016

                             

Current asset

                             

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

January 2017 to December 2017

 

Rott 3.5% Brg

   
278
   
9,600 MT
   
2,671
   
216
 

July 2017

  MOPS 380     253     350 MT     89     5  

                    2,760     221  

2015

                             

Current liabilities

                             

Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:

             

February 2016

 

MOPS 380

   
188
   
400 MT
   
75
   
(11

)

March 2016

  MOPS 380     193     400 MT     77     (12 )

January 2016 to August 2016

  Rott 3.5% Brg     561     2,400 MT     1,346     (976 )

January 2015 to August 2016

  MOPS 380     583     12,000 MT     6,996     (1,965 )

                    8,494     (2,964 )

BSI-Ave denotes "Baltic Supramax Index (Average)"

BHSI-Ave denotes "Baltic Handysize Index (Average)"

MOPS 380 denotes "Mean of Platts Singapore 380"

Rott 3.5% Brg denotes "3.5% Fuel Oil Barges FOB Rotterdam"

12 INVENTORIES

 
   
  2017    
   
  2016    
   
  2015    
 
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
   

Bunkers and other consumables at cost

        10,156             11,617             8,463    

                                       

Ships reclassified from ships, property, plant and equipment as inventories (Note 13) (a)

        16,988             13,351             12,765    

Sale of ships recognised as inventories (a)

        (16,988 )           (13,351 )           (12,765 )  

Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

       
(1,078

)
         
           
   

        9,078             11,617             8,463    

(a)
On 29 June 2017 and 27 October 2017, the Group entered into Memorandums of Agreement with third parties for the sale of ships at purchase consideration of US$10,897,000 and US$6,830,000 respectively. The ships were delivered to third parties on 17 October 2017 and 27 November 2017.

On 9 February 2015 and 5 August 2016, the Group entered into Memorandums of Agreement with a third party for the sale of ships at purchase consideration of US$12,858,000 and US$12,275,000 respectively. The ships were delivered to the third party on 4 June 2015 and 31 October 2016.

F-47


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12 INVENTORIES (Continued)

Ships reclassified from Ships, property, plant and equipment as inventories is reconciled as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost

    39,256     18,403     26,853  

Accumulated depreciation

    (11,744 )   (819 )   (4,280 )

Impairment

    (10,524 )   (4,233 )   (9,808 )

Carrying amount

    16,988     13,351     12,765  

F-48


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13 SHIPS, PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 
  Office
equipment,
furniture and
fittings and
motor vehicles
  Plant and
equipment
  Plant and
equipment
under
construction
  Ships   Dry-
docking
  Construction
in progress
  Freehold
land and
buildings
  Leasehold
improvements
  Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost:

                                                       

Balance at 1 January 2015

    8,425     4,114         492,534     10,549     773     329     275     516,999  

Acquired through acquisition of assets and business (Note 39)

    122                     12,250         223     12,595  

Additions

    2,021     553     187     377     5,948     2,948         145     12,179  

Disposals

        (180 )           (3,518 )           (3 )   (3,701 )

Price adjustment

                    (65 )               (65 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (26,588 )   (265 )               (26,853 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    (2,359 )       (34 )   (635 )   180         (85 )   (169 )   (3,102 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

    8,209     4,487     153     465,688     12,829     15,971     244     471     508,052  

Additions

    574     25     60         3,818     24,993         85     29,555  

Disposals

    (163 )   (689 )           (1,858 )               (2,710 )

Transfer

        2,600         37,250     341     (40,191 )            

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (17,918 )   (485 )               (18,403 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,056         26     984     316         34     97     2,513  

Balance at 31 December 2016

    9,676     6,423     239     486,004     14,961     773     278     653     519,007  

Additions

    1,181             339     4,880             31     6,431  

Disposals

    (340 )   (218 )           (3,183 )           (35 )   (3,776 )

Transfer

    245         (245 )                        

Reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (5,876 )           (27,419 )   (1,983 )           (734 )   (36,012 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (37,490 )   (1,766 )               (39,256 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,008         6         168         29     85     1,296  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    5,894     6,205         421,434     13,077     773     307         447,690  

Accumulated depreciation:

                                                       

Balance at 1 January 2015

    6,940     3,046         82,597     4,426             78     97,087  

Depreciation

    523     640         21,341     4,055             43     26,602  

Disposals

        (180 )           (3,518 )           (1 )   (3,699 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (4,242 )   (38 )               (4,280 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    (1,694 )           2     172             (60 )   (1,580 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

    5,769     3,506         99,698     5,097             60     114,130  

Depreciation

    599     1,026         14,746     4,035             88     20,494  

Disposals

    (119 )   (680 )           (1,858 )           10     (2,647 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (819 )                   (819 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    736             7     279             41     1,063  

Balance at 31 December 2016

    6,985     3,852         113,632     7,553             199     132,221  

Depreciation

    706     814         13,416     3,745             91     18,772  

Disposals

    (218 )   (218 )           (3,183 )           (33 )   (3,652 )

Reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (2,901 )           (12,119 )   (969 )           (300 )   (16,289 )

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (10,948 )   (796 )               (11,744 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    691             13     175             43     922  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    5,263     4,448         103,994     6,678                 120,230  

F-49


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13 SHIPS, PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

 
  Office
equipment,
furniture and
fittings and
motor vehicles
  Plant and
equipment
  Plant and
equipment
under
construction
  Ships   Dry-
docking
  Construction
in progress
  Freehold
land and
buildings
  Leasehold
improvements
  Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Impairment:

                                                       

Balance at 1 January 2015

                16,195         310             16,505  

Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss

                67,800                     67,800  

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (9,808 )                   (9,808 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

                74,187         310             74,497  

Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss

                12,625                     12,625  

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (4,233 )                   (4,233 )

Balance at 31 December 2016

                82,579         310             82,889  

Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss

                13,116     3,387                 16,503  

Reclassification to inventories (Note 12)

                (10,524 )                   (10,524 )

Balance at 31 December 2017

                85,171     3,387     310             88,868  

Carrying Amount:

                                                       

At 31 December 2017

    631     1,757         232,269     3,165     463     307         238,592  

At 31 December 2016

    2,691     2,571     239     289,793     7,408     463     278     454     303,897  

At 31 December 2015

    2,440     981     153     291,803     7,732     15,661     244     411     319,425  

In 2015, there was a price adjustment of US$65,000 to the dry-dock expenditure incurred in 2014. Price adjustment arose from the difference in the estimated drydock expenditure in 2014 and finalization of the drydock expenditure from the shipyard in 2015.

Certain ships are pledged to secure bank borrowings as disclosed in Note 18.

F-50


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14 SUBSIDIARIES

Details of the Group's subsidiaries at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

 
   
   
  Proportion of ownership
interest and voting power
held by the Group
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Name of subsidiary
  Principal activity   2017   2016   2015  
 
   
   
  %
  %
  %
 

Unicorn Bunker Services Proprietary Limited

  Bunker owning and operating   South Africa     100 %   100 %   100 %

Comshipco Schiffahrts Agentur GmbH

  Ship agents and operators   Germany     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Calulo Shipping Services Proprietary Limited

  Ship operating   South Africa     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited                   

  To provide shipping and shipping related services   United Kingdom     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Tanker Operations (434) Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Nyathi Limited

  Ship Owning and Operating   Isle of Man     100 %   100 %   100 %

F-51


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14 SUBSIDIARIES (Continued)

 
   
   
  Proportion of ownership
interest and voting power
held by the Group
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Name of subsidiary
  Principal activity   2017   2016   2015  
 
   
   
  %
  %
  %
 

Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Marmara Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Malacca Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Bulk Carriers Ltd

  Dormant   British Virgin Islands     100 %   100 %   100 %

Unicorn Tankers International Ltd

  Dormant   British Virgin Islands     100 %   100 %   100 %

Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as York Maritime Holdings, V, LLC)^

  Ship Owning and Operating   Marshall Islands     100 %   100 %   100 %

^
Acquired from third party on 6 August 2015. See Note 42 for details of transaction.

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost of investment in joint ventures

    80,499     80,499     66,764  

Share of post-acquisition loss, net of dividends received

    (16,203 )   (13,924 )   (5,619 )

Carrying amount

    64,296     66,575     61,145  

The Group's share of losses in joint ventures that are in excess of the group's cost of investment of $10,667,000 (2016: $NIL and 2015: $NIL) are accounted for as provision for losses on joint ventures (Note 10).

F-52


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)

Details of the joint ventures are as follows:

 
   
   
  Proportion of ownership
interest and voting power
held by the Group
  Cost of investment in joint
ventures
 
 
   
  Country of
incorporation
 
Name of joint venture
  Principal activity   2017   2016   2015   2017   2016   2015  

Handyventure Singapore Pte. Ltd. (a)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore             50.0 %                

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     51 %   51.0 %   51.0 %   132     132     132  

IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     51 %   51.0 %   51.0 %   25     25     25  

Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     65 %   65.0 %   65.0 %   *     *     *  

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. (b) (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     33.5 %   33.5 %   33.5 %   66,440     66,440     52,705  

Petrochemical Shipping Limited

  Ship owning and operating   Isle of Man     50 %   50.0 %   50 %   13,902     13,902     13,902  

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. 

  Ship owning and operating   Singapore     50 %   50.0 %   50 %   *     *     *  

                              80,499     80,499     66,764  

*
Amount is less than US$1,000.

(a)
In 2015, Handyventure Singapore Pte. Ltd. was liquidated and the Group's investment in the joint venture of US$500,000 was returned to the Group.

(b)
In 2016, the Group injected additional share capital of US$13,735,000 (2015: US$20,240,000) in its joint venture, IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. The company's interest in IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. remains at 33.5%.

(c)
The Group has joint control over these entities by virtue of the contractual arrangement with its joint venture partner(s) requiring resolutions on the relevant activities to be passed based on unanimous approval.

The above joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in these combined financial statements.

In 2017, the total share of joint venture companies' loss after taxation amounts to US$12,946,000 (2016: US$3,472,000 and 2015: US$18,748,000).

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group's joint ventures are set out below. The summarised financial information below represents amounts shown in the joint venture's financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSs, adjusted by the Group for equity accounting purposes.

F-53


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

    2,771     4,086     5,079  

Non-current assets

    11,258     14,812     15,964  

Current liabilities

    (1,397 )   (1,381 )   (12,345 )

Non-current liabilities

    (7,966 )   (9,245 )    

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,525     3,932     4,954  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payable and provisions)

    (1,302 )   (1,298 )   (12,021 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (7,966 )   (9,245 )    

Revenue

    2,495     2,772     3,065  

Gross profit/(loss)

    15     (195 )   (357 )

Loss for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year

    (3,606 )   (426 )   (5,096 )

The above loss for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

    (772 )   (1,152 )   (1,510 )

Impairment loss

    (3,274 )       (4,885 )

Interest expense

    (283 )   (208 )   (161 )

Income tax expense

    (11 )        

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net assets of the joint venture

    4,666     8,272     8,698  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    51 %   51 %   51 %

Other adjustments

    (31 )   (283 )   (303 )

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

    2,349     3,936     4,133  

F-54


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

IM Shipping Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

   
1,386
   
1,550
   
1,895
 

Non-current assets

    21,250     39,080     48,798  

Current liabilities

    (3,618 )   (3,410 )   (3,392 )

Non-current liabilities

    (31,660 )   (33,666 )   (35,659 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    705     1,295     1,335  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (3,326 )   (3,147 )   (3,145 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (31,660 )   (33,666 )   (35,659 )

Revenue

    7,363     6,429     7,433  

Gross profit/ (loss)

    2,030     (364 )   335  

Loss for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year

    (16,196 )   (8,088 )   (5,647 )

The above loss for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

    (1,821 )   (3,096 )   (3,532 )

Impairment loss

    (16,508 )   (7,050 )   (5,782 )

Interest expense

    (335 )   (308 )   (392 )

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net (liabilities) assets of the joint venture

    (12,642 )   3,554     11,642  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    51 %   51 %   51 %

Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 10)

    6,447          

Other adjustments

        (4,485 )   (8,891 )

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

        (2,672 )   (2,954 )

F-55


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

   
1,602
   
2,042
   
3,460
 

Current liabilities

    (1,781 )   (1,460 )   (1,240 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    5     515     1,501  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (585 )   (2 )    

Revenue

    22,594     15,075     18,905  

Gross (loss) profit

    (681 )   (751 )   2,243  

(Loss) profit for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year

    (761 )   (838 )   2,149  

Dividend income from the joint venture during the year

        520     1,422  

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net (liabilities) assets of the joint venture

    (179 )   582     2,220  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    65 %   65 %   65 %

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

    (116 )   378     1,443  

F-56


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
   
 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

   
36,572
   
58,051
   
4,894
 

Non-current assets

    277,651     245,414     216,731  

Current liabilities

    (38,035 )   (33,302 )   (7,748 )

Non-current liabilities

    (114,400 )   (112,518 )   (80,358 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    30,451     32,182     2,506  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (36,722 )   (32,327 )   (6,858 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (114,400 )   (112,518 )   (80,358 )

Revenue

    39,816     24,082     11,106  

Gross profit (loss)

    7,930     (2,326 )   (1,663 )

Profit (loss) for the year, representing total comprehensive profit/ (loss) for the year

    4,143     (16,874 )   (29,815 )

The above profit (loss) for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

   
(11,937

)
 
(9,069

)
 
(4,711

)

Impairment loss

        (6,840 )   (25,017 )

Interest income

    12     27      

Interest expense

    (9,938 )   (6,802 )   (2,815 )

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net assets of the joint venture

    161,788     157,645     133,519  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    33.5 %   33.5 %   33.5 %

Goodwill

    3,575     3,575     3,575  

Other adjustments

    (6,406 )   (6,406 )   (6,406 )

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

    51,368     49,980     41,898  

F-57


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Petrochemical Shipping Limited

                   

Current assets

   
4,810
   
4,070
   
5,370
 

Non-current assets

    28,000     38,822     40,931  

Current liabilities

    (11,327 )   (12,757 )   (1,856 )

Non-current liabilities

    (94 )   (102 )   (14,347 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    4,077     3,357     3,513  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (10,897 )   (12,288 )   (1,275 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

            (14,245 )

Revenue

    8,297     8,773     8,546  

Gross profit/ (loss)

    828     317     (113 )

Loss for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year

    (8,644 )   (65 )   (3,246 )

The above loss for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

    (1,960 )   (2,581 )   (3,014 )

Impairment loss

    (8,862 )       (2,366 )

Interest income

    38     23     7  

Interest expense

    (488 )   (551 )   (572 )

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net assets of the joint venture

    21,389     30,033     30,098  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    50 %   50 %   50 %

Other adjustments

        (2,613 )   (4,670 )

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

    10,695     12,404     10,379  

F-58


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (Continued)


 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

                   

Current assets

   
10,810
   
12,716
   
16,519
 

Non-current assets

    108,000     125,302     131,557  

Current liabilities

    (127,249 )   (11,820 )   (8,153 )

Non-current liabilities

        (121,378 )   (127,791 )

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

    6,229     8,119     8,287  

Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

    (125,611 )   (10,825 )   (7,983 )

Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

        (121,378 )   (127,791 )

Revenue

    19,222     21,401     32,811  

Gross profit

    5,364     5,792     14,473  

(Loss)/ Profit for the year, representing total comprehensive income for the year

    (13,258 )   1,315     10,857  

Dividend income from the joint venture during the year

        4,313      

The above profit for the year include the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

    (5,000 )   (6,254 )   (6,257 )

Impairment loss

    (14,491 )        

Interest expense

    (4,302 )   (4,192 )   (3,219 )

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the combined financial statements:

Net (liabilities) assets of the joint venture

    (8,439 )   4,820     12,132  

Proportion of the Group's ownership interest in the joint venture

    50 %   50 %   50 %

Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 10)

    4,220          

Other adjustments

        139     180  

Carrying amount of the Group's interest in the joint venture

        2,549     6,246  

F-59


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 
  Total  
 
  US$'000
 

Cost:

       

Balance at 1 January 2015

    9,775  

Additions

    58  

Acquisition of business (Note 42.2)

    561  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    (2,143 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

    8,251  

Additions

    7  

Disposals

    (3 )

Reclassification of prepayments

    919  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,085  

Balance at 31 December 2016

    10,259  

Additions

    19  

Reclassified to assets held for sale (Note 39)

    (2,951 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,075  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    8,402  

Accumulated amortisation:

       

Balance at 1 January 2015

    1,780  

Amortisation

    1,101  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    (658 )

Balance at 31 December 2015

    2,223  

Amortisation

    1,057  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    389  

Balance at 31 December 2016

    3,669  

Amortisation

    908  

Reclassified to assets held for sale (Note 39)

    (612 )

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    740  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    4,705  

Impairment:

       

Balance at 1 January 2015, 2016 and 2017

     

Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss

    3,636  

Balance at 31 December 2017

    3,636  

Carrying Amount:

       

At 31 December 2017

    61  

At 31 December 2016

    6,590  

At 31 December 2015

    6,028  

Intangible assets include club memberships, customer relationships, purchased lease contracts and software and licences. Club memberships are lifetime memberships and are not amortised. Customer relationships arose from the acquisition of business and are amortised over 7 years. Lease contracts relate to the purchase of the rights to lease a property on favourable terms to the market, are amortised over the lease term of between 11 and 20 years. Software and licenses arose from the installation of major information systems (including packaged software) and are amortised over 3 years, the period over which the benefit is expected to accrue.

An impairment of US$3,636,000 (2016: US$ Nil and 2015: US$ Nil) was recognised in respect of the customer relationships based on the value in use calculations. The impairment at 31 December 2017 arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a

F-60


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16 INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

reassessment and the recoverable amount of the customer relationship is less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment.

The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period. Management estimates pre-tax discount rates to be 15% (2016: 12% and 2015: 12%) which they believe reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs. The growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts and are estimated to be 5.5% (2016: 5.8% and 2015: 5.8%). Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

17 GOODWILL

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost:

                   

Balance at 1 January

    16,626     15,039     19,472  

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    1,359     1,587     (4,433 )

At 31 December

    17,985     16,626     15,039  

Accumulated impairment losses:

                   

Balance at 1 January

    604     604     604  

Impairment

    8,483          

Effect of foreign currency exchange differences

    479          

Balance at 31 December

    9,566     604     604  

Carrying amount:

                   

As 31 December

    8,419     16,022     14,435  

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that business combination. Before recognition of impairment losses, the cost of goodwill had been allocated as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Cost:

                   

Island Trading and Shipping

    3,064     3,064     3,064  

Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd

    14,040     12,707     11,150  

Parcel Service

    277     251     221  

Unicorn Tankers International

    604     604     604  

    17,985     16,626     15,039  

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined based on value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs. The growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts. Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

F-61


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17 GOODWILL (Continued)

The following CGUs have carrying amounts of goodwill that are considered significant in comparison with the Group's total goodwill balance:

Island Trading and Shipping

The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management for the next five years and extrapolates based on an estimated growth rate of Nil% (2016: Nil% and 2015: Nil%) per annum for the first year, 0% (2016: 2.1% and 2015: 2.1%) per annum for the second year and 0% (2016: 2.2% and 2015: 2.2%) per annum thereafter. This rate does not exceed the average long-term growth rate for the relevant markets.

The rate used to discount the forecast cash flows is 7.55% (2016: 7.55% and 2015: 7.55%).

Based on the assessment, management has recorded an impairment loss of US$2,364,000 for the financial year ended 31 December 2017 and this arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a reassessment and the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment. No class of asset other than goodwill was impaired.

Following the impairment loss recognised in Island Trading and Shipping, the recoverable amount was equal to the carrying amount. Therefore, any adverse movement in key assumption would lead to further impairment.

Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd

The Group prepares five-year period cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management and the cash flows for the five-year period have been extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 5.5% (2016: 5.8% and 2015: 5.8%) per annum. This rate does not exceed the average long-term growth rate for the relevant markets.

The rate used to discount the forecast cash flows is 15% (2016: 12% and 2015: 12%).

Based on the value in use calculations, an impairment of US$6,119,000 was required at 31 December 2017 (2016: US$Nil and 2015: US$Nil). The impairment at 31 December 2017 arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a reassessment and the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment.

Following the impairment loss recognised in Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd CGU, the recoverable amount was equal to the carrying amount. Therefore, any adverse movement in key assumption would lead to further impairment.

F-62


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18 BANK LOANS

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Secured—at amortised cost:

                   

Bank Loans

    108,754     112,545     101,672  

Analysed between:

                   

Current portion

    89,573     34,137     93,560  

Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (1,609 )        

    87,964     34,137     93,560  

Non-current portion

    27,131     78,408     8,112  

Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (6,341 )        

    20,790     78,408     8,112  

    108,754     112,545     101,672  

Interest payable (included in bank loans)

    477     601     564  

Loans due after one year are estimated to be repayable as follows:

                   

Within 2 to 5 years

    20,790     76,821     8,112  

After 5 years

        1,587      

    20,790     78,408     8,112  

The bank loans are secured on cash and certain ships owned by the Group. The cash pledged and the carrying value of the ships under security charge as at 31 December 2017 is US$5,183,000 (2016: US$5,241,000 and 2015: US$5,131,000) and US$233,866,000 (2016: US$248,171,000 and 2015: US$248,872,000) respectively. In addition, the loan facility has charges over the subsidiaries' earnings, insurances, charter and charter guarantees and any requisition compensation. Certain of the bank loans are guaranteed by Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and/or the ultimate holding company.

The bank loans are arranged at London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus the respective margins. These bear a weighted average effective interest rate of 3.83% (2016: 3.11% and 2015: 2.69%) per annum.

At 31 December 2017, the Group had available US$5,000,000 (2016: US$6,425,000 and 2015: US$46,870,000) of undrawn committed borrowing facilities which are subjected to the Group meeting all conditions precedent to drawdown.

The Group has several bank loan facilities and regularly monitors the covenants stated in the loan agreements. There is no breach of loan covenants at 31 December 2017 or 31 December 2016. At 31 December 2015, the Group breached one of the covenants on certain long-term bank loans. Under the loan agreements, the breach of a covenant gives the bank a right to exercise remedies, including the right of immediate repayment, if the covenant is not rectified within the required period. Due to this breach of the covenant clause, the bank is contractually entitled to request for immediate repayment of the outstanding loan amount of US$63,177,000. Subsequent to the year-end, the banks granted the Group a waiver in respect of the breached covenant.

F-63


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Trade payables

    6,206     5,479     2,936  

Accrued expenses

    26,204     26 580     29,722  

Advances received

    4,110     6,208     8,316  

Others

    1,218     1,344     631  

    37,738     39,611     41,605  

Non-current trade and other payables

    (1,167 )   (1,213 )   (687 )

    36,571     38,398     40,918  

Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (8,217 )        

Current trade and other payables

    28,354     38,398     40,918  

Trade and other payables are recognised at amortised cost and their carrying value approximates fair value. Charter hire is paid in advance in terms of the charter contracts. The remaining payment terms are predominately 30 days.

The Group's trade and other payables are predominantly non-interest bearing and unsecured.

20 PROVISIONS FOR ONEROUS CONTRACT

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Provision for onerous contracts

    1,270     8,697     4,876  

Provision for onerous contracts represents the present value of the future charter payments that the Group is presently obligated to make under non-cancellable onerous operating charter agreements and contracts of affreightment, less charter revenue expected to be earned on the charter. The estimate may vary as a result of changes to ship running costs and charter and freight revenue. The rate used to discount the future charter payments is 7.55% (2016: 7.55% and 2015: 7.55%).

Analysis of provision for onerous contracts:

                   

At beginning of the year

    8,697     4,876     1,523  

(Release)/charge to profit or loss

    (7,427 )   3,821     3,353  

At the end of the financial year

    1,270     8,697     4,876  

21 DUE TO RELATED PARTIES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Due to related parties—trade (Note 5)

    1,073     5,856     3,819  

Due to related parties—non-trade (Note 5)

    12,906     10,340     16,253  

Due to joint ventures—non-trade (Note 5)

    3,965     2,686     825  

At the end of the financial year

    17,944     18,882     20,897  

Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)

    (1,014 )        

    16,930     18,882     20,897  

Amounts due to related parties are measured at amortised cost and their carrying values approximate the fair values.

F-64


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

22 LOANS FROM RELATED PARTIES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Amortised cost:

                   

Loans from related parties—unsecured

        37,253      

Included in loan from related parties is the interest payable of US$ Nil (2016: US$253,000). Loans from related parties are unsecured, repayable on demand and bear an interest of LIBOR plus 3% margin. The loans were fully repaid in 2017. In 2016, the weighted average effective interest rate was 3.49% per annum.

23 SHARE CAPITAL AND PREMIUM

 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Issued and paid up:

                   

At 1 January 2015

    417,599     19,905     437,504  

Issue of ordinary shares

    *     21,597     21,596  

At 31 December 2015 and 2016

    417,599     41,502     459,101  

Issue of ordinary shares

    15,000         15,000  

At 31 December 2017

    432,599     41,502     474,101  

*
Amount is less than US$1,000.

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., comprising of 101,009 (2016: 101,008 and 2015: 101,008) issued and paid up ordinary shares, have no par value, carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividends as and when declared by the company. On the 11 December 2017, one ordinary share was issued to the ultimate holding company for US$15,000,000.

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, comprising of 5,003 (2016: 5,003 and 2015: 5,002) issued and paid up ordinary shares, have a par value of ZAR1 each and carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividends as and when declared by the company.

24 SHARE OPTION RESERVE

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Balance at 1 January

    (460 )   (284 )   (450 )

Share-based payments expenses

    343     182     166  

Forfeited

    (310 )   (221 )    

Acquired Grindrod Limited shares

    (506 )   (137 )    

Balance at 31 December

    (932 )   (460 )   (284 )

The Group's ultimate holding company, Grindrod Limited, operates a share option scheme, in which certain directors of the company participate in. The financial effects of the share options granted to the relevant company's directors are accordingly recharged from the ultimate holding company to be recorded in the financial statements of the Group. Refer to Note 5 Related Party Transactions (iii) Compensation of key management personnel.

In terms of the Forfeitable Share Plan, the company purchases shares in the ultimate company at fair value and grants the shares to the employees, who are eligible for this plan. The participants are entitled to receive dividends paid and to vote in respect of the shares awarded. However, the forfeitable shares cannot be disposed of or otherwise encumbered and are also subject to a risk of forfeiture until the vesting date.

F-65


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

24 SHARE OPTION RESERVE (Continued)

The shares vest in three equal tranches at the end of years three, four and five after award date. For the vesting conditions to be met the participants are required to remain employed by the Group until the vesting date. There are no performance criteria in the vesting conditions. Employees terminating employment due to resignation or dismissal on grounds of misconduct, proven poor performance or proven dishonest or fraudulent conduct will be classified as bad leavers and will forfeit all unvested awards.

25 OTHER RESERVES

Hedging reserve

The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in hedging reserve is reclassified to profit or loss when the hedged transaction impacts the profit or loss, or is included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item, consistent with the applicable accounting policy.

Translation reserve

Exchange differences relating to the translation from the functional currencies of the Group's foreign subsidiaries into United States dollars are brought to account by recognising those exchange differences in other comprehensive income and accumulating them in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve. Gains and losses on hedging instruments that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations are also recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve.

Non-distributable reserve

The non-distributable reserve arises from the restructure of the Group and a buy back of the Broad Based Black Economic Empowerments ("BBBEE") shareholdings in June 2014. Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd acquired the non-controlling interest of its subsidiaries from the minority shareholders. As the increase in shareholdings do not result in a change of control, the difference between consideration paid and the carrying value of net assets in equity was recognised as a non-distributable reserve.

26 REVENUE

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Charter hire

    128,355     97,322     116,488  

Freight revenue

    257,614     256,801     301,222  

Vessel revenue

    385,969     354,123     417,710  

Sale of ships

    17,155     12,275     12,858  

Sale of bunkers and other consumables

    572         352  

Ship sales

    17,727     12,275     13,210  

Management fees

    5,252     4,178     2,016  

Other

    574     956     1,503  

Others

    5,826     5,134     3,519  

    409,522     371,532     434,439  

F-66


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

27 COST OF SALES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Charter hire expenses

    127,748     121,080     150,595  

Pool distribution

    60,710     40,414     14,252  

Fuel expenses

    59,108     56,632     84,187  

Port expenses

    33,793     40,552     43,227  

Other expenses

    12,228     2,916     5,506  

Forward freight agreements

    1,085     213     (1,612 )

Voyage expenses

    166,924     140,727     145,560  

Depreciation (Note 33)

    17,975     19,806     26,036  

Crew expenses

    23,979     24,442     24,796  

Repairs and maintenance

    5,081     5,011     5,900  

Insurance

    3,194     3,544     4,442  

Others

    8,583     9,914     10,001  

Vessel operating costs

    40,837     42,911     45,139  

Cost of sales on sale of ships

    16,988     13,351     12,765  

Cost of sales on sale of bunkers and other consumables

    572         146  

Cost of ship sale

    17,560     13,351     12,911  

Ship lease rentals

    12,295     13,261     12,914  

Container expenses

    1,026     1,067     1,333  

Freight expenses

    781     1,001     950  

Cargo handling

    1,734     1,858     1,644  

(Reversal of) Provision for onerous contracts (Note 20)

    (7,427 )   3,821     3,353  

Others

    7,955     6,852     7,142  

Other expenses

    16,364     27,860     27,336  

    387,408     365,735     407,577  

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION

The information reported to the Group's chief operating decision maker, who are directors of the Group, for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance is provided based on the six operating segments within the two businesses of the group, which are also reportable segments of the Group:

a.
In the drybulk carrier business, the Group operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture dry-bulk vessels across the world. The Group operates this business with a focus on the categories of vessels—namely Handysize and Supramax, with all others businesses within this business categorized as Others. Accordingly, the reportable segments of the drybulk business are: Handysize; Supramax and Others.

b.
In the tanker business, the group operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture liquid-bulk vessels across the world. The group operates this business with a focus on the categories of vessels—namely MR Tankers and Small Tankers, with all other businesses within this business categorized as Others. Accordingly, the reportable segments of the tanker business are: MR Tankers; Small Tankers and Others.

The reportable segments of the group have been identified on a primary basis by the business segment which is representative of the internal reporting used for management purposes, including the chief operating decision maker, as well as the source and nature of business risks and returns.

F-67


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

Joint-ventures financial information are included within the segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis as the Group's chief operating decision maker reviews them together with the entities of the Group. Accordingly, joint-ventures' proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the combined financial statements in the 'Adjustment' column.

Segment profit (i.e. Gross (loss)/profit) represents the profit earned by each segment without allocation of central administration costs and directors' salaries. This is the measure reported to the Group's chief operating decision maker for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance.

Group activities that do not relate to the above two segments are accumulated in the 'Unallocated' segment financial information. Revenue reported in the segments represents revenue generated from external customers. There were no inter-segment sales in the year (2016: Nil and 2015: Nil).

For the purpose of monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments, the chief operating decision maker monitors the tangible, intangible and financial assets at the combined group level.

It is not practical to report revenue or non-current assets on a geographical basis due to the international nature of the shipping market.

For the year ended 31 December 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues. For the years ended 31 December 2016 and 2015, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues in the amounts of approximately US$40.9 million and US$44.1 million respectively. For the years ended 31 December 2017 and 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tanker business revenues in the amounts of approximately US$17.8 million, US$15.7 million, US$10.9 million and US$8.9 million respectively (2016: US$33.2 million, US$12.3 million, US$9.9 million and US$9.1 million respectively). For the year ended 31 December 2015, two customers accounted for 10% or more of tanker business revenues in the amounts of approximately US$55.9 million and US$13.2 million respectively.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as the group's accounting policies as described in Note 2.

F-68


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

The following is an analysis of the Group's revenue, results and additions to non-current assets by segment:

 
   
   
   
   
  Tanker Business    
   
   
   
 
 
  Drybulk Carrier Business   Unallocated    
   
  Combined  
 
  MR
Tanker
  Small
Tanker
   
   
   
   
 
2017
  Handysize   Supramax   Others   Total   Others   Total   Total   Total   Adjustments   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Vessel revenue

    118,262     156,517     56,644     331,423     42,561     22,740     14,186     79,487           410,910     (24,941 )   385,969  

Ship sale revenue

    6,830             6,830     10,897             10,897           17,727         17,727  

Other

    1,639     911     1,068     3,618     (151 )       958     807           4,425     1,401     5,826  

Total revenue

    126,731     157,428     57,712     341,871     53,307     22,740     15,144     91,191           433,062     (23,540 )   409,522  

Voyage expenses

    (59,004 )   (76,497 )   (11,574 )   (147,075 )   (7,555 )   (3,725 )       (11,280 )         (158,355 )   (8,569 )   (166,924 )

Vessel operating costs

    (26,546 )   (3,302 )   (1,020 )   (30,868 )   (13,267 )   (9,488 )   (3,072 )   (25,827 )         (56,695 )   15,858     (40,837 )

Charter hire

    (22,773 )   (73,336 )   (14,054 )   (110,163 )   (16,257 )   (2,148 )       (18,405 )         (128,568 )   820     (127,748 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    (10,642 )   (2,648 )   (4 )   (13,294 )   (6,476 )   (2,324 )   (4,073 )   (12,873 )         (26,167 )   8,192     (17,975 )

Cost of ship sale

    (5,339 )           (5,339 )   (12,221 )           (12,221 )         (17,560 )       (17,560 )

Other

    341     (124 )   (14,957 )   (14,740 )   (756 )   (864 )   (278 )   (1,898 )         (16,638 )   274     (16,364 )

Costs of sales

    (123,963 )   (155,907 )   (41,609 )   (321,479 )   (56,532 )   (18,549 )   (7,423 )   (82,504 )         (403,983 )   16,575     (387,408 )

Gross profit

    2,768     1,521     16,103     20,392     (3,225 )   4,191     7,721     8,687           29,079     (6,965 )   22,114  

Operating (loss) profit

    (20,039 )   (3,109 )   15,948     (7,200 )   (22,203 )   (9,372 )   6,724     (24,851 )   (4,481 )   (36,532 )   (8,724 )   (45,256 )

Interest income

    2,052     2,048     1,562     5,662     320     215     376     911           6,573     591     7,164  

Interest expense

    (5,158 )   (2,218 )   (53 )   (7,429 )   (2,583 )   (600 )   (1,361 )   (4,544 )         (11,973 )   5,425     (6,548 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

                                              (12,946 )   (12,946 )

Taxation

    (250 )   (240 )   (2,410 )   (2,900 )   316     510     (1,693 )   (867 )         (3,767 )   541     (3,226 )

(Loss) profit for the year

    (23,395 )   (3,519 )   15,047     (11,867 )   (24,150 )   (9,247 )   4,046     (29,351 )   (4,481 )   (45,699 )   (15,113 )   (60,812 )

Impairment loss on net assets of disposal group

                5,092     5,092                                   5,092           5,092  

Impairment loss on goodwill and intangible assets

                    3,902     5,853         9,755     2,364     12,119         12,119  

Impairment loss on ships

    14,174             14,174     13,149     4,857         18,006         32,180     (15,677 )   16,503  

Capital expenditure

    4,148     4,574     1,172     9,894     2,287     20     985     3,292         13,186     (6,756 )   6,430  

F-69


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 
   
   
   
   
  Tanker Business    
   
   
   
 
 
  Drybulk Carrier Business   Unallocated    
   
  Combined  
 
  MR
Tanker
  Small
Tanker
   
   
   
   
 
2016
  Handysize   Supramax   Others   Total   Others   Total   Total   Total   Adjustments   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Vessel revenue

    97,239     116,171     76,643     290,053     48,672     22,561     15,721     86,954         377,007     (22,884 )   354,123  

Ship sale revenue

                    12,277             12,277         12,277     (2 )   12,275  

Other

    1,670     905     927     3,502     (859 )       1,118     259         3,761     1,373     5,134  

Total revenue

    98,909     117,076     77,570     293,555     60,090     22,561     16,839     99,490         393,045     (21,513 )   371,532  

Voyage expenses

    (53,362 )   (56,009 )   (20,657 )   (130,028 )   (5,019 )   (3,454 )   (113 )   (8,586 )       (138,614 )   (2,133 )   (140,727 )

Vessel operating costs

    (27,046 )   (2,482 )   862     (28,666 )   (13,768 )   (9,581 )   (3,979 )   (27,328 )       (55,994 )   13,083     (42,911 )

Charter hire

    (16,579 )   (59,598 )   (22,500 )   (98,677 )   (17,682 )   (3,600 )       (21,282 )       (119,959 )   (1,121 )   (121,080 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    (11,988 )   (1,860 )   (23 )   (13,871 )   (7,778 )   (1,369 )   (3,698 )   (12,845 )       (26,716 )   6,910     (19,806 )

Cost of ship sale

                    (13,351 )           (13,351 )       (13,351 )       (13,351 )

Other

    (409 )   1,436     (26,943 )   (25,916 )   (1,030 )   (830 )   (609 )   (2,469 )       (28,385 )   525     (27,860 )

Costs of sales

    (109,384 )   (118,513 )   (69,261 )   (297,158 )   (58,628 )   (18,834 )   (8,399 )   (85,861 )       (383,019 )   17,284     (365,735 )

Gross (loss) profit

    (10,475 )   (1,437 )   8,309     (3,603 )   1,462     3,727     8,439     13,628         10,026     (4,229 )   5,797  

Operating (loss) profit

    (20,058 )   (8,869 )   (3,727 )   (32,654 )   (8,799 )   1,801     7,164     166     (2,804 )   (35,292 )   (1,457 )   (36,749 )

Interest income

    1,321     1,327     1,159     3,807     276     227     359     862         4,669     591     5,260  

Interest expense

    (4,531 )   (1,397 )   (91 )   (6,019 )   (2,477 )   (498 )   (243 )   (3,218 )       (9,237 )   4,338     (4,899 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

                                            (3,472 )   (3,472 )

Taxation

    (1,459 )   (1,498 )   (2,755 )   (5,712 )   1,884     1,499     (1,520 )   1,863         (3,849 )         (3,849 )

(Loss)/profit for the year

    (24,727 )   (10,437 )   (5,414 )   (40,578 )   (9,116 )   3,029     5,760     (327 )   (2,804 )   (43,709 )       (43,709 )

Impairment loss on ships

    4,425             4,425     8,200             8,200         12,625         12,625  

Capital expenditure

    8,005     18,024     540     26,569     26,979     2,455     263     29,697         56,266     (26,711 )   29,555  

F-70


Table of Contents

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 
   
   
   
  Drybulk    
   
   
  Tanker   Unallocated    
   
  Combined  
 
   
   
   
  MR
Tanker
  Small
Tanker
   
   
   
 
2015
  Handysize   Supramax   Others   Total   Others   Total   Total   Total   Adjustments   Total  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Vessel revenue

    100,775     145,927     94,218     340,920     70,380     26,498     13,365     110,243         451,163     (33,453 )   417,710  

Ship sale revenue

                    262     12,947         13,209         13,209     1     13,210  

Other

    693     268     681     1,642     (2,675 )       1,064     (1,611 )       31     3,488     3,519  

Total revenue

    101,468     146,195     94,899     342,562     67,967     39,445     14,429     121,841         464,403     (29,964 )   434,439  

Voyage expenses

    (43,186 )   (66,386 )   (30,489 )   (140,061 )   (3,100 )   (2,832 )   (91 )   (6,023 )       (146,084 )   524     (145,560 )

Vessel operating costs

    (26,247 )   (320 )   (705 )   (27,272 )   (14,972 )   (10,995 )   (3,077 )   (29,044 )       (56,316 )   11,177     (45,139 )

Charter hire

    (25,598 )   (71,579 )   (26,503 )   (123,680 )   (18,900 )   (5,871 )       (24,771 )       (148,451 )   (2,144 )   (150,595 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    (18,650 )   (427 )   (29 )   (19,106 )   (8,975 )   (3,730 )   (3,064 )   (15,769 )       (34,875 )   8,839     (26,036 )

Cost of ship sale

    (187 )           (187 )   (66 )   (12,918 )       (12,984 )       (13,171 )   260     (12,911 )

Other

    84     (350 )   (26,712 )   (26,978 )   (2,361 )   (977 )   (361 )   (3,699 )       (30,677 )   3,341     (27,336 )

Costs of sales

    (113,784 )   (139,062 )   (84,438 )   (337,284 )   (48,374 )   (37,323 )   (6,592 )   (92,289 )       (429,573 )   21,997     (407,577 )

Gross (loss)/profit

    (12,316 )   7,133     10,461     5,278     19,593     2,122     7,837     29,552         34,830     (7,967 )   26,862  

Operating (loss) profit

    (104,874 )   2,682     463     (101,729 )   13,665     1,939     6,810     22,414     (2,812 )   (82,126 )   15,631     (66,495 )

Interest income

    632     638     815     2,085     432     243     192     867         2,952     149     3,101  

Interest expense

    (3,299 )   (627 )   (98 )   (4,024 )   (2,710 )   (458 )   (224 )   (3,392 )       (7,416 )   2,968     (4,448 )

Share of losses of joint ventures

                                            (18,748 )   (18,748 )

Taxation

    (242 )   (245 )   (1,935 )   (2,422 )   (497 )   (538 )   (307 )   (1,342 )       (3,764 )         (3,764 )

(Loss) profit for the year

    (107,783 )   2,448     (755 )   (106,090 )   10,890     1,186     6,471     (18,547 )   (2,812 )   (90,354 )       (90,354 )

Impairment loss on ships

    63,475             63,475         4,324         4,325         67,800         67,800  

Capital expenditure

    13,656     20,814     2,373     36,843     13,961     818     525     15,304         52,148     (27,373 )   24,774  

F-71


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

29 OTHER OPERATING INCOME

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Foreign exchange gain

    3,595     4,142     5,020  

Other operating income

    1,101     1,545     1,122  

    4,696     5,687     6,142  

30 OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Impairment loss on ships (Note 13)

    16,503     12,625     67,800  

Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles

    12,119          

Impairment loss on assets of disposal group (Note 39)

    5,092          

Foreign exchange loss

    4,102     4,266     2,888  

Other operating expenses

    1,382     1,202     1,141  

    39,198     18,093     71,829  

31 INTEREST INCOME

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Interests on loans to joint ventures (Note 5)

    4,346     2,728     153  

Guarantee fees from related parties (Note 5)

    325     486     694  

Bank interests

    1,294     1,220     1,403  

Other interests

    1,199     826     851  

    7,164     5,260     3,101  

32 INTEREST EXPENSE

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Interest on loans from related parties (Note 5)

    629     312      

Guarantee fees to related parties (Note 5)

    451     514     805  

Other finance cost

    168     239     578  

Bank loan interests

    5,300     3,834     3,065  

    6,548     4,899     4,448  

F-72


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

33 LOSS BEFORE TAXATION

Loss before taxation has been arrived at after charging (crediting):

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Depreciation of ships, dry-docking and plant and equipment (Note 27)

    17,975     19,806     26,036  

Depreciation of other property, plant and equipment*

    797     688     566  

Amortisation of intangible assets*

    908     1,057     1,101  

Total depreciation and amortisation

    19,680     21,551     27,703  

Allowance for doubtful debts

    18     (3 )   149  

Cost of inventories recognised as expense (included in voyage expenses)

    55,347     51,997     74,131  

Expense recognised in respect of equity-settled share-based payments

    (472 )   (176 )   166  

Employee benefits expenses (including directors' remuneration and share based payments)

    19,349     15,691     15,213  

Cost of defined benefit plan and defined contribution plans included in employee benefits expenses

    1,350     1,226     1,166  

*
Included in administrative expenses

34 INCOME TAX EXPENSE

In December 2004, the Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. was granted incentives under the Approved International Shipping Enterprise Incentive ("AIS") Scheme, with effect from 10 June 2004. The incentives to the company were extended in October 2014, with effect from 10 June 2014. As such, the shipping profits of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. are exempted from income tax under Section 13F of the Singapore Income Tax Act. The shipping profits of the subsidiaries incorporated in Singapore are exempted from income tax under Section 13A of the Singapore Income Tax Act.

The tax rate used for the 2017, 2016 and 2015 reconciliations above is the corporate tax rate of 17% payable by corporate entities in Singapore on taxable profits under tax law in that jurisdiction. The corporate taxation rates payable by the South African entities in terms of the law in South Africa is 28% (2016: 28% and 2015: 28%).

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Current tax

                   

In respect of the current year

    3,694     2,403     265  

Withholding taxes

            (137 )

In respect of prior years

    15     48     2  

    3,709     2,451     130  

Deferred tax

                   

In respect of the current year

    (421 )   1,382     3,633  

In respect of prior years

    (62 )   16     1  

    (483 )   1,398     3,634  

    3,226     3,849     3,764  

F-73


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34 INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Continued)

The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting loss as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Loss before tax

    (57,586 )   (39,860 )   (86,590 )

Income tax benefit calculated at corporate rate

    (9,790 )   (6,776 )   (14,720 )

Adjusted for:

                   

Effect of income that is exempted from tax

        (834 )   (659 )

Effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit

    9,632     5,337     17,882  

Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions

    (851 )   873     927  

Effect of tax losses disallowed to be brought forward

    4,277     5,185     442  

Effect of other income subjected to tax

            26  

Overprovision of tax in prior year

    (47 )   64     3  

Withholding tax

    5         (137 )

    3,226     3,849     3,764  

At the end of the reporting period, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is US$603,000 (2016: US$241,000 and 2015: US$30,000). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Subject to the agreement by the tax authorities, at the end of the reporting period, the Group has unabsorbed tax losses of US$580,000 (2016: US$580,000 and 2015: US$580,000) available for offset against future non-exempt profits. No deferred tax assets have been recognised on such losses due to the unpredictability of future profit streams.

35 DIVIDENDS

On 31 March 2017, an interim dividend of US$334.60 per share, amounting to US$1,674,000 was declared and paid from Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd to the ultimate holding company, Grindrod Limited.

On 11 March 2015, an interim one-tier exempt dividend of US$24.99 per share, amounting to US$2,524,000 was declared and paid from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. to the ultimate holding company, Grindrod Limited.

On 16 September 2015, an interim dividend of US$322.07 per share, amounting to US$1,611,000 (ZAR20,590,626) was declared and paid from Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd to the ultimate holding company, Grindrod Limited.

36 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

(a)
Guarantee from the Group for a joint venture loan from a financial institution:

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. ("TVS"), entered into a facility agreement with TVS' related party, Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd ("Lender") on 17 August 2016 for a credit facility of US$5,800,000.

Mitsui & Co., Ltd ("Mitsui"), the joint venture partner holding 49% of the shares in TVS, provided a guarantee to the Lender for 100% of the loan amount ("Mitsui's Guarantee").

In consideration of Mitsui providing Mitsui's Guarantee, a guarantee facility agreement between Mitsui and the Group was signed on 17 August 2016. The Group shall provide a guarantee fee to Mitsui for 51% of any amounts to be paid by Mitsui under the Mitsui Guarantee.

F-74


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

36 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

At 31 December 2017, the outstanding amount relating to the above loan facility was US$4,099,000 (2016: US$5,370,000).

(b)
Guarantees from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. for its joint venture's ship management agreements:

The joint venture, IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. entered into respective Standard Ship Management Agreement with a third-party ship management company for the management of the ships of the joint venture.

The Group has provided guarantee for the performance by the joint venture of its liabilities and responsibilities under the agreement.

(c)
Guarantees from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. for shipbuilding contracts in the subsidiaries owned by the joint venture, IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.:

In 2016, the Group has provided guarantees for the performance of the subsidiaries owned by the joint venture for their liabilities and responsibilities under the shipbuilding contracts, amounting to US$13,118,000. The guarantees expired on the delivery of the last vessel in January 2017. Note 38 provides further details of the remaining commitments.

(d)
Financial support from the Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries to its joint ventures:

At 31 December 2017, the Group has provided financial support to joint ventures of US$63,222,000 (2016: US$5,292,000 and 2015: US$4,469,000), to enable the companies to meet its obligations as and when they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of signing of their respective financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015.

(e)
Guarantees from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. for a joint venture loan from a financial institution

Leopard Tanker Pte. Ltd. ("Leopard Tanker") entered into a facility agreement with a financial institution for a credit facility of US$138.5 million. The Group has provided a guarantee of up to 50% of the amount loaned and an undertaking to the lender to ensure a minimum working capital balance of US$250,000 for each of the vessels held by Leopard Tanker.

At 31 December 2017, the outstanding amount relating to the above loan facility was US$77,599,000 (2016: US$89,037,000 and 2015: US$92,512,000). No provision has been recognised in relation to the guarantee as management does not view such payout to be probable under IAS 37.

37 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS

a)    As Lessor

The Group has chartered out a number of ships under time charter party agreements which are classified as operating leases. These charters have an average term of one to seven years. Operating lease receipts are recognised in profit or loss during the year as part of revenue.

Note 26 provides details of charter hire revenue earned during the year.

Future minimum charter receipts receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December are as follows:

Chartered to third parties

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Within 1 year

    5,183     11,420     3,755  

Between two to five years

    17,717     18,828     3,835  

After five years

        7,337      

    22,900     37,585     7,590  

F-75


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

37 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS (Continued)

b)    As Lessee

The Group has entered into time charter party agreements, classified as operating leases, to charter ships. These charters have terms of five to 10 years with renewal options included in the contracts. Operating lease payments are recognised in profit or loss during the year as part of voyage expenses (classified into 'cost of sales').

Future minimum lease payments payable under the non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December are as follows:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Within 1 year

    80,350     80,205     86,208  

Between two to five years

    94,177     143,034     177,925  

After five years

    6,171     15,984     34,584  

    180,698     239,223     298,717  

 

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year

    148,986     136,350     163,265  

Office leases

                   

Within 1 year

    5,596     5,129     5,169  

Between two to five years

    19,413     15,333     4,307  

After 5 years

    5,779     6,285     13  

    30,788     26,747     9,489  

Residential property leases

                   

Within 1 year

    236     269     286  

Between two to five years

    86     48     91  

    322     317     377  

Other leases

                   

Within one year

    159     61     181  

Between two to five years

    46     1     7  

    205     62     188  

The Group has entered into 3 (2016: 3 and 2015: 3) office leases which have a remaining non-cancellable lease term ranging from 3 to 20 months (2016: 2 to 33 months and 2015: 2 to 45 months).

The Group has entered into 8 (2016: 8 and 2015: 8) residential property leases which have a remaining non-cancellable lease term ranging from 2 to 21 months (2016: 2 to 16 months and 2015: 1 to 20 months, respectively). 3 (2016: 3 and 2015: 3) of the residential leases are for directors' accommodation (Note 5).

38 COMMITMENTS

A joint venture within the Group has entered into shipbuilding contracts for the construction of nil (2016: 1 and 2015: 4) bulk carriers during the financial year. Under the terms of the agreements, the Group has committed to payments for these ships under construction. The following has been authorised:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Due within one year

        4,555     27,280  

The expenditure will be financed out of cash resources from operations and bank loans.

F-76


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

39 ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

In connection with the Spin-Off (Note 1), the Parent will sell two of GSSA's businesses to related companies within the Grindrod Limited Group. The two businesses are namely, Ocean Africa Container Lines division ("OACL"), a division of GSSA and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty Ltd) ("UBS"), a subsidiary of GSSA. The sale and purchase agreements were signed on 1 January 2018 and the consideration of the sales are US$20,985,000 (South African rands 260 million) for OACL and US$15,496,000 (South African rands 192 million) for UBS respectively. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities attributable to the two businesses have been classified as a disposal group held for sale and are presented separately in the statement of financial position as of 31 December 2017.

In accordance with IFRS 5, the non-current assets and disposal groups are required to be measured at the lower of their carrying amounts and fair value less cost to sell. Management has assessed the fair value less cost to sell of these non-current assets and disposal groups on the date that they were classified as held for sale and recorded an impairment loss of US$5,092,000 in relation to OACL and US$ nil in relation to UBS.

F-77


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

39 ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE (Continued)

The classes of assets and liabilities comprising the disposal group classified as held for sale are as follows:

 
  2017  
 
  US$'000  

Assets

       

Cash and bank balances

    7,934  

Trade receivables

    6,106  

Other receivables and prepayments—current

    4,592  

Due from related parties

    17,724  

Inventories

    1,078  

Taxation

    301  

Other receivables and prepayments—non-current

    115  

Ships, property, plant and equipment (Note A)

    16,895  

Intangible assets (Note A)

    75  

Deferred tax assets (Note B)

    134  

Assets classified as held for sale

    54,954  

Liabilities

       

Short term borrowings

    1,609  

Trade and other payables

    8,217  

Due to related parties

    1,014  

Taxation

    142  

Long-term borrowings

    6,341  

Deferred tax liabilities (Note B)

    3,691  

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

    21,014  

Net assets of disposal group

    33,940  

Note A:

       

Ships, property, plant and equipment

       

Carrying amount before classification as held for sale (Note 13)

    19,723  

Impairment loss

    (2,828 )

Carrying amount after impairment loss

    16,895  

Intangible assets

   
 
 

Carrying amount before classification as held for sale (Note 16)

    2,339  

Impairment loss

    (2,264 )

Carrying amount after impairment loss

    75  

Total impairment loss arising from disposal group (Note 30)

    5,092  

Note B:

       

Deferred tax assets

    134  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (3,691 )

Net deferred tax liabilities (Note 40)

    (3,557 )

F-78


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

40 DEFERRED TAX

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the group and the movements thereon, during the current and prior reporting periods:

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Deferred taxation analysed by major category:

                   

Capital allowances

    (4,971 )   (4,199 )   (4,992 )

Other timing differences

    2,593     1,249     1,453  

Unutilised tax losses

            2,238  

Included in assets held for sale

    3,557          

    1,179     (2,950 )   (1,301 )

Reconciliation of deferred taxation:

                   

Opening balance

    (2,950 )   (1,301 )   2,369  

Credit / (Charge) to profit or loss for the year (Note 34)

    483     (1,398 )   (3,634 )

Acquisition of assets (Note 42.2)

            268  

Reclassified to asset held for sale (Note 39)

    3,557          

Exchange differences

    89     (251 )   (304 )

Closing balance

    1,179     (2,950 )   (1,301 )

Comprising:

                   

Deferred taxation assets

    1,179     764     1,209  

Deferred taxation liabilities

        (3,714 )   (2,510 )

    1,179     (2,950 )   (1,301 )

Deferred taxation assets on unutilised tax losses have been utilised in the current year.

41 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION

The Group subsidises the medical aid contributions of certain retired employees and has an obligation to subsidise contributions of certain current employees when they reach retirement. In prior periods, the Group undertook to offer pensioners a voluntary benefit in lieu of their current medical subsidy in order to close out the liability on the statement of financial position. The proposed offer had three options, namely an annuity offer, a cash offer or to remain in the scheme. A number of employees chose the annuity and cash offer. The provision has been calculated on the remaining individuals in the scheme.

The risks typically faced by the Group as a result of the post-retirement medical aid are risks relating to inflation, longevity, future changes in legislation, future changes in tax environment, perceived inequality by non-eligible employees, administration of fund and enforcement of eligibility criteria and rules.

During November 2017, a valuation was performed by Alexander Forbes. Apart from paying costs of entitlement, the Group is not liable to pay additional contributions in the case the fund does not hold sufficient assets. In that case, the fund would take other measures to restore solvency.

F-79


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

41 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION (Continued)

The amounts recognised in the annual financial statements in this respect are as follows:

 
   
  2017    
   
  2016    
   
  2015    
 
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
   
   
  US$'000
   

Recognised liability at beginning of the year

        2,065             1,972             2,625    

Recognised in profit or loss in the current year

       
63
           
170
           
62
   

Interest on obligation

        45             192             198    

Current service cost

        43                         2    

Other

        (25 )           (22 )           (138 )  

Recognised in other comprehensive income in the current year

        52             (77 )           (715 )  

Actuarial gains

        (157 )           (339 )           (31 )  

Translation

        209             262             (684 )  

Present value of unfunded obligation recognised as a liability at end of year

        2,180             2,065             1,972    

Less: current portion

                                   

Long term portion

        2,180             2,065             1,972    

The principal actuarial assumptions applied in the determination of fair values include:

                                         

Health care cost inflation rate (p.a.)

        9.1 %           9.4 %           9.3 %  

Discount rate (p.a.)

        10.5 %           10.0 %           9.5 %  

Continuation at retirement

        79.5 %           84.0 %           75.0 %  

The effect of an increase or decrease of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rates are as follows:

 
  2017
Increase
(Decrease)
  2016
Increase
(Decrease)
  2015
Increase
(Decrease)

Aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost

  10.7% (9.1%)   11.4% (9.8%)   12.6% (10.6%)

Accrued liability at year-end

  10.2% (8.8%)   11.1% (9.4%)   12.0% (10.1%)

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the obligation as it is unlikely that the above change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another.

There was no change in the methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis from the prior year. The average duration of the benefit obligation as at 31 December 2017 is 12 years (2016: 13 years and 2015: 13 years).

 
  2017   2016   2015  
 
  US$'000
  US$'000
  US$'000
 

Present Value of Funded Obligations

             

Fair Value of Plan Assets

             

Present value of unfunded obligations

    2,180     2,065     1,947  

Present Value of Obligations in excess of Plan Assets

    2,180     2,065     1,947  

42 ACQUISITIONS

42.1 Acquisition of assets: Grindrod Maritime LLC

On 3 August 2015, the Group entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with a third party for the acquisition of the share capital of Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as "York Maritime Holdings V, LLC"), incorporated in the Marshall Islands, for a purchase consideration of US$12,250,000. The purchase was completed on 6 August 2015.

F-80


Table of Contents


GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. AND GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PTY LTD

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42 ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

The assets purchased comprised ship construction in progress. The construction of the asset was completed and delivered on 29 March 2016.

This transaction was determined by management to be in substance, an acquisition of the underlying assets owned by the subsidiary rather than a business combination as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations .

42.2 Acquisition of business—Grindrod Terminals—Maydon Wharf

Management had entered into an agreement whereby Ocean Africa Container Lines, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited acquired Grindrod Terminals—Maydon Wharf, a division of Grindrod (South Africa) Proprietary Limited for US$937,560 (ZAR11,982,019) with effect from 1 November 2015. Both companies are wholly owned by Grindrod Limited. The assets and liabilities were transferred at their carrying amounts and the financial results of Grindrod Terminals—Maydon Wharf were consolidated from 1 November 2015. The operations of Grindrod Terminals—Maydon Wharf were incorporated into the existing Ocean Africa Container Lines, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited.

Details of the transaction is as follows:

 
  2015  
 
  US$'000
 

Non-current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

    345  

Intangible assets

    561  

Deferred tax

    268  

Current assets

       

Amounts due from related parties

    49  

Inventories

    2  

Trade and other receivables

    1,046  

Cash and cash equivalents

     

Current liabilities

       

Amounts due to related parties

    (6 )

Trade and other payables

    (1,327 )

Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed

    938  

The purchase consideration of US$937,560 was financed by way of a loan from a related party.

43 GOING CONCERN

The historical combined financial information presented has been prepared on the assumption that the Group as a whole will continue to operate as going concerns. The Board of Directors has no reason to believe that the Group will not continue to operate as a going concern.

44 EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Except for the subsequent events disclosed in Note 39, there have been no events after the balance sheet date that could materially affect the accounts as presented.

F-81




Exhibit 1.1

 

THE COMPANIES ACT, CAP. 50

 


 

PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 


 

CONSTITUTION

 

of

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 


 

(Adopted by Special Resolution passed on 25 April 2018)

 


 

1                                          NAME

 

The name of the Company is “ GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. ”.

 

2                                          REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The Registered Office of the Company will be situated in the Republic of Singapore.

 

3                                          BUSINESS OR ACTIVITY

 

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, Cap. 50 and any other written law and the Constitution, the Company has:

 

(a)                                  full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and

 

(b)                                  for the purposes of paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges.

 

4                                          LIABILITY OF MEMBERS

 

The Company is a company limited by shares and the liability of the members is limited.

 

5                                          SHARE CAPITAL

 

The Company shall have power to consolidate or subdivide the shares and to issue any additional capital as fully paid or partly paid shares and with any special or preferential rights or privileges or subject to any special terms or conditions, and either with or without any special designation, and also from time to time to alter, modify, commute, abrogate or deal with any such rights, privileges, terms, conditions or designations in accordance with the regulations for the time being of the Company.

 



 

PRELIMINARY

 

6                                          In this Constitution, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, the words standing in the first column of the Table next hereinafter contained shall bear the meanings set opposite to them respectively in the second column thereof:

 

Interpretation.

 

WORDS

 

MEANINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“the Act”

..

The Companies Act, Cap. 50 or any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force or any and every other act for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting the Company and any reference to any provision of the Act is to that provision as so modified, amended or re-enacted or contained in any such subsequent Companies Act.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Auditors”

..

The auditors for the time being of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Affiliate”

..

An affiliate of, or a person affiliated with, a specified person, is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified, and “ affiliates ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Applicable Laws”

..

All laws, bye-laws, regulations, orders and/or official directions for the time being in force affecting the Company and its subsidiaries, including but not limited to the Act, and the listing rules of any stock exchange upon which the shares in the Company may be listed, Provided always that a waiver granted in connection to any such law shall be treated as due compliance with such relevant law.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“book-entry security”

..

A security, the documents evidencing title to which are deposited by a Depositor with a Depository and are registered in the name of a Depository or its nominee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Chief Executive Officer”

..

Any one or more persons, by whatever name described, who:
(a) is in direct employment of, or acting for or by arrangement with, the Company and;
(b) is principally responsible for the management and conduct of the business of the Company, or part of the business of the Company, as the case may be.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“the Company”

..

The abovenamed Company by whatever name from time to time called.

 

 

 

2



 

“this Constitution”

..

The Constitution or other regulations of the Company for the time being in force.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Depositor”

..

A person who has an account directly with a Depository, which account is credited with book-entry securities in the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Depository”

..

A securities depository whose name or whose nominee’s name is entered as a Member in the Register in respect of book-entry securities in the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Depository Register”

..

A register maintained by a Depository in respect of book-entry securities in the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Director”

..

Includes any person acting as a Director of the Company and includes any person duly appointed and acting for the time being as an Alternate Director.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Directors”

..

The Directors for the time being of the Company or such number of them as have authority to act for the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“dividend”

..

Includes bonus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“JSE”

..

Johannesburg Stock Exchange, being the securities exchange operated by JSE Limited.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“JSE Listings Requirements”

..

The listings requirements issued by JSE, as amended from time to time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Member”

..

A Member of the Company, except that, where the Act requires, excludes the Company where it is a member by reason of its holding of its shares as treasury shares.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“month”

..

Calendar month.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Office”

..

The Registered Office of the Company for the time being.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“paid up”

..

Includes credited as paid up.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Register”

..

The Register of Members.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“registered address” or “address”

..

In relation to any member, his physical address for the service or delivery of notices or documents personally or by post, except where otherwise expressly provided in this Constitution.

 

 

 

3



 

“Seal”

..

The Common Seal of the Company or in appropriate cases the Official Seal or duplicate Common Seal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Secretary”

..

The Secretary or Secretaries appointed under this Constitution and shall include any person entitled to perform the duties of Secretary temporarily.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Singapore”

..

The Republic of Singapore.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Statutes”

..

The Act and every other act for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“S$”

..

The lawful currency of Singapore.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“writing” and “written”

..

Includes except where expressly specified herein or the context otherwise requires, and subject to any limitations, conditions or restrictions contained in any Applicable Laws, any printing, lithography, typewriting and any other mode of representing or reproducing words, symbols and other information in a visible form, whether in a physical document or in an electronic communication or form or otherwise howsoever.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“year”

..

Calendar year.

 

 

 

Words denoting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa. Words denoting the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender.

 

The expressions “current address”, “electronic communication”, “ordinary resolution”, “special resolution” and “treasury shares” shall have the meanings ascribed to them respectively in the Act.

 

Subject as aforesaid, any words or expressions defined in the Act and the Interpretation Act, Cap. 1 shall if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meanings in this Constitution.

 

Words denoting persons shall include corporations.

 

A reference in this Constitution to “holders” of shares or a class of shares shall, except where otherwise provided, exclude the Company in relation to shares held by it as treasury shares.

 

Any reference in this Constitution to any enactment is a reference to that enactment as for the time being amended or enacted.

 

Save as aforesaid, any word or expression used in the Act and the Interpretation Act, Cap. 1 shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in this Constitution.

 

The headnotes and marginal notes are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Constitution.

 

4



 

BUSINESS

 

 

 

 

 

7                                          Subject to the provisions of the Act, any business which the Company is expressly or by implication empowered to undertake may be undertaken by the Directors at such time or times as they shall think fit, and further may be suffered by them to be in abeyance, whether such business may have been actually commenced or not, so long as the Directors may deem it expedient not to commence or proceed with such business.

 

Any business either expressly or by implication empowered to be undertaken may be undertaken by Directors.

 

 

 

PUBLIC COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

8                                          The Company is a public company.

 

Public Company.

 

 

 

SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

9                                          (A) Save to the extent permitted by the Act, none of the funds of the Company or of any subsidiary thereof shall be directly or indirectly employed in the purchase or subscription of or in loans upon the security of the Company’s shares.

 

Prohibition against financial assistance.

 

 

 

(B) Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 9(A) but subject to the Act, the Company may purchase or otherwise acquire its issued shares on such terms and in such manner as the Company may from time to time think fit. If required by the Act, any share that is so purchased or acquired by the Company shall, unless held in treasury in accordance with the Act, be deemed to be cancelled immediately on purchase or acquisition by the Company. On the cancellation of a share as aforesaid, the rights and privileges attached to that share shall expire. In any other instance, the Company may hold or deal with any such share which is so purchased or acquired by it in such manner as may be permitted by, and in accordance with, the Act.

 

 

 

 

 

10                                   Save as provided by Section 161 of the Act, no shares may be issued by the Directors without the prior approval of the Company in General Meeting but subject thereto and to the provisions of this Constitution and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares for the time being issued, the Directors may allot and issue shares or grant options over or otherwise dispose of the same to such persons on such terms and conditions and for such consideration or for no consideration and at such time and subject or not to the payment of any part of the amount thereof in cash as the Directors may think fit, and any shares may be issued with such preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise as the Directors may think fit, and preference shares may be issued which are or at the option of the Company are liable to be redeemed, the terms and manner of redemption being determined by the Directors, subject to the listing rules of any stock

 

Issue of Shares.

 

5



 

exchange upon which shares in the Company may be listed and provided always that:

 

(a)                                  (subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by the Company in General Meeting) any issue of shares for cash to members holding shares of any class shall be offered to such members in proportion as nearly as may be to the number of shares of such class then held by them;

 

(b)                                  the rights attaching to shares of a class other than ordinary shares shall be expressed in the resolution creating the same; and

 

(c)                                   to the extent that any shares of the Company are listed on the JSE, where the shareholders authorise the directors to issue unissued securities and/or grant options to subscribe for unissued securities, as the directors in their discretion deem fit, such corporate action has been approved by the JSE and are subject to the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

10A.         (a)                                    In the event of preference shares being issued, the total number of issued preference shares shall not at any time exceed the total number of the issued ordinary shares and preference shareholders shall have the same rights as ordinary shareholders as regards receiving of notices, reports and balance sheets and attending General Meetings of the Company.

 

(b)                                  The Company has power to issue further preference capital ranking equally with, or in priority to, preference shares already issued.

 

 

 

 

 

11                                   The rights attached to shares issued upon special conditions shall be clearly defined in the Constitution. Without prejudice to any special right previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares but subject to the Act and this Constitution, shares in the Company may be issued by the Directors and any such shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred, or other special rights or such restrictions, whether with regard to dividend, return of capital or otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

Special Rights.

 

 

 

12                                   Subject to Applicable Laws, the holders of securities, other than ordinary shares, and any special shares created for purpose of black economic empowerment in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act No.53 of 2003 of South Africa, (“ Preference Shareholders ”) shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution taken by the Company, save in the following instances  —

 

(a)                                  during any special period, as provided for in paragraph (c) of this Regulation, during which any dividend, any part of any dividend on such preference shares or any redemption payment thereon remains in arrears and unpaid;

 

(b)                                  in regard to any resolution proposed for the winding-up of the Company or the reduction of its capital;

 

(c)                                   the period referred to in paragraph (a) of this Regulation shall be a period not more than 6 months after the due date of the dividend or redemption payment in question or, where no due date is specified, after the end of the financial year of the Company in respect of which such dividend accrued or such redemption payment became due; and

 

Preference Shares voting

 

6



 

(d)                                  in regard to any resolution proposed to vary any rights attached to shares held by such Preference Shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

13                                   In the instances that the Preference Shareholders are permitted to vote at meetings as set out in Regulation 12, their votes may not carry any special rights or privileges and they shall be entitled to one vote for each share that they hold, provided that their total voting right at such a meeting may not exceed 24.99% of the total voting rights of all shareholders at such meeting.

 

Limit on Preference Shares voting total

 

 

 

14                                   The Company shall not exercise any right in respect of treasury shares other than as provided by the Act. Subject thereto, the Company may deal with its treasury shares in the manner authorised by, or prescribed pursuant to, the Act.

 

Treasury Shares.

 

 

 

15                                   If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to the provisions of the Act, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of at least three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate General Meeting of the holders of shares of that class and to every such special resolution the provisions of Section 184 of the Act shall with such adaptations as are necessary apply. To every such separate General Meeting the provisions of this Constitution relating to General Meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply. Provided Always That:

 

Variation of rights.

 

 

 

(a)                                  the necessary quorum shall be such person or persons at least holding or representing by proxy or by attorney in aggregate no less than 15 per cent of the issued shares (excluding treasury shares) of the class; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  where all the issued shares of the class are held by one person, the necessary quorum shall be one person.

 

Provided always that where the necessary majority for such a special resolution is not obtained at such General Meeting, consent in writing if obtained from the holders of three-quarters of the total number of issued shares of the class concerned within two months of such General Meeting shall be as valid and effectual as a special resolution carried at such General Meeting.

 

15A                          The repayment of preference capital other than redeemable preference capital, or any alteration of preference shareholders’ rights, may only be made pursuant to a special resolution of the preference shareholders concerned Provided always that where the necessary majority for such a special resolution is not obtained at the General Meeting, consent in writing if obtained from the holders of three-fourths of the preference shares concerned within two months of the General Meeting, shall be as valid and effectual as a special resolution carried at the General Meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

16                                   The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or by this Constitution as are in force at the time of such issue, be

 

Creation or issue of further shares with

 

7



 

deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking equally therewith.

 

special rights.

 

 

 

17                                   The Company may pay commissions or brokerage on any issue of shares at such rate or amount and in such manner as the Directors may deem fit. Such commission or brokerage may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or by a combination of cash and fully or partly paid shares.

 

Power to pay commission and brokerage.

 

 

 

18                                   If any shares of the Company are issued for the purpose of raising money to defray the expenses of the construction of any works or the provisions of any plant which cannot be made profitable for a long period, the Company may, subject to the conditions and restrictions mentioned in the Act pay interest on such of the shares (excluding treasury shares) as is for the time being paid up and may charge the same to capital as part of the cost of the construction or provision.

 

Power to charge interest on capital.

 

 

 

19                                   Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as by this Constitution or by law otherwise provided) any other rights in respect of any share, except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

Exclusion of equities.

 

 

 

20                                   If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any one of such persons may give effectual receipts for any dividend payable in respect of such share and the joint holders of a share shall, subject to the provisions of the Act, be severally as well as jointly liable for the payment of all instalments and calls and interest due in respect of such shares. Such joint holders shall be deemed to be one Member and the delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

 

Joint holders.

 

 

 

21                                   No person shall be recognised by the Company as having title to a fractional part of a share or otherwise than as the sole or a joint holder of the entirety of such share.

 

Fractional part of a share.

 

 

 

22                                   If by the conditions of allotment of any shares the whole or any part of the amount of the issue price thereof shall be payable by instalments, every such instalment shall, when due, be paid to the Company by the person who for the time being shall be the registered holder of the share or his personal representatives, but this provision shall not affect the liability of any allottee who may have agreed to pay the same.

 

Payment of instalments.

 

 

 

23                                   The certificate of title to shares in the capital of the Company shall, if a Seal has been adopted, be issued under the Seal, and shall be in such form as the Directors shall from time to time prescribe and shall bear the autographic or facsimile signatures of at least one Director and the Secretary or a second Director or some other person appointed by the Directors, and shall specify the number and class of shares to which it relates and whether the shares are fully or partly paid up, and the amount (if any) unpaid thereon. The facsimile signatures may be reproduced by mechanical, electronic

 

Share certificates.

 

8



 

or other means provided the method or system of reproducing signatures has first been approved by the Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

24                                   (A) Every person whose name is entered as a Member in the Register shall be entitled within two months after allotment or within one month after the lodgement of any transfer to one certificate for all his shares of any one class or to several certificates in reasonable denominations each for a part of the shares so allotted or transferred. Where a Member transfers part only of the shares comprised in a certificate or where a Member requires the Company to cancel any certificate or certificates and issue new certificates for the purpose of subdividing his holding in a different manner the old certificate or certificates shall be cancelled and a new certificate or certificates for the balance of such shares issued in lieu thereof and the Member shall pay a fee not exceeding S$2/- for each such new certificate as the Directors may determine.

 

(B)                                The Company shall not be bound to register more than three persons as the registered joint holders of a share except in the case of executors, trustees or administrators of the estate of a deceased member.

 

(C)                                In the case of a share registered jointly in the names of several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to any one of the registered joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all.

 

Entitlement to certificate.

 

 

 

25                                   If any certificate or other document of title to shares or debentures be worn out or defaced, then upon production thereof to the Directors, they may order the same to be cancelled and may issue a new certificate in lieu thereof. For every certificate so issued there shall be paid to the Company a fee not exceeding S$2/- as the Directors may determine. Subject to the provisions of the Act and the requirements of the Directors thereunder, if any certificate or document be lost or destroyed or stolen, then upon proof thereof to the satisfaction of the Directors and on such indemnity as the Directors deem adequate being given, and on the payment of a fee not exceeding S$2/- as the Directors may determine, a new certificate or document in lieu thereof shall be given to the person entitled to such lost or destroyed or stolen certificate or document. In the case of destruction, loss or theft, a shareholder or person entitled to whom such renewed certificate is given shall also bear the loss and pay to the Company all expenses incidental to the investigations by the Company of the evidence of such destruction or loss.

 

New certificates may be issued.

 

 

 

26                                   The shares of the Company in each class shall rank pari passu .

 

Pari Passu ranking of shares.

 

 

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

27                                   Subject to the restrictions of this Constitution, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares, but every transfer must be in writing and in the usual common form, or in any other form which the Directors may approve. The instrument of transfer of a share shall be signed by or on behalf of both the transferor and by the transferee, and (unless otherwise determined by the Directors) by the witness or witnesses thereto, provided that an instrument of

 

Form of Transfer.

 

9


 

transfer in respect of which the transferee is either the Depository or any other person (whom the Directors may determine that such signature as transferee shall be dispensed with) shall be effective although not signed or witnessed by or on behalf of the transferee. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Shares of different classes shall not be comprised in the same instrument of transfer.

 

 

 

 

 

28                                   All instruments of transfer which shall be registered shall be retained by the Company, but any instrument of transfer which the Directors may refuse to register shall (except in any case of fraud) be returned to the party presenting the same.

 

Retention of Transfers.

 

 

 

28A                          The Company shall be entitled to destroy all instruments of transfer which have been registered at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration thereof and all dividend mandates and notifications of change of address at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of recording thereof and all share certificates which have been cancelled at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of the cancellation thereof and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register of Members purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document so destroyed was duly and properly made and every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and every share certificate duly and properly cancelled and every other document hereinbefore mentioned so destroyed was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company, Provided always that:

 

(a)                                  the provisions aforesaid shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim (regardless of the parties thereto) to which the document might be relevant;

 

(b)                                  nothing herein contained shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any other circumstances which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Regulation; and

 

(c)                                   references herein to the destruction of any document include references to the disposal thereof in any manner.

 

 

 

 

 

29                                   No share shall in any circumstances be transferred to any infant or bankrupt or person who is mentally disordered.

 

Infant, bankrupt or mentally disordered.

 

 

 

29A                          There shall be paid to the Company in respect of the registration of any instrument of transfer or probate or letters of administration or certificate of marriage or death or stop notice or power of attorney or other document relating to or affecting the title to any shares or otherwise for making any entry in the Register of Members

 

 

 

10



 

affecting the title to any shares such fee not exceeding $2 as the Directors may from time to time require or prescribe.

 

 

 

 

 

30                                   There shall be no restriction on the transfer of fully paid up shares (except where required by law, the listing rules of any stock exchange upon which the shares of the Company may be listed or the rules and/or bye-laws governing any stock exchange upon which the shares of the Company may be listed) but the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of shares upon which the Company has a lien and in the case of shares not fully paid up may refuse to register a transfer to a transferee of whom they do not approve but shall in such event, within one month after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall within one month of the date of application for the transfer by notice in writing to the applicant state the facts which are considered to justify the refusal to register the transfer.

 

Directors’ power to decline to register.

 

 

 

31                                   The Directors may decline to register any instrument of transfer unless:

 

Instrument of transfer.

 

 

 

(a)                                  such fee not exceeding S$2/- or such other sum as the Directors may from time to time require under the provisions of this Constitution, is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  the instrument of transfer is deposited at the Office or at such other place (if any) as the Directors may appoint accompanied by a certificate of payment of stamp duty (if any), the certificates of the shares to which the transfer relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of the person so to do;

(c)                                   the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares; and

 

 

 

 

 

(d)                                  the amount of proper duty (if any) with which each instrument of transfer is chargeable under any law for the time being in force relating to stamps is paid.

 

 

 

 

 

32                                   The Company shall provide a book to be called “Register of Transfers” which shall be kept under the control of the Directors, and in which shall be entered the particulars of every transfer of shares.

 

Register of Transfers.

 

 

 

33                                   The Register may be closed at such times and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine not exceeding in the whole thirty days in any year.

 

Closure of Register.

 

 

 

33A                          All transactions (including share transfers) shall comply with the listing rules of any stock exchange upon which the shares of the Company may be listed or the rules and/or bye-laws governing any stock exchange upon which the shares of the Company may be listed from time to time.

 

Compliance with applicable listing rules.

 

11



 

33B                       The shares of the Company set out in the Company's South African branch share register, i.e. listed on the JSE, may be moved from such South African branch share register to any other share register (“ Removal Process "), provided that the Company provides the JSE with written confirmation that all of the agreements with transfer secretaries make provisions to -

 

Transfer from South African branch register.

 

 

 

(a)                                  mandate a compulsory one day Removal Process; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  introduce appropriate penalty measures where the Removal Process is not adopted and implemented by the transfers secretaries.

 

 

 

 

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

34                                   (A)  In case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors, where the deceased was a joint holder, and the executors or administrators of the deceased, where he was a sole or only surviving holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares, but

 

Transmission on death.

 

 

 

(B)  In the case of the death of a Depositor, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Depositor is a joint holder, and the executors or administrators of the deceased where he was a sole or only surviving holder and where such executors or administrators are entered in the Depository Register in respect of any beneficial shares of the deceased Depositor, shall be the only person(s) recognised by the Company as having any beneficial title to his interest in the shares.

 

 

 

 

 

(C)  Nothing in this Regulation shall release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share held by him.

 

 

 

 

 

35                                   Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may, upon producing such evidence of title as the Directors shall require, be registered himself as holder of the share upon giving to the Company notice in writing of his desire or transfer such share to some other person. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he shall elect to have another person registered he shall testify his election by executing to that person a transfer of the share. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of this Constitution relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer executed by such Member.

 

Persons becoming entitled on death or bankruptcy of Member may be registered.

 

 

 

36                                   Save as otherwise provided by or in accordance with this Constitution a person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share except that he shall not be entitled in respect thereof to exercise any right conferred by

 

Rights of unregistered executors and trustees.

 

12



 

membership in relation to Meetings of the Company until he shall have been registered as a Member in respect of the share.

 

 

 

 

 

37                                   There shall be paid to the Company in respect of the registration of any probate, letters of administration, certificate of marriage or death, power of attorney or other document relating to or affecting the title to any shares, such fee not exceeding S$2/- as the Directors may from time to time require or prescribe.

 

Fee for registration of probate etc.

 

 

 

CALLS ON SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

38                                   The Directors may from time to time make such calls as they think fit upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares and not by the terms of the issue thereof made payable at fixed times, and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on his shares. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof. A call may be revoked or postponed as the Directors may determine.

 

Calls on shares.

 

 

 

39                                   A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed and may be made payable by instalments.

 

Time when made.

 

 

 

40                                   If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum due from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate not exceeding ten per cent per annum as the Directors determine, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

Interest on calls.

 

 

 

41                                   Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable upon allotment or at any fixed date, shall for all purposes of this Constitution be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date, on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of this Constitution as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

Sum due on allotment.

 

 

 

42                                   The Directors may on the issue of shares differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payments.

 

Power to differentiate.

 

13



 

 

 

 

43                                   The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon the shares held by him and such payments in advance of calls shall extinguish, so far as the same shall extend, the liability upon the shares in respect of which they are made, and upon the moneys so received or so much thereof as from time to time exceeds the amount of the calls then made upon the shares concerned the Company may pay interest at such rate not exceeding eight per cent per annum as the Member paying such sum and the Directors agree upon. Capital paid on shares in advance of calls shall not, while carrying interest, confer a right to participate in profits.

 

Payment in advance of calls.

 

 

 

FORFEITURE AND LIEN

 

 

 

 

 

44                                   If any Member fails to pay in full any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may at any time thereafter serve a notice on such Member requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued thereon and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

 

Notice requiring payment of calls.

 

 

 

45                                   The notice shall name a further day (not being less than fourteen days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which and the place where the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment in accordance therewith the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Notice to state time and place.

 

 

 

46                                   If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest and expenses due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before the forfeiture. The Directors may accept a surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder.

 

Forfeiture on non-compliance with notice.

 

 

 

47                                   A share so forfeited or surrendered shall become the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was before such forfeiture or surrender the holder thereof or entitled thereto, or to any other person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Directors shall think fit, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. To give effect to any such sale, the Directors may, if necessary, authorise some person to transfer a forfeited or surrendered share to any such person as aforesaid.

 

Sale of shares forfeited.

 

 

 

48                                   A Member whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall cease to be a Member in respect of the shares, but shall notwithstanding the forfeiture or surrender remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares with interest thereon at eight per cent per annum (or such lower rate as the Directors may approve) from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment, but such liability shall cease if and when the

 

Rights and liabilities of Members whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered.

 

14



 

Company receives payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares and the Directors may waive payment of such interest either wholly or in part.

 

 

 

 

 

49                                   The Company shall have a first and paramount lien and charge on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of each Member (whether solely or jointly with others) and on the dividends from time to time declared in respect thereof for all calls and instalments due on any such share and interest and expenses thereon but such lien shall only be upon the specific shares in respect of which such calls or instalments are due and unpaid and on all dividends from time to time declared in respect of the shares. The Directors may resolve that any share shall for some specified period be exempt from the provisions of this Regulation.

 

Company's lien.

 

 

 

50                                   The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors think fit any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen days after notice in writing stating and demanding payment of the sum payable and giving notice of intention to sell in default, shall have been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy. To give effect to any such sale, the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof.

 

Sale of shares subject to lien.

 

 

 

51                                   The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and the residue, if any, shall be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

 

Application of proceeds of such sales.

 

 

 

52                                   A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director of the Company and that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered or sold to satisfy a lien of the Company on a date stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated therein as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration and the receipt of the Company for the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale, re-allotment or disposal thereof together with the certificate of proprietorship of the share, if the Seal has been adopted, to be under Seal, delivered to a purchaser or allottee thereof shall (subject to the execution of a transfer if the same be required) constitute a good title to the share and the person to whom the share is sold, re-allotted or disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money (if any) nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, surrender, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

 

Title to shares forfeited or surrendered or sold to satisfy a lien.

 

 

 

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

53                                   Subject to any special rights for the time being attached to any existing class of shares, any new shares in the Company shall be issued upon such terms and conditions and with such rights and privileges annexed thereto as the General Meeting resolving upon the creation thereof shall direct and if no direction be given as the Directors shall determine subject to the provisions of this Constitution and in particular (but without prejudice to the

 

Rights and privileges of new shares.

 

15


 

generality of the foregoing) such shares may be issued with a preferential or qualified right to dividends and in the distribution of assets of the Company or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

 

54                                   Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue or by this Constitution all new shares shall be subject to the provisions of this Constitution with reference to allotments, payment of calls, liens, transfers, transmissions, forfeiture and otherwise.

 

New shares otherwise subject to provisions of this Constitution.

 

 

 

55                                   The Company may:

 

Power to consolidate, subdivide and convert shares.

 

 

 

(a)                                  by special resolution consolidate and divide all or any of its shares;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  by special resolution subject to the Applicable Laws and this Constitution, subdivide its shares or any of them provided always that in such subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount (if any) unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived and so that the resolution whereby any shares is sub-divided may determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may, as compared with the others, have such preferred, deferred or other special rights, or be subject to any such restrictions, as the Company has power to attach to new shares; and

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   by special resolution subject to the Applicable Laws and this Constitution, convert any class of shares into any other class of shares.

 

 

 

 

 

(d)                                  by special resolution subject to the Applicable Laws and this Constitution, convert its share capital or any class of shares from one currency to another.

 

 

 

 

 

56                                   The Company may by special resolution reduce its share capital or any undistributable reserve in any manner and with and subject to any incident authorised and consent required by law. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, upon cancellation of a share purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company pursuant to this Constitution and the Act, the number of issued shares of the Company shall be diminished by the number of the shares so cancelled, and, where any such cancelled share was purchased or acquired out of the capital of the Company, the amount of share capital of the Company shall be reduced accordingly.

 

Power to reduce capital.

 

16



 

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

 

 

 

 

57                                   Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company shall in each year hold a General Meeting as its Annual General Meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year and not more than fifteen months shall elapse between the date of one Annual General Meeting of the Company and that of the next; provided that so long as the Company holds its First Annual General Meeting within eighteen months of its incorporation, it need not hold it in the year of its incorporation or in the following year.

 

Annual General Meeting.

 

 

 

58                                   All General Meetings other than Annual General Meetings shall be called Extraordinary General Meetings.

 

Extraordinary General Meetings.

 

 

 

59                                   The time and place of any General Meeting shall be determined by the Directors.

 

Time and place.

 

 

 

60                                   The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an Extraordinary General Meeting and Extraordinary General Meetings shall also be convened on such requisition or, in default, may be convened by such requisitionists, as provided by Section 176 of the Act. If at any time there are not within Singapore sufficient Directors capable of acting to form a quorum at a meeting of Directors, any Director may convene an Extraordinary General Meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which meetings may be convened by the Directors.

 

Calling of Extraordinary General Meetings.

 

 

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

 

 

 

 

61                                   Subject to the provisions of the Act, at least fourteen days’ notice in writing (exclusive both of the day on which the notice is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which the notice is given) of every General Meeting shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned to such persons (including the Auditors) as are under the provisions herein contained and the Act entitled to receive notice from the Company. Provided that a General Meeting notwithstanding that it has been called by a shorter notice than that specified above shall be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

 

Notice of Meetings.

 

 

 

(a)                                  in the case of an Annual General Meeting by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  in the case of an Extraordinary General Meeting by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote thereat, being a majority together holding not less than 95 per cent of the total voting rights of all the Members having a right to vote at that General Meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

Provided also that the accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt by any person entitled thereto, shall not invalidate the proceedings at any General Meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

62                                   (A) Every notice calling a General Meeting shall specify the place and the day and hour of the Meeting, and there shall appear with reasonable prominence in every such notice a statement that a

 

Contents of notice.

 

17



 

Member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and to vote instead of him and that a proxy need not be a Member.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) In the case of an Annual General Meeting, the notice shall also specify the Meeting as such.

 

 

 

 

 

(C) In the case of any General Meeting at which business other than routine business is to be transacted, the notice shall specify the general nature of the business; and if any resolution is to be proposed as a special resolution or as requiring special notice, the notice shall contain a statement to that effect.

 

 

 

 

 

63                                   Routine business shall mean and include only business transacted at an Annual General Meeting of the following classes, that is to say:

 

Routine business.

 

 

 

(a)                                  declaring dividends;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  receiving and adopting the financial statements, the Directors’ statement, the reports of the Auditors, and other documents required to be annexed to the financial statements;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   appointing or re-appointing Directors to fill vacancies arising at the meeting on retirement;

 

 

 

 

 

(d)                                  appointing or re-appointing Auditors and fixing the remuneration of Auditors or determining the manner in which such remuneration is to be fixed; and

 

 

 

 

 

(e)                                   fixing the remuneration of the Directors proposed to be paid under Regulation 91.

 

 

 

 

 

63A                          Any notice of a General Meeting to consider special business shall be accompanied by a statement regarding the effect of any proposed resolution on the Company in respect of such special business.

 

 

 

 

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

 

 

 

 

64                                   No business other than the appointment of a chairman shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Save as herein otherwise provided, the quorum at any General Meeting shall be Members holding in aggregate not less than 15 per cent of the total number of issued and fully paid shares (excluding treasury shares) in the capital of the Company for the time being, present in person or by proxy.

 

Quorum.

 

 

 

For the purpose of this Regulation, “Member” includes a person attending by proxy or by attorney or as representing a corporation which is a Member.

 

 

 

 

 

65                                   If within half an hour from the time appointed for the Meeting (or such longer interval as the Chairman of the meeting may deem fit to allow) a quorum is not present, the Meeting if convened on the requisition of Members shall be dissolved. In any other case, it shall

 

Adjournment if quorum not present.

 

18



 

stand adjourned to the same day in the next week (or if that day is a public holiday, then to the next business day following that public holiday) at the same time and place or such other day, time or place as the Directors may by not less than ten days’ notice appoint. At such adjourned meeting, if within half an hour from the time appointed for such meeting (or such longer interval as the Chairman of the meeting may deem fit to allow) a quorum is not present, such meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week (or if that day is a public holiday, then to the next business day following that public holiday) at the same time and place or such other day, time or place as the Directors may by not less than ten days’ notice appoint. At the second adjourned meeting, any one or more members present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

 

 

 

 

66                                   Subject to any additional requirements as may be imposed by the Act, all resolutions of the Members shall be adopted by a simple majority vote of the Members present and voting.

 

Voting.

 

 

 

67                                   Subject to the provisions of the Act and provided that the shares of the Company are not listed on any stock exchange, a resolution in writing signed by one or more Members of the Company who represent (a) a majority (in the case of ordinary resolutions) or (b) at least 75% (in the case of a special resolution) of the total voting rights or all Members entitled to vote or being a corporation by its duly authorised representative shall have the same effect and validity as if it had been passed at a General Meeting duly convened, held and constituted, and may consist of several documents in the like form, each signed by one or more of such Members.

 

Resolutions in writing.

 

 

 

68                                   The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairman at every General Meeting. If there be no such Chairman or if at any Meeting he be not present within ten minutes after the time appointed for holding the Meeting or be unwilling to act, the Members present shall choose some Director to be Chairman of the Meeting or, if no Director be present or if all the Directors present decline to take the Chair, one of their number present, to be Chairman.

 

Chairman.

 

 

 

69                                   The Chairman may, with the consent of any Meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the Meeting) adjourn the Meeting from time to time (or sine die ) and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned Meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the Meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a Meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more or sine die , notice of the adjourned Meeting shall be given as in the case of the original Meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned Meeting.

 

Adjournment.

 

 

 

69A                          If an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration but shall in good faith be ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a Special Resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

 

Amendment to resolution.

 

19



 

70                                   All resolutions at General Meetings shall be voted by poll.

 

Method of voting.

 

 

 

71                                   A poll shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers) as the Chairman may direct and the result of a poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the Meeting. The Chairman may, and if so requested shall, appoint scrutineers and may adjourn the Meeting to some place and time fixed by him for the purpose of declaring the result of the poll.

 

Taking a poll.

 

 

 

72                                   If any votes be counted which ought not to have been counted or might have been rejected, the error shall not vitiate the result of the voting unless it be pointed out at the same Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and not in any case unless it shall in the opinion of the Chairman be of sufficient magnitude.

 

Votes counted in error.

 

 

 

73                                   In the case of equality of votes, the Chairman of the Meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

Chairman no casting vote.

 

 

 

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

 

 

 

 

74                                   Subject to this Constitution and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting attached to any class of shares hereinafter issued every such Member shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder or represents.

 

Voting rights of Members.

 

 

 

75                                   Where there are joint registered holders of any share any one of such persons may vote and be reckoned in a quorum at any Meeting either personally or by proxy or by attorney or in the case of a corporation by a representative as if he were solely entitled thereto and if more than one of such joint holders be so present at any Meeting that one of such persons so present whose name stands first in the Register in respect of such share shall alone be entitled to vote in respect thereof. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purpose of this Regulation be deemed joint holders thereof.

 

Voting rights of joint holders.

 

 

 

76                                   A Member who is mentally disordered or whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the law relating to mental capacity may vote by his committee, curator bonis or such other person as properly has the management of his estate and any such committee, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy or attorney. Provided that such evidence as the Directors may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office not less than 72 hours before the time appointed for holding the Meeting.

 

Voting rights of Members who are mentally disordered.

 

 

 

77                                   Subject to the provisions of this Constitution and the Act, every Member shall be entitled to be present and to vote at any General Meeting either personally or by proxy or by attorney or in the case of a corporation by a representative and to be reckoned in a quorum in respect of shares fully paid and in respect of partly paid shares where calls are not due and unpaid.

 

Right to vote.

 

 

 

78                                   No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the Meeting or adjourned Meeting at which the vote objected to

 

Objections.

 

20



 

is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at such Meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the Chairman of the Meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

 

 

 

 

79                                   On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy or by attorney or in the case of a corporation by its representative and a person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

Votes on a poll.

 

 

 

80                                   (a)                                  A Member who is not the Depository may appoint not more than two proxies to attend, speak and vote at the same General Meeting.

 

Appointment of proxies.

 

 

 

(b)                                  A Member who is the Depository may appoint more than two proxies to attend, speak and vote at the same General Meeting, but each proxy must be appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by such member.

 

(c)                                   In any case where a form of proxy appoints more than one proxy, the proportion of the shareholding concerned to be represented by each proxy shall be specified in the form of proxy.

 

81                                   In any case where the member is the Depository, the Company shall be entitled and bound:

 

(a)                                  to reject any instrument of proxy lodged if the Depositor is not shown to have any shares entered against his name in the Depository Register as at 72 hours before the time of the relevant General Meeting as certified by the Depository to the Company; and

 

(b)                                  to accept as the maximum number of votes which in aggregate the proxy or proxies appointed by the Depositor is or are able to cast on a poll a number which is the number of shares entered against the name of that Depositor in the Depository Register as at 72 hours before the time of the relevant General Meeting as certified by the Depository to the Company, whether that number is greater or smaller than the number specified in any instrument of proxy executed by or on behalf of that Depositor.

 

 

 

 

 

82                                   The Company shall be entitled and bound, in determining rights to vote and other matters in respect of a completed instrument of proxy submitted to it, to have regard to the instructions (if any) given by and the notes (if any) set out in the instrument of proxy.

 

 

 

 

 

83                                   (A) An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)                                  in the case of an individual shall be:

 

(i)                                      signed by the appointor or by his attorney if the instrument is delivered personally or by post; or

 

(ii)                                   authorised by that individual through such method and in such manner as may be approved by the Directors, if the instrument is submitted by electronic communication; and

 

Proxy instrument to be in writing.

 

 

 

(b)                                  in the case of a corporation shall be:

 

 

 

21



 

(i)                                      either under the common seal or signed by its attorney or by an officer on behalf of the corporation if the instrument is delivered personally or by post; or

 

(ii)                                   authorised by that corporation through such method and in such manner as may be approved by the Directors, if the instrument is submitted by electronic communication.

 

 

 

 

 

The Directors may for the purposes of Regulations 83(A)(a)(i) and 83(A)(b)(i), but shall not be bound to, require evidence of the authority of any such attorney or officer. The Directors may, for the purposes of Regulations 83(A)(a)(ii) and 83(A)(b)(ii), designate procedures for authenticating any such instrument, and any such instrument not so authenticated by use of such procedures shall be deemed not to have been received by the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) The Directors may, in their absolute discretion:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)                                  approve the method and manner for an instrument appointing a proxy to be authorised; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  designate the procedure for authenticating an instrument appointing a proxy,

 

 

 

 

 

as contemplated in Regulations 83(A)(a)(ii) and 83(A)(b)(ii) for application to such members or class of members as they may determine. Where the Directors do not so approve and designate in relation to a member (whether of a class or otherwise), Regulation 83(A)(a)(i) and/or, as the case may be, Regulation 83(A)(b)(i) shall apply.

 

 

 

 

 

84                                   A proxy need not be a Member.

 

Proxy need not be a Member.

 

 

 

85                                   (A) An instrument appointing a proxy or the power of attorney or other authority, if any,

(a)                                  if sent personally or by post, must be left at the Office or such other place (if any) as is specified for the purpose in the notice convening the Meeting; or

(b)                                  if submitted by electronic communication, must be received through such means as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the Meeting,

and, in either case, not less than 72 hours before the time appointed for the holding of the Meeting or adjourned Meeting at which it is to be used and in default shall not be treated as valid unless the Directors otherwise determine. An instrument appointing a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated thereon, be valid as well for any adjournment of the Meeting as for the Meeting to which it relates, Provided that an instrument of proxy relating to more than one Meeting (including any adjournment thereof) having once been so delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution for the purposes of any Meeting shall not be required

 

Deposit of proxies.

 

22



 

again to be delivered for the purposes of any subsequent Meeting to which it relates.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) The Directors may, in their absolute discretion, and in relation to such members or class of members as they may determine, specify the means through which instruments appointing a proxy may be submitted by electronic communications, as contemplated in Regulation 85(A)(b). Where the Directors do not so specify in relation to a member (whether of a class or otherwise), Regulation 85(A)(a) shall apply.

 

 

 

 

 

86                                   (A) Subject to the relevant listing rules of any stock exchange upon which shares in the Company may be listed, an instrument appointing a proxy shall be writing in any usual or common form or in any other form which the Directors may approve, shall be deemed to include the right to move any resolution or amendment thereto and to speak at the Meeting, and need not be witnessed.

 

Form of proxies.

 

 

 

(B) Where an instrument appointing a proxy is signed or authorised on behalf of the appointor by an attorney, the letter or power of attorney or a duly certified copy thereof must (failing previous registration with the Company) be lodged with the instrument of proxy pursuant to Regulation 85, failing which the instrument may be treated as invalid.

 

 

 

 

 

87                                   A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy (which for the purposes of this Constitution shall also include a power of attorney) shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or mental disorder of the principal or revocation of the proxy, or of the authority under which the proxy was executed or the transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy was given. Provided that no intimation in writing of such death, mental disorder, revocation or transfer shall have been received by the Company at the Office (or such other place as may be specified for the deposit of instruments appointing proxies) before the commencement of the Meeting or adjourned Meeting at which the proxy is used.

 

Intervening death or mental disorder of principal not to revoke proxy.

 

 

 

88                                   Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any Meeting of the Company or of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of this Constitution (but subject to the Act) be deemed to be present in person at any such Meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.

 

Corporations acting by representatives.

 

 

 

DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

89                                   Subject to the other provisions of Section 145 of the Act, the number of Directors, all of whom shall be natural persons, shall not (unless otherwise determined by a General Meeting) be less than five nor (unless otherwise determined by a General Meeting) more than twelve. The Company may by ordinary resolution from time to time vary the minimum and/or the maximum number of Directors.

 

Number of Directors.

 

23


 

90                                   A Director need not be a Member and shall not be required to hold any share qualification unless and until otherwise determined by the Company in General Meeting but shall be entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings.

 

Qualification.

 

 

 

91                                   Subject to Section 169 of the Act, the remuneration of the Directors shall be determined from time to time by an ordinary resolution passed at a General Meeting, and (unless such resolution otherwise provides) shall be divisible among the Directors in such proportions and manner as they may agree and in default of agreement equally, except that in the latter event any Director who shall hold office for part only of the period in respect of which such remuneration is payable shall be entitled only to rank in such division for the proportion of remuneration related to the period during which he has held office. The remuneration of the Directors shall not be increased except pursuant to an ordinary resolution passed at a General Meeting where notice of the proposed increase shall have been given in the notice convening the General Meeting.

 

Remuneration of Directors.

 

 

 

92                                   The Directors shall be entitled to be repaid all travelling or such reasonable expenses as may be incurred in attending and returning from meetings of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors or General Meetings or otherwise howsoever in or about the business of the Company in the course of the performance of their duties as Directors.

 

Travelling Expenses.

 

 

 

93                                   (A) Any Director who is appointed to any executive office or serves on any committee or who otherwise performs or renders services, which in the opinion of the Directors are outside his ordinary duties as a Director, may, subject to Section 169 of the Act, be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, commission or otherwise as the Directors may determine.


(B) The fees (including any remuneration under Regulation 93(A) above) in the case of a Director other than an Executive Director shall be payable by a fixed sum and shall not at any time be by commission on or percentage of the profits or turnover, and no Director whether an Executive Director or otherwise shall be remunerated by a commission on or percentage of turnover.

 

Extra Remuneration.

 

 

 

93A                          The Directors shall have power to pay and agree to pay pensions or other retirement, superannuation, death or disability benefits to (or to any person in respect of) any Director for the time being holding any executive office and for the purpose of providing any such pensions or other benefits to contribute to any scheme or fund or to pay premiums.

 

 

 

 

 

94                                   (A) Other than the office of Auditor, a Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company and he or any firm of which he is a member may act in a professional capacity for the Company in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine. No Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from transacting or entering into any arrangement with the Company either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise nor shall such transaction or arrangement or any transaction or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director shall be in any way interested be

 

Power of Directors to hold office of profit and to transact with Company.

 

24



 

avoided nor shall any Director so transacting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such transaction or arrangement by reason only of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) Every Director shall observe the provisions of Section 156 of the Act relating to the disclosure of the interests of the Directors in transactions or proposed transactions with the Company or of any office or property held by a Director which might create duties or interests in conflict with his duties or interests as a Director. A Director shall not be entitled to vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he is interested and he shall not be taken into account in ascertaining whether a quorum is present.

 

Directors to observe Section 156 of the Act.

 

 

 

94A                          (A) A Director may be or become a director of or hold any office or place of profit (other than as Auditor) or be otherwise interested in any company in which the Company may be interested as vendor, purchaser, shareholder or otherwise and unless otherwise agreed shall not be accountable for any fees, remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of or by virtue of his interest in such other company.

 

Holding of office in other companies.

 

 

 

(B) The Directors may exercise the voting power conferred by the shares in any company held or owned by the Company in such manner and in all respects as the Directors think fit in the interests of the Company (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them to be directors of such company or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the directors of such company) and any such Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting powers in the manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be or be about to be appointed a director of such other company.

 

Directors may exercise voting power conferred by Company’s shares in another company.

 

 

 

95                                   (A) The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their body to be the holder of any executive office (including, where considered appropriate, the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman) on such terms and for such period as they may (subject to the Applicable Laws) determine and, without prejudice to the terms of any contract entered into in any particular case, may at any time revoke any such appointment.

 

Appointment of Directors as holders of executive office.

 

 

 

(B) The appointment of any Director to the office of Chairman or Deputy Chairman shall automatically determine if he ceases to be a Director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

(C) The appointment of any Director to any other executive office shall not automatically determine if he ceases from any cause to be a Director, unless the contract or resolution under which he holds office shall expressly state otherwise, in which event such determination shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

(D) The Directors may entrust to and confer upon any Directors holding any executive office any of the powers exercisable by them as Directors upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit, and either collaterally with or to the

 

 

 

25



 

exclusion of their own powers, and may from to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

 

 

 

 

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

 

 

 

 

96                                   The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their body to be Chief Executive Officer of the Company and may from time to time (subject to the provisions of any contract between him or them and the Company) remove or dismiss him or them from office and appoint another or others in his or their places.

 

Appointment of Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

97                                   A Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company, be subject to the same provisions as to resignation and removal as the other Directors of the Company and if he ceases to hold the office of Director for any cause he shall ipso facto and immediately cease to be a Chief Executive Officer.

 

Resignation and removal of Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

98                                   Subject to Section 169 of the Act, the remuneration of a Chief Executive Officer shall from time to time be fixed by the Directors and may, subject to this Constitution, be by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or by any or all of these modes.

 

Remuneration of Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

99                                   The Directors may from time to time entrust to and confer upon a Chief Executive Officer for the time being such of the powers exercisable under this Constitution by the Directors as they may think fit and may confer such powers for such time and to be exercised on such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think expedient and they may confer such powers either collaterally with or to the exclusion of and in substitution for all or any of the powers of the Directors in that behalf and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

 

Power of Chief Executive Officer.

 

 

 

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

100                            The office of a Director shall be vacated in any one of the following events, namely:

 

Vacation of office of Director.

 

 

 

(a)                                  if he becomes prohibited from being a Director by reason of any order made under the Act; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  if he ceases to be a Director by virtue of any of the provisions of the Act or this Constitution; or

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   subject to Section 145 of the Act, if he resigns by writing under his hand left at the Office; or

 

 

 

 

 

(d)                                  if he becomes bankrupt or suspends payments or compounds with his creditors generally; or

 

 

 

 

 

(e)                                   if he becomes mentally disordered and incapable of managing himself or his affairs or if in Singapore or elsewhere, an order shall be made by any court claiming jurisdiction in that behalf on the ground (however

 

 

 

26



 

formulated) of mental disorder for his detention or for the appointment of a guardian or for the appointment of a receiver or other person (by whatever name called) to exercise powers with respect to his property or affairs;

 

 

 

 

 

(f)                                    he is removed by the Company in General Meeting by an ordinary resolution pursuant to Regulation 105; or

(g)                                   if he is disqualified from acting as a director in any jurisdiction for reasons other than on technical grounds.

 

 

 

 

 

101                            At the first Annual General Meeting of the Company all the Directors for the time being, save for any Director holding office as Chief Executive Officer or chief financial officer, shall retire from office, and at each subsequent Annual General Meeting, one-third of the Directors for the time being (or, if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third) shall retire from office by rotation Provided that no Director holding office as Chief Executive Officer or chief financial officer shall be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the number of Directors to retire.

 

Retirement of Directors.

 

 

 

102                            The Directors to retire in every year shall be those, subject to retirement by rotation, who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment and so that as between persons who became or were last re-elected Directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election.

 

Retiring Directors eligible for re-election.

 

 

 

103                            The Company at the General Meeting at which a Director retires under any provision of this Constitution may by ordinary resolution fill the office being vacated by electing thereto the retiring Director or some other person eligible for appointment. In default, the retiring Director shall be deemed to have been re-elected except in any of the following cases:

 

Filling vacated office.

 

 

 

(a)                                  where at such General Meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill such office or a resolution for the re-election of such Director is put to the General Meeting and lost;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  where such Director is disqualified under the Act from holding office as a Director or has given notice in writing to the Company that he is unwilling to be re-elected; or

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   where the default is due to the moving of a resolution in contravention of the next following Regulation.

 

 

 

 

 

The retirement shall not have effect until the conclusion of the General Meeting except where a resolution is passed to elect some other person in the place of the retiring Director or a resolution for his re-election is put to the General Meeting and lost, and accordingly, a retiring Director who is re-elected or deemed to have been re-elected will continue in office without a break.

 

 

 

27



 

104                            A resolution for the appointment of two or more persons as Directors by a single resolution shall not be moved at any General Meeting unless a resolution that it shall be so moved has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it; and any resolution moved in contravention of this provision shall be void.

 

Appointment of two or more persons as Directors.

 

 

 

105                            The Company may in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act by ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given, remove any Director from office (notwithstanding any provision of this Constitution or of any agreement between the Company and such Director, but without prejudice to any claim he may have for damages for breach of any such agreement) and appoint another person in place of a Director so removed from office. In default of such appointment, the vacancy arising upon the removal of a Director from office may be filled as a casual vacancy.

 

Removal of Directors.

 

 

 

106                            The Company may by ordinary resolution appoint any person to be a Director and the Directors shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director. Without prejudice thereto, the Directors shall have power at any time so to do, but so that the total number of Directors shall not thereby exceed the maximum number (if any) fixed by or in accordance with this Constitution. Any person so appointed by the Directors shall hold office only until the next Annual General Meeting and shall then be eligible for re-election, but shall not be taken into account in determining the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation at such meeting.

 

Power to fill casual vacancies and to appoint additional Director.

 

 

 

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

107                            (A) Any Director may at any time by writing under his hand and deposited at the Office, or delivered at a meeting of the Directors, appoint any person (other than another Director) approved by a majority of his co-Directors to be his alternate Director and may in like manner at any time terminate such appointment. Such appointment, unless previously approved by the majority of the Directors, shall have effect only upon and subject to being so approved. A person shall not be appointed as alternate Director to more than one Director at the same time.

 

Appointment of Alternate Directors.

 

 

 

(B) The appointment of an Alternate Director shall ipso facto terminate on the happening of any event which if he were a Director would render his office as a Director to be vacated and his appointment shall also determine ipso facto if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director.

 

 

 

 

 

(C) An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Directors and to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally, if his appointor is absent from Singapore or is otherwise unable to act as such Director, to perform all functions of his appointor as a Director (except the power to

 

 

 

28



 

appoint an Alternate Director) and to sign any resolution in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 112.

 

 

 

 

 

(D) An Alternate Director shall not be taken into account in reckoning the minimum number of Directors allowed for the time being under this Constitution but he shall be counted for the purpose of reckoning whether a quorum is present at any meeting of the Directors attended by him at which he is entitled to vote.

 

 

 

 

 

(E) An Alternate Director may be repaid by the Company such expenses as might properly be repaid to him if he were a Director and he shall be entitled to receive from the Company such proportion (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct, but save as aforesaid he shall not in respect of such appointment be entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

(F) An Alternate Director shall not be required to hold any share qualification.

 

 

 

 

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

108                            (A) The Directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn or otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit. A Director may and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall at any time summon a meeting of the Directors. Subject to the provisions of this Constitution, questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes and in case of an equality of votes, the Chairman of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

Meetings of Directors and voting.

 

 

 

(B) The Directors may participate in a meeting of the Directors by means of a conference telephone or a video conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and be heard by all other participants without the need for a Director to be in the physical presence of another Director(s) and participation in the meeting in this manner shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at such meeting. The Directors participating in any such meeting shall be counted in the quorum for such meeting and subject to there being a requisite quorum under this Constitution, all resolutions agreed by the Directors in such meeting shall be deemed to be as effective as a resolution passed at a meeting in person of the Directors duly convened and held. A meeting conducted by means of a conference telephone or a video conference telephone or similar communications equipment as aforesaid is deemed to be held at the place agreed upon by the Directors attending the meeting, provided that at least one of the Directors present at the meeting was at that place for the duration of the meeting.

 

Participation in a meeting by conference telephone or video conference telephone.

 

 

 

(C) In the case of a meeting which is not held in person, the fact that a Director is taking part in the meeting must be made known to all the other Directors taking part, and no Director may disconnect or cease to take part in the meeting unless he makes known to all other Directors taking part that he is ceasing to take part in the meeting.

 

 

 

29



 

109                            The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be such number of Directors comprising a majority of the Directors for the time being. A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors.

 

Quorum.

 

 

 

110                            The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their body. If and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with this Constitution, any Member may summon a General Meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors.

 

Proceedings in case of vacancies.

 

 

 

111                            The Directors may from time to time elect a Chairman and if desired a Deputy Chairman and determine the period for which he is or they are to hold office. The Deputy Chairman will perform the duties of the Chairman during the Chairman’s absence for any reason. The Chairman and in his absence the Deputy Chairman shall preside as Chairman at meetings of the Directors but if no such Chairman or Deputy Chairman be elected or if at any meeting the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman be not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to be Chairman of such meeting.

 

Chairman of Directors.

 

 

 

112                            A resolution in writing signed by a majority of the Directors for the time being and being not less than are sufficient to form a quorum shall be as effective as a resolution passed at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held, and may consist of several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of the Directors. Provided that, where a Director has appointed an Alternate Director, the Director or (in lieu of the Director) his Alternate may sign. The expressions “in writing” and “signed” include approval by any such Director by telefax or any form of electronic communication approved by the Directors for such purpose from time to time incorporating, if the Directors deem necessary, the use of security and/or identification procedures and devices approved by the Directors.

 

Resolutions in writing.

 

 

 

113                            (A) The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body and. Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on them by the Directors.

 

Power to appoint committees.

 

 

 

(B) The meetings and proceedings of any such committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions of this Constitution regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations made by the Directors under the last preceding Regulation.

 

Proceedings at committee meetings.

 

 

 

(C) All acts done by any meeting of Directors or of any such committee or by any person acting as Director or as a member of any such committee, shall as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, notwithstanding that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as

 

Validity of acts of Directors in spite of some formal defect.

 

30



 

aforesaid or that they or any of them were or was disqualified or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of the committee and had been entitled to vote.

 

 

 

 

 

GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

114                            The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction or supervision of the Directors. The Directors may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Statutes or by this Constitution required to be exercised by the Company in General Meeting, but subject nevertheless to any Regulations of this Constitution, to the provisions of the Act and to such regulations, being not inconsistent with the aforesaid Regulations or provisions, as may be prescribed by special resolutions of the Company, but no regulation so made by the Company shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if such regulation had not been made,. The Directors shall not carry into effect any proposals for selling or disposing of the whole or substantially the whole of the Company’s undertaking or property unless those proposals have been approved by the Company in General Meeting. The general powers given by this Regulation shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Directors by any other Regulation.

 

General powers of Directors to manage Company’s business.

 

 

 

115                            (A) The Directors may from time to time by power of attorney, if the Seal is adopted, to be under the Seal, appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under this Constitution) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with such attorney as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to subdelegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

Power to appoint attorneys.

 

 

 

(B) The Company or the Directors on behalf of the Company may in exercise of the powers in that behalf conferred by the Act cause to be kept a Branch Register or Register of Members and the Directors may (subject to the provisions of the Act) make and vary such regulations as they may think fit in respect of the keeping of any such Branch Register.

 

Power to keep Branch Registers.

 

 

 

116                            All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

Signature of cheques and bills.

 

31


 

BORROWING POWERS

 

 

 

 

 

117                            Subject as hereinafter provided and to the provisions of the Statutes, the Directors may borrow or raise money from time to time for the purpose of the Company or secure the payment of such sums as they think fit and may secure the repayment or payment of such sums by mortgage or charge upon all or any of the property or assets of the Company or by the issue of debentures or otherwise as they may think fit.

 

Directors’ borrowing powers.

 

 

 

SECRETARY

 

 

 

 

 

118                            The Secretary or Secretaries shall and a Deputy or Assistant Secretary or Secretaries may be appointed by the Directors for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit, and any Secretary, Deputy or Assistant Secretary so appointed may be removed by them, but without prejudice to any claim he may have for damages for breach of any contract of service between him and the Company. The appointment and duties of the Secretary or Secretaries shall not conflict with the provisions of the Act and in particular Section 171 thereof. Notwithstanding the above, the office of Secretary, Deputy or Assistant Secretary shall be vacated if he resigns by writing under hand left at the Office.

 

Secretary.

 

 

 

SEAL

 

 

 

 

 

119                            (A) The Company may adopt a Seal. In the event the Company adopts a Seal, the Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal, which shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or a committee of Directors authorised by the Directors in that behalf. Every instrument to which the Seal shall be affixed shall be signed by a Director and countersigned by the Secretary or a second Director or by some other person appointed by the Directors in place of the Secretary or such second Director for the purpose, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Directors may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature or other method approved by the Directors.

 

Seal.

 

 

 

(B) The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the Act with regard to having an Official Seal for use abroad, and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

 

Official Seal.

 

 

 

(C) The Company may have a duplicate Common Seal as referred to in Section 124 of the Act which shall be a facsimile of the Common Seal with the addition on its face of the words “Share Seal”.

 

Share Seal.

 

 

 

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

120                            Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolutions passed by the Company or the Directors or any committee, and any books, records, documents, accounts and financial statements relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or

 

Power to authenticate documents.

 

32



 

extracts; and where any books, records, documents, accounts and financial statements are elsewhere than at the Office, the local manager and other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person appointed by the Directors as aforesaid. Any authentication or certification made pursuant to this Regulation may be made by any electronic means approved by the Directors from time to time for such purpose incorporating, if the Directors deem necessary, the use of security and/or identification procedures or devices approved by the Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

121                            A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution of the Directors or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the Company or the Directors or any committee which is certified as such in accordance with the provisions of the last preceding Regulation shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such extract is a true and accurate record of a duly constituted meeting. Any authentication or certification made pursuant to this Regulation may be made by any electronic means approved by the Directors for such purpose from time to time incorporating, if the Directors deem necessary, the use of security and/or identification procedures and devices approved by the Directors.

 

Certified copies of resolution of the Directors.

 

 

 

DIVIDENDS

 

 

 

 

 

122                            The Company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends, including in the manner set out in Regulations 129 and 130, but (without prejudice to the powers of the Company to pay interest on share capital as hereinbefore provided) no dividend shall be payable except out of the profits of the Company, or in excess of the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

Payment of dividends.

 

 

 

123                            Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares or class of shares and except as otherwise permitted under the Act:

 

Apportionment of dividends.

 

 

 

(a)                                  all dividends in respect of shares shall be paid in proportion to the number of shares held by a Member but where shares are partly paid all dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the partly paid shares; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  all dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts so paid or credited as paid during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid, but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this Regulation, an amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of a call is to be ignored.

 

 

 

 

 

124                            If and so far as in the opinion of the Directors the profits of the Company justify such payments, the Directors may pay the fixed preferential dividends on any class of shares carrying a fixed preferential dividend expressed to be payable on a fixed date on the half-yearly or other dates (if any) prescribed for the payment

 

Payment of preference and interim dividends.

 

33



 

thereof by the terms of issue of the shares, and subject thereto may also from time to time pay to the holders of any other class of shares interim dividends thereon of such amounts and on such dates as they may think fit.

 

 

 

 

 

125                            No dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company.

 

Dividends not to bear interest.

 

 

 

126                            The Directors may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to any Member on or in respect of a share all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or in connection therewith.

 

Deduction for debts due to Company.

 

 

 

127                            (A) The Directors may retain any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a lien and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the debts, liabilities or engagements in respect of which the lien exists.

 

Retention of dividends on shares subject to lien or pending transmission; unclaimed dividends or other moneys.

 

 

 

(B) The Directors may retain the dividends payable on shares in respect of which any person is under the provisions as to the transmission of shares hereinbefore contained entitled to become a Member or which any person under those provisions is entitled to transfer until such person shall become a Member in respect of such shares or shall duly transfer the same.

 

 

 

 

 

(C) The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividends or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof. All dividends and other moneys payable on or in respect of a share that are unclaimed after first becoming payable may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors for the benefit of the Company and any dividend or moneys unclaimed after a period of six years from the date they are first payable may be forfeited and if so shall revert to the Company but the Directors may at any time thereafter at their absolute discretion annul any such forfeiture and pay the moneys so forfeited to the person entitled thereto prior to the forfeiture.

 

 

 

 

 

128                            The waiver in whole or in part of any dividend on any share by any document (whether or not under seal) shall be effective only if such document is signed by the Member (or the person entitled to the share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder) and delivered to the Company and if or to the extent that the same is accepted as such or acted upon by the Company.

 

Waiver of dividends.

 

 

 

129                            The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Directors, by ordinary resolution direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company or in any one or more of such ways; and the Directors shall give effect to such Resolution

 

Payment of dividend in specie.

 

34



 

and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional certificates, may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

130                            (A) Whenever the Directors or the Company in General Meeting have resolved or proposed that a dividend (including an interim, final, special or other dividend) be paid or declared on the ordinary share capital of the Company, the Directors may further resolve that Members entitled to such dividend be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of ordinary shares credited as fully paid in lieu of cash in respect of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Directors many think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)                                  the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Directors;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  the Directors shall determine the manner in which Members shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of ordinary shares credited as fully paid in lieu of cash in respect of the whole or such part of any dividend in respect of which the Directors shall have passed such a resolution as aforesaid, and the Directors may make such arrangements as to the giving of notice to Members, providing for forms of election for completion by Members (whether in respect of a particular dividend or dividends or generally), determining the procedure for making such elections or revoking the same and the place at which and the latest date and time by which any forms of election or other documents by which elections are made or revoked must be lodged, and otherwise make all such arrangements and do all such things, as the Directors consider necessary or expedient in connection with the provisions of this Regulation;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded Provided that the Directors may determine, either generally or in any specific case, that such right shall be exercisable in respect of the whole or any part of that portion;

 

 

 

 

 

(d)                                  the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on ordinary shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (the “elected ordinary shares”) and in lieu and in satisfaction thereof ordinary shares shall be allotted and credited as fully paid to the holders of the elected ordinary shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose and notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 135, the Directors shall capitalise and apply the amount standing to the credit of the Company’s reserve accounts as the Directors may determine, such sum as may be required to

 

 

 

35



 

pay up in full the appropriate number of ordinary shares for allotment and distribution to and among the holders of the elected ordinary shares on such basis.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) (a)              The ordinary shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (A) of this Regulation shall rank pari passu in all respects with the ordinary shares then in issue save only as regards participation in the dividend which is the subject of the election referred to above (including the right to make the election referred to above) or any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneous with the payment or declaration of the dividend which is the subject of the election referred to above, unless the Directors shall otherwise specify.

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  The Directors may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (A) of this Regulation, with full power to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Constitution, provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are disregarded or rounded up or down).

 

 

 

 

 

(C)                                The Directors may, on any occasion when they resolve as provided in paragraph (A) of this Regulation, determine that rights of election under that paragraph shall not be made available to the persons who are registered as holders of ordinary shares in the Register, or in respect of ordinary shares the transfer of which is registered, after such date as the Directors may fix subject to such exceptions as the Directors may think fit, and in such event the provisions of this Regulation shall be read and construed subject to such determination.

 

 

 

 

 

(D)                                The Directors may, on any occasion when they resolve as provided in paragraph (A) of this Regulation, further determine that no allotment of shares or rights of election for shares under that paragraph shall be made available or made to Members whose registered addresses entered in the Register are outside Singapore, South Africa or the United States of America or to such other members or class of members as the Directors may in their sole discretion decide and in such event the only entitlement of the members aforesaid shall be to receive in cash the relevant dividend resolved or proposed to be paid or declared.

 

 

 

 

 

(E)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Regulation, if at any time after the Directors’ resolution to apply the provisions of paragraph (A) of this Regulation in relation to any dividend but prior to the allotment of ordinary shares pursuant thereto, the Directors shall consider that by reason of any event or circumstance (whether arising before or after such resolution) or by reason of any matter whatsoever it is no longer expedient or appropriate to implement that proposal, the Directors may at their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor,

 

 

 

36



 

cancel the proposed application of paragraph (A) of this Regulation.

 

 

 

 

 

131                            Any dividend or other moneys payable in cash on or in respect of a share may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post to the registered address of the Member or person entitled thereto, or, if several persons are registered as joint holders of the share or are entitled thereto in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder to any one of such persons or to such persons and such address as such persons may by writing direct or by such means (including, by electronic means) as the Directors may decide at their absolute discretion. If paid by cheque or warrant, every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to such person as the holder or joint holders or person or persons entitled to the share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder may direct and payment of the cheque if purporting to be endorsed or the receipt of any such person shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every such cheque or warrant shall be sent at the risk of the person entitled to the money represented thereby.

 

Dividends payable by cheque or other means.

 

 

 

132                            A transfer of shares shall not pass the right to any dividend declared on such shares before the registration of the transfer.

 

Effect of transfer.

 

 

 

RESERVES

 

 

 

 

 

133                            The Directors may from time to time set aside out of the profits of the Company and carry to reserve such sums as they think proper which, at the discretion of the Directors, shall be applicable for meeting contingencies or for the gradual liquidation of any debt or liability of the Company or for repairing or maintaining the works, plant and machinery of the Company or for special dividends or bonuses or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which the profits of the Company may properly be applied and pending such application may either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested.

 

Power to carry profit to reserve.

 

 

 

134                            The Directors may divide the reserve into such special funds as they think fit and may consolidate into one fund any special funds or any parts of any special funds into which the reserve may have been divided. The Directors may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which they may think it not prudent to divide.

 

Manner of dealing with reserves.

 

 

 

BONUS ISSUES AND CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS AND RESERVES

 

 

 

 

 

135                            The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Directors, by ordinary resolution:

 

Power to issue free bonus shares and/or to capitalise profits.

 

 

 

(a)                                  issue bonus shares for which no consideration is payable to the Company, to the Members holding shares in the

 

 

 

37



 

Company in proportion to their then holdings of shares; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  capitalise any sum for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution, provided that such sum be not required for paying the dividends on any shares carrying a fixed cumulative preferential dividend and accordingly that the Directors be authorised and directed to appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Members holding shares in the Company in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been applied or been applicable in paying dividends and to apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on any shares held by such Members respectively, or in paying up in full new shares or debentures of the Company, such shares or debentures to be allotted and distributed and credited as fully paid up to and amongst such Members in the proportion aforesaid or partly in one way and partly in the other.

 

 

 

 

 

136                            Whenever such a Resolution as aforesaid shall have been passed, the Directors may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any such bonus issue and/or capitalisation with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for any fractional entitlements which would arise on the basis aforesaid (including provisions whereby fractional entitlements are disregarded or the benefit thereof accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for any such bonus issue or capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members.

 

Power of Directors to give effect to bonus issues and/or capitalisations.

 

 

 

137                            In addition and without prejudice to the powers provided for by Regulations 135 and 136, the Directors shall have power to issue shares for which no consideration is payable and/or to capitalise any undivided profits or other moneys of the Company not required for the payment or provision of any dividend on any shares entitled to cumulative or non-cumulative preferential dividends (including profits or other moneys carried and standing to any reserve or reserves) and to apply such profits or other moneys in paying up in full new shares, in each case on terms that such shares shall, upon issue, be held by or for the benefit of participants of the Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. Forfeitable Share Incentive Plan 2017 (as amended from time to time) and/or any share incentive or option scheme or plan implemented by the Company and approved by a resolution of the Members in General Meeting, in such manner and on such terms as proposed by the Directors.

 

Power to issue free shares or capitalise reserves for employee share-based incentive plans.

 

38


 

MINUTES AND BOOKS

 

 

 

 

 

138                            The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books to be provided for the purpose:

 

Minutes.

 

 

 

(a)                                  of all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of Directors and of any committee of Directors; and

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   of all Resolutions and proceedings at all Meetings of the Company and of any class of Members, of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

139                            The Directors shall duly comply with the provisions of the Act and in particular the provisions with regard to registration of charges created by or affecting property of the Company with regard to keeping a Register of Directors and Secretaries, the Register, a Register of Mortgages and Charges and a Register of Directors’ Share and Debenture Holdings and with regard to the production and furnishing of copies of such Registers and of any Register of Holders of Debentures of the Company.

 

Keeping of Registers, etc.

 

 

 

140                            Any register, index, minute book, book of accounts or other book required by this Constitution or by the Act to be kept by or on behalf of the Company may be kept either by making entries in bound books or by recording them in any other manner. In any case in which bound books are not used, the Directors shall take adequate precautions for guarding against falsification and for facilitating discovery.

 

Form of registers, etc.

 

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

 

141                            The Directors shall cause to be kept such accounting and other records as are necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act and shall cause those records to be kept in such manner as to enable them to be conveniently and properly audited.

 

Directors to keep proper accounts.

 

 

 

142                            Subject to the provisions of Section 199 of the Act, the books of accounts shall be kept at the Office or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit within Singapore. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document or other recording of the Company except as is conferred by law or authorised by the Directors or by an ordinary resolution of the Company.

 

Location and inspection.

 

 

 

143                            Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act, the Directors shall cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in General Meeting such financial statements and, if required, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and reports as may be necessary.

 

Presentation of accounts.

 

 

 

144                            A copy of every financial statement and balance sheet which is to be laid before a General Meeting of the Company (including every document required by the Act to be annexed thereto) together with a copy of every report of the Auditors relating thereto and of the Directors’ statement shall not less than fourteen days before the

 

Copies of accounts.

 

39



 

date of the Meeting be sent to every Member of, and every holder of debentures (if any) of, the Company and to every other person who is entitled to receive notices from the Company under the provisions of the Act or of this Constitution. Provided that this Regulation shall not require a copy of these documents to be sent to any person of whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of a share in the Company or the several persons entitled thereto in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise but any Member to whom a copy of these documents has not been sent shall be entitled to receive a copy free of charge on application at the Office.

 

 

 

 

 

AUDITORS

 

 

 

 

 

145                            Subject to the provisions of the Act, Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the provisions of the Act. Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the accounting and other records of the Company and shall make his report as required by the Act.

 

Appointment of Auditors.

 

 

 

146                            Subject to the provisions of the Act, all acts done by any person acting as an Auditor shall, as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, be valid, notwithstanding that there was some defect in his appointment or that he was at the time of his appointment not qualified for appointment.

 

Validity of acts of Auditors in spite of some formal defect.

 

 

 

147                            The Auditors shall be entitled to attend any General Meeting and to receive all notices of and other communications relating to any General Meeting to which any Member is entitled and to be heard at any General Meeting on any part of the business of the Meeting which concerns them as Auditors.

 

Auditors’ right to receive notices of and attend at General Meetings.

 

 

 

NOTICES

 

 

 

 

 

148                            (A) Any notice or document may be given by the Company to any Member in any of the following ways:

 

Service of notice.

 

 

 

(a)                                  by delivering the notice or document personally to him; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  by sending it by prepaid mail to him at his registered address in Singapore or where such address is outside Singapore by prepaid air-mail; or

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   by sending a telefax containing the text of the notice or document to him at his registered fax number in Singapore or where such fax number is outside Singapore to such fax number outside Singapore or to any other address as might have been previously notified by the Member concerned to the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) Any notice, document or other communication served under any of the provisions of this Constitution on or by the Company or any officer of the Company may be tested or verified by telefax or

 

 

 

40



 

telephone or such other manner as may be convenient in the circumstances but the Company and its officers are under no obligation so to test or verify any such notice, document or communication.

 

 

 

 

 

(C) Without prejudice to the provisions of Regulation 148(A), but subject otherwise to the Applicable Laws, any notice or document (including, without limitation, any accounts, balance-sheet, financial statements or report) which is required or permitted to be given, sent or served under the Act or under this Constitution by the Company, or the Directors, to a member may be given, sent or served using electronic communications:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)                                  to the current address of that person; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  by making it available on a website prescribed by the Company from time to time,

 

 

 

 

 

in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution, the Applicable Laws and/or any other applicable regulations or procedures.

 

 

 

 

 

(D) If permitted by the prevailing listing rules of any stock exchange upon which shares in the Company may be listed, for the purpose of Regulation 148(C) above, a member shall be deemed to have agreed to receive such notice or document by way of such electronic communications and shall not have a right to elect to receive a physical copy of such notice or document.

 

 

 

 

 

(E) For the purposes of Regulation 148(C) above, if the Company is not permitted by the prevailing listing rules of any stock exchange upon which shares in the Company may be listed, to regard a member as having deemed to have agreed to receive such notice or document by way of such electronic communications in the manner prescribed under Regulation 148(D), a member shall, at the Directors’ discretion, be given an opportunity to elect within a specified period of time whether to receive such notice or document by way of electronic communications or as a physical copy, and a member shall be deemed to have consented to receive such notice or document by way of electronic communications if he was given such an opportunity and he failed to make an election within the specified time, and he shall not in such an event have a right to receive a physical copy of such notice or document.

 

 

 

 

 

(F) Where a notice or document is given, sent or served to a member by making it available on a website pursuant to Regulation 148(C)(b), the Company shall give separate notice to the member of the publication of the notice or document on that website and the manner in which the notice or document may be accessed by any one or more of the following means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)                                  by sending such separate notice to the member personally or through the post pursuant to Regulation 148(A);

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  by sending such separate notice to the member using electronic communications to his current address pursuant to Regulation 148(C)(a);

 

 

 

41



 

(c)                                   by way of advertisement in the daily press; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

(d)                                  by way of announcement on any stock exchange upon which shares in the Company may be listed.

 

 

 

 

 

149                            All notices and documents (including a share certificate) with respect to any shares to which persons are jointly entitled shall be given to whichever of such persons is named first on the Register and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

Service of notices in respect of joint holders.

 

 

 

150                            Any Member with a registered address shall be entitled to have served upon him at such address any notice or document to which he is entitled under this Constitution.

 

Members shall be served at registered address.

 

 

 

151                            A person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member or otherwise upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his title to the share, and upon supplying also an address for the service of notice, shall be entitled to have served upon him at such address any notice or document to which the Member but for his death or bankruptcy or otherwise would be entitled and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share. Save as aforesaid any notice or document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member or given, sent or served to any Member using electronic communications in pursuance of this Constitution shall (notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt or in liquidation or otherwise not entitled to such share and whether or not the Company has notice of the same) be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or first-named joint holder.

 

Service of notices after death etc. on a Member.

 

 

 

152                            (A) Any notice or document given in conformity with Regulation 148 shall be deemed to have been given at any of the following times as may be appropriate:

 

When service effected.

 

 

 

(a)                                  when it is delivered personally to the Member, at the time when it is so delivered;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  when it is sent by prepaid mail to an address in Singapore or by prepaid air-mail to an address outside Singapore, on the day following that on which the notice or document was put into the post;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   when the notice or document is sent by telefax, on the day it is so sent; and

 

 

 

 

 

(d)                                  when the notice or document is given, sent or served by electronic communications:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)                                      to the current address of a person pursuant to Regulation 148(C)(a), it shall be deemed

 

 

 

42



 

to have been duly given, sent or served at the time of transmission of the electronic communication by the email server or facility operated by the Company or its service provider to the current address of such person (notwithstanding any delayed receipt, non-delivery or “returned mail” reply message or any other error message indicating that the electronic communication was delayed or not successfully sent), unless otherwise provided under the Act and/or any other applicable regulations or procedures; and; or

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)                                   by making it available on a website pursuant to Regulation 148(C)(b), it shall be deemed to have been duly given, sent or served on the date on which the notice or document is first made available on the website, unless otherwise provided under the Act and/or any other applicable regulations or procedures.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) In proving such service, sending or transmission, it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post as a prepaid letter or air-mail letter as the case may be or that a telefax or the electronic communication was properly addressed and transmitted in the manner provided in the Act.

 

 

 

 

 

153                            Any notice on behalf of the Company or of the Directors shall be deemed effectual if it purports to bear the signature of the Secretary or other duly authorised officer of the Company, whether such signature is printed or written.

 

Signature on notice.

 

 

 

154                            When a given number of days’ notice or notice extending over any other period is required to be given the day of service shall not, unless it is otherwise provided or required by this Constitution or by the Act, be counted in such number of days or period.

 

Day of service not counted.

 

 

 

155                            (A) Notice of every General Meeting shall be given in the manner hereinbefore authorised to:

 

Notice of General Meeting.

 

 

 

(a)                                  every Member;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or otherwise of a Member who but for the same would be entitled to receive notice of the Meeting; and

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   the Auditors.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of General Meetings.

 

 

 

 

 

156                            The provisions of Regulations 148, 152, 153 and 154 shall apply mutatis mutandis to notices of meetings of Directors or any committee of Directors.

 

Notice of meetings of Directors or any committee of Directors.

 

43



 

 

 

 

WINDING UP

 

 

 

 

 

157                            (A) The Directors shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.


(B) If the Company is wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary, under supervision, or by the Court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of property of one kind or shall consist of properties of different kinds and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of Members as the liquidator with the like authority thinks fit and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities in respect of which there is a liability.


(C) On a voluntary winding up of the Company, no commission or fee shall be paid to a Liquidator without the prior approval of the Members in General Meeting. The amount of such commission or fee shall be notified to all members not less than seven days prior to the Meeting at which it is to be considered.

 

Power of Directors to present petition; distribution of assets in specie; Liquidator’s commission or fee.

 

 

 

INDEMNITY

 

 

 

 

 

158                            Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes, every Director, Auditor, Secretary or other officer of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company against all costs, interest, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him in the execution and discharge of his duties and where he serves at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or in relation thereto including any liability by him in defending any proceedings, civil or criminal, which relate to anything done or omitted or alleged to have been done or omitted by him as an officer or employee of the Company and in which judgment is given in his favour (or the proceedings otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of any material breach of duty on his part) or in which he is acquitted or in connection with any application under statute for relief from liability in respect of any such act or omission in which relief is granted to him by the court, including, without limitation, provided that there is no conflict with the Statutes. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing no Director, Manager, Secretary or other officer of the Company shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other Director or officer or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity or for any loss or expense happening to the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the Directors for or on behalf of the

 

Indemnity of Directors and officers.

 

44



 

Company or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of the Company shall be invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects shall be deposited or left or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto unless the same happen through his own negligence, wilful default, breach of duty or breach of trust.

 

 

 

 

 

SECRECY

 

 

 

 

 

159                            No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trade or any matter which may be in the nature of a trade secret, mystery of trade or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interest of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public save as may be authorised by law or required by the listing rules of any stock exchange upon which shares in the Company may be listed.

 

Secrecy.

 

 

 

PERSONAL DATA

 

 

 

 

 

160                            (A) A Member who is a natural person is deemed to have consented to the collection, use and disclosure of his personal data (whether such personal data is provided by that Member or is collected through a third party) by the Company (or its agents or service providers) from time to time for any of the following purposes:

 

Personal data.

 

 

 

(a)                                  implementation and administration of any corporate action by the Company (or its agents or service providers);

 

 

 

 

 

(b)                                  internal analysis and/or market research by the Company (or its agents or service providers);

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                                   investor relations communications by the Company (or its agents or service providers);

 

 

 

 

 

(d)                                  administration by the Company (or its agents or service providers) of that member’s holding of shares in the capital of the Company;

 

 

 

 

 

(e)                                   implementation and administration of any service provided by the Company (or its agents or service providers) to its members to receive notices of meetings, annual reports and other shareholder communications and/or for proxy appointment, whether by electronic means or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

(f)                                    processing, administration and analysis by the Company (or its agents or service providers) of proxies and representatives appointed for any General Meeting (including any adjournment thereof) and the preparation and compilation of the attendance lists, minutes and other documents relating to any General Meeting (including any adjournment thereof);

 

 

 

45



 

(g)                                   implementation and administration of, and compliance with, any provision of this Constitution;

 

 

 

 

 

(h)                                  compliance with any applicable laws, listing rules, take-over rules, regulations and/or guidelines; and

 

 

 

 

 

(i)                                      purposes which are reasonably related to any of the above purposes.

 

 

 

 

 

(B) Any Member who appoints a proxy and/or representative for any General Meeting and/or any adjournment thereof is deemed to have warranted that where such Member discloses the personal data of such proxy and/or representative to the Company (or its agents or service providers), that Member has obtained the prior consent of such proxy and/or representative for the collection, use and disclosure by the Company (or its agents or service providers) of the personal data of such proxy and/or representative for the purposes specified in Regulation 160(A)(f), and is deemed to have agreed to indemnify the Company in respect of any penalties, liabilities, claims, demands, losses and damages as a result of such member’s breach of warranty.

 

 

 

46




Exhibit 2.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificate No.

 

Class

 

No of Shares

 

 

 

 

ORDINARY SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[COMPANY LOGO]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(UEN 201731497H)

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

Incorporated in Singapore on 2 November 2017 under the Companies Act, Cap. 50

ORDINARY SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“SPECIMEN”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IS THE OWNER OF        ORDINARY SHARES as the registered holder of such ORDINARY SHARES in the above named company, each fully paid subject to the Constitution of the said company.

 

Given on behalf of the company on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NO TRANSFER OF ANY OF THE ABOVE SHARES CAN BE REGISTERED UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

Registered Office:  10 ANSON ROAD #32-15, INTERNATIONAL PLAZA, SINGAPORE 079903

 

Transfer Agent’s Office:  Continental Stock Transfer & Trust 1 State Street, 30th Floor New York, NY 10004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.1(a)

 

 

 

 

TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

 

entered into between

 

 

 

GRINDROD LIMITED

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING (SOUTH AFRICA) PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 



 

2

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Clause number and description

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

PARTIES

4

 

 

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

4

 

 

 

3.

INTERPRETATION

8

 

 

 

4.

INTRODUCTION

10

 

 

 

5.

APPOINTMENT

11

 

 

 

6.

DURATION

11

 

 

 

7.

THE SERVICES

11

 

 

 

8.

IT SERVICES

12

 

 

 

9.

FEES AND PAYMENT

12

 

 

 

10.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

13

 

 

 

11.

GSSA GROUP ASSISTANCE

14

 

 

 

12.

NON-SOLICITATION

14

 

 

 

13.

BENEFIT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

14

 

 

 

14.

FORCE MAJEURE

14

 

 

 

15.

CONFIDENTIALITY

15

 

 

 

16.

NATURE OF THIS AGREEMENT

17

 

 

 

17.

RECIPROCAL WARRANTIES

18

 

 

 

18.

BREACH

19

 

 

 

19.

NOTICES

19

 

 

 

20.

APPLICABLE LAW

20

 

 

 

21.

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

20

 

 

 

22.

JURISDICTION

21

 

 

 

23.

CO-OPERATION AND GOOD FAITH

22

 

 

 

24.

CESSION AND DELEGATION

22

 

 

 

25.

WHOLE AGREEMENT, NO AMENDMENT

22

 

 

 

26.

SEVERABILITY

23

 

 

 

27.

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

23

 

 

 

28.

GENERAL

23

 



 

3

 

 

 

 

29.

COSTS AND TAXES

24

 

 

 

30.

SIGNATURE

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annexure A

COMPANY SECRETARIAL SERVICES

26

 

 

 

Annexure B

IA SERVICES

27

 

 

 

Annexure C

IT SERVICES

28

 

 

 

Annexure D

IT PROGRAMME

38

 

 

 

Annexure E

FEES

39

 


 

4

 

1.                                   PARTIES

 

1.1.                           Grindrod Limited (registration number: 1966/009846/06), a company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of South Africa (“ GL ”); and

 

1.2.                           Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited (registration number: 1975/002219/07), a company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of South Africa (“ GSSA ”).

 

2.                                   DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following words, terms or expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder in this Agreement and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:

 

2.1.                           Affiliate ” means with respect to a corporate entity, any person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, that corporate entity;

 

2.2.                           AFSA ” means the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa;

 

2.3.                           AFSA Rules ” means the AFSA rules relating to expedited arbitrations;

 

2.4.                           Aggrieved Party ” has the meaning given to it in clause 18.1;

 

2.5.                           Agreement ” means this written services agreement and all annexures hereto;

 

2.6.                           Arbitration Notice ” has the meaning given to it in clause 21.1;

 

2.7.                           Business Day means a day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or an official public holiday in South Africa;

 

2.8.                           Commencement Date ” means the date that the ordinary shares of GRIN are listed on the NASDAQ (primary listing) and the JSE (secondary listing);

 

2.9.                           Company Secretarial Services ” means the company secretarial services described in more detail in Annexure A;

 

2.10.                    Confidential Information ” means any and all Information of the Disclosing Party disclosed or made available to the Receiving Party, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude Information which:

 

2.10.1.                                   is in the public domain at the time of disclosure;

 

2.10.2.                                   after disclosure, becomes part of the public domain, otherwise than through a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party;

 



 

5

 

2.10.3.                                   the Receiving Party can establish, by objectively verifiable evidence, was in its possession at any time prior to disclosure by the Disclosing Party (for purposes of clarity, whether such disclosure was before or after the Signature Date);

 

2.10.4.                                   is required by the provisions of any law or during any court proceedings or arbitration proceedings to be disclosed, and the Receiving Party has taken all necessary steps to oppose, or prevent the disclosure of and to limit, as far as possible, the extent of such disclosure and has consulted with the Disclosing Party prior to making such disclosure;

 

2.10.5.                                   is approved for release in writing by either Party,

 

the onus being on the Receiving Party to prove that any Information disclosed or made available by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, or obtained by the Receiving Party from the Disclosing Party, falls to be excluded as contemplated in clauses 2.10.1 to 2.10.5;

 

2.11.                    Control ” means, with reference to any company, that a person (alone or in concert with others) directly or indirectly:

 

2.11.1.                                   holds more than 50% (fifty percent) of the equity share capital of such company;

 

2.11.2.                                   holds (or has or controls a right to control the exercise of) a majority of the voting rights in such company;

 

2.11.3.                                   is a member of such company and has or controls the right to appoint or remove the majority of its board of directors; or

 

2.11.4.                                   exercises a dominant influence over such company either by virtue of provisions contained in such company’s founding documents or by virtue of a contract conferring such right,

 

with “ Controls ” and “ C ontrolled ” having corresponding meanings;

 

2.12.                    Default Interest Rate ” means the prime rate of interest per annum publically quoted by The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited (or its successor) from time to time, compounded monthly in arrears.  In the event of a dispute as to the prime rate, it shall be certified by any manager or assistant manager of any branch of The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited (or its successor), whose decision, in the absence of manifest error, shall be final and binding, and whose appointment and authority it shall not be necessary to prove ;

 

2.13.                    Defaulting Party ” has the meaning given to it in clause 18.1;

 

2.14.                    Disclosing Party ” means a Party which discloses any Information to the other Party;

 



 

6

 

2.15.                  Force Majeure Event ” means an event:

 

2.15.1.                                   which is beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party and for which it is not responsible; and

 

2.15.2.                                   which the affected Party could not have avoided, by exercising a standard of care and skill which can reasonably be expected of that Party,

 

including but not limited to war (whether declared or not), revolution, invasion, insurrection, riots not instigated by any Party, civil commotion, mob violence, sabotage, blockade, embargo, boycott, the exercise of military or usurped power, acts of God, fire, explosion, theft, earthquake, storm, flood, drought, wind, lighting or other adverse weather condition, epidemic, quarantine, accident, breakdown of machinery or facilities, strike, lockout or labour dispute, acts or restraints of government imposition, or restrictions of or embargoes on imports or exports and power outages, provided that an inability to meet payment because of a lack of funds shall in no circumstances be treated as an force majeure event.  It is recorded and agreed that a Force Majeure Event affecting any entity in the Grindrod Group to which GL subcontracted any of its obligations in terms of this Agreement, shall be regarded as a Force Majeure Event affecting GL;

 

2.16.                    GRIN ” means Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. (registration number: 201731497H), a private company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of Singapore, which it is contemplated will be converted into a public company, in accordance with the laws of the Singapore prior to the Commencement Date;

 

2.17.                    Grindrod Group ” means GL and each of the companies in which GL, directly or indirectly, holds shares from time to time;

 

2.18.                    GRIN Transitional Services Agreement ” means the written transitional services agreement, between GL (as service provider) and GRIN, intended to be concluded on or about the Signature Date;

 

2.19.                    GSSA Group ” means GSSA and the GSSA Subsidiaries;

 

2.20.                    GSSA Subsidiaries ” means GSSA’s 2 (two) wholly owned subsidiaries, Comshipco Schiffahrts-agentur GmBH and Unicorn Calulo Shipping Services Proprietary Limited;

 

2.21.                    IA ” means internal audit;

 

2.22.                    IA Services ” means the IA services described in more detail in Annexure B;

 

2.23.                    Information ” means any and all data and information pertaining to this Agreement and/or in relation to the businesses of either Party or their respective Affiliates, whether of a historical, current or future nature irrespective of whether it is stored, recorded or embodied in

 



 

7

 

handwritten, printed, visual, electronic, audible or any other format or medium, and belonging to and created by or for the benefit of either Party or their respective Affiliates, which information shall include but not be limited to trade secrets, know-how, trade connections, inventions, computer programmes, intellectual property rights and applications, technical data and product or process specifications, formulae, strategies, methods of conducting the business of either Party or their respective Affiliates, including but not limited to the development of marketing products, the protection of new products and the marketing thereof, brand plans and new product development, accounting policies and systems, costings, prices and profit margins, the identity of other contracting third parties and the type of contracts concluded with such third parties, and any other information designated by either Party as being confidential;

 

2.24.                    IT ” means information technology;

 

2.25.                    IT Programme has the meaning given to it in clause 8.2;

 

2.26.                    IT Services ” means the IT services described in more detail in Annexure C;

 

2.27.                       JSE ” means the securities exchange operated by JSE Limited;

 

2.28.                    NASDAQ ” means the NASDAQ Global Select Market;

 

2.29.                    Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement, and “ Party ” means any one of them;

 

2.30.                    Permitted Recipients ” means:

 

2.30.1.                                 with reference to GL, each of the entities in the Grindrod Group;

 

2.30.2.                                 with reference to GSSA, each of the entities in the GSSA Group;

 

2.30.3.                                 the directors, employees, professional advisors, financiers and consultants of each Party and of each of the entities referred to in clauses 2.30.1 and 2.30.2;

 

2.31.                    Receiving Party ” means the Party that receives any Information of the other Party;

 

2.32.                    Services ” means collectively the Company Secretarial Services, the IA Services and the IT Services;

 

2.33.                    Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

 

2.34.                    Year ” means a 12 (twelve) month period running from each 1 January until the following 31 December (both days inclusive).

 



 

8

 

3.                                   INTERPRETATION

 

Unless a contrary intention clearly appears:

 

3.1.                           the headings of the clauses in this Agreement are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of nor modify nor amplify the terms of this Agreement nor any clause hereof;

 

3.2.                           words importing:

 

3.2.1.                                        any one gender include the other two genders;

 

3.2.2.                                        the singular include the plural and vice versa ; and

 

3.2.3.                                        natural persons include created entities (corporate or unincorporate) and the state and vice versa ;

 

3.3.                           any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or re-enacted from time to time and includes any subordinate legislation made from time to time under such enactment.  Any reference to a particular section in an enactment is to that section as at the Signature Date, and as amended or re-enacted from time to time and/or an equivalent measure in an enactment, provided that if as a result of such amendment or re-enactment, the specific requirements of a section referred to in this Agreement are changed, the relevant provision of this Agreement shall be read also as if it had been amended as necessary, without the necessity for an actual amendment;

 

3.4.                           if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it is only in clause 2, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in the body of this Agreement;

 

3.5.                           when any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a non-Business Day, in which case the last day shall be the next succeeding Business Day;

 

3.6.                           if the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is a non-Business Day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

3.7.                           if figures are referred to in numerals and in words and if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail;

 

3.8.                           expressions defined in this Agreement shall bear the same meanings in schedules or annexures to this Agreement which do not themselves contain their own conflicting definitions;

 



 

9

 

3.9.                           annexures and schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have effect as if set out in full in the body of this Agreement and any reference to this Agreement includes the annexures and schedules;

 

3.10.                    reference to day/s, month/s or year/s shall be construed as Gregorian calendar day/s, month/s or year/s;

 

3.11.                    if any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this Agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in clause 2;

 

3.12.                    the rule of construction that a contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting or preparation of the contract, shall not apply to this Agreement;

 

3.13.                    prior drafts of this Agreement shall not be admissible in any proceedings as evidence of any matter relating to any negotiations preceding the Signature Date;

 

3.14.                    any reference in this Agreement to a Party shall include a reference to that Party’s assigns expressly permitted under this Agreement;

 

3.15.                    the words “include”, “including” and “in particular” shall be construed as being by way of example or emphasis only and shall not be construed as, nor shall they take effect as, limiting the generality of any preceding word/s;

 

3.16.                    any reference in this Agreement to any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to such other agreement or document as same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented;

 

3.17.                    the words “other” and “otherwise” shall not be construed eiusdem generis with any preceding words if a wider construction is possible;

 

3.18.                    terms other than those defined within this Agreement shall be given their plain English meaning, and those terms, acronyms, and phrases known in general commercial or industry specific practice, shall be interpreted in accordance with their generally accepted meanings;

 

3.19.                    defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning;

 

3.20.                    no provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a Party;

 



 

10

 

3.21.                    the words “clause” or “clauses” and “annexure” or “annexures” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Agreement;

 

3.22.                    a reference to any legal principle, doctrine or process under South African law includes a reference to the equivalent or analogous principle, doctrine or process in any other jurisdiction in which the provisions of this Agreement may apply or to the laws of which a Party may be or become subject; and

 

3.23.                    any reference in this Agreement to:

 

3.23.1.                                 “business hours” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h00 and 16h30 on any Business Day.  Any reference to time shall be based upon South African or Singaporean time, as applicable;

 

3.23.2.                                 “days” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “Business”;

 

3.23.3.                                 “laws” means all constitutions, statutes, regulations, by-laws, codes, ordinances, decrees, rules, judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards, policies, voluntary restraints, guidelines, directives, compliance notices, abatement notices, agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any governmental body, and the common law, and “law” has a corresponding meaning; and

 

3.23.4.                                 “person” means any natural person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, unincorporated association, governmental body, or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

4.                                   INTRODUCTION

 

4.1.                           It is recorded and agreed that:

 

4.1.1.                                        as at the Signature Date:

 

4.1.1.1.                         GSSA and the GSSA Subsidiaries form part of the Grindrod Group;

 

4.1.1.2.                         certain services are provided by other entities in the Grindrod Group, for the benefit of GSSA and the GSSA Subsidiaries;

 

4.1.2.                                        with reference to the series of transaction known as “Project Dahl”, inter alia :

 

4.1.2.1.                         GL is to sell all of its shares in GSSA to GRIN;

 

4.1.2.2.                         GSSA and the GSSA Subsidiaries will cease to form part of the Grindrod Group; and

 



 

11

 

4.1.2.3.                         in order to facilitate a smooth transition in the above regard, it has been agreed that GL will provide the Services to GSSA, for the benefit of all the companies in the GSSA Group, on a transitional basis and on the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

4.2.                           The Parties conclude this Agreement, to set out the terms on which GL will provide the Services to GSSA, for the benefit of all the companies in the GSSA Group, on a transitional basis.

 

5.                                   APPOINTMENT

 

5.1.                           GSSA hereby appoints GL as an independent contractor to provide the Services to GSSA, for the benefit of all the companies in the GSSA Group, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and GL hereby accepts such appointment.

 

5.2.                           GL shall procure that the appropriate entities in the Grindrod Group provide the Services to GSSA, for the benefit of all the companies in the GSSA Group, and to that end, GL is entitled to subcontract any of its obligations in terms of this Agreement to any other entity in the Grindrod Group, without the consent of GSSA, but shall always remain fully responsible for the performance of the subcontractor and the due fulfilment of GL’s obligations under this Agreement .

 

6.                                   DURATION

 

6.1.                           This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and, subject to any early termination in accordance with any other provisions of this Agreement, shall terminate on 31 December 2019.

 

6.2.                           GSSA shall be entitled to:

 

6.2.1.                                        terminate this entire Agreement; or

 

6.2.2.                                        cancel any one of the Services (for the avoidance of doubt it is recorded that in such circumstances this Agreement shall continue in respect of the Services not cancelled),

 

at any time by giving GL 2 (two) months’ written notice, provided that the end of such notice period must coincide with the end of a calendar month.

 

7.                                   THE SERVICES

 

7.1.                           GL shall procure that the Services are provided to GSSA, for the benefit of all the companies in the GSSA Group, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to a reasonable professional standard.

 



 

12

 

7.2.                           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no entity in the Grindrod Group shall be obliged to comply with a directive of GSSA, any other entity in the GSSA Group or any person acting on their behalf , if such directive would not reasonably be given to and observed by a reasonable independent contractor rendering the Services.

 

8.                                   IT SERVICES

 

8.1.                           It is intended that:

 

8.1.1.                                        the IT Services shall be provided until 30 June 2019; and

 

8.1.2.                                        the Grindrod Group shall assist GSSA to transfer the IT Services to GSSA, or its nominated third party service provider, by that date.

 

8.2.                           The IT Services shall be transferred in accordance with the programme attached hereto as Annexure D (“ IT Programme ”).  The IT Programme is to be read with the corresponding programme forming Annexure D to the GRIN Transitional Services Agreement in that they represent a consolidated transfer process.

 

8.3.                           The IT Programme sets out which Party is responsible for which action, and by the end of which month the action should be achieved.

 

8.4.                           Any reference in the IT Programme to GRINDROD IT shall be regarded as a reference to GL and any reference to SHIPPING shall be regarded as a reference to GSSA or GRIN, as applicable in the context.

 

9.                                   FEES AND PAYMENT

 

9.1.                           In consideration for the provision of the Services as contemplated in this Agreement, GSSA shall pay fees to GL, in the amounts (along with value-added tax thereon) and, subject to clause 9.2 on the basis set out in, Annexure E.

 

9.2.                           In each case where it is specified in Annexure E that a fee is payable:

 

9.2.1.                                        monthly in arrears, GL shall be entitled to invoice GSSA for such fee (along with value-added tax thereon) at any time following the end of each applicable month; or

 

9.2.2.                                        in arrears following the end of any other specified period, GL shall be entitled to invoice GSSA for such fee (along with value-added tax thereon) at any time following the end of such period,

 

with GSSA being obliged to make payment of each such invoice within 30 (thirty) days of delivery thereof.

 


 

13

 

9.3.                           All payments to be made by GSSA to GL in terms of this Agreement shall be made by means of electronic funds transfer directly into a bank account nominated by GL in writing, without any deduction or set-off.

 

9.4.                           If any payment to be made in terms of this Agreement is not made on the due date thereof then, such overdue amounts will bear interest at the Default Interest Rate, from the due date for payment to the date of actual payment, both dates inclusive.

 

10.                            LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

10.1.                    The total liability of GL in respect of claims arising in terms of or in connection with this Agreement (whether arising from negligence, breach of contract or otherwise) shall be limited to an aggregate amount of R12 500 000 (twelve million five hundred thousand Rand).

 

10.2.                    Notwithstanding clause 10.1, GL shall not have any liability whatsoever for claims arising from:

 

10.2.1.                                 an act or omission of GSSA, any other company in the GSSA Group or any person acting on their behalf;

 

10.2.2.                                 any entity in the Grindrod Group complying with the instructions given by or on behalf of GSSA and/or any entity in the GSSA Group; and/or

 

10.2.3.                                 an act or order of any legal authority, save where such act or order arises from or is due to the negligence of or a wrongful act or omission by any entity in the Grindrod Group in relation to the performance of the Services,

 

provided that this clause 10.2 shall not operate to exclude GL’s liability for any contributory negligence.

 

10.3.                    In no event shall:

 

10.3.1.                                 GL be liable to GSSA and/or any entity in the GSSA Group for indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of profits, business, revenue, goodwill or anticipated savings suffered by any of them and arising in terms of this Agreement; and

 

10.3.2.                                 GSSA or any entity in the GSSA Group be liable to any entity in the Grindrod Group for indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of profits, business, revenue, goodwill or anticipated savings suffered by any of them and arising in terms of this Agreement.

 

10.4.                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

 



 

14

 

10.4.1.                                 neither GSSA nor any entity in the GSSA Group shall have any claim against any entity in the Grindrod Group, apart from GL, arising in terms of this Agreement; and

 

10.4.2.                                 no entity in the GSSA Group, other than GSSA, shall bring any claim against GL, in connection with this Agreement and/or the provision of the Services.

 

10.5.                    GSSA shall ensure that all other companies in the GSSA Group comply and act in accordance with the provisions of this clause 10.

 

11.                            GSSA GROUP ASSISTANCE

 

GSSA shall, and shall procure that all other entities in the GSSA Group shall each, promptly provide all information, documentation and assistance reasonably required by GL or any other entity in the Grindrod Group in order to facilitate the effective provision of the Services as contemplated in this Agreement.

 

12.                            NON-SOLICITATION

 

GSSA shall not, and shall procure that none of the entities in the GSSA Group shall, for the duration of this Agreement and for a period of 24 (twenty four) months thereafter, without GL’s prior written consent and either for itself or as the agent of anyone else, persuade, induce, solicit, encourage or procure any employee of GL and/or of any entity in the Grindrod Group, to leave the employ of GL and/or any entity in the Grindrod Group, as applicable.

 

13.                            BENEFIT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

 

The provisions of clauses 10, 11 and 12, as well as all other clauses required and/or desirable to give full effect to clauses 10, 11 and 12, constitute irrevocable stipulatio alteri in favour of each entity in the Grindrod Group, capable of acceptance at any time on written notice to the Parties.

 

14.                            FORCE MAJEURE

 

14.1.                    In the event that any Party is delayed in performing any of its respective obligations in this Agreement due to a Force Majeure Event, the Party so affected shall be relieved of performance of its obligations hereunder during the period that such Force Majeure Event and its consequences continue but only to the extent so prevented and shall not be liable for any delay or failure in the performance of any obligations hereunder or any loss or damages including either general, special or consequential loss or damage which the other Party may suffer due to or resulting from such delay or failure, provided always that written notice shall, within 48 (forty-eight) hours of the occurrence constituting the Force Majeure Event, be given of any such inability to perform by the affected Party and provided further that the obligation

 



 

15

 

to give such notice shall be suspended to the extent necessitated by such Force Majeure Event .

 

14.2.                    In the event that any delay due to the Force Majeure Event occurs or is anticipated, the Party delayed or anticipating delays, shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate the consequences of such Force Majeure Event and shall resume performance of its obligations affected by the Force Majeure Event as soon as practicable.

 

14.3.                    If the circumstances constituting the Force Majeure Event continue for more than 60 (sixty) consecutive days, then either Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement on written notice to the other Party, provided that such notice must coincide with the end of a calendar month.

 

15.                            CONFIDENTIALITY

 

15.1.                    All Confidential Information disclosed by a Disclosing Party pursuant to this Agreement, whether before or after the Signature Date, shall be disclosed the sole purpose of enabling the Receiving Party to perform its obligations in terms of this Agreement.

 

15.2.                    The obligations of each Receiving Party with respect to Confidential Information shall subsist for the duration of this Agreement and for a period of 24 (twenty four) months following its termination.  The provisions of this clause 15 are severable from the rest of this Agreement and shall remain in effect despite the termination or invalidity of this Agreement for any reason.

 

15.3.                    Each Disclosing Party shall retain ownership of all Confidential Information disclosed by it, and each Receiving Party acknowledges it shall not acquire any rights in respect of any such Confidential Information.  Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to grant, expressly or impliedly, any right or licence to any permit, patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and/or any other item of real or intellectual property which a Disclosing Party may possess.

 

15.4.                    Each Receiving Party:

 

15.4.1.                                 shall not use any of the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party for such Receiving Party’s own purposes or for any purpose other than that for which such Confidential Information was disclosed in terms of this Agreement, unless authorised by such Disclosing Party in writing to do so;

 

15.4.2.                                 shall not disclose any of the Confidential Information to any person other than a Permitted Recipient, unless authorised by the Disclosing Party to do so, and provided that such permission shall be valid:

 

15.4.2.1.                    only if given in writing;

 



 

16

 

15.4.2.2.                    for disclosure only to the third party identified in the written authorisation; and

 

15.4.2.3.                    for that specific instance of disclosure only,

 

and this clause 15 shall apply as if such person were a Permitted Recipient;

 

15.4.3.                                   shall take all necessary steps and measures in order to prevent the disclosure of any Confidential Information to unauthorised persons, and to ensure proper and secure storage of Confidential Information;

 

15.4.4.                                   may disclose the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party in order to comply with any law, provided that the Receiving Party:

 

15.4.4.1.                    limits the disclosure only to that which is necessary to comply with the law;

 

15.4.4.2.                    advises the Disclosing Party in writing as soon as reasonably possible, and before the intended disclosure specifying:

 

15.4.4.2.1.                                   the Confidential Information subject to disclosure;

 

15.4.4.2.2.                                   the reasons for the disclosure;

 

15.4.4.2.3.                                   the requirements under the direction of which the disclosure is or shall be made; and

 

15.4.4.2.4.                                   where applicable, the identity of any third party requiring disclosure; and

 

15.4.4.3.                    shall provide the Disclosing Party with all reasonable co-operation at the cost of the Disclosing Party in any steps taken by the Disclosing Party to limit or prevent the disclosure.

 

15.5.                    Any disclosure by a Permitted Recipient of the Confidential Information contrary to this Agreement shall constitute an unauthorised disclosure by the relevant Receiving Party.

 

15.6.                    Each Receiving Party shall treat all Confidential Information as confidential, and shall handle such Confidential Information with the same degree of care it uses with respect to its own Confidential Information, but in no event with less than a reasonable degree of care.

 

15.7.                    In the event that the Receiving Party becomes aware that the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information has been disclosed by it or its Permitted Recipients contrary to the terms of this Agreement, the Receiving Party shall forthwith:

 



 

17

 

15.7.1.                                   inform such Disclosing Party in writing specifying what Confidential Information has been disclosed, how and to whom it has or may have been disclosed, when the unauthorised disclosure took place and what steps shall be taken to retrieve the Confidential Information and prevent future unauthorised disclosures;

 

15.7.2.                                   take such steps as are necessary or as such Disclosing Party directs to retrieve the Confidential Information from unauthorised persons and to prevent further unauthorised disclosure of the Confidential Information; and

 

15.7.3.                                   co-operate with such Disclosing Party in taking any steps to retrieve the Confidential Information from unauthorised persons and to prevent further disclosure of the Confidential Information.

 

15.8.                    Clause 15.7 is without prejudice to any rights of each Disclosing Party arising from the unauthorised disclosure of its Confidential Information.

 

15.9.                    Upon the written request of a Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall promptly return, destroy or expunge from any storage device all Confidential Information in its possession and confirm such destruction in writing to such Disclosing Party, provided that if required by law, the Receiving Party may retain 1 (one) copy of the Confidential Information for the period so required.

 

15.10.             Where a Disclosing Party has required destruction of the Confidential Information and the media containing the Confidential Information, the Receiving Party shall, on request, confirm in writing that it has destroyed all Confidential Information and made reasonable efforts to expunge the Confidential Information stored electronically from any storage device on which it was held.

 

15.11.             All requests in terms of clauses 15.9 and 15.10, shall be complied with within 5 (five) Business Days.

 

15.12.             Each Receiving Party hereby indemnifies each Disclosing Party against any loss, cost, damages, expense or liability arising from, or in connection with, the disclosure or use of any Confidential Information contrary to this Agreement by such Receiving Party, or Permitted Recipients or third parties to which such Receiving Party has directly or indirectly made disclosure.

 

16.                            NATURE OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the appointment by GSSA of GL as an independent contractor.  Nothing in this Agreement or in the conduct of the Parties in relation to the performance of any obligations in terms of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as creating a relationship of employment, principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between them.

 



 

18

 

17.                            RECIPROCAL WARRANTIES

 

17.1.                    The Parties warrant and represent to each other that they have taken or caused to be taken all steps, actions and corporate proceedings necessary to cause this Agreement to be binding on themselves.  Any Party shall, if requested by the other Party, furnish to the latter sufficient evidence of the authority of the person or persons who shall, on behalf of the Party so requested, take any action or execute any documents required or permitted to be taken or executed by such person under this Agreement.

 

17.2.                    Each Party hereby warrants and represents to and in favour of the other Party that:

 

17.2.1.                                 it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

 

17.2.2.                                 this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

17.2.3.                                 it is fully aware of and acquainted with the provisions of this Agreement and the meaning and effect of all of such provisions; and

 

17.2.4.                                 the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not:

 

17.2.4.1.                  contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

 

17.2.4.2.                  contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents; or

 

17.2.4.3.                  conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it.

 

17.3.                    Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of this clause 17, shall:

 

17.3.1.                                 be a separate warranty and shall in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement;

 

17.3.2.                                 continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

17.3.3.                                 prima facie be deemed to be material and to be a material representation inducing the other Party to enter into this Agreement.

 



 

19

 

18.                            BREACH

 

18.1.                    If a Party commits any breach of this Agreement (“ Defaulting Party ”) and fails to remedy such breach within 15 (fifteen) Business Days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) shall be entitled, at its option:

 

18.1.1.                                 to claim immediate specific performance from the Defaulting Party, with or without claiming damages; or

 

18.1.2.                                 to cancel this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, in which case written notice of the cancellation shall be given to the Defaulting Party, and the cancellation shall take effect on the giving of the notice.  No Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement unless the breach is a material breach (for purposes of clarity, without any limitation on clause 6.2).  A breach shall be deemed to be a material breach if:

 

18.1.2.1.                    it is capable of being remedied, but is not so remedied within the Notice Period; or

 

18.1.2.2.                    it is incapable of being remedied and if payment in money shall compensate for such breach but such payment is not made within the Notice Period.

 

18.2.                    Each Aggrieved Party’s remedies in terms of this clause 18 are without prejudice to any other remedies to which such Aggrieved Party may be entitled in law.

 

19.                            NOTICES

 

19.1.                    The Parties respectively choose the following addresses, at which all processes and notices arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, its breach or termination may validly be served on or delivered to the Parties:

 

19.1.1.

GL:

 

 

 

 

 

Physical address:

2 nd  Floor, Grindrod Mews, 106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban, 4001

 

 

 

 

E-mail address:

groupsecretarial@grindrod.com

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Andrew Waller

 

 

 

19.1.2.

GSSA:

 

 

 

 

 

Physical address:

8th Floor, Grindrod House, 107 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban, 4001

 



 

20

 

 

E-mail address:

jeremy@ivs-int.com

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Jeremy Miles

 

19.2.                    All processes and notices in terms of this Agreement, shall be delivered by hand or e-mail to the addresses listed in clause 19.1.

 

19.3.                    A Party may change any of its addresses listed in clause 19.1 to any other address.  Such change shall only take effect upon receipt or deemed receipt of such notice by the other Party.

 

19.4.                    Any notice given in terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall if:

 

19.4.1.                                 delivered by hand during business hours to a person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for delivery of notices, be deemed to have been duly received by the addressee on the date of delivery; or

 

19.4.2.                                 transmitted by e-mail, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the day following the date of transmission.

 

19.5.                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained or implied in this Agreement, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party, shall be adequate written notice or communication to such Party even if it has not been sent in the manner provided for, or to the addresses listed, in this clause 19.

 

20.                            APPLICABLE LAW

 

Notwithstanding the conflict of law principles which might otherwise have applied, this Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of South Africa.

 

21.                            DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

21.1.                    If any dispute arises between the Parties in relation to any matter pertaining to, or arising out of this Agreement, its breach or termination, then any Party may give written notice to the other Party referring the dispute to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of this clause 21 (“ Arbitration Notice ”).

 

21.2.                    The arbitration shall be:

 

21.2.1.                                 held at Durban, South Africa;

 

21.2.2.                                 conducted in the English language;

 

21.2.3.                                 held before a single arbitrator;

 

21.2.4.                                 subject to the provisions of this clause 21, conducted in accordance with the AFSA Rules; and

 



 

21

 

21.2.5.                                 held as soon as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances and with a view to it being completed within 30 (thirty) Business Days of the date of the Arbitration Notice.

 

21.3.                    The arbitrator shall be a retired judge of the High Court of South Africa or a practicing senior advocate of at least 10 (ten) years standing as such, agreed upon between the Parties, provided that should the Parties fail to agree on an arbitrator within 3 (three) Business Days of the date of the Arbitration Notice, the arbitrator shall, at the written request of any Party, be appointed by the President for the time being of AFSA or its successor.

 

21.4.                    The arbitrator shall determine which Party shall pay the costs of and incidental to the arbitration or, if more than one Party is to contribute, the ratio of their respective contributions, and the scale on which such costs are to be paid.

 

21.5.                    Subject to each Party’s rights of appeal in accordance with the AFSA Rules, the Parties irrevocably agree that the decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on them, shall be carried into effect, and shall be capable of being made an order of any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

21.6.                    The provisions of this clause 21:

 

21.6.1.                                 constitute irrevocable consent by the Parties to any proceedings in terms of this clause 21 and no Party shall be entitled to withdraw therefrom or claim at any such proceedings that it is not bound by such provisions;

 

21.6.2.                                 are severable from the rest of this Agreement and shall remain in effect despite the termination, or invalidity for any reason, of this Agreement; and

 

21.6.3.                                 shall not preclude any Party from obtaining interim relief on an urgent basis from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the decision of the arbitrator.

 

22.                            JURISDICTION

 

22.1.                    Subject to clause 21, the Parties agree that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in the KwaZulu-Natal High Court, Durban and irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court.

 

22.2.                    The Parties irrevocably waive any objection they may now or hereafter have that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 


 

22

 

23.                            CO-OPERATION AND GOOD FAITH

 

23.1.                    The Parties shall co-operate with each other and do all such things as may be reasonably required of them in order to facilitate the implementation of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and objectives.

 

23.2.                    The Parties shall display good faith in their dealings with each other.

 

24.                            CESSION AND DELEGATION

 

24.1.                    GL shall be entitled to cede any of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any other entity within the Grindrod Group, without the consent of GSSA save that GL shall always remain fully responsible for the performance of the subcontractor and the due fulfilment of GL’s obligations under this Agreement .

 

24.2.                    GSSA shall be entitled to cede any of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any other entity within the GSSA Group, without the consent of GL.

 

24.3.                    Subject to clauses 24.1 and 24.2, no Party shall be entitled to cede any of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any other party without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

25.                            WHOLE AGREEMENT, NO AMENDMENT

 

25.1.                    This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other discussions, agreements and/or understandings regarding the subject matter hereof.

 

25.2.                    No amendment or consensual cancellation of this Agreement or any provision or term hereof or of any agreement or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement and no settlement of any disputes arising under this Agreement and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of or agreement not to enforce or to suspend or postpone the enforcement of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or of any agreement, bill of exchange or other document issued pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement shall be binding unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties (or in the case of an extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension, signed by the Party granting such extension, waiver or relaxation).  Any such extension, waiver or relaxation or suspension which is so given or made shall be strictly construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

25.3.                    No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or any agreement or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement, shall operate as an estoppel against any Party in respect of its rights under this

 



 

23

 

Agreement, nor shall it operate so as to preclude such Party (save as to any extension, waiver or relaxation actually given) thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Agreement.

 

26.                            SEVERABILITY

 

Any provision in this Agreement which is or may become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction affected by this Agreement shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability and shall be treated pro non scripto and severed from the balance of this Agreement, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

27.                            INDEPENDENT ADVICE

 

Each Party acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and/or other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of this Agreement and that it has either taken such independent legal and/or other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so.

 

28.                            GENERAL

 

28.1.                 Agreement Binding on Successors in Title

 

This Agreement shall be binding on the administrators, trustees, business rescue practitioners, liquidators and other successors-in-title of the Parties, who shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement merely by reason of a Party being placed in business rescue or liquidation.  Each Party indemnifies the other against any loss or damage of any nature whatsoever which any other Party may sustain if this Agreement is not binding for any reason on the former’s administrators, trustees, business rescue practitioners, liquidators and/or other successors-in-title.

 

28.2.                 Exclusion of Electronic Signature

 

The reference in this Agreement to “writing” shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be read and construed as excluding any form of electronic signature.

 

28.3.                 Continuing Effectiveness of Certain Provisions

 

The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provided that they shall operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 



 

24

29.                            COSTS AND TAXES

 

29.1.                    Each Party shall bear its own costs incidental to the preparation of this Agreement (including prior drafts and consultations).

 

29.2.                       If any Party instructs an attorney to enforce any of its rights in terms of this Agreement, then it shall be entitled to claim and recover the legal costs incurred by it (on an attorney and own client basis) whether or not such costs are incurred in legal proceedings.

 

30.                            SIGNATURE

 

30.1.                    This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

30.2.                    This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

30.3.                    The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

30.4.                    The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 



 

25

 

For:

GL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Andrew Geard Waller

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

Name:

ANDREW GEARD WALLER

 

Date:

2018.04.23

 

Place:

Durban

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness:

/s/ Gerda Quintal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Witness:

Gerda Quintal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For:

GSSA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jeremy Miles

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jeremy Miles

 

Date:

23/04/2018

 

Place:

Durban

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness:

/s/ Deborah Davel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Witness:

Deborah Davel

 

 



 

26

 

Annexure A                         COMPANY SECRETARIAL SERVICES

 

 

1.                            Such company secretarial services as may be required by GSSA, including but not limited to:

 

1.1.                                    Submission of annual returns to CIPC, change of directorate, company secretary, auditor, registered office, amendment of the MOI, and the like.

 

1.2.                                    Preparation, engagement and finalisation of round robin resolutions of the board for circulation, drafting of extracts, and maintaining minute book and register of resolutions.

 

1.3.                                    Share transactions and maintenance of share register.

 

1.4.                                    General governance and compliance with specifically the Companies Act, 71 of 2008, as amended, and where appropriate, the listings requirements of the stock exchanges on which GRIN, as the holding company of GSSA, may be listed.

 



 

27

 

Annexure B                         IA SERVICES

 

 

 

Combined Assurance Framework

 

 

Assessment of Risk Management

 

 

2019 IA Assignments: an estimated 12- 15 assignments including the following (in each case, if required):

 

 

·                   Crewing  - Payroll Controls review (including time and attendance)

·                   Sustainability Data Review

·                   Travel and Expenditure Review

·                   Cyber Security Review

·                   IT Governance Review

·                   Human Resources Review (Movers, Leaver and Joiners Review)

·                   Cash to Master Expenditure review

·                   Claim Process (Supplier and Customer)

·                   Planned Maintenance and breakdown review

·                   IT Assets (Hardware/Software) Management review

·                   IT (Innovation/Green IT)

 

 

 


 

28

 

28 Annexure C IT SERVICES provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Service Offering Service Deliverable DDKZN MSC DDWP Grindrod Comments Managed SCOM Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R Inclusion of new alerting rules 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management I C A 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Daily A R a. Management pack tuning (through feedback from system owners) A R C b. Agent State Verification A R c. Scheduled Task: Close Rule Alerts Older Than 24 Hours A R d. Verify Daily Health Check Output A R 2. Weekly A R a. Scheduled Task: Reset Monitor State for Manually Closed / Failed Monitors A R b. Scheduled Task: Clear Management Server Cache A R c. Review Operations Manager Alert Grooming (Scoped to Management Servers Only) A R 3. Monthly A R a. Backup Verification (Unsealed Management Packs; Databases) A R House Keeping 1. Remediate broken clients A R 2. Remediation of SCOM infrastructure problems identified A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse operating system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of operating system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the operating system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse OS performance data with the physical server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and operating system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Windows OS - network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R Change Management Records System to be included 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required SCOM service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R Reporting Requirements to be defined as part of transition 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

29

 

29 provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final user session, web page responsiveness, audio and video playback, flash animations, Managed VMWare Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management A R 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Weekly check on the following components and perform remedial actions as required to ensure the desktop virtualization infrastructure remains stable, e.g.: A R a. Alarm status – all levels including data centre, cluster, host and virtual desktops A R b. Host and virtual desktop performance – memory, CPU and virtual disk space to establish performance baseline A R 2. Weekly review of event logs for adverse trends or abnormal messages A R 3. Weekly check of virtualization services, e.g.: A R a. VMware A R i. VMware Management Agent (mgmt-vmware) A R ii. VMware Virtual Center Agent (vmware-vpxa) A R iii. VMware Web Access (vmware-webAccess) A R iv. VMware License Server A R b. SQL Service A R c. Microsoft Hyper-V Service A R d. Remote Desktop Service e. Microsoft Terminal Service A R 4. Any client-specific checks agreed and documented during the Service Transition A R House Keeping 1. Rotation of system logs, message logs generated by server virtualization platform A R 2. Maintenance of system start-up and shutdown scripts of server virtualization platform A R 3. Review monitored threshold for appropriateness and accuracy. Adjust threshold settings upon approval A R 4. VM Snapshots – compress, archive, to ensure available disk space is at a healthy level A R 5. Removal of temporary files A R Scheduled Work* 1. VM snapshots A R 2. Moving virtual machines between hosts for maintenance or workload balancing A R 3. Create, add, modify or remove Datacenter’s, Hosts, Clusters, Resource Pools, Datastores, Templates A R 4. Manage settings e.g. runtime, active directory, mail sender, SNMP, ports, timeouts, logging options, database retention policy, SSL following Change Management. A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Requests are capped at 20% of total number of virtual systems per month A R Configuration Management 1. Log and track desktop virtualization platform and configurations in Configuration Management Database (CMDB), e.g. asset inventory data, associated location, IP address, support and maintenance contract details A R 2. Update and maintain records of desktop virtualization platform configuration upon execution of changes A R Capacity Management 1. Capture and analyse workloads associated with desktop virtualization platform, resource pools and storage repositories on a monthly basis A R 2. Perform Quarterly Review of compute resources and storage capacity to identify increases in resource utilisation and capture requirements where new versions of applications require additional compute resources A R 3. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Performance Tuning 1. Analyse, together with the operating system performance report, to identify bottleneck issues within the virtualised infrastructure platform A R 2. Identify areas which may improve/ optimize the user experience, e.g. optimization of throughput and display of image files, keyboard and mouse responsiveness A R 3. Provide tuning recommendation and review with client. A R Patch Management 1. Identify and evaluate required updates for client OS, e.g. desktop virtualization software updates and patches on quarterly basis A R Version Upgrade Advisory Process 2. Work with respective vendor / vendor websites for patch availability on a monthly basis A R 3. Create Patch Management Plans for review and agreement with the client. A R 4. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors. A R 5. Deploy patches following Change Management process. A R 6. Verify functionality and provide post deployment support; observe for two weeks A R Access Management 1. Manage all administrative access to the server virtualisation platform e.g. pool administrators, pool operators, VM administrators A R 2. Termination of inactive/ expired accounts A R 3. Monthly Inactive/Expired Accounts Report A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R Creation of a restricted access client portal (document repo) 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

30

 

30 mount points required for the smooth operation of the data storage environment and provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Managed Storage Monitoring 1. Monitoring components including availability, performance & capacity thresholds, error rates/retries, status change, file systems, logical volumes, mount-points, service processors and disk controllers; virtual storage pools; LUNs (Logical Unit Numbers), physical storage devices and SAN switches; storage snapshots, replication and mirror copies; and associated storage management software. A R Third Party Vendor Management - Dell 2. Event monitoring – to identify storage devices events which can cause Priority 1 or Priority 2 incidents A R 3. Storage Log monitoring – to identify messages in system logs generated by storage devices which can indicate Priority 1 or Priority 2 incidents A R 4. Availability monitoring – to identify unavailability of physical disks, LUNs, volumes, associated IT systems A R 5. Capacity Threshold Monitoring – to identify prolonged over-utilisation of storage resources above the agreed targeted thresholds e.g. space utilisation I/O latency, disk busy, read/writes A R 6. Configuration Monitoring – to identify unauthorized changes to storage system configurations A R 7. Configuration Monitoring – to identify changes to storage devices configurations outside of Change Management A R 8. Respond to and diagnose the identified events, log messages and threshold alerts. Follow pre-defined work instructions, notification and escalation (functional and hierarchical) procedures A R Health Checks 1. Daily review of systems logs for adverse trends or abnormal messages associated with storage and switch devices A R Will these checks/reports run 7 days a week 2. Weekly review of all replication, shadow copy, snapshot functions to ensure consistent performance A R 3. Weekly check of all storage and switch devices to ensure operating within expected performance parameters, e.g. overall storage sub-systems, IOS, firmware and microcode checks and driver status A R 4. Monthly review of SAN configuration with all mappings of volumes and channels examined A R 5. Any client-specific checks agreed and documented during the Service Definition A R House Keeping 1. Remove temporary files and rotate storage subsystems and storage switch log files A R 2. Maintain storage management policies A R 3. Review space utilisation across logical volumes A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain storage devices configurations documentation including SAN diagrams, RAID configurations, LUN configurations, user rights and permissions settings A R 2. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for storage devices related events and incidents A R 3. Maintain storage device maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Monthly analysis of storage devices resource utilisation to identify trends and/or performance bottleneck within the storage environment A R 2. Identify actions to optimize physical storage, virtual storage pools and LUN configurations; and improve the interaction between operating system and storage devices through configuration changes, e.g. RAID configuration, stripe unit size, volume layout, I/O performance counters and queue length A R Are the recommended actions included in the service Translate utilisation statistics into Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 3 per storage device per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

31

 

31 provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Managed Compute Monitoring 1. Subsystem event monitoring – to identify events which can cause Priority 1 or Priority 2 incidents. A R 2. System Log monitoring – to identify system messages about device changes, device drivers, system changes, and operations which can cause Priority 1 or Priority 2 incidents A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified events, system log messages and threshold alerts. Follow pre-defined work instructions, notifications and escalation (functional and hierarchical) procedures A R 4. Configuration Monitoring – to identify changes to hardware configurations outside of Change Management A R Health Checks 1. Develop checklist for server hardware and console subsystem health checks A R 2. Daily review of all the server console subsystems and hardware health including memory, processor, power supply, hard disks, fans, and chipset along with the status and message of the subsystem A R 3. Weekly review of system and system event logs for adverse trends or abnormal messages A R 4. Monthly functionality test of existing Out-of-Band Management (OOB) facilities A R House Keeping 1. Review monitored threshold for appropriateness and accuracy. Adjust threshold settings upon approval A R 2. Perform system event logs rotation, archival and temporary files clean up A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per physical server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Access Management 1. Manage all administrative access to console subsystems under Managed Operations Services A R 2. Periodically review and audit usage of administrative account A R Capacity Management Covered Under Managed VMWare and Managed OS A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Performance Tuning 1. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between and efficiency of server hardware and operating system through configuration changes, e.g. network adapter settings, TCP parameters, kernel parameters, paging file/ swap space, memory dump, I/O, RAID configuration, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 2. Analyse together with the operating system performance report to identify bottleneck issues within the server infrastructure under Managed Operations Service A R 3. Provide tuning recommendations and review with client. A R Patch Management 1. Will be available when clients have valid existing support and maintenance agreement with the server hardware vendor A R 2. Identify the required BIOS, firmware or driver updates A R 3. Create Patch Management Plans for review and agreement with the client A R 4. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 5. Deploy patches following Change Management process A R 6. Verify server functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

32

 

32 backups in a timely manner. Analysis storage capacity trends for disk-to-disk backups to Managed Backup Monitoring 1. Monitoring includes availability, event, capacity and performance monitoring of the backup environment: A R 2. Availability monitoring of backup management tools, backup storage devices, e.g. disk storage, tape libraries, tape drives A R 3. Event monitoring – backup errors, validation failures, backup job failures, management tools alerts A R 4. Capacity monitoring – identifying breaches in utilisation thresholds for backup storage devices which may prevent backups from successful completion A R 5. Configuration monitoring – where Managed Operations for Backups is bundled with Managed Operations for OS and Storage, identifying volumes/file systems in use which are not being backed up for review with client A R 6. Performance Monitoring – identifying backup jobs exceeding allowable backup windows in order to take correction action A R 7. Respond to and diagnose the identified events, log messages and threshold alerts. Follow pre-defined work instructions, notification and escalation (functional and hierarchical) procedures A R Health Checks 1. Management of backup schedules on a daily basis to track and manage the completion of backup jobs A R 2. Re-scheduling of failed backups A R 3. Access Management A R 4. Manage backup-specific access accounts to enable successful management of backup schedules A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Requests are capped at 4 per backup instance per month, unless additional changes are purchased A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for backup management tools, backup scripts/jobs, media libraries (virtual/physical) A R 2. Maintain backup configurations documentation, backup management hierarchical diagrams, backup schedules, media management procedures A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for backup related events and incidents A R House Keeping 1. Perform backup systems logs rotation and archival A R 2. Perform test restores to ensure integrity of backups to client-defined environments A R Monthly Test/Restore 3. Execute ad-hoc and scheduled backup and restore requests upon Change Approval A R 4. Manage Virtual Tape Libraries (VTL) A R 5. Create and maintain media pools (tape, disk) A R 6. Track and manage life cycle of tape media. Monitor tape media utilisation A R Capacity Management Capture and analyse backup capacity data e.g. physical/ virtual media pools/ tape media, backup timings compared to backup windows - to identify adverse trends in achieving identify capacity requirements. A R Performance Tuning Perform adjustments to schedule timing, media pools, tape and storage media to most efficiently complete backup schedule A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required backup software service packs/ patches, bug fixes, security fixes and updates A R Specify both HW and SW 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify backup software functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Provide the following reports to facilitate Quarterly Service Review meeting A R 2. Daily Backup Completion Report A R Replication Report to be included (off site copy) 3. Monthly Backup Capacity Utilization Report A R 4. Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

33

 

33 Managed Active Directory Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management A R 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Daily A R a. Monitor Active Directory and related services alerts A R Will these checks be reported daily b. Complete Active Directory Health Check including, Replication, FSMO role availability, time service A R c. Ensure that AAD Connect service is running and review SYNC schedules for jobs A R 2. Monthly A R a. Install latest Microsoft approved patches A R 3. Quarterly A R a. Perform Active Directory Database Management A R b. Perform DHCP/WINS Database Management A R House Keeping 1. Maintain Organisational Unit Structure A R 2. Maintain Group Policies A R 3. Maintain Active Directory Object Life Cycle A R 4. Maintain Delegation Model A R 5. Maintain Domains, Trusts, Sites and Services A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse operating system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of operating system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the operating system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse OS performance data with the physical server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and operating system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Windows OS - network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required operating system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

34

 

34 provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Managed OS Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management A R 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Periodic check of system parameters to ensure they comply to the Standard Operating Environment agreed to with the client A R 2. Periodic check to ensure all core system services/daemon processes are started and running A R House Keeping 1. Rotation of system logs, message logs A R 2. Clean-up of temporary files A R 3. Maintenance of system start-up and shutdown scripts A R 4. Configure & administer TCP/IP network parameters, including Hostname, IP address, Sub-Net and other server networking configurations A R Access Management Management of all privileged account access to the operating system, e.g. Windows Administrator. A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintenance of operating system configurations details including network settings, system/kernel parameters, mounted volumes, user rights and permissions settings A R 2. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for operating system related events and incidents A R 3. Maintain operating system maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse operating system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of operating system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the operating system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse OS performance data with the physical server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and operating system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Windows OS - network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required operating system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify operating system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

35

 

35 Managed Exchange Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management A R 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Daily A R a. Daily Exchange Health Checks A R b. Monitoring the performance and availability of the Exchange servers A R c. Monitoring event logs and responding to problems encountered A R 2. Monthly A R a. System Patch Management A R 3. Quarterly A R a. Exchange system health audits A R 4. Bi-Annually A R a. Installation of Service Packs A R House Keeping 1. Management of non-user mailboxes A R 2. Global settings – configure system-wide settings for all servers and recipients in an Exchange organisation A R 3. Recipients – manage address lists, offline address lists, recipient update services and recipient policies A R 4. Administrative groups – manage the permissions of administrative groups that contain policies, routing groups, public folder hierarchies, and servers A R 5. Database Availability Groups (DAG) – manage database copies, active database failovers, DAG networks A R 6. Servers – administer server-specific configuration objects such as Queues, Mailbox stores, Public Folder stores, and Protocols information A R 7. System policies – administer the configuration settings that you apply to one or more servers, mailbox stores, or public folder stores. For example, to enable message tracking across multiple servers, a single policy can be defined instead of performing the lengthy task of setting individual policies to enable message tracking on each server A R 8. Send & Receive Connectors to manage internal & external mail flow, managed mail relays A R 9. Folders – administer access to public folder stores A R 10. Resource Mailboxes - administer auto-attendant features and types of mailboxes. A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse operating system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of operating system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the operating system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse OS performance data with the physical server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and operating system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Windows OS - network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required operating system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

36

 

36 provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Managed DR Monitoring 1. Monitoring includes availability, event, capacity and performance monitoring of the environment: A R 2. Availability monitoring of replication management tools, storage devices, e.g. disk storage. A R 3. Event monitoring – replication errors, validation failures, job failures, management tools alerts A R 4. Capacity monitoring – identifying breaches in utilisation thresholds for replication storage devices which may prevent replication from successful completion A R 5. Performance Monitoring – identifying replication jobs exceeding allowable replication windows in order to take correction action A R 6. Respond to and diagnose the identified events, log messages and threshold alerts. Follow pre-defined work instructions, notification and escalation (functional and hierarchical) procedures. A R Health Checks 1. Periodic check of system parameters to ensure they comply to the Standard Operating Environment agreed to with the client A R 2. Periodic check to ensure all core system services/daemon processes are started and running A R House Keeping 1. Rotation of system logs, message logs A R 2. Clean-up of temporary files A R 3. Configure & administer TCP/IP network parameters, including Hostname, IP address, Sub-Net and other server networking configurations A R Access Management 1. Management of all privileged account access to the system, e.g. Administrator. A R 2. Creation/ Modification/ Deletion of user accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse performance data with the server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and the system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 4. Verify system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Additional Services OS Patching* 1. Identify the required operating system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify operating system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Service Delivery Management 8 Hours of SDM time allocated per month A/R Connectivity A/R

 


 

37

 

37 SAP ASPECTS OF THE IT SERVICES

 


 

38

 

38 Annexure D IT PROGRAMME

 

 

39

 

Annexure E                         FEES

 

1.                                   Company Secretarial Services

 

1.1.                           The fees for the Company Secretarial Services shall, subject to paragraph 1.2 of this Annexure E, consist of a fixed fee of R10 416.67 per month, payable monthly in arrears for the duration of this Agreement (or until the Company Secretarial Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, if earlier).

 

1.2.                           The fee contemplated in paragraph 1.1of this Annexure E, for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, shall be pro-rated downwards in accordance with the number of days remaining from the Commencement Date to the end of such month (both days inclusive).

 

2.                                   IA Services

 

2.1.                           The fees for the IA Services shall consist of three components, as set out in paragraphs 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 of this Annexure E respectively.

 

2.2.                           A fixed aggregate amount of R50 000 (“ 2018 IA Fixed Fee ”) in respect of the period from the Commencement Date until 31 December 2018, payable monthly in arrears for each month during such period, as follows:

 

2.2.1.                                        subject to paragraphs 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 of this Annexure E, in monthly amounts each equal to the 2018 IA Fixed Fee divided by the number of months remaining from the month in which the Commencement Date occurs until December 2018 (both months inclusive);

 

2.2.2.                                        the monthly amount for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be pro-rated downwards in accordance with the number of days remaining from the Commencement Date to the end of such month (both days inclusive);

 

2.2.3.                                        the monthly amount for December 2018 (or, if earlier, the month in which this Agreement terminates or during which the IA Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2) shall be an amount equal to the 2018 IA Fixed Fee less the aggregate of all payments by then already made in terms of this paragraph 2.2.

 

2.3.                           A fixed aggregate amount of R25 000 (“ 2019 IA Fixed Fee ”) in respect of the period from 1 January 2019 until the earlier of the date on which this Agreement terminates or the date that the IA Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2), payable monthly in arrears for each month during such period, as follows:

 

2.3.1.                                        subject to paragraph 2.3.2 of this Annexure E, in monthly amounts each equal to R2 083.33;

 



 

40

 

2.3.2.                                        the monthly amount for the month in which this Agreement terminates or during which the IA Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, shall be an amount equal to the 2019 IA Fixed Fee less the aggregate of all payments by then already made in terms of this paragraph 2.3.

 

2.4.                           A variable amount for the period from 1 January 2019 until the earlier of the date on which this Agreement terminates or the date that the IA Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, payable as a single lump sum in arrears following the end of such period, equal to:

 

2.4.1.                                        if the number of IA assignments completed by GL during such period (“ Completed Assignments ”) is between 12 and 15 (both numbers inclusive), an amount of R250 000;

 

2.4.2.                                        if the number of Completed Assignments is less than 12, an amount equal to:

 

R250 000 – ((R16 666.66 * (12 – number of Completed Assignments)); or

 

2.4.3.                                        if the number of Completed Assignments is greater than 15, an amount equal to:

 

R250 000 + ((R16 666.66 * (number of Completed Assignments - 15)).

 

3.                                   IT Services

 

3.1.                           The fees for the IT Services shall consist of:

 

3.1.1.                                        a fee for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, equal to R232 829.62 pro-rated downwards in accordance with the number of days remaining from the Commencement Date to the end of such month (both days inclusive)

 

3.1.2.                                        a fixed monthly fee of R212 309.62 for the period from the month after the month in which the Commencement Date occurs until December 2018 (both months inclusive); and

 

3.1.3.                                        a fixed fee of R72 675.00 per month for the period from January 2019 until the month in which this Agreement is terminated (or until the IT Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, if earlier) (both months inclusive).

 




Exhibit 4.1(b)

 

 

 

 

TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

 

entered into between

 

 

 

GRINDROD LIMITED

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS PTE. LTD.

 



 

2

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Clause number and description

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

PARTIES

4

 

 

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

4

 

 

 

3.

INTERPRETATION

8

 

 

 

4.

INTRODUCTION

10

 

 

 

5.

APPOINTMENT

11

 

 

 

6.

DURATION

11

 

 

 

7.

THE SERVICES

12

 

 

 

8.

IA SERVICES AND SOX PROJECT

12

 

 

 

9.

IT SERVICES

12

 

 

 

10.

FEES AND PAYMENT

13

 

 

 

11.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

13

 

 

 

12.

OFFSHORE SHIPPING GROUP ASSISTANCE

14

 

 

 

13.

NON-SOLICITATION

14

 

 

 

14.

BENEFIT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

15

 

 

 

15.

FORCE MAJEURE

15

 

 

 

16.

CONFIDENTIALITY

15

 

 

 

17.

NATURE OF THIS AGREEMENT

18

 

 

 

18.

RECIPROCAL WARRANTIES

18

 

 

 

19.

BREACH

19

 

 

 

20.

NOTICES

20

 

 

 

21.

APPLICABLE LAW

20

 

 

 

22.

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

21

 

 

 

23.

JURISDICTION

22

 

 

 

24.

CO-OPERATION AND GOOD FAITH

22

 

 

 

25.

CESSION AND DELEGATION

22

 

 

 

26.

WHOLE AGREEMENT, NO AMENDMENT

22

 

 

 

27.

SEVERABILITY

23

 

 

 

28.

INDEPENDENT ADVICE

23

 



 

3

 

29.

GENERAL

23

 

 

 

30.

COSTS AND TAXES

24

 

 

 

31.

SIGNATURE

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annexure A

COMPANY SECRETARIAL SERVICES

26

 

 

 

Annexure B

IA SERVICES

27

 

 

 

Annexure C

IT SERVICES

28

 

 

 

Annexure D

IT PROGRAMME

38

 

 

 

Annexure E

FEES

39

 

 

 

Annexure F

GSPL SUBSIDIARIES

42

 


 

4

 

1.                                   PARTIES

 

1.1.                           Grindrod Limited (registration number: 1966/009846/06), a company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of South Africa (“ GL ”); and

 

1.2.                           Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. (registration number: 201731497H), a private company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of Singapore, which it is contemplated will be converted into a public company, in accordance with the laws of the Singapore prior to the Commencement Date (“ GRIN ”).

 

2.                                   DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following words, terms or expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder in this Agreement and cognate expressions shall have corresponding meanings:

 

2.1.                           Affiliate ” means with respect to a corporate entity, any person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, that corporate entity;

 

2.2.                           AFSA ” means the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa;

 

2.3.                           AFSA Rules ” means the AFSA rules relating to expedited arbitrations;

 

2.4.                           Aggrieved Party ” has the meaning given to it in clause 19.1;

 

2.5.                           Agreement ” means this written services agreement and all annexures hereto;

 

2.6.                           Arbitration Notice ” has the meaning given to it in clause 22.1;

 

2.7.                           Business Day means a day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or an official public holiday in South Africa or Singapore;

 

2.8.                           Commencement Date ” means the date that the ordinary shares of GRIN are listed on the NASDAQ (primary listing) and the JSE (secondary listing);

 

2.9.                           Company Secretarial Services ” means the company secretarial services described in more detail in Annexure A;

 

2.10.                    Confidential Information ” means any and all Information of the Disclosing Party disclosed or made available to the Receiving Party, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude Information which:

 

2.10.1.                                 is in the public domain at the time of disclosure;

 



 

5

 

2.10.2.                                 after disclosure, becomes part of the public domain, otherwise than through a breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party;

 

2.10.3.                                 the Receiving Party can establish, by objectively verifiable evidence, was in its possession at any time prior to disclosure by the Disclosing Party (for purposes of clarity, whether such disclosure was before or after the Signature Date);

 

2.10.4.                                 is required by the provisions of any law or during any court proceedings or arbitration proceedings to be disclosed, and the Receiving Party has taken all necessary steps to oppose, or prevent the disclosure of and to limit, as far as possible, the extent of such disclosure and has consulted with the Disclosing Party prior to making such disclosure;

 

2.10.5.                                 is approved for release in writing by either Party,

 

the onus being on the Receiving Party to prove that any Information disclosed or made available by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, or obtained by the Receiving Party from the Disclosing Party, falls to be excluded as contemplated in clauses 2.10.1 to 2.10.5;

 

2.11.                    Control ” means, with reference to any company, that a person (alone or in concert with others) directly or indirectly:

 

2.11.1.                                 holds more than 50% (fifty percent) of the equity share capital of such company;

 

2.11.2.                                 holds (or has or controls a right to control the exercise of) a majority of the voting rights in such company;

 

2.11.3.                                 is a member of such company and has or controls the right to appoint or remove the majority of its board of directors; or

 

2.11.4.                                 exercises a dominant influence over such company either by virtue of provisions contained in such company’s founding documents or by virtue of a contract conferring such right,

 

with “ Controls ” and “ C ontrolled ” having corresponding meanings;

 

2.12.                    Default Interest Rate ” means the prime rate of interest per annum publically quoted by The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited (or its successor) from time to time, compounded monthly in arrears.  In the event of a dispute as to the prime rate, it shall be certified by any manager or assistant manager of any branch of The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited (or its successor), whose decision, in the absence of manifest error, shall be final and binding, and whose appointment and authority it shall not be necessary to prove ;

 

2.13.                    Defaulting Party ” has the meaning given to it in clause 19.1;

 



 

6

 

2.14.                    Disclosing Party ” means a Party which discloses any Information to the other Party;

 

2.15.                    Force Majeure Event ” means an event:

 

2.15.1.                                 which is beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party and for which it is not responsible; and

 

2.15.2.                                 which the affected Party could not have avoided, by exercising a standard of care and skill which can reasonably be expected of that Party,

 

including but not limited to war (whether declared or not), revolution, invasion, insurrection, riots not instigated by any Party, civil commotion, mob violence, sabotage, blockade, embargo, boycott, the exercise of military or usurped power, acts of God, fire, explosion, theft, earthquake, storm, flood, drought, wind, lighting or other adverse weather condition, epidemic, quarantine, accident, breakdown of machinery or facilities, strike, lockout or labour dispute, acts or restraints of government imposition, or restrictions of or embargoes on imports or exports and power outages, provided that an inability to meet payment because of a lack of funds shall in no circumstances be treated as an force majeure event.  It is recorded and agreed that a Force Majeure Event affecting any entity in the Grindrod Group to which GL subcontracted any of its obligations in terms of this Agreement, shall be regarded as a Force Majeure Event affecting GL;

 

2.16.                    Grindrod Group ” means GL and each of the companies in which GL, directly or indirectly, holds shares from time to time;

 

2.17.                    GSPL ” means Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (registration number: 200407212K), a company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of Singapore;

 

2.18.                    GSPL Subsidiaries ” means the companies in which GSPL, directly or indirectly, holds shares, as listed and on the basis set out in Annexure F;

 

2.19.                    GSSA ” means Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Proprietary Limited (registration number: 1975/002219/07), a company duly incorporated and registered in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa ;

 

2.20.                    GSSA Transitional Services Agreement ” means the written transitional services agreement, between GL (as service provider) and GSSA, intended to be concluded on or about the Signature Date;

 

2.21.                    IA ” means internal audit;

 

2.22.                    IA Services ” means the IA services described in more detail in Annexure B;

 



 

7

 

2.23.                    Information ” means any and all data and information pertaining to this Agreement and/or in relation to the businesses of either Party or their respective Affiliates, whether of a historical, current or future nature irrespective of whether it is stored, recorded or embodied in handwritten, printed, visual, electronic, audible or any other format or medium, and belonging to and created by or for the benefit of either Party or their respective Affiliates, which information shall include but not be limited to trade secrets, know-how, trade connections, inventions, computer programmes, intellectual property rights and applications, technical data and product or process specifications, formulae, strategies, methods of conducting the business of either Party or their respective Affiliates, including but not limited to the development of marketing products, the protection of new products and the marketing thereof, brand plans and new product development, accounting policies and systems, costings, prices and profit margins, the identity of other contracting third parties and the type of contracts concluded with such third parties, and any other information designated by either Party as being confidential;

 

2.24.                    IT ” means information technology;

 

2.25.                    IT Programme has the meaning given to it in clause 9.2;

 

2.26.                    IT Services ” means the IT services described in more detail in Annexure C;

 

2.27.                       JSE ” means the securities exchange operated by JSE Limited;

 

2.28.                    NASDAQ ” means the NASDAQ Global Select Market;

 

2.29.                    Offshore Shipping Group ” means GRIN, GSPL and the GSPL Subsidiaries;

 

2.30.                    Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement, and “ Party ” means any one of them;

 

2.31.                    Permitted Recipients ” means:

 

2.31.1.                                 with reference to GL, each of the entities in the Grindrod Group;

 

2.31.2.                                 with reference to GRIN, each of the entities in the Offshore Shipping Group;

 

2.31.3.                                 the directors, employees, professional advisors, financiers and consultants of each Party and of each of the entities referred to in clauses 2.31.1 and 2.31.2;

 

2.32.                    Receiving Party ” means the Party that receives any Information of the other Party;

 

2.33.                    Services ” means collectively the Company Secretarial Services, the IA Services, the IT Services and assistance with the implementation of the SOX Project;

 

2.34.                    Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

 



 

8

 

2.35.                    SOX Project ” means the project to ensure that the Offshore Shipping Group is compliant with section 404a of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the end of the 2019 Year; and

 

2.36.                    Year ” means a 12 (twelve) month period running from each 1 January until the following 31 December (both days inclusive).

 

3.                                   INTERPRETATION

 

Unless a contrary intention clearly appears:

 

3.1.                           the headings of the clauses in this Agreement are for the purpose of convenience and reference only and shall not be used in the interpretation of nor modify nor amplify the terms of this Agreement nor any clause hereof;

 

3.2.                           words importing:

 

3.2.1.                                        any one gender include the other two genders;

 

3.2.2.                                        the singular include the plural and vice versa ; and

 

3.2.3.                                        natural persons include created entities (corporate or unincorporate) and the state and vice versa ;

 

3.3.                           any reference to an enactment is to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or re-enacted from time to time and includes any subordinate legislation made from time to time under such enactment.  Any reference to a particular section in an enactment is to that section as at the Signature Date, and as amended or re-enacted from time to time and/or an equivalent measure in an enactment, provided that if as a result of such amendment or re-enactment, the specific requirements of a section referred to in this Agreement are changed, the relevant provision of this Agreement shall be read also as if it had been amended as necessary, without the necessity for an actual amendment;

 

3.4.                           if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it is only in clause 2, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in the body of this Agreement;

 

3.5.                           when any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a non-Business Day, in which case the last day shall be the next succeeding Business Day;

 

3.6.                           if the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is a non-Business Day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the immediately preceding Business Day;

 



 

9

 

3.7.                           if figures are referred to in numerals and in words and if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail;

 

3.8.                           expressions defined in this Agreement shall bear the same meanings in schedules or annexures to this Agreement which do not themselves contain their own conflicting definitions;

 

3.9.                           annexures and schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have effect as if set out in full in the body of this Agreement and any reference to this Agreement includes the annexures and schedules;

 

3.10.                    reference to day/s, month/s or year/s shall be construed as Gregorian calendar day/s, month/s or year/s;

 

3.11.                    if any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this Agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in clause 2;

 

3.12.                    the rule of construction that a contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting or preparation of the contract, shall not apply to this Agreement;

 

3.13.                    prior drafts of this Agreement shall not be admissible in any proceedings as evidence of any matter relating to any negotiations preceding the Signature Date;

 

3.14.                    any reference in this Agreement to a Party shall include a reference to that Party’s assigns expressly permitted under this Agreement;

 

3.15.                    the words “include”, “including” and “in particular” shall be construed as being by way of example or emphasis only and shall not be construed as, nor shall they take effect as, limiting the generality of any preceding word/s;

 

3.16.                    any reference in this Agreement to any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to such other agreement or document as same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented;

 

3.17.                    the words “other” and “otherwise” shall not be construed eiusdem generis with any preceding words if a wider construction is possible;

 

3.18.                    terms other than those defined within this Agreement shall be given their plain English meaning, and those terms, acronyms, and phrases known in general commercial or industry specific practice, shall be interpreted in accordance with their generally accepted meanings;

 



 

10

 

3.19.                    defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning;

 

3.20.                    no provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a Party;

 

3.21.                    the words “clause” or “clauses” and “annexure” or “annexures” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Agreement;

 

3.22.                    a reference to any legal principle, doctrine or process under South African law includes a reference to the equivalent or analogous principle, doctrine or process in any other jurisdiction in which the provisions of this Agreement may apply or to the laws of which a Party may be or become subject; and

 

3.23.                    any reference in this Agreement to:

 

3.23.1.                                 “business hours” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h00 and 16h30 on any Business Day.  Any reference to time shall be based upon South African or Singaporean time, as applicable;

 

3.23.2.                                 “days” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “Business”;

 

3.23.3.                                 “laws” means all constitutions, statutes, regulations, by-laws, codes, ordinances, decrees, rules, judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards, policies, voluntary restraints, guidelines, directives, compliance notices, abatement notices, agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any governmental body, and the common law, and “law” has a corresponding meaning; and

 

3.23.4.                                 “person” means any natural person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, unincorporated association, governmental body, or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

4.                                   INTRODUCTION

 

4.1.                           It is recorded and agreed that:

 

4.1.1.                                        as at the Signature Date:

 

4.1.1.1.                         GSPL and the GSPL Subsidiaries form part of the Grindrod Group;

 



 

11

 

4.1.1.2.                         certain services are provided by other entities in the Grindrod Group, for the benefit of GSPL and the GSPL Subsidiaries;

 

4.1.2.                                        with reference to the series of transaction known as “Project Dahl”, inter alia :

 

4.1.2.1.                         GL is to sell all of its shares in GSPL to GRIN;

 

4.1.2.2.                         GSPL and the GSPL Subsidiaries will cease to form part of the Grindrod Group; and

 

4.1.2.3.                         in order to facilitate a smooth transition in the above regard, it has been agreed that GL will provide the Services to GRIN, for the benefit of all the companies in the Offshore Shipping Group, on a transitional basis and on the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

4.2.                           The Parties conclude this Agreement, to set out the terms on which GL will provide the Services to GRIN, for the benefit of all the companies in the Offshore Shipping Group, on a transitional basis.

 

5.                                   APPOINTMENT

 

5.1.                           GRIN hereby appoints GL as an independent contractor to provide the Services to GRIN, for the benefit of all the companies in the Offshore Shipping Group, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and GL hereby accepts such appointment.

 

5.2.                           GL shall procure that the appropriate entities in the Grindrod Group provide the Services to GRIN, for the benefit of all the companies in the Offshore Shipping Group, and to that end, GL is entitled to subcontract any of its obligations in terms of this Agreement to any other entity in the Grindrod Group, without the consent of GRIN, but shall always remain fully responsible for the performance of the subcontractor and the due fulfilment of GL’s obligations under this Agreement .

 

6.                                   DURATION

 

6.1.                           This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and, subject to any early termination in accordance with any other provisions of this Agreement, shall terminate on 31 December 2019.

 

6.2.                           GRIN shall be entitled to:

 

6.2.1.                                        terminate this entire Agreement; or

 



 

12

 

6.2.2.                                        cancel any one of the Services (for the avoidance of doubt it is recorded that in such circumstances this Agreement shall continue in respect of the Services not cancelled),

 

at any time by giving GL 2 (two) months’ written notice, provided that the end of such notice period must coincide with the end of a calendar month.

 

7.                                   THE SERVICES

 

7.1.                           GL shall procure that the Services are provided to GRIN, for the benefit of all the companies in the Offshore Shipping Group, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to a reasonable professional standard.

 

7.2.                           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no entity in the Grindrod Group shall be obliged to comply with a directive of GRIN, any other entity in the Offshore Shipping Group or any person acting on their behalf , if such directive would not reasonably be given to and observed by a reasonable independent contractor rendering the Services.

 

8.                                   IA SERVICES AND SOX PROJECT

 

8.1.                           It is intended that, subject to clause 6.1, the IA Services shall be provided to GRIN, for the benefit of for the benefit of all the companies in the Offshore Shipping Group, until the SOX Project has been fully implemented.

 

8.2.                           GL shall provide reasonable assistance and resources to GRIN, to enable GRIN to implement the SOX Project.

 

9.                                   IT SERVICES

 

9.1.                           It is intended that:

 

9.1.1.                                        the IT Services shall be provided until 30 June 2019; and

 

9.1.2.                                        the Grindrod Group shall assist GRIN to transfer the IT Services to GRIN, or its nominated third party service provider, by that date.

 

9.2.                           The IT Services shall be transferred in accordance with the programme attached hereto as Annexure D (“ IT Programme ”).  The IT Programme is to be read with the corresponding programme forming Annexure D to the GSSA Transitional Services Agreement in that they represent a consolidated transfer process.

 

9.3.                           The IT Programme sets out which Party is responsible for which action, and by the end of which month the action should be achieved.

 


 

13

 

9.4.                           Any reference in the IT Programme to GRINDROD IT shall be regarded as a reference to GL and any reference to SHIPPING shall be regarded as a reference to GRIN or GSSA, as applicable in the context.

 

10.                            FEES AND PAYMENT

 

10.1.                    In consideration for the provision of the Services as contemplated in this Agreement, GRIN shall pay fees to GL, in the amounts (along with value-added tax thereon) and, subject to clause 10.2 on the basis set out in, Annexure E.

 

10.2.                    In each case where it is specified in Annexure E that a fee is payable:

 

10.2.1.                                 monthly in arrears, GL shall be entitled to invoice GRIN for such fee (along with value-added tax thereon) at any time following the end of each applicable month; or

 

10.2.2.                                 in arrears following the end of any other specified period, GL shall be entitled to invoice GRIN for such fee (along with value-added tax thereon) at any time following the end of such period,

 

with GRIN being obliged to make payment of each such invoice within 30 (thirty) days of delivery thereof.

 

10.3.                    All payments to be made by GRIN to GL in terms of this Agreement shall be made by means of electronic funds transfer directly into a bank account nominated by GL in writing, without any deduction or set-off.

 

10.4.                    If any payment to be made in terms of this Agreement is not made on the due date thereof then, such overdue amounts will bear interest at the Default Interest Rate, from the due date for payment to the date of actual payment, both dates inclusive.

 

11.                            LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

11.1.                    The total liability of GL in respect of claims arising in terms of or in connection with this Agreement (whether arising from negligence, breach of contract or otherwise) shall be limited to an aggregate amount of R12 500 000 (twelve million five hundred thousand Rand).

 

11.2.                    Notwithstanding clause 11.1, GL shall not have any liability whatsoever for claims arising from:

 

11.2.1.                                 an act or omission of GRIN, any other company in the Offshore Shipping Group or any person acting on their behalf;

 

11.2.2.                                 any entity in the Grindrod Group complying with the instructions given by or on behalf of GRIN and/or any entity in the Offshore Shipping Group; and/or

 



 

14

 

11.2.3.                                 an act or order of any legal authority, save where such act or order arises from or is due to the negligence of or a wrongful act or omission by any entity in the Grindrod Group in relation to the performance of the Services,

 

provided that this clause 11.2 shall not operate to exclude GL’s liability for any contributory negligence.

 

11.3.                    In no event shall:

 

11.3.1.                                 GL be liable to GRIN and/or any entity in the Offshore Shipping Group for indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of profits, business, revenue, goodwill or anticipated savings suffered by any of them and arising in terms of this Agreement; and

 

11.3.2.                                 GRIN or any entity in the Offshore Shipping Group be liable to any entity in the Grindrod Group for indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of profits, business, revenue, goodwill or anticipated savings suffered by any of them and arising in terms of this Agreement.

 

11.4.                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

 

11.4.1.                                 neither GRIN nor any entity in the Offshore Shipping Group shall have any claim against any entity in the Grindrod Group, apart from GL, arising in terms of this Agreement; and

 

11.4.2.                                 no entity in the Offshore Shipping Group, other than GRIN, shall bring any claim against GL, in connection with this Agreement and/or the provision of the Services.

 

11.5.                    GRIN shall ensure that all other companies in the Offshore Shipping Group comply and act in accordance with the provisions of this clause 11.

 

12.                            OFFSHORE SHIPPING GROUP ASSISTANCE

 

GRIN shall, and shall procure that all other entities in the Offshore Shipping Group shall each, promptly provide all information, documentation and assistance reasonably required by GL or any other entity in the Grindrod Group in order to facilitate the effective provision of the Services as contemplated in this Agreement.

 

13.                            NON-SOLICITATION

 

GRIN shall not, and shall procure that none of the entities in the Offshore Shipping Group shall, for the duration of this Agreement and for a period of 24 (twenty four) months thereafter, without GL’s prior written consent and either for itself or as the agent of anyone else, persuade, induce, solicit,

 



 

15

 

encourage or procure any employee of GL and/or of any entity in the Grindrod Group, to leave the employ of GL and/or any entity in the Grindrod Group, as applicable.

 

14.                            BENEFIT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

 

The provisions of clauses 11, 12 and 13, as well as all other clauses required and/or desirable to give full effect to clauses 11, 12 and 13, constitute irrevocable stipulatio alteri in favour of each entity in the Grindrod Group, capable of acceptance at any time on written notice to the Parties.

 

15.                            FORCE MAJEURE

 

15.1.                    In the event that any Party is delayed in performing any of its respective obligations in this Agreement due to a Force Majeure Event, the Party so affected shall be relieved of performance of its obligations hereunder during the period that such Force Majeure Event and its consequences continue but only to the extent so prevented and shall not be liable for any delay or failure in the performance of any obligations hereunder or any loss or damages including either general, special or consequential loss or damage which the other Party may suffer due to or resulting from such delay or failure, provided always that written notice shall, within 48 (forty-eight) hours of the occurrence constituting the Force Majeure Event, be given of any such inability to perform by the affected Party and provided further that the obligation to give such notice shall be suspended to the extent necessitated by such Force Majeure Event .

 

15.2.                    In the event that any delay due to the Force Majeure Event occurs or is anticipated, the Party delayed or anticipating delays, shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate the consequences of such Force Majeure Event and shall resume performance of its obligations affected by the Force Majeure Event as soon as practicable.

 

15.3.                    If the circumstances constituting the Force Majeure Event continue for more than 60 (sixty) consecutive days, then either Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement on written notice to the other Party, provided that such notice must coincide with the end of a calendar month.

 

16.                            CONFIDENTIALITY

 

16.1.                    All Confidential Information disclosed by a Disclosing Party pursuant to this Agreement, whether before or after the Signature Date, shall be disclosed the sole purpose of enabling the Receiving Party to perform its obligations in terms of this Agreement.

 

16.2.                    The obligations of each Receiving Party with respect to Confidential Information shall subsist for the duration of this Agreement and for a period of 24 (twenty four) months following its termination.  The provisions of this clause 16 are severable from the rest of this Agreement and shall remain in effect despite the termination or invalidity of this Agreement for any reason.

 



 

16

 

16.3.                    Each Disclosing Party shall retain ownership of all Confidential Information disclosed by it, and each Receiving Party acknowledges it shall not acquire any rights in respect of any such Confidential Information.  Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to grant, expressly or impliedly, any right or licence to any permit, patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and/or any other item of real or intellectual property which a Disclosing Party may possess.

 

16.4.                    Each Receiving Party:

 

16.4.1.                                 shall not use any of the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party for such Receiving Party’s own purposes or for any purpose other than that for which such Confidential Information was disclosed in terms of this Agreement, unless authorised by such Disclosing Party in writing to do so;

 

16.4.2.                                 shall not disclose any of the Confidential Information to any person other than a Permitted Recipient, unless authorised by the Disclosing Party to do so, and provided that such permission shall be valid:

 

16.4.2.1.                  only if given in writing;

 

16.4.2.2.                  for disclosure only to the third party identified in the written authorisation; and

 

16.4.2.3.                  for that specific instance of disclosure only,

 

and this clause 16 shall apply as if such person were a Permitted Recipient;

 

16.4.3.                                 shall take all necessary steps and measures in order to prevent the disclosure of any Confidential Information to unauthorised persons, and to ensure proper and secure storage of Confidential Information;

 

16.4.4.                                 may disclose the Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party in order to comply with any law, provided that the Receiving Party:

 

16.4.4.1.                  limits the disclosure only to that which is necessary to comply with the law;

 

16.4.4.2.                  advises the Disclosing Party in writing as soon as reasonably possible, and before the intended disclosure specifying:

 

16.4.4.2.1.                                   the Confidential Information subject to disclosure;

 

16.4.4.2.2.                                   the reasons for the disclosure;

 

16.4.4.2.3.                                   the requirements under the direction of which the disclosure is or shall be made; and

 



 

17

 

16.4.4.2.4.                                   where applicable, the identity of any third party requiring disclosure; and

 

16.4.4.3.                  shall provide the Disclosing Party with all reasonable co-operation at the cost of the Disclosing Party in any steps taken by the Disclosing Party to limit or prevent the disclosure.

 

16.5.                    Any disclosure by a Permitted Recipient of the Confidential Information contrary to this Agreement shall constitute an unauthorised disclosure by the relevant Receiving Party.

 

16.6.                    Each Receiving Party shall treat all Confidential Information as confidential, and shall handle such Confidential Information with the same degree of care it uses with respect to its own Confidential Information, but in no event with less than a reasonable degree of care.

 

16.7.                    In the event that the Receiving Party becomes aware that the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information has been disclosed by it or its Permitted Recipients contrary to the terms of this Agreement, the Receiving Party shall forthwith:

 

16.7.1.                                 inform such Disclosing Party in writing specifying what Confidential Information has been disclosed, how and to whom it has or may have been disclosed, when the unauthorised disclosure took place and what steps shall be taken to retrieve the Confidential Information and prevent future unauthorised disclosures;

 

16.7.2.                                 take such steps as are necessary or as such Disclosing Party directs to retrieve the Confidential Information from unauthorised persons and to prevent further unauthorised disclosure of the Confidential Information; and

 

16.7.3.                                 co-operate with such Disclosing Party in taking any steps to retrieve the Confidential Information from unauthorised persons and to prevent further disclosure of the Confidential Information.

 

16.8.                    Clause 16.7 is without prejudice to any rights of each Disclosing Party arising from the unauthorised disclosure of its Confidential Information.

 

16.9.                    Upon the written request of a Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall promptly return, destroy or expunge from any storage device all Confidential Information in its possession and confirm such destruction in writing to such Disclosing Party, provided that if required by law, the Receiving Party may retain 1 (one) copy of the Confidential Information for the period so required.

 

16.10.             Where a Disclosing Party has required destruction of the Confidential Information and the media containing the Confidential Information, the Receiving Party shall, on request, confirm in writing that it has destroyed all Confidential Information and made reasonable efforts to

 



 

18

 

expunge the Confidential Information stored electronically from any storage device on which it was held.

 

16.11.             All requests in terms of clauses 16.9 and 16.10, shall be complied with within 5 (five) Business Days.

 

16.12.             Each Receiving Party hereby indemnifies each Disclosing Party against any loss, cost, damages, expense or liability arising from, or in connection with, the disclosure or use of any Confidential Information contrary to this Agreement by such Receiving Party, or Permitted Recipients or third parties to which such Receiving Party has directly or indirectly made disclosure.

 

17.                            NATURE OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the appointment by GRIN of GL as an independent contractor.  Nothing in this Agreement or in the conduct of the Parties in relation to the performance of any obligations in terms of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed as creating a relationship of employment, principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between them.

 

18.                            RECIPROCAL WARRANTIES

 

18.1.                    The Parties warrant and represent to each other that they have taken or caused to be taken all steps, actions and corporate proceedings necessary to cause this Agreement to be binding on themselves.  Any Party shall, if requested by the other Party, furnish to the latter sufficient evidence of the authority of the person or persons who shall, on behalf of the Party so requested, take any action or execute any documents required or permitted to be taken or executed by such person under this Agreement.

 

18.2.                    Each Party hereby warrants and represents to and in favour of the other Party that:

 

18.2.1.                                 it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

 

18.2.2.                                 this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

18.2.3.                                 it is fully aware of and acquainted with the provisions of this Agreement and the meaning and effect of all of such provisions; and

 

18.2.4.                                 the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not:

 

18.2.4.1.                  contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

 



 

19

 

18.2.4.2.                  contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents; or

 

18.2.4.3.                  conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it.

 

18.3.                    Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of this clause 18, shall:

 

18.3.1.                                 be a separate warranty and shall in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement;

 

18.3.2.                                 continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

18.3.3.                                 prima facie be deemed to be material and to be a material representation inducing the other Party to enter into this Agreement.

 

19.                            BREACH

 

19.1.                    If a Party commits any breach of this Agreement (“ Defaulting Party ”) and fails to remedy such breach within 15 (fifteen) Business Days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) shall be entitled, at its option:

 

19.1.1.                                 to claim immediate specific performance from the Defaulting Party, with or without claiming damages; or

 

19.1.2.                                 to cancel this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, in which case written notice of the cancellation shall be given to the Defaulting Party, and the cancellation shall take effect on the giving of the notice.  No Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement unless the breach is a material breach (for purposes of clarity, without any limitation on clause 6.2).  A breach shall be deemed to be a material breach if:

 

19.1.2.1.                  it is capable of being remedied, but is not so remedied within the Notice Period; or

 

19.1.2.2.                  it is incapable of being remedied and if payment in money shall compensate for such breach but such payment is not made within the Notice Period.

 

19.2.                    Each Aggrieved Party’s remedies in terms of this clause 19 are without prejudice to any other remedies to which such Aggrieved Party may be entitled in law.

 



 

20

 

20.                            NOTICES

 

20.1.                    The Parties respectively choose the following addresses, at which all processes and notices arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, its breach or termination may validly be served on or delivered to the Parties:

 

20.1.1.

GL:

 

 

 

 

 

Physical address:

2 nd  Floor, Grindrod Mews, 106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban, 4001

 

 

 

 

E-mail address:

groupsecretarial@grindrod.com

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Andrew Waller

 

 

 

20.1.2.

GRIN:

 

 

 

 

 

Physical address:

#03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore, 089763;

 

 

 

 

E-mail address:

YvetteB@grindrod.com

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

20.2.                    All processes and notices in terms of this Agreement, shall be delivered by hand or e-mail to the addresses listed in clause 20.1.

 

20.3.                    A Party may change any of its addresses listed in clause 20.1 to any other address.  Such change shall only take effect upon receipt or deemed receipt of such notice by the other Party.

 

20.4.                    Any notice given in terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall if:

 

20.4.1.                               delivered by hand during business hours to a person apparently in charge of the premises selected by the addressee for delivery of notices, be deemed to have been duly received by the addressee on the date of delivery; or

 

20.4.2.                               transmitted by e-mail, be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the day following the date of transmission.

 

20.5.                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained or implied in this Agreement, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party, shall be adequate written notice or communication to such Party even if it has not been sent in the manner provided for, or to the addresses listed, in this clause 20.

 

21.                            APPLICABLE LAW

 

Notwithstanding the conflict of law principles which might otherwise have applied, this Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of South Africa.

 



 

21

 

22.                            DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

22.1.                    If any dispute arises between the Parties in relation to any matter pertaining to, or arising out of this Agreement, its breach or termination, then any Party may give written notice to the other Party referring the dispute to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of this clause 22 (“ Arbitration Notice ”).

 

22.2.                    The arbitration shall be:

 

22.2.1.                               held at Durban, South Africa;

 

22.2.2.                               conducted in the English language;

 

22.2.3.                               held before a single arbitrator;

 

22.2.4.                               subject to the provisions of this clause 22, conducted in accordance with the AFSA Rules; and

 

22.2.5.                               held as soon as is reasonably practicable in the circumstances and with a view to it being completed within 30 (thirty) Business Days of the date of the Arbitration Notice.

 

22.3.                    The arbitrator shall be a retired judge of the High Court of South Africa or a practicing senior advocate of at least 10 (ten) years standing as such, agreed upon between the Parties, provided that should the Parties fail to agree on an arbitrator within 3 (three) Business Days of the date of the Arbitration Notice, the arbitrator shall, at the written request of any Party, be appointed by the President for the time being of AFSA or its successor.

 

22.4.                    The arbitrator shall determine which Party shall pay the costs of and incidental to the arbitration or, if more than one Party is to contribute, the ratio of their respective contributions, and the scale on which such costs are to be paid.

 

22.5.                    Subject to each Party’s rights of appeal in accordance with the AFSA Rules, the Parties irrevocably agree that the decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on them, shall be carried into effect, and shall be capable of being made an order of any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

22.6.                    The provisions of this clause 22:

 

22.6.1.                               constitute irrevocable consent by the Parties to any proceedings in terms of this clause 22 and no Party shall be entitled to withdraw therefrom or claim at any such proceedings that it is not bound by such provisions;

 


 

22

 

22.6.2.                                 are severable from the rest of this Agreement and shall remain in effect despite the termination, or invalidity for any reason, of this Agreement; and

 

22.6.3.                                 shall not preclude any Party from obtaining interim relief on an urgent basis from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the decision of the arbitrator.

 

23.                            JURISDICTION

 

23.1.                    Subject to clause 22, the Parties agree that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in the KwaZulu-Natal High Court, Durban and irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court.

 

23.2.                    The Parties irrevocably waive any objection they may now or hereafter have that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

24.                            CO-OPERATION AND GOOD FAITH

 

24.1.                    The Parties shall co-operate with each other and do all such things as may be reasonably required of them in order to facilitate the implementation of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and objectives.

 

24.2.                    The Parties shall display good faith in their dealings with each other.

 

25.                            CESSION AND DELEGATION

 

25.1.                    GL shall be entitled to cede any of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any other entity within the Grindrod Group, without the consent of GRIN save that GL shall always remain fully responsible for the performance of the subcontractor and the due fulfilment of GL’s obligations under this Agreement .

 

25.2.                    GRIN shall be entitled to cede any of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any other entity within the Offshore Shipping Group, without the consent of GL.

 

25.3.                    Subject to clauses 25.1 and 25.2, no Party shall be entitled to cede any of its rights and/or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any other party without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

26.                            WHOLE AGREEMENT, NO AMENDMENT

 

26.1.                    This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other discussions, agreements and/or understandings regarding the subject matter hereof.

 

26.2.                    No amendment or consensual cancellation of this Agreement or any provision or term hereof or of any agreement or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this

 



 

23

 

Agreement and no settlement of any disputes arising under this Agreement and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of or agreement not to enforce or to suspend or postpone the enforcement of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or of any agreement, bill of exchange or other document issued pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement shall be binding unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties (or in the case of an extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension, signed by the Party granting such extension, waiver or relaxation).  Any such extension, waiver or relaxation or suspension which is so given or made shall be strictly construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

26.3.                    No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or any agreement or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement, shall operate as an estoppel against any Party in respect of its rights under this Agreement, nor shall it operate so as to preclude such Party (save as to any extension, waiver or relaxation actually given) thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Agreement.

 

27.                            SEVERABILITY

 

Any provision in this Agreement which is or may become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction affected by this Agreement shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability and shall be treated pro non scripto and severed from the balance of this Agreement, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

28.                            INDEPENDENT ADVICE

 

Each Party acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and/or other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of this Agreement and that it has either taken such independent legal and/or other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so.

 

29.                            GENERAL

 

29.1.                    Agreement Binding on Successors in Title

 

This Agreement shall be binding on the administrators, trustees, business rescue practitioners, liquidators and other successors-in-title of the Parties, who shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement merely by reason of a Party being placed in business rescue or liquidation.  Each Party indemnifies the other against any loss or damage of any nature whatsoever which any other Party may sustain if this Agreement is not binding for any reason on the former’s administrators, trustees, business rescue practitioners, liquidators and/or other successors-in-title.

 



 

24

 

29.2.                    Exclusion of Electronic Signature

 

The reference in this Agreement to “writing” shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be read and construed as excluding any form of electronic signature.

 

29.3.                    Continuing Effectiveness of Certain Provisions

 

The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provided that they shall operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

30.                            COSTS AND TAXES

 

30.1.                    Each Party shall bear its own costs incidental to the preparation of this Agreement (including prior drafts and consultations).

 

30.2.                       If any Party instructs an attorney to enforce any of its rights in terms of this Agreement, then it shall be entitled to claim and recover the legal costs incurred by it (on an attorney and own client basis) whether or not such costs are incurred in legal proceedings.

 

31.                            SIGNATURE

 

31.1.                    This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

31.2.                    This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

31.3.                    The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

31.4.                    The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 



 

25

 

For:

GL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Andrew Geard Waller

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

Name:

ANDREW GEARD WALLER

 

Date:

2018-04-24

 

Place:

Durban

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness:

/s/ Gerda Quintal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Witness:

Gerda Quintal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For:

GRIN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

 

 

 

 

Name:

Martyn Richard Wade

 

Date:

24 April 2018

 

Place:

Singapore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness:

/s/ Deborah Ann King

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Witness:

Deborah Ann King

 

 



 

26

 

Annexure A                         COMPANY SECRETARIAL SERVICES

 

1.                          Such company secretarial services as may be required by GRIN until such time as a company secretary has been appointed by GRIN:

 

1.1.                                    Engaging and liaising with Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins in Singapore relating to general secretarial and administrative matters, including but not limited to matters that require filing with ACRA.

 

1.2.                                    All remaining governance and secretarial work relating to the spin-off transaction and dual listing not required at the date of listing.

 

1.3.                                    Drafting of, or assisting with the drafting of the Code of Ethics and all other corporate governance policies and procedures.

 

1.4.                                    Establishing a policy management process and procedure.

 

1.5.                                    Establishing an ethics (including conflict of interest, anti-trust, gifts, etc.) management system.

 

1.6.                                    Establishing a company secretarial system and process for a dual listed company, incorporated in a different jurisdiction – i.e. dealing with three jurisdictions.

 

1.7.                                    Planning, developing and engaging with relevant service providers for the preparation of a directors’ induction pack and initial directors’ induction.

 

1.8.                                    Establishing a process and system for the continual training and development of directors, including legislative and governance updates.

 

1.9.                                    Assisting with (to the extent required) directors’ induction and continual training, which may include senior management.

 

1.10.                             Planning, preparing and circulating board and board committee meeting packs.

 

1.11.                             Attending board and board committees (whether in person or via electronic communication).

 

1.12.                             Drafting, circulating and finalising board and board committee meeting minutes and maintenance of minute books.

 

1.13.                             Maintaining register of board and board committee resolutions.

 

1.14.                             Preparation and convening of Annual General Meeting and other General Meetings as may be required.

 

1.15.                             Preparation and maintenance of minutes of shareholder meetings.

 

1.16.                             Drafting and circulating round robin resolutions for the board and/or board committees and maintaining register of round robin resolutions.

 

1.17.                             Engaging and liaising with the NASDAQ, JSE, service providers such as financial printers, transfer agents, transfer secretaries, US, SA and Singapore counsel in connection with the implementation of the provisions of the listings requirements as may be required.

 



 

27

 

Annexure B                         IA SERVICES

 

 

 

Combined Assurance Framework

 

 

Assessment of Risk Management

 

 

2019 IA Assignments: an estimated 12- 15 assignments including the following (in each case, if required):

 

 

·                   Crewing  - Payroll Controls review (including time and attendance)

·                   Sustainability Data Review

·                   Travel and Expenditure Review

·                   Cyber Security Review

·                   IT Governance Review

·                   Human Resources Review (Movers, Leaver and Joiners Review)

·                   Cash to Master Expenditure review

·                   Claim Process (Supplier and Customer)

·                   Planned Maintenance and breakdown review

·                   Expatriate expenditure and compliance review.

·                   IT Assets (Hardware/Software) Management review

·                   IT (Innovation/Green IT)

 

 

 


 

28

 

28 Annexure C IT SERVICES provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Service Offering Service Deliverable DDKZN MSC DDWP Grindrod Comments Managed SCOM Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R Inclusion of new alerting rules 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management I C A 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Daily A R a. Management pack tuning (through feedback from system owners) A R C b. Agent State Verification A R c. Scheduled Task: Close Rule Alerts Older Than 24 Hours A R d. Verify Daily Health Check Output A R 2. Weekly A R a. Scheduled Task: Reset Monitor State for Manually Closed / Failed Monitors A R b. Scheduled Task: Clear Management Server Cache A R c. Review Operations Manager Alert Grooming (Scoped to Management Servers Only) A R 3. Monthly A R a. Backup Verification (Unsealed Management Packs; Databases) A R House Keeping 1. Remediate broken clients A R 2. Remediation of SCOM infrastructure problems identified A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse operating system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of operating system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the operating system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse OS performance data with the physical server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and operating system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Windows OS - network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R Change Management Records System to be included 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required SCOM service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R Reporting Requirements to be defined as part of transition 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

29

 

29 provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final user session, web page responsiveness, audio and video playback, flash animations, Managed VMWare Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management A R 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Weekly check on the following components and perform remedial actions as required to ensure the desktop virtualization infrastructure remains stable, e.g.: A R a. Alarm status – all levels including data centre, cluster, host and virtual desktops A R b. Host and virtual desktop performance – memory, CPU and virtual disk space to establish performance baseline A R 2. Weekly review of event logs for adverse trends or abnormal messages A R 3. Weekly check of virtualization services, e.g.: A R a. VMware A R i. VMware Management Agent (mgmt-vmware) A R ii. VMware Virtual Center Agent (vmware-vpxa) A R iii. VMware Web Access (vmware-webAccess) A R iv. VMware License Server A R b. SQL Service A R c. Microsoft Hyper-V Service A R d. Remote Desktop Service e. Microsoft Terminal Service A R 4. Any client-specific checks agreed and documented during the Service Transition A R House Keeping 1. Rotation of system logs, message logs generated by server virtualization platform A R 2. Maintenance of system start-up and shutdown scripts of server virtualization platform A R 3. Review monitored threshold for appropriateness and accuracy. Adjust threshold settings upon approval A R 4. VM Snapshots – compress, archive, to ensure available disk space is at a healthy level A R 5. Removal of temporary files A R Scheduled Work* 1. VM snapshots A R 2. Moving virtual machines between hosts for maintenance or workload balancing A R 3. Create, add, modify or remove Datacenter’s, Hosts, Clusters, Resource Pools, Datastores, Templates A R 4. Manage settings e.g. runtime, active directory, mail sender, SNMP, ports, timeouts, logging options, database retention policy, SSL following Change Management. A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Requests are capped at 20% of total number of virtual systems per month A R Configuration Management 1. Log and track desktop virtualization platform and configurations in Configuration Management Database (CMDB), e.g. asset inventory data, associated location, IP address, support and maintenance contract details A R 2. Update and maintain records of desktop virtualization platform configuration upon execution of changes A R Capacity Management 1. Capture and analyse workloads associated with desktop virtualization platform, resource pools and storage repositories on a monthly basis A R 2. Perform Quarterly Review of compute resources and storage capacity to identify increases in resource utilisation and capture requirements where new versions of applications require additional compute resources A R 3. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Performance Tuning 1. Analyse, together with the operating system performance report, to identify bottleneck issues within the virtualised infrastructure platform A R 2. Identify areas which may improve/ optimize the user experience, e.g. optimization of throughput and display of image files, keyboard and mouse responsiveness A R 3. Provide tuning recommendation and review with client. A R Patch Management 1. Identify and evaluate required updates for client OS, e.g. desktop virtualization software updates and patches on quarterly basis A R Version Upgrade Advisory Process 2. Work with respective vendor / vendor websites for patch availability on a monthly basis A R 3. Create Patch Management Plans for review and agreement with the client. A R 4. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors. A R 5. Deploy patches following Change Management process. A R 6. Verify functionality and provide post deployment support; observe for two weeks A R Access Management 1. Manage all administrative access to the server virtualisation platform e.g. pool administrators, pool operators, VM administrators A R 2. Termination of inactive/ expired accounts A R 3. Monthly Inactive/Expired Accounts Report A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R Creation of a restricted access client portal (document repo) 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

30

 

30 mount points required for the smooth operation of the data storage environment and provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Managed Storage Monitoring 1. Monitoring components including availability, performance & capacity thresholds, error rates/retries, status change, file systems, logical volumes, mount-points, service processors and disk controllers; virtual storage pools; LUNs (Logical Unit Numbers), physical storage devices and SAN switches; storage snapshots, replication and mirror copies; and associated storage management software. A R Third Party Vendor Management - Dell 2. Event monitoring – to identify storage devices events which can cause Priority 1 or Priority 2 incidents A R 3. Storage Log monitoring – to identify messages in system logs generated by storage devices which can indicate Priority 1 or Priority 2 incidents A R 4. Availability monitoring – to identify unavailability of physical disks, LUNs, volumes, associated IT systems A R 5. Capacity Threshold Monitoring – to identify prolonged over-utilisation of storage resources above the agreed targeted thresholds e.g. space utilisation I/O latency, disk busy, read/writes A R 6. Configuration Monitoring – to identify unauthorized changes to storage system configurations A R 7. Configuration Monitoring – to identify changes to storage devices configurations outside of Change Management A R 8. Respond to and diagnose the identified events, log messages and threshold alerts. Follow pre-defined work instructions, notification and escalation (functional and hierarchical) procedures A R Health Checks 1. Daily review of systems logs for adverse trends or abnormal messages associated with storage and switch devices A R Will these checks/reports run 7 days a week 2. Weekly review of all replication, shadow copy, snapshot functions to ensure consistent performance A R 3. Weekly check of all storage and switch devices to ensure operating within expected performance parameters, e.g. overall storage sub-systems, IOS, firmware and microcode checks and driver status A R 4. Monthly review of SAN configuration with all mappings of volumes and channels examined A R 5. Any client-specific checks agreed and documented during the Service Definition A R House Keeping 1. Remove temporary files and rotate storage subsystems and storage switch log files A R 2. Maintain storage management policies A R 3. Review space utilisation across logical volumes A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain storage devices configurations documentation including SAN diagrams, RAID configurations, LUN configurations, user rights and permissions settings A R 2. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for storage devices related events and incidents A R 3. Maintain storage device maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Monthly analysis of storage devices resource utilisation to identify trends and/or performance bottleneck within the storage environment A R 2. Identify actions to optimize physical storage, virtual storage pools and LUN configurations; and improve the interaction between operating system and storage devices through configuration changes, e.g. RAID configuration, stripe unit size, volume layout, I/O performance counters and queue length A R Are the recommended actions included in the service Translate utilisation statistics into Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 3 per storage device per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

31

 

31 provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Managed Compute Monitoring 1. Subsystem event monitoring – to identify events which can cause Priority 1 or Priority 2 incidents. A R 2. System Log monitoring – to identify system messages about device changes, device drivers, system changes, and operations which can cause Priority 1 or Priority 2 incidents A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified events, system log messages and threshold alerts. Follow pre-defined work instructions, notifications and escalation (functional and hierarchical) procedures A R 4. Configuration Monitoring – to identify changes to hardware configurations outside of Change Management A R Health Checks 1. Develop checklist for server hardware and console subsystem health checks A R 2. Daily review of all the server console subsystems and hardware health including memory, processor, power supply, hard disks, fans, and chipset along with the status and message of the subsystem A R 3. Weekly review of system and system event logs for adverse trends or abnormal messages A R 4. Monthly functionality test of existing Out-of-Band Management (OOB) facilities A R House Keeping 1. Review monitored threshold for appropriateness and accuracy. Adjust threshold settings upon approval A R 2. Perform system event logs rotation, archival and temporary files clean up A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per physical server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Access Management 1. Manage all administrative access to console subsystems under Managed Operations Services A R 2. Periodically review and audit usage of administrative account A R Capacity Management Covered Under Managed VMWare and Managed OS A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Performance Tuning 1. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between and efficiency of server hardware and operating system through configuration changes, e.g. network adapter settings, TCP parameters, kernel parameters, paging file/ swap space, memory dump, I/O, RAID configuration, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 2. Analyse together with the operating system performance report to identify bottleneck issues within the server infrastructure under Managed Operations Service A R 3. Provide tuning recommendations and review with client. A R Patch Management 1. Will be available when clients have valid existing support and maintenance agreement with the server hardware vendor A R 2. Identify the required BIOS, firmware or driver updates A R 3. Create Patch Management Plans for review and agreement with the client A R 4. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 5. Deploy patches following Change Management process A R 6. Verify server functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

32

 

32 backups in a timely manner. Analysis storage capacity trends for disk-to-disk backups to Managed Backup Monitoring 1. Monitoring includes availability, event, capacity and performance monitoring of the backup environment: A R 2. Availability monitoring of backup management tools, backup storage devices, e.g. disk storage, tape libraries, tape drives A R 3. Event monitoring – backup errors, validation failures, backup job failures, management tools alerts A R 4. Capacity monitoring – identifying breaches in utilisation thresholds for backup storage devices which may prevent backups from successful completion A R 5. Configuration monitoring – where Managed Operations for Backups is bundled with Managed Operations for OS and Storage, identifying volumes/file systems in use which are not being backed up for review with client A R 6. Performance Monitoring – identifying backup jobs exceeding allowable backup windows in order to take correction action A R 7. Respond to and diagnose the identified events, log messages and threshold alerts. Follow pre-defined work instructions, notification and escalation (functional and hierarchical) procedures A R Health Checks 1. Management of backup schedules on a daily basis to track and manage the completion of backup jobs A R 2. Re-scheduling of failed backups A R 3. Access Management A R 4. Manage backup-specific access accounts to enable successful management of backup schedules A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Requests are capped at 4 per backup instance per month, unless additional changes are purchased A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for backup management tools, backup scripts/jobs, media libraries (virtual/physical) A R 2. Maintain backup configurations documentation, backup management hierarchical diagrams, backup schedules, media management procedures A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for backup related events and incidents A R House Keeping 1. Perform backup systems logs rotation and archival A R 2. Perform test restores to ensure integrity of backups to client-defined environments A R Monthly Test/Restore 3. Execute ad-hoc and scheduled backup and restore requests upon Change Approval A R 4. Manage Virtual Tape Libraries (VTL) A R 5. Create and maintain media pools (tape, disk) A R 6. Track and manage life cycle of tape media. Monitor tape media utilisation A R Capacity Management Capture and analyse backup capacity data e.g. physical/ virtual media pools/ tape media, backup timings compared to backup windows - to identify adverse trends in achieving identify capacity requirements. A R Performance Tuning Perform adjustments to schedule timing, media pools, tape and storage media to most efficiently complete backup schedule A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required backup software service packs/ patches, bug fixes, security fixes and updates A R Specify both HW and SW 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify backup software functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Provide the following reports to facilitate Quarterly Service Review meeting A R 2. Daily Backup Completion Report A R Replication Report to be included (off site copy) 3. Monthly Backup Capacity Utilization Report A R 4. Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

33

 

33 Managed Active Directory Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management A R 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Daily A R a. Monitor Active Directory and related services alerts A R Will these checks be reported daily b. Complete Active Directory Health Check including, Replication, FSMO role availability, time service A R c. Ensure that AAD Connect service is running and review SYNC schedules for jobs A R 2. Monthly A R a. Install latest Microsoft approved patches A R 3. Quarterly A R a. Perform Active Directory Database Management A R b. Perform DHCP/WINS Database Management A R House Keeping 1. Maintain Organisational Unit Structure A R 2. Maintain Group Policies A R 3. Maintain Active Directory Object Life Cycle A R 4. Maintain Delegation Model A R 5. Maintain Domains, Trusts, Sites and Services A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse operating system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of operating system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the operating system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse OS performance data with the physical server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and operating system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Windows OS - network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required operating system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

34

 

34 provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Managed OS Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management A R 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Periodic check of system parameters to ensure they comply to the Standard Operating Environment agreed to with the client A R 2. Periodic check to ensure all core system services/daemon processes are started and running A R House Keeping 1. Rotation of system logs, message logs A R 2. Clean-up of temporary files A R 3. Maintenance of system start-up and shutdown scripts A R 4. Configure & administer TCP/IP network parameters, including Hostname, IP address, Sub-Net and other server networking configurations A R Access Management Management of all privileged account access to the operating system, e.g. Windows Administrator. A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintenance of operating system configurations details including network settings, system/kernel parameters, mounted volumes, user rights and permissions settings A R 2. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for operating system related events and incidents A R 3. Maintain operating system maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse operating system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of operating system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the operating system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse OS performance data with the physical server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and operating system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Windows OS - network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required operating system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify operating system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

35

 

35 Managed Exchange Monitoring 1. 24x7x365 proactive monitoring A R 2. Configure standard set of identified events, thresholds and alerting criteria. Ensure events and alerts are automatically generated, displayed on monitoring console and notified to the appropriate personnel according to the pre-defined business rules A R 3. Respond to and diagnose the identified SNMP traps, syslog and threshold breach alerts. A R 4. Follow pre-defined work instructions including notification and escalation procedures A R 5. Access Management A R 6. Management of all administrative account access to the network devices A R 7. Monthly review and audit of account usage. A R 8. Termination of inactive accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R 9. Monthly Inactive Accounts Report A R Health Checks 1. Daily A R a. Daily Exchange Health Checks A R b. Monitoring the performance and availability of the Exchange servers A R c. Monitoring event logs and responding to problems encountered A R 2. Monthly A R a. System Patch Management A R 3. Quarterly A R a. Exchange system health audits A R 4. Bi-Annually A R a. Installation of Service Packs A R House Keeping 1. Management of non-user mailboxes A R 2. Global settings – configure system-wide settings for all servers and recipients in an Exchange organisation A R 3. Recipients – manage address lists, offline address lists, recipient update services and recipient policies A R 4. Administrative groups – manage the permissions of administrative groups that contain policies, routing groups, public folder hierarchies, and servers A R 5. Database Availability Groups (DAG) – manage database copies, active database failovers, DAG networks A R 6. Servers – administer server-specific configuration objects such as Queues, Mailbox stores, Public Folder stores, and Protocols information A R 7. System policies – administer the configuration settings that you apply to one or more servers, mailbox stores, or public folder stores. For example, to enable message tracking across multiple servers, a single policy can be defined instead of performing the lengthy task of setting individual policies to enable message tracking on each server A R 8. Send & Receive Connectors to manage internal & external mail flow, managed mail relays A R 9. Folders – administer access to public folder stores A R 10. Resource Mailboxes - administer auto-attendant features and types of mailboxes. A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse operating system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of operating system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the operating system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse OS performance data with the physical server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and operating system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Windows OS - network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per server per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required operating system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R

 


 

36

 

36 provider(s) to confirm implementation approach for client’s consideration in giving final Managed DR Monitoring 1. Monitoring includes availability, event, capacity and performance monitoring of the environment: A R 2. Availability monitoring of replication management tools, storage devices, e.g. disk storage. A R 3. Event monitoring – replication errors, validation failures, job failures, management tools alerts A R 4. Capacity monitoring – identifying breaches in utilisation thresholds for replication storage devices which may prevent replication from successful completion A R 5. Performance Monitoring – identifying replication jobs exceeding allowable replication windows in order to take correction action A R 6. Respond to and diagnose the identified events, log messages and threshold alerts. Follow pre-defined work instructions, notification and escalation (functional and hierarchical) procedures. A R Health Checks 1. Periodic check of system parameters to ensure they comply to the Standard Operating Environment agreed to with the client A R 2. Periodic check to ensure all core system services/daemon processes are started and running A R House Keeping 1. Rotation of system logs, message logs A R 2. Clean-up of temporary files A R 3. Configure & administer TCP/IP network parameters, including Hostname, IP address, Sub-Net and other server networking configurations A R Access Management 1. Management of all privileged account access to the system, e.g. Administrator. A R 2. Creation/ Modification/ Deletion of user accounts in line with the client’s Information Security Management Policy A R Procedural Documentation 1. Maintain work instructions for network health checks, housekeeping procedures, custom monitoring parameters and provisioning procedures A R 2. Maintenance of network and network security configurations details including network settings, network routes, firewall rules A R 3. Maintain functional and hierarchical escalation procedures for network related events and incidents A R 4. Maintain network maintenance schedule A R Capacity Management and Performance Tuning 1. Capture and analyse system capacity data e.g. Average Resource Utilisation and Peak Resource Utilisation for CPU, RAM, I/O, file systems on monthly basis A R 2. Analysis of system resource utilisation to identify performance bottlenecks within the system instance A R 3. Where applicable, analyse performance data with the server performance data to identify bottleneck issues within the physical infrastructure A R 4. Identify actions which may improve the interaction between server hardware and the system through configuration changes e.g. A R 5. Network adapter settings, TCP / IP parameters, system parameters, paging, I/O, logical volume configurations, workload balancing A R 6. Translate utilisation statistical trends and analysis into a Quarterly Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Change Management and Implementation 1. Coordinate Change Management Process end-to-end for configuration changes A R 2. Coordinate with the client’s Change Management team to ensure appropriate approval and scheduling of configuration changes are in place A R 3. Assist in the client’s business impact assessment of the change by performing a technical impact assessment, to be taken into account during change approval A R 4. Develop Change Implementation Plan, Back-Out Plan and Post Implementation Test Plan A R 5. Review Change Implementation Plan with the client’s support and maintenance authorization to proceed with the configuration change A R 6. Implement configuration changes using Change Implementation Plan on behalf of clients following the Change Management Process A R 7. Perform Post Implementation Test upon configuration changes A R 8. Notify the client of the completion of the Change Implementation A R 9. Activate Back-Out Plan in the event of unsuccessful configuration changes A R 10. Log, track and report configuration changes made A R 11. Change Request is capped at 1 per quarter, unless additional changes are purchased A R Patch Management 1. Identify the required system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 4. Verify system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Reporting 1. Monthly, Automated Availability Report A R 2. Monthly, Automated Capacity Utilisation Report A R 3. Quarterly, Capacity and Performance Analysis and Recommendation Report A R Additional Services OS Patching* 1. Identify the required operating system service packs/ patches, security fixes and updates A R 2. Create Patch Management Plan for review and agreement with the client A R 3. Test patches on client environments – where no test environments are available, review of patching procedures with vendors A R 4. Deploy patches following Change Management A R 5. Verify operating system functionality upon patches deployment and observe for 2 weeks. A R Service Delivery Management 8 Hours of SDM time allocated per month A/R Connectivity A/R

 


 

37

 

37 SAP ASPECTS OF THE IT SERVICES

 


 

38

 

38 Annexure D IT PROGRAMME

 

 

39

 

Annexure E                         FEES

 

1.                                   Company Secretarial Services

 

1.1.                           The fees for the Company Secretarial Services shall, subject to paragraph 1.2 of this Annexure E, consist of a fixed fee of R197 916.66 per month, payable monthly in arrears for the duration of this Agreement (or until the Company Secretarial Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, if earlier).

 

1.2.                           The fee contemplated in paragraph 1.1of this Annexure E, for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, shall be pro-rated downwards in accordance with the number of days remaining from the Commencement Date to the end of such month (both days inclusive).

 

2.                                   IA Services

 

2.1.                           The fees for the IA Services shall consist of three components, as set out in paragraphs 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 of this Annexure E respectively.

 

2.2.                           A fixed aggregate amount of R50 000 (“ 2018 IA Fixed Fee ”) in respect of the period from the Commencement Date until 31 December 2018, payable monthly in arrears for each month during such period, as follows:

 

2.2.1.                                        subject to paragraphs 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 of this Annexure E, in monthly amounts each equal to the 2018 IA Fixed Fee divided by the number of months remaining from the month in which the Commencement Date occurs until December 2018 (both months inclusive);

 

2.2.2.                                        the monthly amount for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be pro-rated downwards in accordance with the number of days remaining from the Commencement Date to the end of such month (both days inclusive);

 

2.2.3.                                        the monthly amount for December 2018 (or, if earlier, the month in which this Agreement terminates or during which the IA Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2) shall be an amount equal to the 2018 IA Fixed Fee less the aggregate of all payments by then already made in terms of this paragraph 2.2.

 

2.3.                           A fixed aggregate amount of R25 000 (“ 2019 IA Fixed Fee ”) in respect of the period from 1 January 2019 until the earlier of the date on which this Agreement terminates or the date that the IA Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2), payable monthly in arrears for each month during such period, as follows:

 

2.3.1.                                        subject to paragraph 2.3.2 of this Annexure E, in monthly amounts each equal to R2 083.33;

 



 

40

 

2.3.2.                                        the monthly amount for the month in which this Agreement terminates or during which the IA Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, shall be an amount equal to the 2019 IA Fixed Fee less the aggregate of all payments by then already made in terms of this paragraph 2.3.

 

2.4.                           A variable amount for the period from 1 January 2019 until the earlier of the date on which this Agreement terminates or the date that the IA Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, payable as a single lump sum in arrears following the end of such period, equal to:

 

2.4.1.                                        if the number of IA assignments completed by GL during such period (“ Completed Assignments ”) is between 12 and 15 (both numbers inclusive), an amount of R250 000;

 

2.4.2.                                        if the number of Completed Assignments is less than 12, an amount equal to:

 

R250 000 – ((R16 666.67 * (12 – number of Completed Assignments)); or

 

2.4.3.                                        if the number of Completed Assignments is greater than 15, an amount equal to:

 

R250 000 + ((R16 666.67 * (number of Completed Assignments - 15)).

 

3.                                   SOX Project

 

3.1.                           A fixed aggregate amount of R900 000 (“ 2018 SOX Fixed Fee ”) in respect of the period from the Commencement Date until 31 December 2018, payable monthly in arrears for each month during such period, as follows:

 

3.1.1.                                        subject to paragraphs 3.1.2 and 3.1.3 of this Annexure E, in monthly amounts each equal to the 2018 SOX Fixed Fee divided by the number of months remaining from the month in which the Commencement Date occurs until December 2018 (both months inclusive);

 

3.1.2.                                        the monthly amount for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs shall be pro-rated downwards in accordance with the number of days remaining from the Commencement Date to the end of such month (both days inclusive);

 

3.1.3.                                        the monthly amount for December 2018 (or, if earlier, the month in which this Agreement terminates or during which the implementation of the SOX Project is cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2) shall be an amount equal to the 2018 SOX Fixed Fee less the aggregate of all payments by then already made in terms of this paragraph 3.1.

 

3.2.                           A fixed aggregate amount of R1 500 000 (“ 2019 SOX Fixed Fee ”) in respect of the period from 1 January 2019 until the earlier of the date on which this Agreement terminates or the

 



 

41

 

date that the implementation of the SOX Project is cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2), payable monthly in arrears for each month during such period, as follows:

 

3.2.1.                                          subject to paragraph 2.3.2 of this Annexure E, in monthly amounts each equal to R125 000;

 

3.2.2.                                          the monthly amount for the month in which this Agreement terminates or during which the implementation of the SOX Project is cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, shall be an amount equal to the 2019 SOX Fixed Fee less the aggregate of all payments by then already made in terms of this paragraph 3.2.

 

4.                                   IT Services

 

4.1.                           The fees for the IT Services shall consist of:

 

4.1.1.                                          a fee for the month in which the Commencement Date occurs, equal to R175 643.38 pro-rated downwards in accordance with the number of days remaining from the Commencement Date to the end of such month (both days inclusive)

 

4.1.2.                                          a fixed monthly fee of R160 163.38 for the period from the month after the month in which the Commencement Date occurs until December 2018 (both months inclusive); and

 

4.1.3.                                          a fixed fee of R54 825.00 per month for the period from January 2019 until the month in which this Agreement is terminated (or until the IT Services are cancelled in terms of clause 6.2.2, if earlier) (both months inclusive).

 


 

42

 

Annexure F                          GSPL SUBSIDIARIES

 

 




Exhibit 4.20

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

Dated             8         May 2018

 

 

$100,000,000

TERM LOAN FACILITY

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.
as Borrower

 

and

 

IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD
IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD
IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD.
IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD.
UNICORN ATLANTIC PTE. LTD.
UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD.
UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD.
UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD.
IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD.
IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD.
IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD.
UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD.
IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD.
IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD.
IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD.
IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD.
as Owner Guarantors

 

and

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK, SINGAPORE BRANCH
as Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

and

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
 
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH
as Coordination Agents

 

and

 

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

as Account Bank

 

and

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH
as Facility Agent

 

and

 



 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH
as Security Agent

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT
relating to
the refinancing of 16 ships owned by the Owner Guarantors

 



 

Index

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 1 Interpretation

 

4

1

Definitions and Interpretation

 

4

Section 2 The Facility

 

33

2

The Facility

 

33

3

Purpose

 

34

4

Conditions of Utilisation

 

34

Section 3 Utilisation

 

36

5

Utilisation

 

36

Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation

 

38

6

Repayment

 

38

7

Prepayment and Cancellation

 

39

Section 5 Costs of Utilisation

 

45

8

Interest

 

45

9

Interest Periods

 

48

10

Changes to the Calculation of Interest

 

49

11

Fees

 

51

Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations

 

53

12

Tax Gross Up and Indemnities

 

53

13

Increased Costs

 

57

14

Other Indemnities

 

59

15

Mitigation by the Finance Parties

 

62

16

Costs and Expenses

 

62

Section 7 Guarantee

 

64

17

Guarantee and Indemnity

 

64

Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default

 

67

18

Representations

 

67

19

Information Undertakings

 

75

20

Financial Covenants

 

80

21

General Undertakings

 

81

22

Insurance Undertakings

 

88

23

General Ship Undertakings

 

93

24

Security Cover

 

99

25

Accounts and application of Earnings

 

102

26

Events of Default

 

103

Section 9 Changes to Parties

 

109

27

Changes to the Lenders and Hedge Counterparties

 

109

28

Changes to the Obligors

 

115

Section 10 The Finance Parties

 

117

29

The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Reference Banks

 

117

30

The Security Agent

 

128

31

Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties

 

143

32

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

143

Section 11 Administration

 

146

33

Payment Mechanics

 

146

34

Set-Off

 

149

35

Bail-In

 

149

36

Notices

 

150

 



 

37

Calculations and Certificates

 

152

38

Partial Invalidity

 

152

39

Remedies and Waivers

 

152

40

Settlement or Discharge Conditional

 

153

41

Irrevocable Payment

 

153

42

Amendments and Waivers

 

153

43

Confidential Information

 

156

44

Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations

 

161

45

Counterparts

 

162

Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement

 

163

46

Governing Law

 

163

47

Enforcement

 

163

 

Schedules

 

Schedule 1 The Parties

 

164

 

Part A The Obligors

 

164

 

Part B The Original Lenders

 

166

 

Part C The Servicing Parties

 

168

Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent

 

169

 

Part A Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation Request

 

169

 

Part B Conditions Precedent to Utilisation

 

172

 

Part C Conditions Subsequent to Utilisation

 

174

 

Part D

 

175

 

Conditions Subsequent - Corporate Guarantor Effective Date

 

175

Schedule 3 Requests

 

177

 

Part A Utilisation Request

 

177

 

Part B Selection Notice

 

179

Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate

 

180

Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement

 

182

Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate

 

185

Schedule 7 Form of Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter

 

186

Schedule 8 Repayment Schedule

 

187

Schedule 9 Details of the Ships

 

188

Schedule 10 Details of Pool Agreements

 

193

Schedule 11 Timetables

 

195

 

 

 

Execution

 

 

 

 

 

Execution Pages

 

196

 



 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on   8   May 2018

 

PARTIES

 

(1)               GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 200407212K whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as borrower (the “ Borrower ”)

 

(2)               IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 200902094C whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763  as a guarantor (“ Guarantor A ”)

 

(3)               IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 200901631D whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor B ”)

 

(4)               IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201015020H whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor C ”)

 

(5)               IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201417903N whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor D ”)

 

(6)               UNICORN ATLANTIC PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201015026N whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor E ”)

 

(7)               UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201015010R whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor F ”)

 

(8)               UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201015176M whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor G ”)

 

(9)               UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201015034E whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor H ”)

 

(10)           IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201010560K whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor I ”)

 

(11)           IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201010557N whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor J ”)

 

(12)           IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201809829Z whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor K ”)

 



 

(13)           UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201110907M whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor L ”)

 

(14)           IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201110901G whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor M ”)

 

(15)           IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201101546M whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor N ”)

 

(16)           IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201015037W whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor O ”)

 

(17)           IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201015017M whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a guarantor (“ Guarantor P ”)

 

(18)      CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK,  DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH and STANDARD CHARTERED BANK, SINGAPORE BRANCH as mandated lead arrangers (the “ Mandated Lead Arrangers ”)

 

(19)        CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK and DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH as coordination agents (the “ Coordination Agents ”)

 

(20)           CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as account bank (the “ Account Bank ”)

 

(21)           THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as lenders (the “ Original Lenders ”)

 

(22)           THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as hedge counterparties (the “ Original Hedge Counterparties ”)

 

(23)           DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “ Facility Agent ”)

 

(24)      DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH as security agent for the Secured Parties (the “ Security Agent ”)

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A)              The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a facility of up to $100,000,000 for the purposes of part refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and if applicable for general corporate and working capital purposes:

 

(i)                 in respect of all of the Ships other than Ship K, by way of a loan in a principal amount not exceeding the lower of (a) $94,150,000 and (b) 60 per cent. of the Market Value of those Ships; and

 

(ii)                in respect of Ship K, by way of a loan in a principal amount not exceeding the lower of (a) $5,850,000 and (b) 60 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship K.

 

2



 

(B)              The Hedge Counterparties have agreed to enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower’s exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

3



 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1                    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1              Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Account Bank ” means Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank acting through its office at 92547, 12 Place des États Unis, 92120 Montrouge, France or any replacement bank or other financial institution as may be approved by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

Accounts ” means the Earnings Accounts, the Retention Account and the Debt Service Reserve Account.

 

Account Security ” means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form.

 

Additional Hedge Counterparty ” means a bank or financial institution which becomes a Hedge Counterparty in accordance with Clause 27.8 ( Additional Hedge Counterparties ).

 

Advance ” means a borrowing of all or part of a Tranche under this Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

Approved Brokers ” means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

Approved Classification ” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ) with the classification in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ) or the equivalent classification with another Approved Classification Society.

 

Approved Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification society in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ) or any other classification society approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders and which authorisation shall not be withheld in the case of any classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies.

 

Approved Commercial Manager ” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the manager specified as the approved commercial manager in relation to that Ship in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ), Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Maersk A/S, Vitol or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders as the commercial manager of that Ship.

 

Approved Flag ” means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the flag in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ) or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

4



 

Approved Manager ” means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager of that Ship.

 

Approved Technical Manager ” in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the manager specified as the approved technical manager in relation to that Ship in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ), Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.,  Sandigan Ship Services Inc or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders as the technical manager of that Ship.

 

Approved Valuer ” means Fearnleys, Clarksons Valuations Limited, Arrow, Braemar ACM, Simpson Spence Young (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) and any other firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

Assignment Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

 

Availability Period ” means:

 

(a)               in the case of each of the Ships except for Ship K, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including, 11 May 2018, or as otherwise agreed by all of the Lenders;

 

(b)               in the case of Ship K, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including, the date which falls six months after the date of this Agreement.

 

Available Commitment ” means a Lender’s Commitment minus:

 

(a)               the amount of its participation in the outstanding Loan; and

 

(b)               in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Advance that is due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

Available Facility ” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

 

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Bail-In Legislation ” means:

 

(a)               in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

(b)               in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

 

5



 

Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a)

 

(i)                  the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds

 

(ii)                 the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period, or

 

(b)               where a Lender is providing a fixed interest rate under Clause 8.3 ( Fixed rate of interest ) and only for the period for which the fixed rate of interest shall apply, any claim, expense, liability or loss incurred by a Lender in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure in connection with the Lender providing a fixed interest rate under Clause 8.3 ( Fixed rate of interest ) or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the claim, expense, liability or loss incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions for which this Agreement is one.

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) (i) on which banks are open for general business in London, Paris, Singapore and Frankfurt and (ii) in relation to payments in dollars, New York.

 

Charter ” means, in relation to a Ship, any charter relating to that Ship, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence which exceeds, or by virtue of any operating extensions may exceed 12 months.

 

Charterer ” means, in relation to a Ship, any party which enters into a Charter with an Owner Guarantor which owns that Ship.

 

Charter Guarantee ” means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already issued) supporting a Charter.

 

CISADA ” means the United States Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010 as it applies to non-US persons.

 

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Commercial Management Agreement ” means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement entered into between the relevant Owner Guarantor and the Approved Commercial Manager regarding the commercial management of that Ship.

 

Commitment ” means:

 

6


 

(a)                            in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b)                            in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.

 

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

(a)                            any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(b)                            another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

 

(i)                                    information that:

 

(A)                             is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ); or

 

(B)                             is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(C)                            is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

(ii)                                 any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

 

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.

 

Corresponding Debt ” means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

7



 

Corporate Guarantor ” means Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201731497H whose registered office is at 10 Anson Road, #32-15 International Plaza, Singapore 079903.

 

Corporate Guarantor Effective Date ” means the date on which the Corporate Guarantor becomes the sole legal and beneficial owner of all of the shares in the Borrower, which shall be the date on which it enters into the Corporate Guarantor Guarantee.

 

Corporate Guarantor Guarantee ”  means a guarantee to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in agreed form;

 

Credit Participation ” means, in relation to a Lender or a Hedge Counterparty the aggregate of:

 

(a)                              its aggregate Commitments, if any;

 

(b)                              in respect of any hedging transaction of that Hedge Counterparty under any Hedging Agreement that has, as of the date the calculation is made, been terminated or closed out in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the amount, if any, payable to it under any Hedging Agreement in respect of that termination or close-out as of the date of termination or close-out (and before taking into account any interest accrued on that amount since the date of termination or close-out) to the extent that amount is unpaid (that amount to be certified by the relevant Hedge Counterparty and as calculated in accordance with the relevant Hedging Agreement); and

 

(c)                              after Loan has been fully repaid only, in respect of any hedging transaction of that Hedge Counterparty under any Hedging Agreement that has, as of the date the calculation is made, not been terminated or closed out, the amount, if any, which would be payable to it under that Hedging Agreement in respect of that hedging transaction, if the date on which the calculation is made was deemed to be an Early Termination Date (as defined in the relevant ISDA Master Agreement) for which the Borrower is the Defaulting Party (as defined in the relevant ISDA Master Agreement) that amount, in each case, to be certified by the relevant Hedge Counterparty and as calculated in accordance with the relevant Hedging Agreement.

 

Creditors ” means the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties.

 

Debt Service ” means all amounts due under this Agreement including principal and interest (based on indicative LIBOR (or if applicable, the substitute rate as determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ) as long as no fixed rate or hedged interest rate applies), as determined by the Facility Agent.

 

Debt Service Reserve Account ” means:

 

(a)                              an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank and designated “Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd - Debt Service Reserve Account”;

 

(b)                              any other account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c)                              any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

8



 

Deed of Covenant ” means, in relation to a Ship, the deed of covenant collateral to the Mortgage over that Ship in agreed form.

 

Deed of Release ” means a deed releasing the Existing Security in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

Default ” means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

 

Delegate ” means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent.

 

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

(a)                            a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b)                           the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other, Party:

 

(i)                                   from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party  whose operations are disrupted.

 

Document of Compliance ” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

dollars ” and “ $ ” mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

 

Earnings ” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to an Owner Guarantor or the Security Agent and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

(a)                               the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person:

 

(i)                                    all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;

 

(ii)                                 the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

 

(iii)                              compensation payable to an Owner Guarantor or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire or use;

 

9



 

(iv)                            remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(v)                               demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(vi)                            without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

 

(vii)                         all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

 

(viii)                      all monies which are at any time payable to an Owner Guarantor in relation to general average contribution; and

 

(b)                               if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.

 

Earnings Account ” means:

 

(a)                               an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated “Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. – Unicorn - Earnings Account”;

 

(b)                               an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated “Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd  - IVS - Earnings Account”;

 

(c)                               any other account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(d)                               any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above.

 

EEA Member Country ” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

Environmental Approval ” means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

 

Environmental Claim ” means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, “ claim ” includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

 

Environmental Incident ” means:

 

10



 

(a)                               any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material whether within a Ship or from a Ship into any other vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water; or

 

(b)                               any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than any Ship and which involves a collision between any Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c)                               any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

 

Environmental Law ” means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

 

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 26 ( Events of Default ).

 

Existing Facility Agent A ” means the “Facility Agent” as such term is defined in the Existing Facility Agreement A.

 

Existing Facility Agent B ” means the “Agent” as such term is defined in the Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

Existing Facility Agent C ” means the “Agent” as such term is defined in the Existing Facility Agreement C.

 

Existing Facility Agreement A ” means the facility agreement dated 30 March 2017 (as supplemented, amended and/ or restated from time to time) and entered into between (i) Guarantor E, Guarantor L and Guarantor N as joint and several borrowers and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as facility agent and security agent to refinance the existing indebtedness of Ship E, Ship L and Ship N and for general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

11



 

Existing Facility Agreement B ” means the facility agreement dated 7 July 2011 (as supplemented, amended and/ or restated from time to time, including by a supplemental letter dated 20 August 2013 and a supplemental letter dated 27 August 2015) and entered into between the Borrower as borrower and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as agent and security trustee to finance Ship C, Ship D, Ship F, Ship G, Ship H, Ship I, Ship M and Ship  O .

 

Existing Facility Agreement C ” means the facility agreement dated 26 August 2010 (as supplemented, amended and/ or restated from time to time) and entered into between the Borrower as borrower and Standard Chartered Bank as agent and security trustee to finance Ship A , Ship B, Ship J and Ship P.

 

Existing Facility Agreement D ” means the facility agreement dated 23 June 2008 (as supplemented, amended and/ or restated from time to time) and entered into between IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. as borrower and Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ Ltd as agent and security trustee to finance Ship K.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means Existing Indebtedness A, Existing Indebtedness B, Existing Indebtedness C and Existing Indebtedness D.

 

Existing Indebtedness A ” means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of Guarantor E, Guarantor L and Guarantor N on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement A.

 

Existing Indebtedness B ” means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement B.

 

Existing Indebtedness C ” means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement C.

 

Existing Indebtedness D ” means, the amount required to reimburse Guarantor K in respect of the payment made by itself to IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. in respect of the repayment of the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. under the Existing Facility Agreement D, in respect of Ship K.

 

Existing Security ” means any Security created to secure the Existing Indebtedness.

 

Facility ” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

 

Facility Office ” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

FATCA ” means:

 

(a)                               sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

(b)                               any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

12



 

(c)                               any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

FATCA Application Date ” means:

 

(a)                               in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b)                               in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

 

(c)                               in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

Fee Letter ” means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Obligor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

Finance Document ” means:

 

(a)                               this Agreement;

 

(b)                               the Corporate Guarantor Guarantee;

 

(c)                               any Fee Letter;

 

(d)                               each Utilisation Request;

 

(e)                               any Security Document;

 

(f)                                  any Hedging Agreement;

 

(g)                               any Subordination Deed;

 

(h)                               any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(i)                                    any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

13



 

Finance Party ” means the Account Bank, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Coordination Agents, or a Lender or a Hedge Counterparty.

 

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

 

(a)                               moneys borrowed;

 

(b)                               any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c)                               any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d)                               the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

(e)                               receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f)                                  any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing under IFRS;

 

(g)                               any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

(h)                               any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

(i)                                    the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

 

Funding Rate” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 10.4(a)(ii) ( Cost of funds ).

 

General Assignment ” means, in relation to a Ship, the general assignment creating Security over that Ship’s Earnings, its Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in relation to that Ship and over any Charter and any Charter Guarantee, in agreed form.

 

Group ” means,

 

(a)                               prior to the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the time being; and

 

(b)                              after the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Corporate Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

14



 

Hedging Agreement ” means any master agreement, confirmation, transaction, schedule or other agreement in agreed form entered into or to be entered into by the Borrower for the purpose of hedging interest payable under this Agreement.

 

Hedging Agreement Security ” a hedging agreement security creating Security over the Borrower’s rights and interests in any Hedging Agreement, in agreed form.

 

Hedge Counterparty ” means any Original Hedge Counterparty or any Additional Hedge Counterparty.

 

Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter ” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter ).

 

Hedge Exposure ” means, as at the relevant date, the aggregate certified amount contributed by each Hedge Counterparty to the Facility Agent as the net aggregate amount in dollars which would be payable by the Borrower under a Hedging Agreement to which it is a party at the relevant determination date in the event of termination or closing out on that date under such Hedging Agreement.

 

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

 

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ).

 

Insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a)                               all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Ship, that Ship’s Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b)                               all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 ( Payment of interest ).

 

Interest Period ” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.4 ( Default interest ).

 

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)                               the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

 

15



 

(b)                               the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time for dollars.

 

ISDA Master Agreement ” means a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc..

 

ISM Code ” means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization’s (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

ISSC ” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

 

Key Shareholder A ” means Remgro Ltd, a company incorporated in South Africa, whose registered office is at Millennia Park, 16 Stellentia Avenue, Stellenbosch, 7600, South Africa.

 

Key Shareholder B ” means Grindrod Investments Pty Ltd, a company incorporated in South Africa , whose registered office is at Block A Surrey Park, 6 Barham Road, Off Essex Terrace, Westville, 3629, South Africa.

 

Key Shareholders ” means Key Shareholder A and Key Shareholder B.

 

Legal Reservations ” means:

 

(a)                               the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused  at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b)                               the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c)                               similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(d)                               any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ).

 

Lender ” means:

 

(a)                               any Original Lender; and

 

(b)                               any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders and Hedge Counterparties ),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

 

16


 

LIBOR ” means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:

 

(a)                               the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

 

(b)                               as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ).

 

and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Limitation Acts ” means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

LMA ” means the Loan Market Association.

 

Loan ” means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility and a “ part of the Loan ” means an Advance, a Tranche or any other part of the Loan as the context may require.

 

Major Casualty ” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

 

Majority Creditors ” means, at any time, those Creditors whose Credit Participations at that time aggregate more than 66 2 / 3  per cent. of the total Credit Participations at that time.

 

Majority Lenders ” means:

 

(a)                               if no Advance has yet been made, such Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2 / 3  per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

(b)                               at any other time, such Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66 2 / 3  per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, such Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66 2 / 3  per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

 

Management Agreement ” means a Technical Management Agreement or a Commercial Management Agreement.

 

Manager’s Undertaking ” means the letter of undertaking from the Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from the Approved Commercial Manager subordinating the rights of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager respectively against each Ship and each Owner Guarantor to the rights of the Finance Parties in agreed form.

 

Margin ” means 2.95 per cent. per annum.

 

Market Value ” means, in relation to a Ship or any other vessel, at any date, the market value of that Ship or vessel shown by a valuation prepared:

 

(a)                               as at a date not more than 14 days previously;

 

(b)                               by an Approved Valuer;

 

17



 

(c)                               with or without physical inspection of that Ship or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require); and

 

(d)                               on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter,

 

after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a  material adverse effect on:

 

(a)                               the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

 

(b)                               the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

(c)                               the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a)                               (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b)                               if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c)                               if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

Mortgage ” means, in relation to a Ship, a first priority Singapore ship mortgage on that Ship in agreed form.

 

Obligor ” means the Borrower and an Owner Guarantor and from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Corporate Guarantor.

 

Original Financial Statements ” means:

 

(a)                               in relation to the Borrower, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2016; and

 

(b)                               in relation to each other Obligor (except for the Corporate Guarantor), its unaudited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2017 certified by the chief financial officer of the relevant Obligor.

 

18



 

Original Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.

 

Overseas Regulations ” means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

 

“Owner Guarantor ” means Guarantor A, Guarantor B, Guarantor C, Guarantor D, Guarantor E, Guarantor F, Guarantor G, Guarantor H, Guarantor I, Guarantor J, Guarantor K, Guarantor L, Guarantor M, Guarantor N, Guarantor O or Guarantor P or if a Substitute Ship has replaced any of Ship A to Ship P (inclusive), the Substitute Ship Owner of such Substitute Ship.

 

Parallel Debt ” means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document.

 

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

 

Perfection Requirements ” means the making or procuring of filings, stampings, registrations, notarisations, endorsements, translations and/or notifications of any Finance Document (and/or any Security created under it) necessary for the validity, enforceability (as against the relevant Obligor or any relevant third party) and/or perfection of that Finance Document including (but not limited to) registration of the charges created by each of the relevant Security Documents with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority in Singapore and registration of the Mortgages with the Singapore Registry of Ships.

 

Permitted Charter ” means, in relation to a Ship, a charter:

 

(a)                               which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;

 

(b)                               the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 12 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days;

 

(c)                               which is entered into on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time at which that Ship is fixed; and

 

(d)                               in relation to which not more than two months’ hire is payable in advance,

 

and any other charter which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

Permitted Financial Indebtedness ” means:

 

(a)                               any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                               any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Deed or otherwise and which is, in the case of any such Financial Indebtedness of an Owner Guarantor, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security; and

 

19



 

(c)                               any Financial Indebtedness reasonably incurred in connection with the normal commercial and technical operation of a Ship and administration of affairs of the relevant Owner Guarantor.

 

Permitted Security ” means:

 

(a)                               Security created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                               any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(c)                               liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice;

 

(d)                               liens for salvage;

 

(e)                               liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

(f)                                  any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Ship and not as a result of any default or omission by any Owner Guarantor, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 23.18 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ).

 

Pool Agreements ” means each of the pool agreements more particularly described in Schedule 10 ( Details of Pool Agreements ).

 

Potential Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 26 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

Prohibited Person ” means any person that is:

 

(a)                               listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf of a person listed on, any Sanctions List;

 

(b)                               located in, incorporated or organised under the laws of, or owned or (directly or indirectly) controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of any Sanctions (including, without limitation, at the date of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and Sudan) other than or in addition to the inclusion of persons on Sanctions Lists; or

 

(c)                               otherwise a target of Sanctions (“ target of Sanctions ” signifying a person with whom a US person or other national of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities).

 

Protected Party ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

Quotation Day ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice

 

20



 

differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

Receiver ” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

 

Reference Bank Quotation ” means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a Reference Bank.

 

Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

 

(a)                               if:

 

(i)                                    the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and

 

(ii)                                 it consists of a single figure,

 

as the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

 

(b)                               in any other case, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in dollars for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.

 

Reference Banks ” means the principal London office of Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and the principal office of DVB Bank SE and/or such other entities as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

 

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

Relevant Interbank Market ” means the London interbank market.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

 

(a)                               its Original Jurisdiction;

 

(b)                               any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;

 

(c)                               any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

(d)                               the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 

21



 

Repayment Date ” means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

Repayment Instalment ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

Repeating Representation ” means each of the representations set out in Clause 18 ( Representations ) except Clause 18.10 ( Insolvency ), Clause 18.11 ( No filing or stamp taxes ) and Clause 18.12 ( Deduction of Tax ) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a “Repeating Representation” or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

Representative ” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee, broker or custodian.

 

Requisition ” means in relation to a Ship:

 

(a)                               any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto ) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and

 

(b)                               any capture or seizure of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

 

Requisition Compensation ” includes all compensation or other moneys payable to an Owner Guarantor by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or detention of a Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

 

Resolution Authority ” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

Retention Account ” means:

 

(a)                               an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated “Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.  Retention Account”;

 

(b)                               any other account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c)                               any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

Safety Management Certificate ” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

Safety Management System ” has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

Sanctions ” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

 

22



 

(a)                               imposed by law or regulation of a Sanctions Authority, regardless of whether the same is or is not binding on any Transaction Obligor;  or

 

(b)                               otherwise imposed by any law or regulation binding on a Transaction Obligor or to which a Transaction Obligor is subject (which shall include without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America).

 

Sanctions Authority ” means the United States government, the United Nations, the European Union, any member state of the European Union (including, without limitation, The Netherlands), the United Kingdom, the Monetary Authority of Singapore, any country to which any Obligor is registered or has material (financial or otherwise) interests or operations, or the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (“ OFAC ”), the United States Department of State and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”).

 

Sanctions List ” means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC, any list maintained by OFAC within its “the Consolidated Sanctions List”, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

 

Screen Rate ” means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters.  If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

 

Secured Liabilities ” means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

 

Secured Party ” means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement, a Receiver or any Delegate.

 

Security ” means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

 

Security Assets ” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

Security Document ” means:

 

(a)                               any Shares Security;

 

(b)                               any Mortgage;

 

(c)                               any Deed of Covenant;

 

23



 

(d)                               any General Assignment;

 

(e)                               any Account Security;

 

(f)                                  any Manager’s Undertaking;

 

(g)                               any Hedging Agreement Security;

 

(h)                               any Subordinated Debt Security;

 

(i)                                    any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(j)                                    any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

Security Period ” means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

 

Security Property ” means:

 

(a)                               the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

 

(b)                               all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;

 

(c)                               the Security Agent’s interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;

 

(d)                               any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties,

 

except:

 

(i)                                    rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

 

(ii)                                 any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Selection Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

Servicing Party ” means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

Shares Security ” means, a document creating Security over the share capital in each Owner Guarantor in agreed form.

 

24



 

Ship ” means Ship A, Ship B, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E, Ship F, Ship G, Ship H, Ship I, Ship J, Ship K, Ship L, Ship M, Ship N, Ship O or Ship P and if applicable and after the Utilisation on all Advances, any Substitute Ship which is then subject to a Mortgage.

 

Ship A ” means m.v. “IVS NIGHT JAR”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship B ” means m.v. “IVS KANDA”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship C ” means m.v. “IVS KAWANA”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship D ” means m.v. “IVS KINGBIRD”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship E ” means m.v. “INYALA”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship F ” means m.v. “BREEDE”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship G ” means m.v. “RHINO”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship H ” means m.v. “KOWIE”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship I ” means m.v. “IVS KNOT”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship J ” means m.v. “IVS SENTOSA”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship K ” means m.v. “IVS MAGPIE”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship L ” means m.v. “UMGENI”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship M ” means m.v. “IVS KINGLET”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship N ” means m.v. “IVS ORCHARD”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship O ” means m.v. “IVS MERLION”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Ship P ” means m.v. “IVS RAFFLES”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

25



 

Specified Time ” means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 11 ( Timetables ).

 

Subordinated Creditor ” means:

 

(a)                               a Transaction Obligor; or

 

(b)                               any other person who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Subordinated Debt Security ” means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form.

 

Subordinated Liabilities ” means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrower to a Subordinated Creditor whether documented in any written agreement or otherwise.

 

Subordination Deed ” means a subordination deed entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor and the Security Agent in agreed form.

 

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Substitute Ship ” means Substitute Ship A or Substitute Ship B.

 

Substitute Ship A ” means m.v. “BERG”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Substitute Ship B ” means m.v. “LAVELA”, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

Substitute Ship Owner ” means in respect of each Substitute Ship, Petrochemical Shipping Limited, a company incorporated in the Isle of Man whose registered office at 33-37 Atholl Street, Douglas, IM1 1LB, Isle of Man.

 

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Tax Credit ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

Tax Deduction ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

Tax Payment ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

Technical Management Agreement ” means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement entered into between the relevant Owner Guarantor and the Approved Technical Manager regarding the technical management of that Ship.

 

Termination Date ” means:

 

26



 

(a)                               in respect of Tranche A, the date falling four years from the Utilisation Date of that Tranche.

 

(b)                               in respect of Tranche B, the date falling five years from the Utilisation Date of that Tranche.

 

Third Parties Act ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ).

 

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments, of up to $100,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

Total Loss ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a)                               actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship; or

 

(b)                               any Requisition of that Ship unless that Ship is returned to the full control of the relevant Owner Guarantor within 30 days of such Requisition.

 

Total Loss Date ” means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

(a)                               in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

 

(b)                               in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earlier of:

 

(i)                                    the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

(ii)                                 the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Owner Guarantor with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

 

(c)                               in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

 

Tranche ” means Tranche A or Tranche B.

 

Tranche A ” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrower in a principal amount not exceeding $10,000,000, divided as follows:

 

(a)                               $3,000,000 in respect of Ship A;

 

(b)                               $3,000,000 in respect of Ship B; and

 

(c)                               $4,000,000 in respect of Ship C.

 

Tranche B ” means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrower in a principal amount not exceeding $90,000,000, divided as follows:

 

(a)                               $5,850,000 in respect of Ship D;

 

(b)                               $8,700,000 in respect of Ship E;

 

(c)                               $6,450,000 in respect of Ship F;

 

27


 

(d)                               $10,800,000 in respect of Ship G;

 

(e)                               $6,900,000 in respect of Ship H;

 

(f)                                  $7,200,000 in respect of Ship I;

 

(g)                               $5,100,000 in respect of Ship J;

 

(h)                               $5,850,000 in respect of Ship K;

 

(i)                                    $7,200,000 in respect of Ship L;

 

(j)                                    $7,650,000 in respect of Ship M;

 

(k)                               $5,550,000 in respect of Ship N;

 

(l)                                    $6,300,000 in respect of Ship O; and

 

(m)                          $6,450,000 in respect of Ship P.

 

Transaction Document ” means:

 

(a)                               a Finance Document;

 

(b)                               a Pool Agreement; or

 

(c)                               any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and a Borrower.

 

Transaction Obligor ” means an Obligor, any Approved Manager who is a member of the Group, or any other member of the Group who executes a Transaction Document.

 

Transaction Security” means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

 

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a)                               the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b)                               the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

UK Establishment ” means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

 

Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

US ” means the United States of America.

 

Utilisation ” means a utilisation of the Facility.

 

28



 

Utilisation Date ” means:

 

(a)                               in respect of all the Ships except Ship K, the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Advance is to be made, such date being no later than 10 Business Days after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b)                               in respect of Ship K, the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Advance is to be made, such date being no later than six months after the date of this Agreement.

 

Utilisation Request ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 ( Requests ).

 

VAT ” means:

 

(a)                               any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112), any goods and services tax or any consumption tax ; and

 

(b)                               any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

Write-down and Conversion Powers ” means:

 

(a)                               in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

 

(b)                               in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i)                                    any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

(ii)                                 any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

 

1.2                            Construction

 

(a)                              Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i)                                   the “ Account Bank ”, the “ Mandated Lead Arrangers ”, the “ Facility Agent ”, any “ Finance Party ”, any  “ Lender ”, any “ Hedge Counterparty ”, any “ Coordination Agent ”, any “ Obligor ”, any “ Party ”, any “ Secured Party ”, the “ Security Agent ”,  any “ Transaction Obligor ” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its

 

29



 

successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii)                             a liability which is “ contingent ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

(iv)                           document ” includes a deed and also a letter or fax;

 

(v)                              expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

 

(vi)                           a “ Finance Document ”, a “ Security Document ” or “ Transaction Document ” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

(vii)                        indebtedness ” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(viii)                     law ” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

(ix)                           proceedings ” means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

 

(x)                              a “ person ” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, branch, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xi)                           a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xii)                        a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(xiii)                     a time of day is a reference to Singapore time;

 

(xiv)                   any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

(xv)                      words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(xvi)                   including ” and “ in particular ” (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

 

30



 

(b)                              The determination of the extent to which a rate is “ for a period equal in length ” to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)                              Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

(d)                              Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(e)                              A Potential Event of Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been waived.

 

1.3                            Construction of insurance terms

 

In this Agreement:

 

approved ” means, approved in writing by the Facility Agent.

 

excess risks ” means, in respect of a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.

 

obligatory insurances ” means all insurances effected, or which any Owner Guarantor is obliged to effect, under Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document.

 

policy ” includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms.

 

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of P&I clubs, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision.

 

war risks ” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

 

1.4                            Agreed forms of Finance Documents

 

References in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) to any Finance Document being in “agreed form” are to that Finance Document:

 

(a)                              in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by the Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

 

31



 

(b)                              in any other form agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 42.2 ( All Lender matters ) applies, all the Lenders.

 

1.5                            Third party rights

 

(a)                              Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “ Third Parties Act ”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b)                              Subject to Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

(c)                              Any Affiliate, Receiver, Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ), paragraph (b) of Clause 29.11 ( Exclusion of liability ), Clause 29.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 29.22 ( Third Party Reference Banks ) or paragraph (b) of Clause 30.11 ( Exclusion of liability ) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

 

32



 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITY

 

2                                        THE FACILITY

 

2.1                            The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in two Tranches in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Commitments.

 

2.2                            Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

(a)                              The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                              The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below.  The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

 

(c)                              A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

2.3                            Owner Guarantors’ Agent

 

(a)                              Each Owner Guarantor by its execution of this Agreement irrevocably appoints the Borrower to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

(i)                                   the Borrower on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including Utilisation Requests), to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Owner Guarantor notwithstanding that they may affect that Owner Guarantor, without further reference to or the consent of that Owner Guarantor; and

 

(ii)                                each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Owner Guarantor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Borrower,

 

and in each case that Owner Guarantor shall be bound as though that Owner Guarantor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

33



 

(b)                              Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Borrower or given to the Borrower under any Finance Document on behalf of an Owner Guarantor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any Owner Guarantor) shall be binding for all purposes on that Owner Guarantor as if that Owner Guarantor had expressly made, given or concurred with it.  In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Borrower and any Owner Guarantor, those of the Borrower shall prevail.

 

3                                        PURPOSE

 

3.1                            Purpose

 

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose of part refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and if applicable, for general corporate and working capital purposes:

 

(a)                              in respect of each of the Ships other than Ship K, by way of a loan in a principal amount not exceeding the lower of (a) $94,150,000 and (b) 60 per cent. of the Market Value of those Ships; and

 

(b)                              in respect of Ship K, by way of a loan in a principal amount not exceeding the lower of (a) $5,850,000 and (b) 60 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship K.

 

3.2                            Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4                                        CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

4.1                            Initial conditions precedent

 

The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.2                            Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if:

 

(a)                              on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the Advance is made available:

 

(i)                                   no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;

 

(ii)                                the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true;

 

(iii)                             the Ship in respect of which such Advance is to be made has neither been sold nor become a Total Loss;

 

(b)                              the Facility Agent has received on or before the relevant Utilisation Date, or is satisfied it will receive when the Advance is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed

 

34



 

in Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.3                            Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ).

 

(b)                              Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification.  The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.4                            Waiver of conditions precedent

 

If the Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) has been satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrower.

 

4.5                            Conditions subsequent

 

(a)                              Save in the case of documentary evidence which must be provided on the Utilisation Date (as a same day condition subsequent) that the relevant Deed of Covenant and General Assignment has been dated the date of the Utilisation Date and the Mortgage has been duly registered on the Utilisation Date (as required under paragraph 2(a) of Part C of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Subsequent to Utilisation ), the Borrower undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent within five Business Days after the Utilisation Date, the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part C of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Subsequent to Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                              Prior to the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Borrower further undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent, the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part D of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

35



 

SECTION 3

 

UTILISATION

 

5                                        UTILISATION

 

5.1                            Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

(a)                              The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

(b)                              The Borrower may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request for Tranche A and not more than two Utilisation Requests for Tranche B.

 

(c)                              The Utilisation Date for Tranche A and the Utilisation Date for Tranche B must be the same date, except for the Tranche B Utilisation Date for Ship K.

 

5.2                            Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a)                              Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i)                                   the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the relevant Availability Period;

 

(ii)                                the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(iii)                             the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b)                              Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3                            Currency and amount

 

(a)                              The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

(b)                              The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which is not more than:

 

(i)                                   in respect of the Advance under Tranche A, $10,000,000; and

 

(ii)                                in respect of Tranche B, either (i) an Advance of $90,000,000 or (ii) two separate Advances of $84,150,000 and $5,850,000 if Ship K is not refinanced at the same time as the other Ships which are refinanced by Tranche B,

 

and, in addition, the aggregate amount of the Advances shall not exceed 60 per cent. of the aggregate Market Value of the Ships.

 

(c)                              The aggregate amount of the proposed Advances must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility.

 

5.4                            Lenders’ participation

 

(a)                              If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

36



 

(b)                              The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately before making that Advance.

 

(c)                              The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Advance and the amount of its participation in that Advance by the Specified Time.

 

5.5                            Cancellation of Commitments

 

The Commitments in respect of any Tranche which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period for such Tranche shall then be cancelled.

 

5.6                            Retentions and payment to third parties

 

The Borrower irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent:

 

(a)                              to deduct from the proceeds of any Advance any fees then payable to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 11 ( Fees ), any agreed solicitors fees and disbursements together with any applicable VAT and any other items listed as deductible items in the relevant Utilisation Request and to apply them in payment of the items to which they relate; and

 

(b)                              on each Utilisation Date, to pay to, or for the account of, the Borrower or the relevant Owner Guarantor (as applicable) which is to utilise the relevant Advance the balance (after any deduction made in accordance with paragraph (a) above) of the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the relevant Advance.  That payment shall be made in like funds as the Facility Agent received from the Lenders in respect of the relevant Advance:

 

(i)                                   in the case of Tranche A, partly to the account of the Existing Facility Agent C under Existing Facility Agreement C and partly to the Existing Facility Agent B under Existing Facility Agreement B which the Borrower specifies in the relevant Utilisation Request and any balance to the account of the Borrower as specified in the relevant Utilisation Request;

 

(ii)                                in the case of Tranche B, partly to the account of the Existing Facility Agent A under Existing Facility Agreement A, partly to the Existing Facility Agent B under Existing Facility Agreement B and partly to the Existing Facility Agent C under Existing Facility Agreement C which the Borrower specifies in the relevant Utilisation Request and any balance to the account of the Borrower as specified in the relevant Utilisation Request; and

 

(iii)                             in the case of the Ship K Advance under Tranche B, to the account of the Borrower, which the Borrower specifies in the relevant Utilisation Request.

 

5.7                            Disbursement of Advance to third party

 

Payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 ( Retentions and payment to third parties ) to a person other than the Borrower shall constitute the making of the relevant Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s participation in that Advance.

 

37


 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6                                        REPAYMENT

 

6.1                            Repayment of Loan

 

The Borrower shall repay the Loan as follows:

 

(a)                              Tranche A shall be repaid by 16 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $625,000 and each as more particularly described in Schedule 8 ( Repayment Schedule ) (each a “ Repayment Instalment A ”), the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling three Months after the Utilisation Date in respect of Tranche A.

 

(b)                              Save for Ship K, Tranche B shall be repaid by 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $3,005,357.21, as more particularly described in Schedule 8 ( Repayment Schedule ) (each a “ Repayment Instalment B ”), the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling three Months after the Utilisation Date in respect of Tranche B,

 

(c)                              The Ship K Tranche of Tranche B shall be repaid in up to 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments each in an amount of $208,928.50 and each as more particularly described in Schedule 8 ( Repayment Schedule ) (each a “ Repayment Instalment C ” and together with Repayment Instalment A and Repayment Instalment B, each a “ Repayment Instalment ”), the first of which shall be repaid on the first repayment date of Repayment Instalment B falling after the Utilisation Date of the Ship K Tranche unless that date is less than six weeks after the said Utilisation Date in which case the first repayment of the Ship K Tranche shall be repaid on the second repayment date of Repayment Instalment B, falling after the Utilisation Date of the Ship K Tranche,

 

together with a balloon instalment of $25,714,285.80 (the “ Balloon Instalment ”) payable on the Termination Date.

 

(d)                              If the Termination Date is extended pursuant to Clause 6.3(b) ( Termination Date ) Tranche B shall be repaid by a further eight equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $3,214,285.71.

 

6.2                            Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments

 

(a)                              If the Borrower cancels the whole or any part of any Available Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.6 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or if the Available Commitment of any Lender is cancelled under Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Available Commitments so cancelled.

 

(b)                              If the Borrower cancels the whole or part of any Commitment or the whole or any part of any Commitment is cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Cancellation of Commitments ), the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Commitments so cancelled.

 

(c)                              If any part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.6 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment

 

38



 

Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

(d)                              If any part of the Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.2 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ), Clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) then the amount of the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

6.3                            Termination Date

 

(a)                              On the Termination Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                              Not less than three months prior to the Termination Date, the Borrower may request an extension of the Termination Date for a period of two years. The Lenders may, acting in their sole discretion, agree to such extension subject to a review of pricing (Margin) by the Lenders and any additional legal documentation that may be required by the Lenders. If there is no such agreement on the Termination Date, the Borrower must repay the Loan in full, together with all interest accrued up to that time and any other fees outstanding at that time.

 

6.4                            Reborrowing

 

The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

 

7                                        PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1                            Illegality

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in an Advance or the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

(a)                              that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b)                              upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrower, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(c)                              the Borrower shall prepay that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

 

7.2                            Voluntary prepayment of Loan

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than 15 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or a multiple of that amount).

 

39



 

7.3                            Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss

 

(a)                              If a Ship is sold, arrested or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall on the Relevant Date prepay the Tranche applicable to that Ship.

 

(b)                              On the Relevant Date, the Borrower shall also prepay such part of the Loan so as to comply with the ratio set out in Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) and in addition, such amount as may be necessary so as to maintain the same security cover which existed immediately prior to such sale, arrest or Total Loss.

 

(c)                              Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any remaining proceeds of the sale or Total Loss of a Ship after the prepayments referred to in paragraph (a) and paragraph (b) above have been made together with all other amounts that are payable on any such prepayment pursuant to the Finance Documents shall be paid to the Owner Guarantor that owned the relevant Ship.

 

(d)                              In this Clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ):

 

Relevant Date ” means:

 

(i)                                    in the case of a sale of a Ship, on the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Ship to the buyer of that Ship; and

 

(ii)                                 in the case of any arrest of a Ship, on or before the date falling 37 days after the date of the arrest of that Ship if that Ship has not been released free of that arrest within 30 days after the date of that arrest; and

 

(iii)                              in the case of a Total Loss of a Ship, on the earlier of:

 

(A)                             the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date; and

 

(B)                             the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

7.4                            Substitution of Ship

 

(a)                              The Borrower may replace not more than two of Ship A to Ship P (inclusive) with a Substitute Ship, provided that all of the following conditions are met at the time of such substitution:

 

(i)                                   the relevant Substitute Ship is fully owned (directly or indirectly) by the Borrower;

 

(ii)                                the security cover set out in Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) must immediately after the substitution be not less than the security cover before the substitution;

 

(iii)                             such substitution does not cause any increase in the Loan;

 

(iv)                           the Borrower provides the Facility Agent with such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent in order for the Lenders to carry out and be satisfied they have complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents;

 

40



 

(v)                              without limiting the generality of Clause 21.25 ( Further Assurance ), the Borrower shall, and shall (to the extent applicable) procure that each Obligor shall, provide replacement Security securing the Secured Liabilities over the Substitute Ship in favour of the Security Agent on substantially the same terms as the Security securing the Secured Liabilities over that Ship being substituted.

 

(vi)                           the replacement Security referred to in paragraph (v) above shall be created and perfected on such terms as the Security Agent acting reasonably requires not later than the date of which such Ship is substituted and the Security Agent shall only release and/or discharge any Transaction Security over that Ship being substituted after the creation and/or perfection of such replacement Security securing the Secured Liabilities.

 

(b)                              Any other substitution of a Ship will require the consent of all the Lenders.

 

7.5                            Mandatory prepayment on change of control of Corporate Guarantor

 

(a)                              If any person other than the Key Shareholders acquires control of the Borrower, or from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Corporate Guarantor:

 

(i)                                   the Borrower shall promptly notify the Facility Agent and Security Agent upon becoming aware of that event by setting out details and providing further information as required; and

 

(ii)                                if the Lenders, acting in their sole discretion, so require, the Facility Agent shall, by not less than 60 days’ notice to the Borrower, cancel the Loan and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Loan will be cancelled and the Loan and all outstanding interest and other amounts will become due and payable on the last day of the Interest Period which such change of control occurred.

 

(b)                              For the purpose of paragraph (a) above “ control ” means:

 

(i)                                   the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(A)                            cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Borrower, or from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Corporate Guarantor; or

 

(B)                            appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower, or from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Corporate Guarantor; or

 

(C)                           give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Borrower with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower, or from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Corporate Guarantor are obliged to comply; and/or

 

(ii)                                the holding beneficially of more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Borrower, or from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Corporate Guarantor (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

41



 

(c)                              As at 29 December 2017 the Key Shareholders shareholding in Grindrod Limited a company incorporated in South Africa was 173,183,235 ordinary shares for Key Shareholder A and 76,909,634 ordinary shares for Key Shareholder B (the “ Current Shareholding” ). On the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date the Key Shareholders will acquire shares in the Corporate Guarantor in an agreed ratio to the shares they then hold in Grindrod Limited (being one share in the Corporate Guarantor to each 40 they hold in Grindrod Limited) (the “ Corporate Guarantor Effective Date Shareholding” ). If either Key Shareholder reduces its shareholding in Grindrod Limited, or from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Corporate Guarantor, by more than 35 per cent of its Current Shareholding or as the case may be, the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date Shareholding (the “ Threshold Event” ) :

 

(i)                                   the Borrower shall immediately notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(ii)                                any Lender may then instruct the Facility Agent to promptly notify the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to require the prepayment of its proportion of the outstanding Loan;

 

(iii)                             upon notification by the Facility Agent to the Borrower, the Borrower shall have a period of 60 days (or such longer period as may be requested by the Borrower and agreed by the relevant Lender (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld)) from the date of the prepayment notice (the “ Mitigation Period ”) to either:

 

(A)                            provide (or procure provision of) such additional security acceptable to the relevant Lender (acting in its sole discretion) so as to induce the relevant Lender to waive its right for the prepayment (for the avoidance of doubt, any such security will be held by the Security Trustee for the benefit of the Lenders); or

 

(B)                            replace the relevant Lender with such other bank or financial institution which is willing to have the existing Lender’s Commitment or outstanding Loan assigned or transferred to it.

 

(iv)                           If the Borrower is not able to satisfy either of (iii)(A) or (iii)(B) above, by the expiry of the Mitigation Period, the Borrower must prepay the relevant Lender’s proportion of the outstanding Loan no later than seven days after the expiry of the Mitigation Period.

 

(v)                              A Lender by notice to the Borrower shall exercise its right to require prepayment within 60 days (or as otherwise agreed between that Lender and the Borrower) after it was notified or it otherwise became aware of the occurrence of the Threshold Event (the “ Initial Repayment Right Period ”). A Lender shall have the right to extend the Initial Repayment Right Period up to 30 days (the “ Extended Repayment Right Period ”)  if it / the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower of such extension before the end of the Initial Repayment Right Period. A Lender shall be deemed to accept the occurrence of the Threshold Event at the end of the relevant period, if that Lender (i) neither exercises its right to require prepayment nor notifies the Borrower the Extended Repayment Right Period at the end of the Initial Repayment Right Period, or (ii) does not exercise its right to require prepayment at the end of the Extended Repayment Right Period.

 

42



 

(vi)                           All costs and expenses incurred by the Lenders, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent in connection with the implementation of any of the abovementioned conditions shall be borne by the Borrower.

 

7.6                            Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a)                              If:

 

(i)                                   any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document; or

 

(ii)                                any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ),

 

the Borrower may whilst in the case of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

(b)                              On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c)                              On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

7.7                            Restrictions

 

(a)                              Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made, the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and, if relevant, the part of the Loan to be prepaid or cancelled.

 

(b)                              Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and amounts (if any) payable under the Hedging Agreements in connection with that prepayment and, subject to the fee provided for in Clause 11.4 ( Prepayment fee ) and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c)                              The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

(d)                              The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e)                              No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f)                                 If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lenders and/or Hedge Counterparties, as appropriate.

 

43



 

(g)                              If all or part of any Lender’s participation in the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender’s Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

7.8                            Application of prepayments

 

Any prepayment of any part of the Loan (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) or Clause 7.4 ( Substitution of Ship )) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender’s participation in that part of the Loan.

 

7.9                            Release of Tranche A Security

 

On the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force in respect of Tranche A and that the Secured Liabilities in respect of Tranche A have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full, the Facility Agent shall promptly direct and the Security Agent shall release and discharge the Security granted by the relevant Owner Guarantor in respect of Ship A, Ship B and Ship C, provided that no Event of Default is then continuing or will result from such release and discharge.

 

44



 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8                                        INTEREST

 

8.1                            Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(a)                              the Margin; and

 

(b)                              LIBOR.

 

8.2                            Payment of interest

 

(a)                              The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”).

 

(b)                              If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrower shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

 

8.3                            Fixed rate of interest

 

(a)                              The Borrower may, by giving not less than five Business Days’ notice in writing, request that a fixed rate of interest shall apply on the whole of the Loan for a period of 12 months or more by giving to the Facility Agent a notice which shall specify the period for which the fixed rate of interest shall apply and shall be given at least five Business Days before the end of the then current Interest Period.  The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower of the fixed rate of interest to apply (which shall be the highest of the rates provided by the Lenders (at their sole discretion), determined at the level of the actual refinancing rates available to the Lenders (as certified by them) for the relevant period to which such fixed rate is to apply plus the Margin) and the Borrower shall either accept or refuse the offer promptly in writing and in any event within one Business Day.  Such offer and acceptance shall be in a form that shall constitute a Finance Document.  Once accepted, the Borrower may not revoke its acceptance and the relevant fixed rate of interest shall apply to the Loan from the first day of the next Interest Period.  If the Borrower refuses the offer or fails to accept it within the time permitted for acceptance, the other provisions of this Clause 8 ( Interest ) shall continue to apply.

 

(b)                              The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that in fixing the interest rate under this Clause 8.3 ( Fixed rate of interest ), a Lender may enter into internal or external interest rate swaps and that any claim, expense, liability or loss arising as a result of the early termination of such internal or external rate swap shall be for the account of the Borrower.

 

8.4                            Default interest

 

(a)                              If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document other than a Hedging Agreement on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a

 

45



 

duration selected by the Facility Agent.  Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.4 ( Default interest ) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                              If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:

 

(i)                                   the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

 

(ii)                                the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c)                              Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.5                            Notification of rates of interest

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum.

 

8.6                            Hedging

 

(a)                              The Borrower may enter into and shall after that date maintain such Hedging Agreements in accordance with this Clause 8.6 ( Hedging ).

 

(b)                              The aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements shall be at least 50 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the Loan.

 

(c)                              Each Hedging Agreement shall:

 

(i)                                   be with a Hedge Counterparty and on the date on which it is entered into,  each Hedge Counterparty shall also be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii)                                be for a term ending on the Termination Date;

 

(iii)                             have settlement dates coinciding with the Interest Payment Dates;

 

(iv)                           be based on an ISDA Master Agreement and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent; and

 

(v)                              provide that the Termination Currency (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement) shall be US dollars.

 

(d)                              The rights of the Borrower under the Hedging Agreements shall be charged or assigned by way of security under a Hedging Agreement Security.

 

46



 

(e)                              The parties to each Hedging Agreement must comply with the terms of that Hedging Agreement.

 

(f)                                 Neither a Hedge Counterparty nor the Borrower may amend, supplement, extend or waive the terms of any Hedging Agreement without the consent of the Security Agent.

 

(g)                              Paragraph (f) above shall not apply to an amendment, supplement or waiver that is administrative and mechanical in nature and does not give rise to a conflict with any provision of this Agreement or the Hedging Agreement Security.

 

(h)                              If, at any time, the aggregate notional principal amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will exceed the Loan at that time the Borrower must promptly notify the Facility Agent and must, at the request of the Facility Agent, reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed the Loan then or that will be outstanding.

 

(i)                                   Any reductions in the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements in accordance with paragraph (h) above will be apportioned as between those transactions pro rata .

 

(j)                                   Paragraph (h) above shall not apply to any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement under which the Borrower has no actual or contingent indebtedness.

 

(k)                              The Facility Agent must make a request under paragraph (h) above if so required by a Hedge Counterparty.

 

(l)                                   Neither a Hedge Counterparty nor the Borrower may terminate or close out any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement (in whole or in part) except:

 

(i)                                   in accordance with paragraphs (h)-(k) above;

 

(ii)                                on the occurrence of an Illegality, Tax Event, Tax Event Upon Merger or Force Majeure Event (as such expression is defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement);

 

(iii)                             in the case of termination or closing out by a Hedge Counterparty, if the Facility Agent serves notice under paragraph (b) of Clause 26.18 ( Acceleration ) or, having served notice under paragraph (c) of Clause 26.18 ( Acceleration ), makes a demand;

 

(iv)                           in the case of any other termination or closing out by a Hedge Counterparty or the Borrower, with the consent of the Facility Agent; or

 

(v)                              if the Secured Liabilities (other than in respect of the Hedging Agreements) have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full;

 

(vi)                           if the Borrower has defaulted on any payment due under a Hedging Agreement (after allowing any applicable notice or grace periods therein);

 

(vii)                        if any event described in Clause 26.7 ( Insolvency ) or Clause 26.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ) has occurred in respect of the Borrower or any other Obligor which is a party to that Hedging Agreement;

 

(viii)                     if any Transaction Security has been enforced;

 

47


 

(ix)                           If the Hedge Counterparty or its Affiliate ceases to be a Lender pursuant to Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ).

 

(m)                         If a Hedge Counterparty or the Borrower terminates or closes out a transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement (in whole or in part) in accordance with paragraphs (l)(ii), or (in the case of a Hedge Counterparty only) (l)(iv) above, it shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of that termination or close out.

 

(n)                              If a Hedge Counterparty is entitled to terminate or close out any transaction in respect of any Hedging Agreement under sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (l) above, such Hedge Counterparty shall promptly terminate or close out such transaction following a request to do so by the Security Agent.

 

(o)                              A Hedge Counterparty may only suspend making payments under a transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement if the Borrower is in breach of its payment obligations under any transaction in respect of that Hedging Agreement.

 

(p)                              Each Hedge Counterparty consents to, and acknowledges notices of, the charging or assigning by way of security by the Borrower pursuant to the relevant Hedging Agreement Security of its rights under the Hedging Agreements to which it is party in favour of the Security Agent.

 

(q)                              Any such charging or assigning by way of security is without prejudice to, and after giving effect to, the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

 

(r)                                 The Security Agent shall not be liable for the performance of the Borrower’s obligations under a Hedging Agreement.

 

(s)                               Neither the Borrower nor any Hedge Counterparty shall assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under a Hedging Agreement without the consent of the Security Agent.

 

(t)                                  If the Loan has been repaid in full but a Hedging Agreement remains in place, the Hedge Counterparty in respect of such Hedging Agreement shall have voting and consent rights under this Agreement in place of the Lenders and Majority Lenders as the case may be and in addition shall have such rights as the Lenders have under Clauses 30.4 ( Instructions ), 30.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) and 30.19 ( Insurance by Security Agent ).

 

9                                        INTEREST PERIODS

 

9.1                            Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a)                              Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Borrower may select the Interest Period for the Loan in the Utilisation Request for the first Advance.  Subject to paragraphs (f) and (h) below and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), the Borrower may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of the Loan in a Selection Notice.

 

(b)                              Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrower not later than the Specified Time.

 

(c)                              If the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period in the first Utilisation Request or fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the

 

48



 

relevant Interest Period will, subject to paragraphs (f) and (h) below and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), be three Months.

 

(d)                              Subject to this Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ), the Borrower may select an Interest Period of three Months or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

(e)                              An Interest Period in respect of the Loan or any part of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(f)                                 In respect of a Repayment Instalment, the Borrower may request in the relevant Selection Notice that an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it and, subject to paragraph (d) above, select a longer Interest Period for the remaining part of the Loan.

 

(g)                              The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the first Utilisation Date and, subject to paragraph (h) below, each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

(h)                              The first Interest Period for the second and any subsequent Advance shall start on the Utilisation Date of such Advance and end on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Loan on the date on which such Advance is made.

 

(i)                                   Except for the purposes of paragraph (f) and paragraph (h) above and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), the Loan shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

 

9.2                            Changes to Interest Periods

 

(a)                              In respect of a Repayment Instalment, prior to determining the interest rate for the Loan, the Facility Agent may establish an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment to end on the Repayment Date relating to it and the remaining part of the Loan shall have the Interest Period selected in the relevant Selection Notice, subject to paragraph (d) of Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ).

 

(b)                              If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

9.3                            Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10                                CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

10.1                    Unavailability of Screen Rate

 

(a)                              Interpolated Screen Rate :  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(b)                              Reference Bank Rate :  If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

 

(i)                                   dollars; or

 

49



 

(ii)                                the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

 

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(c)                              Cost of funds :  If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

 

10.2                    Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

 

(a)                              Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

(b)                              If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

10.3                    Market disruption

 

(a)                              If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to an Advance or the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of such Advance or the Loan for that Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i)                                   the Margin; and

 

(ii)                                the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in such Advance or the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b)                              In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means:

 

(i)                                   at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars  for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

(ii)                                before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 20 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR; or

 

(iii)                             at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender (the “ Affected Lender ”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain dollars in the Relevant Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in that Advance or the Loan.

 

50



 

10.4                    Cost of funds

 

(a)                              If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies, the rate of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i)                                   the Margin; and

 

(ii)                                the weighted average of the rates notified to the Facility Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b)                              If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies and the Facility Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

 

(c)                              Subject to Clause 42.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

 

(d)                              If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

 

10.5                    Break Costs

 

(a)                              The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

 

(b)                              Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate by email confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11                                FEES

 

11.1                    Commitment fee

 

(a)                              The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 1 per cent. per annum of the undrawn and uncancelled portion of the Loan payable quarterly in arrears during the Availability Period or in relation to any cancelled portion at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

(b)                              The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

51



 

11.2                    Upfront fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for distribution to the Lenders) an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3                    Facility Agent fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.4                    Coordination Fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (to be distributed to the Coordination Agents) a coordination fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.5                    Prepayment fee

 

(a)                              Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower must pay to the Facility Agent for each Lender a prepayment fee on the date of prepayment of all or any part of the Loan and on the date of cancellation of any part of the Total Commitments.

 

(b)                              The amount of the prepayment fee is:

 

(i)                                   if the prepayment occurs on or before the first anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, two per cent. of the amount prepaid; and

 

(ii)                                if the prepayment occurs after the first but on or before the second anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, one per cent. of the amount prepaid.

 

(c)                              No prepayment fee shall be payable under this Clause if the prepayment is made:

 

(i)                                   under Clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ), Clause 7.6 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) and Clause 24.6 ( Prepayment mechanism );

 

(ii)                                upon  repayment of the relevant amount of the Loan following the sale of a Ship to Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (pty) Ltd or a wholly owned subsidiary of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (pty) Ltd.;

 

(iii)                             where the existing Lenders refinance the Loan; or

 

(iv)                           after the second anniversary of the first Utilisation Date.

 

52



 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12                                TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

12.1                    Definitions

 

(a)                              In this Agreement:

 

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

(b)                              Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2                    Tax gross-up

 

(a)                              Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b)                              The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly.  Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender.  If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.

 

(c)                              If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d)                              If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e)                              Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

53



 

12.3                    Tax indemnity

 

(a)                              The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b)                              Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i)                                   with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A)                            under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B)                            under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii)                                to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A)                            is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

(B)                            relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c)                              A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors.

 

(d)                              A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ), notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4                    Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a)                              a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

 

(b)                              that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

54



 

12.5                    Stamp taxes

 

(a)                              The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

(b)                              Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, paragraph (a) above shall not apply in respect of any stamp duty, registration or other similar Taxes which are payable in respect of an assignment, transfer or other alienation of any kind by a Finance Party of any of its rights and/or obligations under a Finance Document.

 

12.6                    VAT

 

(a)                              All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

(b)                              If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i)                                   (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT.  The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii)                                (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

(c)                              Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d)                              Any reference in this Clause 12.6 ( VAT ) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is

 

55



 

treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be)).

 

(e)                              In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.7                    FATCA Information

 

(a)                              Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i)                                   confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A)                            a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B)                            not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii)                                supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

(iii)                             supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

 

(b)                              If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c)                              Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i)                                   any law or regulation;

 

(ii)                                any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii)                             any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d)                              If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

56



 

12.8                    FATCA Deduction

 

(a)                              Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b)                              Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

13                                INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1                    Increased costs

 

(a)                              Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i)                                   the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

(ii)                                compliance with any law or regulation made,

 

in each case after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii)                             the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III, CRD IV or CRR or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III, CRD IV or CRR (regardless of the date on which it is enacted, adopted or issued and regardless of whether any such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

 

(b)                              In this Agreement:

 

(i)                                   Basel III ” means:

 

(A)                            the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B)                            the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C)                           any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

57


 

(ii)                                CRD IV ” means:

 

(A)                            Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;

 

(B)                            Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and

 

(C)                           any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.

 

(iii)                             CRR ” means Regulation (EU) No.575/2013 of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012.

 

(iv)                           Increased Costs ” means:

 

(A)                            a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

(B)                            an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C)                           a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2                    Increased cost claims

 

(a)                              A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

(b)                              Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3                    Exceptions

 

Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(a)                              attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(b)                              attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(c)                              compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

(d)                              compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ); or

 

58



 

(e)                              attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

14                                OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

14.1                    Currency indemnity

 

(a)                              If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

(i)                                   making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii)                                obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b)                              Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

14.2                    Other indemnities

 

(a)                              Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(i)                                   the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(ii)                                a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

(iii)                             funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Secured Party alone); or

 

(iv)                           the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

(b)                              Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) an “ Indemnified Person ”), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to

 

59



 

the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, any Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

 

(c)                              Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

 

(i)                                   arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

 

(ii)                                in connection with any Environmental Claim.

 

(d)                              Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.3                    Mandatory Cost

 

The Borrower shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

 

(a)                              in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

 

(b)                              in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),

 

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

14.4                    Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

 

(a)                              any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i)                                   investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(ii)                                acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

(iii)                             instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

 

60



 

(b)                              any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.5                    Indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a)                              Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

 

(i)                                   in relation to or as a result of:

 

(A)                            any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses );

 

(B)                            acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(C)                           the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

 

(D)                           the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(E)                            any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

(F)                             any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

 

(G)                          instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

 

(ii)                                acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent’s, Receiver’s or Delegate’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

 

(b)                              The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

 

61



 

15                                MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

15.1                    Mitigation

 

(a)                              Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b)                              Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2                    Limitation of liability

 

(a)                              Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b)                              A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if either:

 

(i)                                   a Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(ii)                                in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16                                COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

16.1                    Transaction expenses

 

The Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a)                              this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security Document; and

 

(b)                              any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.2                    Amendment costs

 

If:

 

(a)                              a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

(b)                              an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 33.9 ( Change of currency ); or

 

(c)                              a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

 

62



 

the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3                    Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Obligors shall, on demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Secured Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.

 

63



 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEE

 

17                                GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

17.1                    Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Owner Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

(a)                              guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                              undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Owner Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c)                              agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by an Owner Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2                    Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3                    Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Owner Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4                    Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Owner Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

 

(a)                              any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

64



 

(b)                              the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c)                              the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d)                              any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e)                              any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f)                                 any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g)                              any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5                    Immediate recourse

 

Each Owner Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ).  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6                    Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a)                              refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Owner Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b)                              hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Owner Guarantor or on account of any Owner Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ).

 

17.7                    Deferral of Owner Guarantors’ rights

 

All rights which any Owner Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against the Borrower, any other Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise

 

65



 

directs, no Owner Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ):

 

(a)                              to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b)                              to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c)                              to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

 

(d)                              to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Owner Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

(e)                              to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f)                                 to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

 

If an Owner Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment Mechanics ).

 

17.8                    Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by an Owner Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

17.9                    Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 17.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 17.3 ( Reinstatement ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 17.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 17.6 ( Appropriations ), 17.7 ( Deferral of Owner Guarantors’ rights ) and 17.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which an Owner Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

66



 

SECTION 8

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18                                REPRESENTATIONS

 

18.1                    General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 ( Representations ) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

18.2                    Status

 

(a)                              It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b)                              It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

18.3                    Share capital and ownership

 

(a)                              The issued share capital of each of the Owner Guarantors, all of which shares have been issued fully paid, is as follows:

 

(i)                                   Guarantor A - $34,000 divided into 34,000 registered original shares;

 

(ii)                                Guarantor B - $34,000 divided into 34,000 registered original shares;

 

(iii)                             Guarantor C - $50,000 divided into 50,000 registered original shares;

 

(iv)                           Guarantor D - $100 divided into 100 registered original shares;

 

(v)                              Guarantor E - $11,756.942 divided into 50,001 registered original shares;

 

(vi)                           Guarantor F - $20,015,181 divided into 50,001 registered original shares;

 

(vii)                        Guarantor G - $34,425,303 divided into 37,001 registered original shares;

 

(viii)                     Guarantor H - $16,373,210 divided into 50,001 registered original shares;

 

(ix)                           Guarantor I - $36,000 divided into 36,000 registered original shares;

 

(x)                              Guarantor J - $36,000 divided into 36,000 registered original shares;

 

(xi)                           Guarantor K - $100 divided into 100 issued and registered ordinary shares;

 

(xii)                        Guarantor L - $26,950,000 divided into 26,950,000 registered original shares;

 

(xiii)                     Guarantor M - $50,000 divided into 50,000 registered original shares;

 

(xiv)                   Guarantor N - $50,000 divided into 50,000 registered original shares;

 

(xv)                      Guarantor O - $50,000 divided into 50,000 registered original shares;

 

(xvi)                   Guarantor P - $100 divided into 100 registered original shares.

 

67


 

(b)                              The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in each Owner Guarantor is held free of any Security or any other claim by the Borrower.

 

(c)                              None of the shares in an Owner Guarantor is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

 

(d)                              Until the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, all of the shares in the Borrower will remain owned directly or indirectly by Grindrod Limited, a company incorporated in South Africa.

 

(e)                              With effect from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date and throughout the remainder of the Security Period, all of the shares in the Borrower will be owned directly or indirectly by the Corporate Guarantor.

 

18.4                    Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

18.5                    Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

 

(a)                              Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery create, subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

 

(b)                              No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

 

(c)                              Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

 

(d)                              No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

 

18.6                    Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a)                              any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b)                              its constitutional documents; or

 

(c)                              any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any member of the Group’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

 

68



 

18.7                    Power and authority

 

(a)                              It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                              No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

18.8                    Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a)                              to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b)                              to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

18.9                    Governing law and enforcement

 

(a)                              Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)                              Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

18.10            Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a)                              corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 26.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

 

(b)                              creditors’ process described in Clause 26.9 ( Creditors’ process ),

 

has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 26.7 ( Insolvency ) applies to a member of the Group.

 

18.11            No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except for:

 

69



 

(a)                              the payment of stamp taxes in relation to the stamping of each Shares Security at the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore;

 

(b)                              the payment of registration fees in relation to registration of the charges created by each of the relevant Security Documents with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority in Singapore; and

 

(c)                              any other filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) or any further legal opinion (in a form agreed by the Lenders) delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

18.12            Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

18.13            No default

 

(a)                              No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on each Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

 

(b)                              No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.14            No misleading information

 

(a)                              Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

(b)                              The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

(c)                              Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.15            Financial Statements

 

(a)                              Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.

 

(b)                              Its Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and results of operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Borrower).

 

(c)                              There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Borrower) since 31 December 2016.

 

70



 

(d)                              Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ):

 

(i)                                   have been prepared in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 19.3 ( Compliance Certificate ); and

 

(ii)                                give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Borrower).

 

(e)                              Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) there has been no material adverse change in its business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Borrower).

 

18.16            Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

18.17            No proceedings pending or threatened

 

(a)                              No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                              No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it.

 

18.18            Validity and completeness of the Deed of Release and Pool Agreement

 

(a)                              Each of the Deeds of Release and the Pool Agreements constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties to it.

 

(b)                              The copies of each of the Deeds of Release and the Pool Agreements, delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.

 

(c)                              No amendments or additions to the Deeds of Release or the Pool Agreements have been agreed nor have any rights under the Deeds of Release or the Pool Agreements been waived.

 

18.19            No rebates etc.

 

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, inducement, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (however described) to the Borrower or any other member of the Group, or a third party in connection with the purchase by an Owner Guarantor of a Ship, other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

71



 

18.20            Valuations

 

(a)                              All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

(b)                              It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

 

(c)                              There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.21            No breach of laws

 

It has not breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.22            No Charter

 

No Ship is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

 

18.23            No pooling agreements

 

No Ship is subject to any pooling arrangements other than the Pool Agreements.

 

18.24            Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Ship and the business of each member of the Group (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

 

18.25            No Environmental Claim

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any member of the Group or any Ship.

 

18.26            No Environmental Incident

 

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

 

18.27            ISM and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Owner Guarantor, each Approved Manager and each Ship have been complied with.

 

72



 

18.28            Taxes paid

 

(a)                              It is not and no other member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b)                              No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any other member of the Group) with respect to Taxes.

 

18.29            Financial Indebtedness

 

No Owner Guarantor has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

18.30            Overseas companies

 

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

 

18.31            Good title to assets

 

It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

18.32            Ownership

 

(a)                              Guarantor A is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(b)                              Guarantor B is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(c)                              Guarantor C is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship C, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(d)                              Guarantor D is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship D, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(e)                              Guarantor E is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship E, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(f)                                 Guarantor F is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship F, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(g)                              Guarantor G is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship G, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(h)                              Guarantor H is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship H, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(i)                                   Guarantor I is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship I, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(j)                                   Guarantor J is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship J, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(k)                              Guarantor K is, from the Utilisation Date in respect of Ship K, the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship K, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(l)                                   Guarantor L is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship L, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

73



 

(m)                         Guarantor M is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship M, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(n)                              Guarantor N is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship N, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(o)                              Guarantor O is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship O, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(p)                              Guarantor P is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship P, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(q)                              With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

 

(r)                                 The constitutional documents of each Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares of the Owner Guarantors on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

 

18.33            Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Singapore and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.34            Place of business

 

No Obligor has a place of business in any country other than its country of incorporation.

 

18.35            No employee or pension arrangements

 

No Obligor has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

 

18.36            Sanctions

 

(a)                              No Transaction Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Transaction Obligors, any persons acting on any of their behalf:

 

(i)                                   is a Prohibited Person;

 

(ii)                                is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person;

 

(iii)                             owns or controls a Prohibited Person;

 

(iv)                           has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority;

 

(v)                              will become a Prohibited Person or act on behalf of, or as an agent of, a Prohibited Person, to the extent this would lead to non-compliance by it or any other Party with any applicable Sanctions.

 

74



 

(b)                              No proceeds of any Advance or the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

 

(c)                              No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each member of the Group will) use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Prohibited Person in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Finance Parties to the extent such use would lend to non-compliance by it or any other Party with any applicable Sanctions.

 

(d)                              Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each member of the Group will) procure that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Prohibited Person are credited any bank account held with any Finance Party or any Affiliate of a Finance Party, to the extent crediting such bank account would lead to non-compliance by it, any Finance Party or any Affiliate of a Finance Party with any applicable Sanctions.

 

18.37            Anti-corruption and anti-money laundering obligations

 

No Transaction Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Transaction Obligors, any persons acting on any of their behalf, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would breach any applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws or regulations and it has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

18.38            Anti-terrorism

 

No Transaction Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Transaction Obligors, any persons acting on any of their behalf, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any anti-terrorism laws applicable to it.

 

18.39            Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

19                                INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

19.1                    General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 19 ( Information Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

 

19.2                    Financial statements

 

(a)                              The Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(i)                                   as soon as they become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for that financial year;

 

75



 

(ii)                                as soon as they become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of the first half of each of its financial years, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for that financial half year;

 

(iii)                             upon the request of the Facility Agent, a forecast (in a form satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders)) for such period as will be agreed by the Lenders, including, but not limited to, each Owner Guarantor’s and the Borrower’s (consolidated in the case of the Borrower) cash flow statements, profit and loss accounts and balance sheets.

 

(b)                              With effect from the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date and throughout the remainder of the Security Period, the Borrower shall also procure that the Corporate Guarantor provides each of (a) (i) to (a) (iii) above, in respect of the Corporate Guarantor.

 

19.3                    Compliance Certificate

 

(a)                              The Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) of Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out computations as to compliance with Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b)                              Each Compliance Certificate submitted by a Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor shall be signed by either the chief financial officer and one director or two directors of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor, or by an appointed administration manager of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor acceptable to the Lenders. Each Compliance Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

19.4                    Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a)                              Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) shall be confirmed in writing by a director of the Borrower as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b)                              The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using IFRS and includes or is supplemented by updated details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments.

 

(c)                              The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using IFRS, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for the Borrower unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in IFRS, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Borrower) deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

(i)                                   a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the IFRS, accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Borrower’s Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii)                                sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the

 

76



 

financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

19.5                    Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(a)                              all material documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched and which can be delivered without a breach of a confidentiality obligation by that Obligor owed to a third party;

 

(b)                              promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                              promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which is made against any member of the Group and which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                              promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied;

 

(e)                              promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

 

(i)                                   each Ship, goods transported on each Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

(ii)                                the Security Assets;

 

(iii)                             compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(iv)                           the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group, including such information as to changes in the capital structure of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and the Owner Guarantors,

 

as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request;

 

(f)                                 promptly in writing, the details of any Transaction Obligor or any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, or any of their respective directors, officers or employees who have become a Prohibited Person;

 

(g)                              to the extent that such information is not confidential, promptly, details of any listing and prospectus (if any),

 

(h)                              promptly upon becoming aware of them, detail of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority;  and

 

77


 

(i)                                   promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority and which can be delivered without a breach of a confidentiality by that Obligor owed to a third party.

 

19.6                    Notification of Default

 

(a)                              Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b)                              Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

19.7                    Use of websites

 

(a)                              Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “ Website Lenders ”) which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Facility Agent (the “ Designated Website ”) if:

 

(i)                                   the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii)                                both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii)                             the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.

 

If any Lender (a “ Paper Form Lender ”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form.  In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

 

(c)                              An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i)                                   the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii)                                the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii)                             any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv)                           any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

78



 

(v)                              if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d)                              Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website.  The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

19.8                    “Know your customer” checks

 

(a)                              If:

 

(i)                                   the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Owner Guarantor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of an Obligor or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii)                             a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                              Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

79



 

20                                FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

20.1                    Financial covenants

 

(a)                               The Borrower shall ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Group shall at all times from the Utilisation Date and thereafter during the Security Period be such that:

 

(i)                                    Book Value Net Worth is not less than $250,000,000 in 2017 and 2018 and not less than $265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020 and thereafter not less than $275,000,000;

 

(ii)                                 Cash and Cash Equivalents of not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including the minimum cash balance in the Debt Service Reserve Account required pursuant to Clause 20.3 ( Minimum Cash ); and

 

(iii)                              the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.

 

(b)                               The financial covenants contained in this Clause 20.1 ( Financial covenants ) shall be tested semi-annually on the basis of the annual and semi-annual financial statements provided under Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) and shall be confirmed in the relevant compliance certificate referred to in Clause 19.3 ( Compliance Certificate ).

 

20.2                    Financial covenant definitions

 

The expressions used in this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) shall be construed in accordance with IFRS:

 

Book Value Net Worth ” means the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the book value of the following:

 

(a)                               the amounts paid up, or credited as paid up, on the issued share capital of the Group;

 

(b)                               any credit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(c)                               any amount standing to the credit of any other consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Group including any share premium account and capital redemption reserve,

 

less the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the following:

 

(i)                                    any debit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(ii)                                 any reserves attributable to interests of minority shareholders in any subsidiary (whether direct or indirect) of the Group,

 

all as determined in accordance with IFRS applied in the preparation of the Latest Accounts but adjusted by:

 

(iii)                              deducting any dividend or other distribution declared, recommended or made by the Group;

 

80



 

(iv)                            deducting any amount attributable to goodwill or any other intangible asset;

 

(v)                               reflecting any variation required to be made to the asset value attributable to any ship owned by the Group in order to reflect the book value of any such ship (determined in accordance with IFRS);

 

(vi)                            excluding any amount attributable to deferred taxation;

 

(vii)                         excluding any amount attributable to minority interests; and

 

(viii)                      eliminating inconsistencies (if any) between the accounting principles;

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means the cash and cash equivalents set out in the Latest Accounts;

 

Debt ” means the aggregate (without double counting) of secured or unsecured bank loans, finance lease obligations, bonds and any other financial obligations included as a liability on the balance sheet in terms of IFRS, but excluding the mark to market of swaps and other derivative instruments and excluding contingent liabilities as shown in the Latest Accounts and for the avoidance of doubt accounts payable, accruals and provisions;

 

Latest Accounts ” means, at any date, the consolidated accounts of the Group most recently delivered to the Agent under Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ); and

 

Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets ” means the aggregate of the book value of:

 

(a)                               ships (including ships under construction) either wholly or partially owned by the Group; and

 

(b)                               land and buildings either wholly or partially owned by the Group,

 

as stated in the Latest Accounts adjusted by such amount to reflect the current open market value of such assets evidenced to the Facility Agent’s satisfaction and acceptable to the Lenders.

 

In the event that the Borrower agrees more favourable financial covenants to a particular lender or lenders in relation to any other facility, the financial covenants in this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) shall be amended to reflect those more favourable financial covenants.

 

20.3                    Minimum Cash

 

The Borrower shall, on or before each Utilisation Date for a Tranche, ensure that the equivalent of six months Debt Service is placed in the Debt Service Reserve Account and that such amount is maintained in the Debt Service Reserve Account at all times thereafter during the Security Period.

 

21                                GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

21.1                    General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 ( General Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

81



 

21.2                    Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

 

(a)                              obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b)                              supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship to enable it to:

 

(i)                                   perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii)                                ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship, of any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

 

(iii)                             own and operate each Ship (in the case of the Owner Guarantors).

 

21.3                    Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor, each Approved Manager and the Charterer shall, and shall procure that each other member of the Group and each Affiliate of any of them will, comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, including Sanctions.

 

21.4                    Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, and the Borrower shall ensure that each other member of the Group will:

 

(a)                              comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

(b)                              obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

(c)                              implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law.

 

21.5                    Environmental Claims

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (through the Borrower) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

 

(a)                              any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b)                              any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

82



 

21.6                    Taxation

 

(a)                              Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, and the Borrower shall ensure that each other member of the Group will pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i)                                   such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii)                                adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ); and

 

(iii)                             such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                              No Obligor shall change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

21.7                    Overseas companies

 

Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

 

21.8                    No change to centre of main interests

 

No Obligor shall change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 18.33 ( Centre of main interests and establishments ) and it will create no “ establishment ” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

21.9                    Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

21.10            Title

 

(a)                              Each Owner Guarantor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship it owns, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

(b)                              With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Obligor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

 

21.11            Negative pledge

 

(a)                              No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

 

83



 

(b)                              No Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(i)                                   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(ii)                                sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii)                             enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv)                           enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c)                              Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

 

21.12            Disposals

 

(a)                              No Obligor shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances).

 

(b)                              Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any Charter as all Charters are subject to Clause 23.18 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ).

 

(c)                              Paragraph (a) does not apply to the sale of a Ship provided that the Borrower complies with Clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) or to the sale of the shares in the Borrower provided that on the date of such sale of the shares the Borrower prepays to the Facility Agent a sum equal to the amount which would have been payable pursuant to the provisions of Clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) if the Ship owned by the relevant Owner Guarantor was subject to a sale .

 

21.13            Merger

 

The Borrower shall not enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

21.14            Change of Control

 

(a)                              The Obligors undertake that there will be no change in the direct legal or beneficial ownership or control of any Owner Guarantor from that advised to the Facility Agent as at the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                              The Obligors undertake that there will be no change in the direct legal or beneficial ownership or control of the Borrower, except for the transfer to the Corporate Guarantor on the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date.

 

21.15            Change of business

 

(a)                              The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

84



 

(b)                              No Owner Guarantor shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of its Ship.

 

21.16            Financial Indebtedness

 

No Owner Guarantor shall incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

21.17            Expenditure

 

No Owner Guarantor shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing its Ship or the administration of that Owner Guarantor.

 

21.18            Share capital

 

Neither the Borrower nor the Owner Guarantors shall:

 

(a)                              purchase, cancel or redeem any of its share capital;

 

(b)                              increase or reduce its authorised share capital;

 

(c)                              issue any further shares except to the Borrower (in the case of the Owner Guarantors) and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the Shares Security applicable to the Borrower immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the terms of that Shares Security are complied with;

 

(d)                              appoint any further director or secretary of the Borrower (unless the provisions of the Shares Security applicable to the Borrower are complied with).

 

21.19            Dividends

 

(a)                              An Owner Guarantor shall only make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its share capital to the Borrower.

 

(b)                              The Borrower shall not make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its share capital following the occurrence of a Potential Event of Default which is continuing or where the making or payment of such dividend or distribution would result in the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

21.20            People of significant control regime

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

 

(a)                              within the relevant timeframe, comply with any notice it receives pursuant to Part 21A of the Companies Act 2006 from any company incorporated in the United Kingdom whose shares are the subject of the Transaction Security; and

 

(b)                              promptly provide the Security Agent with a copy of that notice.

 

21.21            Other transactions

 

No Owner Guarantor shall:

 

85



 

(a)                              be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(b)                              give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Obligor assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                              enter into any material agreement other than:

 

(i)                                   the Transaction Documents;

 

(ii)                                any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

 

(d)                              enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length; or

 

(e)                              acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

 

21.22            Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

 

No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which is likely to:

 

(a)                              make it unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

(b)                              subject to the Legal Reservations, cause any obligation of an Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable if that cessation individually or together with any other cessations materially or adversely affects the interests of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents;

 

(c)                              subject to the Legal Reservations, cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

 

(d)                              cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

 

(e)                              imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

 

21.23            No variation, release etc. of Pool Agreement

 

(a)                              Unless notified and agreed to by the Lenders, no Borrower shall, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way:

 

(i)                                   vary the terms of the Pool Agreement to which it is a party in any material respect;

 

(ii)                                release, waive, suspend or subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right of any kind which such Borrower has at any time to, in or in connection with the Pool Agreement to which it is a party or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with the Pool Agreement to which it is a party;

 

(iii)                             waive any person’s breach of the Pool Agreement to which it is a party; or

 

86



 

(iv)                           rescind or terminate the Pool Agreement to which it is a party or treat itself as discharged or relieved from further performance of any of its obligations or liabilities under the Pool Agreement to which it is a party.

 

21.24            Compliance with relevant stock exchanges

 

The Borrower shall procure that the Corporate Guarantor complies with all laws, regulations, rules and requirements of its listing on the relevant stock exchanges, including for the avoidance of doubt, any requirements as to shareholdings.

 

21.25            Further assurance

 

(a)                              Each Obligor shall promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

 

(i)                                   to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of any of the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii)                                to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Secured Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                             to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

 

(iv)                           to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

 

(b)                              Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (and the Borrower shall procure that each member of the Group will) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                              At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself pursuant to this Clause 21.25 ( Further assurance ), that Obligor shall deliver to the Security Agent a certificate signed by two of that Obligor’s directors or officers which shall:

 

(i)                                   set out the text of a resolution of that Obligor’s directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and

 

87


 

(ii)                                state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors or officers and is valid under that Obligor’s articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

22                                INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

 

22.1                    General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ) remain in force from the date of this Agreement throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

22.2                    Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

(a)                              fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery plus freight interest and hull interest and/or increased value and excess risks);

 

(b)                              war risks including acts of terrorism and piracy and the amended version of AHIS (April 1 1984) and London Blocking & Trapping Addendum or similar;

 

(c)                              protection and indemnity risks including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk protection and indemnity cover; and

 

(d)                              any other risks against which the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for that Owner Guarantor to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to that Owner Guarantor.

 

22.3                    Terms of obligatory insurances

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall effect such insurances:

 

(a)                              In dollars;

 

(b)                              in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

(i)                                   120 per cent. of the Loan; and

 

(ii)                                the Market Value of that Ship;

 

(c)                              in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market and in any event not to be less than $1,000,000,000;

 

(d)                              in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of its Ship;

 

(e)                              on approved terms; and

 

88



 

(f)                                 through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations which have a minimum rating of A from Standard and Poor’s (or the equivalent rating from another suitable rating agency).

 

22.4                    Further protections for the Finance Parties

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 22.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), each Owner Guarantor shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:

 

(a)                              subject always to paragraph (b), name that Owner Guarantor as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

 

(i)                                   in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

(A)                            to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

(B)                            to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii)                                in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

 

and every other named insured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Owner Guarantor and every other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b)                              whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance Provided that this paragraph (b) shall not apply to the protection and indemnity risks;

 

(c)                              name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

 

(d)                              provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e)                              provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

 

(f)                                 provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Owner Guarantor fails to do so.

 

89



 

22.5                    Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(a)                              at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

(i)                                   notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii)                                obtain the Facility Agents’ approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above;

 

(b)                              at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

 

(c)                              procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

22.6                    Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a)                              pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

 

(b)                              a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

 

(i)                                   they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 22.4 ( Further protections for the Finance Parties );

 

(ii)                                they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

 

(iii)                             they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iv)                           they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Owner Guarantor or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

 

(v)                              if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

 

(vi)                           they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Owner Guarantor under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will

 

90



 

not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

 

(vii)                        they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship owned by that Owner Guarantor forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

 

22.7                    Copies of certificates of entry

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a)                              a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b)                              a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and

 

(c)                              a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

22.8                    Deposit of original policies

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

22.9                    Payment of premiums

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

22.10            Guarantees

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

22.11            Compliance with terms of insurances

 

(a)                              No Obligor shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

 

(b)                              Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(i)                                   take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 22.6 ( Copies of policies; letters of undertaking )) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

 

91



 

(ii)                                not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iii)                             make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(iv)                           not employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

22.12            Alteration to terms of insurances

 

No Obligor shall make or agree to any material alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

22.13            Settlement of claims

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall:

 

(a)                              not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

 

(b)                              do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

22.14            Provision of copies of communications

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such material communication, with copies of all written communications between that Owner Guarantor and:

 

(a)                              the Approved Brokers;

 

(b)                              the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c)                              the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

 

which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

(i)                                   that Owner Guarantor’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

(ii)                                any credit arrangements made between that Owner Guarantor and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

92



 

22.15            Provision of information

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a)                              obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b)                              effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 22.16 ( Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances ) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

 

and the Obligors shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

22.16            Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances

 

(a)                              The Security Agent shall, upon request by a Lender and until notice to the contrary from that Lender, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance, and a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance in an amount of not less than 120 per cent. of the Loan and a mortgagee’s rights insurance in an amount of not less than 110 per cent. of the Loan, on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Agent may from time to time consider appropriate.

 

(b)                              The Obligors shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

23                                GENERAL SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

 

23.1                    General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 23 ( General Ship Undertakings ) remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

23.2                    Ships’ names and registration

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it:

 

(a)                              keep that Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

 

(b)                              not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled; and

 

(c)                              not change the name of that Ship.

 

93



 

23.3                    Repair and classification

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a)                              consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

 

(b)                              so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class.

 

23.4                    Modifications

 

No Owner Guarantor shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

23.5                    Removal and installation of parts

 

(a)                              Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Owner Guarantor shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on any Ship unless:

 

(i)                                   the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

 

(ii)                                the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

 

(iii)                             the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on that Ship, the property of that Owner Guarantor and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage on that Ship and the related Deed of Covenant.

 

(b)                              A Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by that Owner Guarantor.

 

23.6                    Surveys

 

(a)                              Each Owner Guarantor shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent shall have the right to have a technical survey carried out at any time on each Ship but not more than once per year (unless an Event of Default or Major Casualty has occurred, in which case as often as the Facility Agent may require) provided that the Facility Agent provides reasonable notice of the intended date of such inspection and such inspection does not delay or interfere with that Ship’s operation, loading or unloading.  Each Owner Guarantor shall pay the reasonable cost of such survey or surveys of each Ship at the Facility Agent’s request.

 

23.7                    Inspection

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times

 

94



 

and at least once per calendar year to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.  Each Owner Guarantor shall pay the cost of one inspection per Ship per annum.

 

23.8                    Prevention of and release from arrest

 

(a)                              Each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly discharge amounts due in respect of:

 

(i)                                   all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances;

 

(ii)                                all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

 

(iii)                             all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances.

 

(b)                              Each Owner Guarantor shall immediately upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

23.9                    Compliance with laws etc.

 

Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each Approved Manager and the Charterer shall:

 

(a)                              comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

 

(i)                                   relating to its business generally; and

 

(ii)                                relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

 

including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

 

(b)                              obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals;

 

(c)                              without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and

 

(d)                              not appoint any manager or agent to manage the Vessel unless such party undertakes to procure that any agreement entered into relating to the management, employment or operation of a Ship contains a clause in which the counterparty undertakes to comply with all Sanctions.

 

23.10            ISPS Code

 

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 23.9 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Owner Guarantor shall:

 

95



 

(a)                              procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b)                              maintain an ISSC for that Ship; and

 

(c)                              notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

23.11            Sanctions and Ship trading

 

(a)                              Without limiting Clause 23.9 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Owner Guarantor shall procure:

 

(i)                                   that the Ship owned by it shall not be used by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person;

 

(ii)                                that such Ship shall not be used directly or indirectly in trading in any manner contrary to Sanctions (or which could be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor) or in any trade which could expose a Ship, a Transaction Obligor, a Lender, crew or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions;

 

(iii)                             that such Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and

 

(iv)                           that each charterparty in respect of that Ship shall contain, for the benefit of that Owner Guarantor, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 23.9 ( Compliance with laws etc. ) as regards Sanctions and of this Clause 23.11 ( Sanctions and Ship trading ) and which permits refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of Sanctions (or which would result in a breach of Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor).

 

(b)                              No Obligor shall, nor shall an Obligor permit or authorise any other person to, directly or indirectly, use, lend, make payments of, contribute or otherwise make available, all or any part of the proceeds of any Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement to fund any trade, business or other activities:

 

(i)                                   involving or for the benefit of any Prohibited Person; or

 

(ii)                                in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any Obligor or any Lender being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Prohibited Person.

 

23.12            Anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws

 

(a)                              The Borrower shall, and shall ensure that each of the other Obligors will, ensure that it will not directly or indirectly, use the proceeds from the Loan for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

 

(b)                              The Borrower shall, and shall ensure that each of the other Obligors will:

 

(i)                                   conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws; and

 

96



 

(ii)                                maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

23.13            Anti-terrorism

 

The Borrower shall, and shall ensure that each of the other Obligors will, comply with all anti-terrorism laws in each case applicable to it and shall take all actions necessary or which may be required by the Lenders to allow the Lenders to comply with any anti-terrorism laws applicable to it.

 

23.14            Green scrapping

 

(a)                              Each Owner Guarantor shall use reasonable endeavours (including the implementation of internal policies) to ensure that any scrapping of a Ship owned by it is carried out in accordance with the IMO Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships.

 

(b)                              Each Owner Guarantor shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain (in its first survey) and to maintain (in subsequent surveys) a green passport notification (based on the inventory of hazardous materials) for the Ship owned by it from the Approved Classification Society.

 

23.15            Trading in war zones

 

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), no Owner Guarantor shall cause or permit any Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless:

 

(a)                              the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders has been given such approval deemed to be given in relation to the Indian Ocean Piracy Zone, West African Piracy Zone and Venezuela provided that any conditions imposed under the relevant war risk policy are complied with; and

 

(b)                              that Owner Guarantor has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which (i) the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders may require or (ii) in the case of the Indian Ocean Piracy Zone, the West African Piracy Zone and Venezuela, is customary in relation to such war zones.

 

23.16            Provision of information

 

Without prejudice to Clause 19.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a)                              that Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(b)                              the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

 

(c)                              any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made by it in respect of that Ship;

 

(d)                              any towages and salvages; and

 

(e)                              its compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

 

97


 

and, upon the Facility Agent’s request, promptly provide copies of class records, any inspection reports obtained for that Ship, any current Charter relating to that Ship, of any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Ship’s Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

 

23.17            Notification of certain events

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

(a)                              any casualty to that Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b)                              any occurrence as a result of which that Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c)                              any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(d)                              any requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

 

(e)                              any arrest or detention of that Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or the Earnings;

 

(f)                                 any intended dry docking of that Ship;

 

(g)                              any Environmental Claim made against that Owner Guarantor or in connection with that Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(h)                              any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Owner Guarantor, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

 

(i)                                   any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

 

and each Owner Guarantor shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to that Owner Guarantor’s, any such Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

23.18            Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

No Owner Guarantor shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a)                              let that Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

(b)                              enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship other than a Permitted Charter;

 

(c)                              amend, supplement or terminate a Management Agreement;

 

(d)                              appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Technical Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager’s appointment;

 

98



 

(e)                              de activate or lay up that Ship; or

 

(f)                                 put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

23.19            Notice of Mortgage

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Owner Guarantor to the Security Agent.

 

23.20            Sharing of Earnings

 

No Owner Guarantor shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings other than for the purposes of this Agreement or except in relation to a pool or pooling arrangements for a Ship which has been approved in writing by the Facility Agent with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

23.21            Notification of compliance

 

Each Owner Guarantor shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 23 ( General Ship Undertakings ).

 

23.22            Monitoring

 

(a)                              Each Owner Guarantor shall (or shall procure that any Charterer and the Approved Technical Manager shall) allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to access all information pertaining to the Ship owned by it and to monitor the position of the Ship owned by it using third party services.

 

(b)                              All costs incurred by the Security Agent (and any of its agents) under paragraph (a) of Clause 23.22 ( Monitoring ) above shall be for the sole account of the relevant Owner Guarantor.

 

24                                SECURITY COVER

 

24.1                    Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if:

 

(a)                              on or before the second anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(i)                                   the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii)                                the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ),

 

99



 

is below 125 per cent. of an amount which is the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedge Exposure;

 

(b)                              after the second but on or before the fourth anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(i)                                   the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii)                                the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ),

 

is below 130 per cent. of an amount which is the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedge Exposure; and

 

(c)                              after the fourth anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(i)                                   the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii)                                the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ),

 

is below 135 per cent. of an amount which is the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedge Exposure.

 

24.2                    Provision of additional security; prepayment

 

(a)                              If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), the Borrower shall, on or before the date falling one Month after the date (the “ Prepayment Date ”) on which the Facility Agent’s notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

 

(b)                              The Borrower may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders:

 

(i)                                   has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

 

(ii)                                is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,

 

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

 

24.3                    Value of additional vessel security

 

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

 

24.4                    Valuations binding

 

Any valuation under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower.

 

100



 

24.5                    Provision of information

 

(a)                              Each Obligor shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

 

(b)                              If an Obligor fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

 

24.6                    Prepayment mechanism

 

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.2 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) but ignoring any restriction as to prepayments being made on the last day of the Interest Period and shall be applied in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

24.7                    Provision of valuations

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent shall be entitled to obtain valuations of the Ships and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 24.3 ( Value of additional vessel security ), from an Approved Valuer, selected by the Borrower, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Value of that Ship.

 

(b)                              The valuations referred to in this Clause 24.7 ( Provision of valuations ) are to be obtained:

 

(i)                                   on or before the Utilisation Date (not to be obtained earlier than 14 days prior to the Utilisation Date);

 

(ii)                                following the Utilisation Date, semi-annually (on 30 June and 31 December) (or at the discretion of the Lenders) in each year during the Security Period; and

 

(iii)                             at any other time required by the Facility Agent in its absolute discretion.

 

(c)                              The valuations referred to in paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of Clause 24.7 ( Provision of valuations ) shall be at the Borrower’s cost.

 

(d)                              The valuations referred to in paragraph (b)(iii) of Clause 24.7 ( Provision of valuations ) shall be at the Facility Agent’s cost unless (i) the valuations provided under paragraph (b)(iii) of Clause 24.7 ( Provision of valuations ) show a breach of Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, in which cases any additional valuations will be at the Borrower’s cost.

 

(e)                              The Facility Agent may obtain a second valuation from an Approved Valuer (selected by the Facility Agent) at the Borrower’s cost.  The arithmetic average of the two valuations will then be determined, save that where there is a variance of more than ten per cent. between the two valuations, a third valuation shall be obtained from an Approved Valuer selected by the Borrower and appointed by the Borrower and in such case the Market Value shall be the arithmetic average of the three valuations.

 

101



 

(f)                                 If the Market Value provided by an Approved Valuer provides a range value, the Market Value shall be the average of that range value.

 

(g)                              All valuations shall be addressed to the Facility Agent.

 

25                                ACCOUNTS AND APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

25.1                    Accounts

 

No Owner Guarantor may, without the prior consent of the Facility Agent, maintain any bank account other than in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

25.2                    Payment of Earnings

 

The Borrower shall ensure that, subject only to the provisions of each General Assignment, all the Earnings in respect of the Ships are paid in to the Earnings Accounts.

 

25.3                    Monthly retentions

 

The Borrower shall ensure that, in each calendar month following the first Utilisation Date, on such dates as the Facility Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred to the Retention Account out of the aggregate Earnings received by the Borrower in the Earnings Accounts during the preceding calendar month one-third of the amount of any Repayment Instalment falling due under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ) on the next Repayment Date.

 

25.4                    Shortfall in Earnings

 

(a)                              If the aggregate of the credit balance on each Earnings Account is insufficient in any calendar month for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 25.2 ( Monthly retentions ), the Borrower shall make up the amount of the insufficiency on demand from the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                              Without prejudicing the Facility Agent’s right to make such demand at any time, the Facility Agent may, if so authorised by the Majority Lenders, permit the Borrower to make up all or part of the insufficiency by increasing the amount of any transfer under Clause 25.2 ( Monthly retentions ) from the Earnings received in the next or subsequent calendar months.

 

25.5                    Application of retentions

 

(a)                              The Security Agent has sole signing rights in relation to the Retention Account.

 

(b)                              Until an Event of Default occurs, the Facility Agent shall instruct the Account Bank to release to it, on each Repayment Date and on each Interest Payment Date, for distribution to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 33.2 ( Distributions by the Facility Agent ) so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:

 

(i)                                   any Repayment Instalment due on that Repayment Date;

 

(ii)                                the amount of interest payable on that Interest Payment Date;

 

in discharge of the Borrower’s liability for that Repayment Instalment, or that interest as the case may be.

 

102



 

25.6                    Interest accrued on Retention Account

 

Any credit balance on the Retention Account shall bear interest at the rate from time to time offered by the Account Bank to its customers for dollar deposits of similar amounts and for periods similar to those for which such balances appear to the Account Bank likely to remain on the Retention Account.

 

25.7                    Release of accrued interest

 

Interest accruing under Clause 25.5 ( Interest accrued on Retention Account ) shall be credited to the Retention Account and, to the extent not applied previously pursuant to Clause 25.4 ( Application of retentions ), shall be released to the Borrower at the end of the Security Period.

 

25.8                    Location of Accounts

 

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a)                              comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of its Earnings Accounts, the Retention Account and the Debt Service Reserve Account (or any of them); and

 

(b)                              execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts, the Retention Account and the Debt Service Reserve Account.

 

26                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

26.1                    General

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 26 ( Events of Default ) is an Event of Default except for Clause 26.18 ( Acceleration ) and Clause 26.19 ( Enforcement of security ).

 

26.2                    Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a)                              its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i)                                   administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii)                                a Disruption Event; and

 

(b)                              payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.

 

26.3                    Specific obligations

 

A breach occurs of Clause 4.4 ( Waiver of conditions precedent ), Clause 18.36 ( Sanctions ), Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ), Clause 21.10 ( Title ), Clause 21.11 ( Negative pledge ), Clause 21.22 ( Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled ), Clause 23.11 ( Sanctions and Ship trading ), Clause 22.2 ( Maintenance of obligatory insurances ), Clause 22.3 ( Terms of

 

103



 

obligatory insurances ), Clause 22.5 ( Renewal of obligatory insurances ) or Clause 24 ( Security Cover ).

 

26.4                    Other obligations

 

(a)                              A Transaction Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 26.2 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 26.3 ( Specific obligations )).

 

(b)                              No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within ten Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrower or (if earlier) any Transaction Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

26.5                    Misrepresentation

 

(a)                              Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

(b)                              No Event of Default under paragraph (a) of this Clause 26.5 ( Misrepresentation ), other than Clause 18.36 ( Sanctions ), will occur if the underlying circumstances leading to the incorrect representation or statement are capable of remedy (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)) and are remedied within 10 Business Days of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) giving notice to the Borrower or (if earlier) any Transaction Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply provided that the failure to comply does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.6                    Cross default

 

(a)                              Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b)                              Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c)                              Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d)                              Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor (which is not a dormant company or which does not have gross assets of less than $50,000) due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e)                              No Event of Default will occur under this paragraph (e) of this Clause 26.6 ( Cross default ) if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or Commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling with paragraphs (a) to (d) of this Clause 26.6 ( Cross default ) is less than $2,250,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in relation to the Borrower or $500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in relation to any Owner Guarantor.

 

26.7                    Insolvency

 

(a)                              An Obligor or any member of the Group:

 

104



 

(i)                                   is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

(ii)                                is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

 

(iii)                             suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

 

(iv)                           by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b)                              The value of the assets of any Obligor or any member of the Group is less than its liabilities (excluding, in the case of any Obligor, any shareholder loans falling within paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness and, in the case of the Borrower, any loans owed to any of its shareholders) provided that , in the case of any member of the Group other than the Obligors it shall not be a breach of this provision if the breach is solely a result of intercompany arrangements.

 

(c)                              A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of Obligor or member of the Group.  If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

26.8                    Insolvency proceedings

 

(a)                              Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i)                                   the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor;

 

(ii)                                a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(iii)                             the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

(iv)                           enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b)                              Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

26.9                    Creditors’ process

 

(a)                              Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of an Obligor or a member of the Group.

 

(b)                              No Event of Default under paragraph (a) of this Clause 26.9 ( Creditors’ process ) will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders (acting

 

105



 

reasonably)) and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Obligors or (if earlier) an Obligor, a member of the Group or (in the case of such event occurring in relation to the Borrower) the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

26.10            Ownership of the Obligors

 

(a)                              An Owner Guarantor is not or ceases to be 100 per cent. directly or indirectly owned by the Borrower.

 

(b)                              Prior to the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Borrower is not or ceases to be 100 per cent. directly or indirectly owned by Grindrod Limited, a company incorporated in South Africa.

 

(c)                              After the Corporate Guarantor Effective Date, the Borrower is not or ceases to be 100 per cent. directly or indirectly owned by the Corporate Guarantor.

 

26.11            Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

 

(a)                              It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                              Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable if that cessation individually or together with any other cessations materially or adversely affects the interests of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                              Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

(d)                              Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

 

26.12            Security imperilled; flag instability

 

(a)                              Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

 

(b)                              The state of the Approved Flag of a Ship is or becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such state by unconstitutional means, or any other event occurs in relation to a Ship, the Mortgage in respect of that Ship or the Approved Flag and in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent such event is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect unless the Owner Guarantors, within 30 days of the occurrence of such event (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders) re-register the relevant Ship on an alternative flag approved pursuant to Clause 23.2 ( Ships’ names and registration ) and subject to:

 

(i)                                   that Ship remaining subject to Security created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require; and

 

106



 

(ii)                                the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents, as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require.

 

26.13            Cessation of business

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

26.14            Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group or any of its assets other than any Requisition.

 

26.15            Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

 

26.16            Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body is made, in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.17            Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.18            Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

 

(a)                              cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b)                              declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable;

 

(c)                              declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

107



 

(d)                              exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents,

 

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Security Agent may take any action referred to in Clause 26.19 ( Enforcement of security ) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

 

26.19            Enforcement of security

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 26.18 ( Acceleration ), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

108


 

SECTION 9

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

27                                CHANGES TO THE LENDERS AND HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

 

27.1                    Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders and Hedge Counterpartie ), a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may:

 

(a)                              assign any of its rights; or

 

(b)                              transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “ New Lender ”).

 

27.2                    Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a)                              The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

(i)                                   to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii)                                to another first class international bank or financial institution, insurer, social security fund, pension fund, capital investment company, financial intermediary or special purpose vehicle associated to any of them;

 

(iii)                             a trust corporation, fund or other person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is advised by or the assets of which are managed or serviced by a Lender; or

 

(iv)                           made at a time when a Default is continuing.

 

(b)                              The consent of the Borrower to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time.

 

(c)                              The consent of the Borrower to an assignment or transfer must not be withheld solely because the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to any amount payable under Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ), provided such costs are paid by the Existing Lender or the New Lender.

 

(d)                              An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                   receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and

 

109



 

(ii)                                performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(e)                              Each Obligor on behalf of itself and each Transaction Obligor agrees that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

 

(f)                                 A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

(g)                              If:

 

(i)                                   a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii)                                as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.  This paragraph (g) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

 

(h)                              Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

27.3                    Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $5,000.

 

27.4                    Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a)                              Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i)                                   the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii)                                the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;

 

110



 

(iii)                             the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv)                           the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b)                              Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:

 

(i)                                   has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

(ii)                                will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

 

(c)                              Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i)                                   accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders and Hedge Counterparties ); or

 

(ii)                                support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

 

27.5                    Procedure for transfer

 

(a)                              Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c)                              Subject to Clause 27.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)                                   to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another

 

111



 

under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”);

 

(ii)                                each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Transaction Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii)                             the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv)                           the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

27.6                    Procedure for assignment

 

(a)                              Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c)                              Subject to Clause 27.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)                                   the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii)                                the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “ Relevant Obligations ”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(iii)                             the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d)                              Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor

 

112



 

the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

27.7                    Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

27.8                    Additional Hedge Counterparties

 

(a)                              The Borrower or a Lender may request that a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender becomes an Additional Hedge Counterparty, with the prior approval of the Majority Lenders and (in the case of a request by a Lender) the Borrower, by delivering to the Facility Agent a duly executed Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter.

 

(b)                              The relevant Lender or Affiliate, bank or financial institution will become an Additional Hedge Counterparty when the Facility Agent enters into the relevant Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter.

 

27.9                    Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a)                              any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b)                              any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i)                                   release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

27.10            Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “ pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

113



 

(a)                              any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“ Accrued Amounts ”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b)                              the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)                                   when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii)                                the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 27.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(c)                              In this Clause 27.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) references to “Interest Period” shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

27.11            Transfer of business of Standard Chartered Bank

 

(a)                              The parties to this Agreement agree that, on and from the effective time (the “ Effective Time ”) of the scheme of transfer in respect of the transfer of the business of Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch (the “ Branch ”) to its wholly owned subsidiary Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited (the “ Singapore Subsidiary ”) (the “ Transfer ”) approved by the High Court of the Republic of Singapore pursuant to Sections 55B and 55C of the Banking Act, Chapter 19 of Singapore, the following shall occur simultaneously:

 

(i)                                   the Singapore Subsidiary shall replace the Branch as a party to the Finance Documents and all references in the Finance Documents to the Branch will refer to the Singapore Subsidiary;

 

(ii)                                each of the Branch and the other parties shall be released and discharged from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged/Cancelled Rights and Obligations ”);

 

(iii)                             each of the Singapore Subsidiary and the other parties shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged/Cancelled Rights and Obligations only insofar as the Singapore Subsidiary and the other parties have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Branch and the other parties (being the “ Acquired Rights and Obligations ”); and

 

(iv)                           the Singapore Subsidiary and the other Finance Parties shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the Singapore Subsidiary been a Finance Party under the Finance Documents as at the date of the relevant Finance Document and to that extent the Branch and the other Finance Parties shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents.

 

114



 

The parties to this Agreement agree to promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents as the Branch or the Singapore Subsidiary may reasonably specify to give effect to this Clause 27.11 ( Transfer of business by Standard Chartered Bank ).

 

28                                CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

28.1                    Assignment or transfer by Obligors

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

28.2                    Release of security

 

(a)                              If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:

 

(i)                                   the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document; or

 

(ii)                                all the Lenders agree to the disposal (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld); or

 

(iii)                             the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or

 

(iv)                           the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,

 

the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document.  However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

 

(b)                              If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 28.2 ( Release of security ) (at the request and expense of the Borrower) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release.  Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document.  Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

28.3                    Subordinated Creditors

 

(a)                              The Borrower may request that any person becomes a Subordinated Creditor, with the prior approval of the Facility Agent, by delivering to the Facility Agent:

 

(i)                                   a duly executed Subordination Deed;

 

(ii)                                a duly executed Subordinated Debt Security; and

 

(iii)                             such constitutional documents, corporate authorisations and other documents and matters as the Facility Agent may reasonably require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, to verify that the person’s obligations are legally binding, valid and enforceable and to satisfy any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

115



 

(b)                              A person referred to in paragraph (a) above will become a Subordinated Creditor on the date the Security Agent enters into the Subordination Deed and the Subordinated Debt Security delivered under paragraph (a) above.

 

116



 

SECTION 10

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

29                                THE FACILITY AGENT, THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS AND THE REFERENCE BANKS

 

29.1                    Appointment of the Facility Agent

 

(a)                              Each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                              Each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

29.2                    Instructions

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent shall:

 

(i)                                   unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(A)                            all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B)                            in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

(ii)                                not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

(c)                              Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d)                              Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i)                                   where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

117



 

(ii)                                where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii)                             in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent’s own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.

 

(e)                              If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent’s opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f)                                 In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.

 

(g)                              The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h)                              Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 29.2 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties.  The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

(i)                                   The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.  This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

29.3                    Duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b)                              Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c)                              Without prejudice to Clause 27.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

 

(d)                              Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

118


 

(e)                              If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f)                                 If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(g)                              The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

29.4                    Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

29.5                    No fiduciary duties

 

(a)                              Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b)                              Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers shall be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

29.6                    Application of receipts

 

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

29.7                    Business with the Group

 

The Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

29.8                    Rights and discretions

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent may:

 

(i)                                   rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii)                                assume that:

 

(A)                            any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

119



 

(B)                            unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

(iii)                             rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A)                            as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B)                            to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

 

(i)                                   no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 26.2 ( Non-payment ));

 

(ii)                                any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii)                             any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(c)                              The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(d)                              Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(e)                              The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(f)                                 The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i)                                   be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii)                                be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

 

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

120



 

(g)                              Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(h)                              Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers are obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(i)                                   Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

29.9                    Responsibility for documentation

 

Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers are responsible or liable for:

 

(a)                              the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, an Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; or

 

(b)                              the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property.

 

29.10            No duty to monitor

 

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a)                              whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b)                              as to the performance, default or any breach by any Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c)                              whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

29.11            Exclusion of liability

 

(a)                              Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for:

 

(i)                                   any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

121



 

(ii)                                exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(iii)                             any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv)                           without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A)                            any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B)                            the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b)                              No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c)                              The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

 

(d)                              Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers to carry out:

 

(i)                                   any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii)                                any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

 

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers.

 

122



 

(e)                              Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent’s liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

29.12            Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

(a)                              Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(b)                              Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c)                              Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.

 

29.13            Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

 

(b)                              Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(c)                              If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d)                              If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 29 ( The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Reference Banks ) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the

 

123



 

rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

(e)                              The retiring Facility Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(f)                                 The Facility Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(g)                              Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ) and this Clause 29 ( The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Reference Banks ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent.  Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date.  Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h)                              The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.  In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(i)                                   The consent of the Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

 

(j)                                   The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i)                                   the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii)                                the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii)                             the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrower or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

 

124



 

29.14            Confidentiality

 

(a)                              In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b)                              If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

(c)                              Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers are obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

29.15            Relationship with the other Finance Parties

 

(a)                              Subject to Clause 27.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the, Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or Hedge Counterparty at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office or, as the case may be, the Hedge Counterparty:

 

(i)                                   entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii)                                entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender or Hedge Counterparty to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                              Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent.  Each Finance Party shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent and any reference to any instructions being given by or sought from any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties by or to the Security Agent in this Agreement must be given or sought through the Facility Agent.

 

(c)                              Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.  Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication )) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) and sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication )

 

125



 

and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

29.16            Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

(a)                              the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b)                              the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(c)                              whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d)                              the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e)                              the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

29.17            Facility Agent’s management time

 

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 29.12 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent’s management time, such management time to be in respect of extraordinary matters pre-agreed with the Obligors and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

29.18            Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of

 

126



 

the amount owed.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

29.19            Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Secured Party confirms that each of the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

29.20            Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 29.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a)                              to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b)                              to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i)                                   any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii)                                any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c)                              to provide advice or other services to any Obligor or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

29.21            Role of Reference Banks

 

(a)                              No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Facility Agent.

 

(b)                              No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

127



 

(c)                              No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 29.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

29.22            Third Party Reference Banks

 

A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 29.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) and Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

30                                THE SECURITY AGENT

 

30.1                    Trust

 

(a)                              The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                              Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

30.2                    Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

 

(a)                              Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(b)                              The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

 

(i)                                   shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;

 

(ii)                                is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(c)                              For purposes of this Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), the Security Agent:

 

(i)                                   is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

 

(ii)                                acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

 

(iii)                             shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

 

128


 

(d)                              The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(i)                                   decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(ii)                                increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,

 

and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged,

 

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

 

(e)                              All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 30.28 ( Application of receipts ).

 

(f)                                 This Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

 

30.3                    Enforcement through Security Agent only

 

The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

 

30.4                    Instructions

 

(a)                              The Security Agent shall:

 

(i)                                   unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(A)                            all Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B)                            in all other cases, the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf); and

 

(ii)                                not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b)                              The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

129



 

(c)                              Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d)                              Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i)                                   where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

(ii)                                where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii)                             in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent’s own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Secured Parties.

 

(iv)                           in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent’s discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:

 

(A)                            Clause 30.28 ( Application of receipts );

 

(B)                            Clause 30.29 ( Permitted Deductions ); and

 

(C)                           Clause 30.30 ( Prospective liabilities ).

 

(e)                              If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent’s opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f)                                 In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where either:

 

(i)                                   it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or

 

(ii)                                the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above,

 

the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Secured Parties.

 

(g)                              The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h)                              Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 30.4 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

 

130



 

(i)                                   The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.  This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

30.5                    Duties of the Security Agent

 

(a)                              The Security Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b)                              The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c)                              Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d)                              If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e)                              The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

30.6                    No fiduciary duties

 

(a)                              Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Transaction Obligor.

 

(b)                              The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

30.7                    Business with the Group

 

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

30.8                    Rights and discretions

 

(a)                              The Security Agent may:

 

(i)                                   rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii)                                assume that:

 

(A)                            any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

131



 

(B)                            unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked;

 

(C)                           if it receives any instructions to act in relation to the Transaction Security, that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for so acting have been satisfied; and

 

(iii)                             rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A)                            as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B)                            to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b)                              The Security Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the other Finance Parties through the Facility Agent and may give to the Facility Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Security Agent to any Finance Party.

 

(c)                              The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Secured Parties) that:

 

(i)                                   no Default has occurred;

 

(ii)                                any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii)                             any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(d)                              The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(e)                              Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (f) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(f)                                 The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(g)                              The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i)                                   be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

132



 

(ii)                                be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

 

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(h)                              Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(i)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(j)                                   Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

30.9                    Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate is responsible or liable for:

 

(a)                              the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

 

(b)                              the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(c)                              any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

30.10            No duty to monitor

 

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a)                              whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b)                              as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c)                              whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

133



 

30.11            Exclusion of liability

 

(a)                              Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable for:

 

(i)                                   any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

(ii)                                exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(iii)                             any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv)                           without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i)  to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A)                            any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B)                            the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b)                              No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c)                              The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

 

(d)                              Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:

 

134



 

(i)                                   any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii)                                any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

 

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

 

(e)                              Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

30.12            Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a)                              Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent’s or Receiver’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent or Receiver under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent or Receiver has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(b)                              Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c)                              Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.

 

30.13            Resignation of the Security Agent

 

(a)                              The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

 

(b)                              Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(c)                              If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

135



 

(d)                              The retiring Security Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents.  The Security Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon:

 

(i)                                   the appointment of a successor; and

 

(ii)                                the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

 

(e)                              Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 30.25 ( Winding up of trust ) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent.  Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date.  Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(f)                                 The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.  In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(g)                              The consent of the Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

 

30.14            Confidentiality

 

(a)                              In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b)                              If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

(c)                              Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

30.15            Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

136



 

(a)                              the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b)                              the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(c)                              whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d)                              the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e)                              the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

30.16            Security Agent’s management time

 

(a)                              Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 30.12 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Security Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Security Agent’s management time, such management time to be in respect of extraordinary matters pre-agreed with the Obligors and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Security Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

(b)                              Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of:

 

(i)                                   a Default;

 

(ii)                                the Security Agent being requested by a Transaction Obligor or the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Borrower agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or

 

(iii)                             the Security Agent and the Borrower agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances,

 

the Borrower shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration (together with any applicable VAT) that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to paragraph (c) below.

 

(c)                              If the Security Agent and the Borrower fail to agree upon the nature of the duties, or upon the additional remuneration referred to in paragraph (b) above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an

 

137



 

investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Borrower or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrower) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

 

30.17            Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Secured Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

30.18            No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

 

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

 

(a)                              require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

 

(b)                              obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

(c)                              register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;

 

(d)                              take, or to require any Transaction Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or

 

(e)                              require any further assurance in relation to any Security Document.

 

30.19            Insurance by Security Agent

 

(a)                              The Security Agent shall not be obliged:

 

(i)                                   to insure any of the Security Assets;

 

(ii)                                to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or

 

(iii)                             to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance Document,

 

and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.

 

(b)                              Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the

 

138



 

insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

 

30.20            Custodians and nominees

 

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

 

30.21            Delegation by the Security Agent

 

(a)                              Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.

 

(b)                              That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties.

 

(c)                              No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

 

30.22            Additional Security Agents

 

(a)                              The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

 

(i)                                   if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or

 

(ii)                                for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

 

(iii)                             for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

 

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrower and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

 

(b)                              Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

 

(c)                              The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

 

139


 

30.23            Acceptance of title

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Transaction Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

 

30.24            Releases

 

Upon a disposal of any of the Security Assets pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver, a Delegate or the Security Agent, the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the cost of the Obligors and without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from any other Secured Party) to release, without recourse or warranty, that property from the Transaction Security and to execute any release of the Transaction Security or other claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating charges that may be required or desirable.

 

30.25            Winding up of trust

 

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:

 

(a)                              all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and

 

(b)          no Secured Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Transaction Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

 

then

 

(i)                                   the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and

 

(ii)                                any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 30.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.

 

30.26            Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

 

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

 

30.27            Disapplication of Trustee Acts

 

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.  Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and

 

140



 

any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

 

30.28            Application of receipts

 

All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document, under Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ), the “ Recoveries ”) shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ), in the following order of priority:

 

(a)                              in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent (in its capacity as such) (other than pursuant to Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or any Receiver or Delegate;

 

(b)                              in payment or distribution to the Facility Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties, for application towards the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Transaction Obligor under any of the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments );

 

(c)                              if none of the Transaction Obligors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority to any Transaction Obligor; and

 

(d)                              the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the relevant Transaction Obligor.

 

30.29            Permitted Deductions

 

The Security Agent may, in its discretion:

 

(a)          set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

 

(b)          pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

 

30.30            Prospective liabilities

 

Following enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 30.28 ( Application of receipts ) in respect of:

 

(a)                              any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

 

141



 

(b)                              any part of the Secured Liabilities,

 

that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

 

30.31            Investment of proceeds

 

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 30.28 ( Application of receipts ) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent’s discretion in accordance with the provisions of Clause 30.28 ( Application of receipts ).

 

30.32            Currency conversion

 

(a)                              For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b)                              The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

30.33            Good discharge

 

(a)                              Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

(b)                              The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

 

30.34            Amounts received by Obligors

 

If any of the Obligors receives or recovers any amount which, under the terms of any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that Obligor will hold the amount received or recovered on trust for the Security Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Security Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

30.35            Application and consideration

 

In consideration for the covenants given to the Security Agent by each Obligor in relation to Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), the Security Agent agrees with each Obligor to apply all moneys from time to time paid by such Obligor to the Security Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ).

 

30.36            Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 30.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

142



 

(a)                              to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b)                              to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i)                                   any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii)                                any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c)                              to provide advice or other services to the Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

31                                CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a)                              interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b)                              oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c)                              oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

32                                SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

32.1                    Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party (a “ Recovering Finance Party ”) receives or recovers any amount from a Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a “ Recovered Amount ”) and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a)                              the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

 

(b)                              the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment

 

143



 

Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c)                              the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the “ Sharing Payment ”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

32.2                    Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Transaction Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “ Sharing Finance Parties ”) in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

32.3                    Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 32.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor, as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

32.4                    Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a)                              each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “ Redistributed Amount ”); and

 

(b)                              as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

32.5                    Exceptions

 

(a)                              This Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Transaction Obligor.

 

(b)                              A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i)                                   it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

144



 

(ii)          that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

145



 

SECTION 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

33                                PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

33.1                    Payments to the Facility Agent

 

(a)          On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b)                              Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

33.2                    Distributions by the Facility Agent

 

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 33.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 33.4 ( Clawback and pre-funding ) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of an Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request.

 

33.3                    Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 34 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

33.4                    Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a)                              Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b)                              Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

146



 

(c)          If the Facility Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrower:

 

(i)                                   the Borrower shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and

 

(ii)                                the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrower shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

33.5                    Application of receipts; partial payments

 

(a)          If the Facility Agent or the Security Agent (as applicable) receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent (as applicable) shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i)                                   first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of:

 

(A)                            any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement; and

 

(B)                            any periodical payments (not being payments as a result of termination or closing out) due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements;

 

(iii)                             thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of:

 

(A)                            any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement; and

 

(B)                            any payments as a result of termination or closing out due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements; and

 

(iv)                           fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due to any Finance Party but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (a) above.

 

(c)                              Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

33.6                    No set-off by Obligors

 

(a)                              All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

147



 

(b)                              Paragraph (a) above shall not affect the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

 

33.7                    Business Days

 

(a)                              Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b)                              During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

33.8                    Currency of account

 

(a)                              Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b)                              Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(c)                              Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

33.9                    Change of currency

 

(a)                              Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i)                                   any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

(ii)                                any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b)                              If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

33.10            Currency Conversion

 

(a)                              For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b)                              The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

148



 

33.11            Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a)                              the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b)                              the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c)                              the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d)                              any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(e)                              the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ); and

 

(f)                                 the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

34                                SET-OFF

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.  If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

35                                BAIL-IN

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party (except Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch) acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

(a)                              any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

149


 

(i)                                   a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

(ii)                                a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

(iii)                             a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

(b)                              a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

36                                NOTICES

 

36.1                    Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

36.2                    Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

 

(a)                              in the case of the Borrower, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties );

 

(b)                              in the case of each Lender, each Hedge Counterparty  or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

(c)                              in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ); and

 

(d)                              in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ),

 

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

36.3                    Delivery

 

(a)                              Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i)                                   if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii)                                if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

150



 

(b)                              Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c)                              All notices from or to a Transaction Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

 

(d)                              Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Transaction Obligors.

 

(e)                              Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

36.4                    Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

36.5                    Electronic communication

 

(a)                              Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:

 

(i)                                   notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

 

(ii)                                notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

(b)                              Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

 

(c)                              Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(d)                              Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

(e)                              Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication ).

 

151



 

36.6                    English language

 

(a)                              Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b)                              All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i)                                   in English; or

 

(ii)                                if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

36.7                    Hedging Agreement

 

Notwithstanding anything in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ), references to the Finance Documents or a Finance Document in this Clause do not include any Hedging Agreement entered into by the Borrower with a Hedge Counterparty in connection with the Facilities.

 

37                                CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

37.1                    Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

37.2                    Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

37.3                    Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

38                                PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

39                                REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document.  No election to affirm any Finance

 

152



 

Document on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing.  No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

40                                SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

 

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

 

41                                IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

 

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Transaction Obligor to a Secured Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

42                                AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

42.1                    Required consents

 

(a)                              Subject to Clause 42.2 ( All Lender matters ) and Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

 

(c)                              Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 29.8 ( Rights and discretions ), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

42.2                    All Lender matters

 

Subject to Clause 42.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(a)                              the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

(b)                              a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(c)                              a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(d)                              a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

153



 

(e)                              an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

 

(f)                                 a change to any Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 28 ( Changes to the Obligors ) or Clause 7.4 ( Substitution of Ship );

 

(g)                              any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(h)                              Clause 7.4 ( Substitution of Ship );

 

(i)                                   this Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(j)                                   any change to the preamble (Background), Clause 2 ( The Facility ), Clause 3 ( Purpose ), Clause 5 ( Utilisation ), Clause 6.2 ( Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments ), Clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ), Clause 8 ( Interest ), paragraph (a) of Clause 24.7 ( Provision of valuations ), Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders and Hedge Counterparties ), Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), Clause 46 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 47 ( Enforcement );

 

(k)                              any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

 

(l)                                   (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:

 

(i)                                   the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

(ii)                                the Security Assets; or

 

(iii)                             the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,

 

(except in the case of sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii)  above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

 

(m)                         the release of the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

 

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

42.3                    Other exceptions

 

(a)                              An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be

 

154



 

effected without the consent of that Servicing Party, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or that Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(b)                              An amendment or waiver which relates to and would adversely affect the rights or obligations of a Hedge Counterparty (in its capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Hedge Counterparty.

 

(c)          The Borrower and the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

 

42.4                    Replacement of Screen Rate

 

(a)                              Subject to Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ), if the Screen Rate is not available for dollars, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to dollars, in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower.

 

(b)                              If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within three Business Days (unless the Borrower and the Facility Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made:

 

(i)                                   its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

(ii)          its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

42.5                    Obligor Intent

 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 ( Construction ) and 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following:  business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

42.6                     Disenfranchisement of Obligors and their Affiliates

 

(a)                              For so long as an Obligor or its Affiliate (i) beneficially owns a Commitment or (ii) has entered into a sub-participation agreement relating to a Commitment or other agreement or arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement has not been terminated:

 

(i)                                   in ascertaining:

 

155



 

(A)                            the Majority Creditors or Majority Lenders; or

 

(B)                            whether:

 

(1)          any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Credit Participations; or

 

(2)          the agreement of any specified group of Creditors,

 

has been obtained to approve any request for a Consent or to carry any other vote or approve any action under this Agreement,

 

that Commitment shall be deemed to be zero and, subject to paragraph (ii) below, that Obligor or its Affiliate (as the case may be) (or the person with whom it has entered into that sub-participation, other agreement or arrangement (a “ Counterparty ”)) shall be deemed not to be a Lender.

 

(b)                              Each Obligor or its Affiliate (as the case may be) that is a Lender agrees that:

 

(i)                                   in relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Creditors or any combination of those groups of Creditors are invited to attend or participate, it shall not attend or participate in the same if so requested by the Security Agent or, unless the Security Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of the same; and

 

(ii)                                it shall not, unless the Security Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive any report or other document prepared at the behest of, or on the instructions of, the Security Agent or one or more of the Creditors.

 

43                                CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

43.1                    Confidentiality

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 43.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 43.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

43.2                    Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

(a)                              Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(i)                                   to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, service providers, insurers, insurance brokers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

156



 

(ii)                                to any person:

 

(A)                            to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(B)                            with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(C)                           appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 29.15 ( Relationship with the other Finance Parties ));

 

(D)                           who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (ii) above;

 

(E)                            to any party who provides or may potentially provide insurance or reinsurance in relation to the Loan and any insurance broker or reinsurance broker in connection with such purposes and each of their respective professional advisers;

 

(F)                             to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(G)                          to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(H)                           to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 27.8 ( Additional Hedge Counterparties );

 

(I)                                  who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor;

 

(J)                              as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(K)                            with the consent of the Borrower;

 

157



 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(1)                              in relation to sub-paragraphs (A), (B) and (C) of paragraph (ii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information or is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(2)                              in relation to sub-paragraph (D) of paragraph (ii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(3)                              in relation to sub-paragraphs (F), (G) and (H) of paragraph (ii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(iii)                             to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (iii) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/ Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party;

 

(iv)                           to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

 

(b)                              This Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ) is not, and shall not be deemed to constitute, an express or implied agreement by any Finance Party with any Transaction Obligor for a higher degree of confidentiality than that prescribed in Section 47 of, and in the Third Schedule to, the Banking Act, Chapter 19 of Singapore.

 

(c)                              If a Transaction Obligor provides a Finance Party with personal data of any individual (including where applicable, its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, beneficial owners,

 

158



 

representative, agents and principals (if acting on behalf of another)), the Transaction Obligor undertakes, represents and warrants that it (a) has obtained (and shall maintain) the consent from such individual and (b) is authorised to deliver such personal data to the Finance Party for collection, use, disclosure, transfer and retention of personal data for such purposes as set out in the Finance Party’s personal data protection policy or as permitted by applicable laws or regulations.

 

(d)                              Each Transaction Obligor agrees and undertakes to notify the Facility Agent promptly upon becoming aware of the withdrawal by the relevant individual of his/her consent to the collection, use and/or disclosure by any Finance Party of any personal data provided by that Obligor to any Finance Party.

 

43.3                    Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a)                              Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors the following information:

 

(i)                                   names of Transaction Obligors;

 

(ii)                                country of domicile of Transaction Obligors;

 

(iii)                             place of incorporation of Transaction Obligors;

 

(iv)                           date of this Agreement;

 

(v)                              Clause 46 ( Governing Law );

 

(vi)                           the names of the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers;

 

(vii)                        date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(viii)                     amount of Total Commitments;

 

(ix)                           currency of the Facility;

 

(x)                              type of Facility;

 

(xi)                           ranking of Facility;

 

(xii)                        Termination Date for Facility;

 

(xiii)     changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and

 

(xiv)                   such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrower,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b)                              The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of

 

159



 

its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c)          Each Obligor represents, on behalf of itself and the other Transaction Obligors, that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xiv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

(d)                              The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i)                                   the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors; and

 

(ii)                                the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

43.4                    Entire agreement

 

This Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

43.5                    Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

43.6                    Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:

 

(a)                              of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (F) of paragraph (ii) of Clause 43.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b)                              upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ).

 

43.7                    Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

 

(a)                              the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

160


 

(b)                              the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

44                                CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

 

44.1                    Confidentiality and disclosure

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent may disclose:

 

(i)                                   any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrower pursuant to Clause 8.5 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

 

(ii)                                any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(c)                              The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

(i)                                   any of its Affiliates and any of its or their  officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives, if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

(ii)          any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(iii)          any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

161



 

(iv)                           any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(d)                              The Facility Agent’s obligations in this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.5 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

44.2                    Related obligations

 

(a)                              The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

(b)                              The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

(i)                                   of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of Clause 44.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(ii)                                upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).

 

44.3                    No Event of Default

 

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 26.4 ( Other obligations ) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply with this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).

 

45                                COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

162



 

SECTION 12

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

46                                GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

47                                ENFORCEMENT

 

47.1                    Jurisdiction

 

(a)                              Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a “ Dispute ”).

 

(b)                              The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

(c)                              This Clause 47.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only.  As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

47.2                    Service of process

 

(a)                              Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i)          irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii)          agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b)                              If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within three days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent.  Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

163



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE PARTIES

 

PART A

 

THE OBLIGORS

 

Name of Borrower

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Registration number
(or equivalent, if any)

 

Address for
Communication

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

200407212K

 

200 Cantonment Road
#03-01 Southpoint
089763
Singapore

 

Fax: +65 6323 0046

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Name of Owner
Guarantor

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Registration number
(or equivalent, if any)

 

Address for
Communication

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

200902094C

 

200 Cantonment Road
#03-01 Southpoint
089763
Singapore

 

Fax: +65 6323 0046

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

200901631D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201015020H

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201417903N

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201015026N

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201015010R

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201015176M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201015034E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201010560K

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201010557N

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201809829Z

 

 

 

164



 

Name of Owner
Guarantor

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Registration number
(or equivalent, if any)

 

Address for
Communication

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201110907M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201110901G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201101546M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201015037W

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

201015017M

 

 

 

165



 

PART B

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

 

Name of Original Lender Commitment

 

Address for Communication

 

Commitment
(US$)

 

 

 

 

 

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Singapore Branch

 

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank
168 Robinson Road

 

#22-01 Capital Tower
Singapore

 

Fax No: + 65 6439 9754
Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

With a copy to:

 

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank
London Ship Finance
Broadwalk House
5 Appold Street
London EC2A 2DA

 

Fax: +44 (0) 20 7214 6689
Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

Tranche A $3,333,333.33

 

Tranche B $28,050,000.00

 

Tranche B (Ship K) $1,950,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch
77 Robinson Road
#30-02
Singapore 068896
Singapore

 

Fax: +65 6511 0700
Attention Transaction and Loan Services
Email: TLS.TM.Singapore@dvbbank.com / TLS.LA.Singapore@dvbbank.com

 

Tranche A $3,333,333.34

 

Tranche B $28,050,000.00

 

Tranche B (Ship K) $1,950,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch

 

Marina Bay Financial Centre
Tower 1, Level 27-01
8 Marina Boulevard
Singapore 018981

 

Fax: +65 6634 9558

 

Tranche A $3,333,333.33

 

Tranche B $28,050,000.00

 

166



 

 

 

Attention: Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd / Shipping Finance

Email: SG.Loansprocessing@sc.com / C.Rajanish@sc.com / Hazel.Looi@sc.com

 

Tranche B (Ship K) $1,950,000.00

 

 

THE ORIGINAL HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

 

Name of Original Hedge Counterparty

 

Address for Communication

 

 

 

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Singapore Branch

 

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

168 Robinson Road

 

#22-01 Capital Tower

Singapore

 

Fax No: + 65 6439 9754

Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

With a copy to:

 

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

London Ship Finance

Broadwalk House

5 Appold Street

London EC2A 2DA

 

Fax: +44 (0) 20 7214 6689

Attn: Ship Finance Department

 

 

 

 

 

 

DVB Bank SE

 

DVB Bank SE

Platz der Republik 6

60325 Frankfurt am Main

Federal Republic of Germany

Fax: +49 69 97 504 581

 

Attn: Manager Group Treasury Service

 

Email: GC-OT@dvbbank.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited

 

Marina Bay Financial Centre

Tower 1, Level 27-01

8 Marina Boulevard

Singapore 018981

 

Fax: +65 6634 9558

Attention: Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd / Shipping Finance

 

167



 

 

 

Email:          SG.Loansprocessing@sc.com   /   C.Rajanish@sc.com / Hazel.Looi@sc.com

 

 

PART C

 

THE SERVICING PARTIES

 

Name of Facility Agent

 

Address for Communication

 

 

 

 

 

 

DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

77 Robinson Road

#30-02

Singapore 068896

Singapore

 

Fax: +65 6511 0700

Attention Transaction and Loan Services

Email:     TLS.TM.Singapore@dvbbank.com    /   TLS.LA.Singapore@dvbbank.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Security Agent

 

Address for Communication

 

 

 

 

 

 

DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

77 Robinson Road

#30-02

Singapore 068896

Singapore

 

Fax: +65 6511 0700

Attention Transaction and Loan Services

Email:     TLS.TM.Singapore@dvbbank.com   / TLS.LA.Singapore@dvbbank.com

 

168


 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

 

PART A

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION REQUEST

 

1              Obligors

 

1.1          A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

 

1.2          A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor and the shareholder(s) of each Owner Guarantor :

 

(a)           approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)           authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(c)           authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3          An original of the power of attorney of each Obligor (including, for the avoidance of doubt, each Owner Guarantor) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.4          A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.5          A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.6          A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

 

1.7          A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2              Finance Documents

 

2.1          A duly executed original of each Subordination Deed and copies of each Subordination Finance Document.

 

169



 

2.2          A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent ).

 

2.3          A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent ).

 

3              Security

 

3.1          A duly executed original of the Account Security in relation to each Account in respect of the Borrower and of the Shares Security in respect of each Owner Guarantor (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

3.2          If applicable, a duly executed original of the Hedging Agreement Security in respect of the Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under it).

 

3.3          A duly executed original of each Subordinated Debt Security.

 

4              Legal opinions

 

4.1          A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

4.2          If an Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5              Other documents and evidence

 

5.1          Copies of the Pool Agreements and of all documents signed by the relevant Owner Guarantors in connection with such agreements.

 

5.2          Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 47.2 ( Service of process ), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

 

5.3          A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent reasonably considers to be necessary or desirable (and provided if it has notified the Borrower accordingly but not later than three Business Days prior to the end of the Availability Period) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

5.4          The Original Financial Statements of the Borrower.

 

5.5          The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.

 

5.6          Evidence that the equivalent of six months Debt Service is held in the Debt Service Reserve Account.

 

170



 

5.7          Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

5.8          Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

171



 

PART B

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION

 

1              Borrower

 

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Utilisation Date of the Advance under Tranche A.

 

2              Release of Existing Security

 

An original of each Deed of Release and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to it, together with evidence satisfactory to the Facility Agent of its due execution by the parties to it.

 

3              Ship and other security

 

3.1          A duly executed but undated original of each Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant and General Assignment in respect of each Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them.

 

3.2          Documentary evidence that each Ship:

 

(a)           is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Owner Guarantor under the Approved Flag;

 

(b)           is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Owner Guarantor save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(c)           maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

 

(d)           is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3.3          Documents establishing that each Ship will, as from the Utilisation Date, be managed commercially by its Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by its Approved Technical Manager on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, together with:

 

(a)           a Manager’s Undertaking for each of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager; and

 

(b)           copies of the relevant Approved Technical Manager’s Document of Compliance and of each Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to each Ship including without limitation an ISSC.

 

172



 

3.4          A valuation of each Ship, addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 14 days before the Utilisation Date for the Advance from an Approved Valuer.

 

3.5          A green passport notification (based on the inventory of hazardous materials) for each Ship from the Approved Classification Society.

 

4              Other documents and evidence

 

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date.

 

173



 

PART C

 

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT TO UTILISATION

 

1              Legal opinions

 

Executed legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of each Ship and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require

 

2              Vessel and other security

 

(a)           A duly executed original of each Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant and General Assignment in respect of each Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them, to be provided on the Utilisation Date (as a same day condition subsequent) together with documentary evidence that the Mortgages in respect of each Ship has been duly registered on the Utilisation Date as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag.

 

(b)           Evidence that the Security Documents have been duly registered or recorded in such jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require and that all notices of assignment required under or in connection with the relevant Security Documents have been served.

 

(c)           A duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from the Approved Brokers in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

(d)           A duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from any protection and indemnity club or war risks association through or with whom any obligatory insurances are placed or effected in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

(e)           An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.

 

3              Miscellaneous

 

Evidence that all legal fees have been paid within 30 days of the Utilisation Date.

 

174



 

PART D

 

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT - CORPORATE GUARANTOR EFFECTIVE DATE

 

1              Corporate Guarantor

 

1.1          A copy of the constitutional documents of the Corporate Guarantor.

 

1.2          A copy of a resolution of the board of directors and the shareholders of the Corporate Guarantor:

 

(a)           approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)           authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(c)           authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3          An original of the power of attorney of the Corporate Guarantor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.4          A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.5          A certificate of the Corporate Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that guaranteeing, the Total Commitments would not cause any guaranteeing or similar limit binding on the Corporate Guarantor to be exceeded.

 

1.6          A certificate of the Corporate Guarantor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

 

2              Finance Documents

 

2.1          A duly executed original of the Corporate Guarantor Guarantee.

 

2.2          A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent ).

 

3              Legal opinions

 

3.1          A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England.

 

3.2          A legal opinion of Allen & Gledhill LLP, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in Singapore.

 

175



 

4              Other documents and evidence

 

4.1          Evidence that any process agent referred to in the Corporate Guarantor Guarantee, has accepted its appointment.

 

4.2          Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

4.3          Evidence that the Corporate Guarantor is the sole owner of the all the shares in the Borrower.

 

176



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

REQUESTS

 

PART A

 

UTILISATION REQUEST

 

From:    Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

To:          DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

77 Robinson Road

#30-02

Singapore 068896

Singapore

 

 

Attn: Transaction and Loan Services

 

Dated: [ · ] 2018

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. – Facility Agreement dated [ · ] 2018 (the “Agreement”)

 

1              We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2              We wish to borrow the Advance on the following terms:

 

[Tranche A / Tranche B]

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:              [ · ] 2018 (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

 

Amount:               [ · ] or, if less, the Available Facility

 

Interest Period for the first Advance:       [ · ] Months

 

3              We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) of the Agreement as they relate to the Advance to which this Utilisation Request refers is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4              The proceeds of this Advance should be credited to [account].

 

5              This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

____________________________________

 

177



 

[ · ]
authorised signatory for

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

178


 

PART B

 

SELECTION NOTICE

 

From:    Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

To:          DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. - Facility Agreement dated [ · ] 2018 (the “Agreement”)

 

1              We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Selection Notice.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2              We request that the next Interest Period for the Loan be [ · ].

 

3              This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

_____________________________

 

[ · ]
authorised signatory for

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

179



 

SCHEDULE 4

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To:          DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent

 

From:    [The Existing Lender] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [The New Lender] (the “ New Lender ”)

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. – Facility Agreement dated [ · ] 2018 (the “Agreement”)

 

1              We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Transfer Certificate.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2              We refer to Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement:

 

(a)           The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement.

 

(b)           The proposed Transfer Date is [ · ].

 

(c)           The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3              The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 27.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

 

4              This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

5              This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

6              This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

Note:    The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

180



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details

 

for notices and account details for payments.]

 

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

 

 

By: [ · ]

By: [ · ]

 

 

 

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By: [ · ]

 

181



 

SCHEDULE 5

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To:          DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. as Borrower, for and on behalf of each Transaction Obligor

 

From:    [the Existing Lender] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [the New Lender] (the “ New Lender ”)

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. - Facility Agreement dated [ · ] 2018 (the “Agreement”)

 

1              We refer to the Agreement.  This is an Assignment Agreement.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2              We refer to Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ):

 

(a)           The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b)           The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c)           The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

(d)           All rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

 

3              The proposed Transfer Date is [ · ].

 

4              On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5              The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6              The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 27.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

7              This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 27.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), to the Borrower (on behalf of each Transaction Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

182



 

8              This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

9              This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

10            This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

Note:    The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions.  It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

183



 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices
and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

 

 

By: [ · ]

By: [ · ]

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ · ].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By:

 

184



 

SCHEDULE 6

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:          DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent

 

From:    Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. – Facility Agreement dated [ · ] 2018 (the “Agreement”)

 

1              We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2              We confirm that:

 

(a)           Book Value Net Worth is not less than $250,000,000 in December [2017] [2018]] [$265,000,000 in December [2019] [2020]] [$275,000,000], evidenced as follows:

 

[•] ;

 

(b)           Cash and Cash Equivalents are not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash including the minimum cash balance in the Debt Service Reserve Account, evidenced as follows:

 

[•] ; and

 

(c)           the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent, evidenced as follows:

 

[•] .

 

[WFW note: Grindrod will need to spell out the ratios in (a), (b) and (c) and provide additional computations to support those notified ratios]

 

3              We confirm that no Default is continuing.

 

 

 

Signed:

________________________

 

________________________

 

[Chief Financial Officer] [Director]

 

Director

 

of

 

of

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

185



 

SCHEDULE 7

 

FORM OF HEDGE COUNTERPARTY ACCESSION LETTER

 

To:          DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent

 

From:    [Additional Hedge Counterparty] (the “ Additional Hedge Counterparty ”)

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. – Facility Agreement dated [ · ] 2018 (the “Agreement”)

 

1              We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter.

 

2              We refer to Clause 27.8 ( Additional Hedge Counterparties ).  The Additional Hedge Counterparty agrees to become an Additional Hedge Counterparty and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Hedge Counterparty.

 

3              This Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

[ Additional Hedge Counterparty ]

 

By: [ · ]

 

 

 

DVB Bank SE

 

By: [ · ]

 

186



 

SCHEDULE 8

 

REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

#

 

SHIP NAME

 

Loan Amount

 

YR1

 

YR2

 

YR3

 

YR4

 

YR5

 

YR6

 

YR7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRANCHE A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

IVS NIGHTJAR

 

3,000,000

 

750,000

 

750,000

 

750,000

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

IVS KANDA

 

3,000,000

 

750,000

 

750,000

 

750,000

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

IVS KAWANA

 

4,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRANCHE B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

IVS KINGBIRD

 

5,850,000

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

5

 

INYALA

 

8,700,000

 

1,242,857

 

1,242,857

 

1,242,857

 

1,242,857

 

1,242,857

 

1,242,857

 

1,242,857

6

 

BREEDE

 

6,450,000

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

7

 

RHINO

 

10,800,000

 

1,542,857

 

1,542,857

 

1,542,857

 

1,542,857

 

1,542,857

 

1,542,857

 

1,542,857

8

 

KOWIE

 

6,900,000

 

985,714

 

985,714

 

985,714

 

985,714

 

985,714

 

985,714

 

985,714

9

 

IVS KNOT

 

7,200,000

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

10

 

IVS SENTOSA

 

5,100,000

 

728,571

 

728,571

 

728,571

 

728,571

 

728,571

 

728,571

 

728,571

11

 

IVS MAGPIE

 

5,850,000

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

 

835,714

12

 

UMGENI

 

7,200,000

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

 

1,028,571

13

 

IVS KINGLET

 

7,650,000

 

1,092,857

 

1,092,857

 

1,092,857

 

1,092,857

 

1,092,857

 

1,092,857

 

1,092,857

14

 

IVS ORCHARD

 

5,550,000

 

792,857

 

792,857

 

792,857

 

792,857

 

792,857

 

792,857

 

792,857

15

 

IVS MERLION

 

6,300,000

 

900,000

 

900,000

 

900,000

 

900,000

 

900,000

 

900,000

 

900,000

16

 

IVS RAFFLES

 

6,450,000

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

921,429

 

 

 

 

100,000,000

 

15,357,143

 

15,357,143

 

15,357,143

 

15,357,143

 

12,857,143

 

12,857,143

 

12,857,143

 

187


 

SCHEDULE 9

 

DETAILS OF THE SHIPS

 

Ship

Ship name

Name

of the Owner

Guarantor

 

Type

DWT

GRT

NRT

Year built

Approved

Flag

Approved

Classification

Society

Approved

Classification

Approved

Commercial

Manager

Approved Technical

Manager

A

IVS NIGHT JAR

IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

32,316

20283

10227

2004

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS* (Bulk Carrier, Strengthened for Heavy Cargoes, Nos 2&4 Holds may be empty) MNS*

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

 

Laurel Ship Management Pte. Ltd.

B

IVS KANDA

IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

32,621

19885

11140

2004

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS* (Bulk Carrier, Strengthened for Heavy Cargoes, Nos 2&4 Holds may be empty) (ESP) MNS*

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

 

Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

C

IVS KAWANA

IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

32,643

19885

11140

2005

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS* (Bulk Carrier, Strengthened for Heavy Cargoes, Nos 2&4 Holds may be empty) (ESP) MNS*

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

 

Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

D

IVS KINGBIRD

IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

32,561

19885

11140

2007

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS* (Bulk Carrier, Strengthened for Heavy Cargoes, Nos 2&4 Holds may be empty) (ESP) (PSCM) MNS*

 

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

188


 

Ship

Ship name

Name

of the Owner

Guarantor

 

Type

DWT

GRT

NRT

Year built

Approved

Flag

Approved

Classification

Society

Approved

Classification

Approved

Commercial

Manager

Approved Technical

Manager

E

INYALA

Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd.

Steel Petroleum / Chemical Tanker

40,000

25 400

9932

2008

Singapore

ABS

+A1, Chemical Carrier, Oil Carrier, (E), +AMS, +ACCU,PORT,VEC,TCM,SH, RES, SHCM

Handytankers K/S

Unicorn Shipping, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty)  Ltd.

F

BREEDE

Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd.

Steel Petroleum / Chemical Tanker

16,500

11271

4986

2009

Singapore

DNV GL NG

X 1A1 Tanker for Chemicals and Oil Products ESP E0 NAV-O CLEAN BIS TMON NAUTICUS (Newbuilding)

 

Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

Unicorn Shipping, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty)  Ltd.

G

RHINO

Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd.

Steel Petroleum / Chemical Tanker

40,000

25432

9897

2010

Singapore

ABS

A1, Chemical Carrier, Oil Carrier, AMS, ACCU, VEC, TCM, SR AB-CM

 

Handytankers, K/S

Unicorn Shipping, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty)  Ltd.

H

KOWIE

Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd.

Steel Petroleum / Chemical Tanker

16,500

11271

4986

2010

Singapore

DNV GL NG

X 1A1 Tanker for Chemicals and Oil Products BIS Clean E0 ESP NAUTICUS (Newbuilding) NAV-O SPM TMON VCS (1) 

Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

Unicorn Shipping, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty)  Ltd.

I

IVS KNOT

IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd.

Steel General Cargo

33,000

21483

10828

2010

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS* (Bulk Carrier, modified, BC-XII, GRAB) (PSCM) MNS*

Island View Shipping, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

189


 

Ship

Ship name

Name

of the Owner

Guarantor

 

Type

DWT

GRT

NRT

Year built

Approved

Flag

Approved

Classification

Society

Approved

Classification

Approved

Commercial

Manager

Approved Technical

Manager

J

IVS SENTOSA

IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

32,500

20809

11689

2010

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS* (CSR, Bulk Carrier-Type A, BC-XII, GRAB 20) (ESP) (IWS) (PSCM) MNS*

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

 

Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

K

IVS MAGPIE

IVS Bulk 707 Pte Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

28,240

17019

10108

2011

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS* (Bulk Carrier-Type A, BC-XII, GRAB) (ESP) MNS*

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

 

Laurel Ship Management Pte. Ltd.

L

UMGENI

Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd.

Steel Petroleum / Chemical Tanker

16,500

11271

4968

2011

Singapore

BV

X 1A1, Tanker for Chemicals and Oil products, BIS Clean E0 ESP, NAUTICUS (Newbuilding) NAV-O SPM, TMON, VCS (1)

 

Broström K/S

Unicorn Shipping, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd.

M

IVS KINGLET

IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

33,000

21483

10828

2011

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS* (Bulk Carrier modified, BC-XII, GRAB) (PSCM) MNS*

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

 

Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

N

IVS ORCHARD

IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

32,500

20928

11786

2011

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS (CSR, Bulk Carrier Type A, BC-

Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Grindrod Ship Management, a

 

190


 

Ship

Ship name

Name

of the Owner

Guarantor

 

Type

DWT

GRT

NRT

Year built

Approved

Flag

Approved

Classification

Society

Approved

Classification

Approved

Commercial

Manager

Approved Technical

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XII, Grab 20) (ESP) (IWS) (PSCM) MNS

 

 

division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd.

O

IVS MERLION

IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

32,500

20928

11786

2013

Singapore

 

NS (CSR, Bulk Carrier Type A, BC-XII, Grab 20 Performance Standard for Protective Coating for Dedicated Seawater Ballast Tanks in All Types of Ships and Double-side Skin Spaces of Bulk Carriers) (ESP) (IWS) (PSCM) MNS

 

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

P

IVS RAFFLES

IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd.

Steel Bulk Carrier

32,500

20928

11786

2013

Singapore

Nippon Kajii Kyokai

NS (CSR, Bulk Carrier Type A, BC-XII, Grab 20 Performance Standard for Protective Coatings for Dedicated Seawater Ballast Tanks in All Types of Ships and Double-side Skin Spaces of Bulk

Island View Shipping a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd

Grindrod Ship Management, a division of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

191


 

Ship

Ship name

Name

of the Owner

Guarantor

 

Type

DWT

GRT

NRT

Year built

Approved

Flag

Approved

Classification

Society

Approved

Classification

Approved

Commercial

Manager

Approved Technical

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carriers) (ESP) (IWS) MNS (M0)

 

 

 

Substitute A

BERG

Petrochemical Shipping Limited

Oil/Chemical Tanker

16,500

11271

4986

2008

Singapore

DNV GL NG

X A1, Tanker for Chemicals Oil Products ESP E0 NAV-O CLEAN BIS TMON NAUTICUS (Newbuilding)

 

N/A

Unicorn Shipping, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd.

Substitute B

LAVELA

Petrochemical Shipping Limited

Oil/Chemical Tanker

40,000

25400

9951

2010

Singapore

ABS

X A1, Chemical Carrier, Oil Carrier, (E), +AMS, +ACCU, Port, VEC, TCM, SH, RES, SCHCM

 

Handytankers, K/S

Unicorn Shipping, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd.

 

 

[Note: The Substitute Ships are currently registered on the Isle of Man fag but will be transferred to the Singapore flag before the relevant Utilisation Date of that Substitute Ship]

 

192


 

SCHEDULE 10

 

DETAILS OF POOL AGREEMENTS

 

Ship

Ship name

Pool Agreement

 

A

IVS NIGHT JAR

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

B

IVS KANDA

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

C

IVS KAWANA

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

D

IVS KINGBIRD

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager and acceded to by Guarantor D pursuant to an accession letter dated 5 August 2014

 

E

INYALA

Maersk Tankers Pool Agreement (Handy) dated 1 October 2016 acceded to by Guarantor E pursuant to an accession letter dated 4 January 2017

 

G

RHINO

Maersk Tankers Pool Agreement (Handy) dated 1 October 2016 acceded to by Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as owner pursuant to an accession letter dated 30 September 2016

 

I

IVS KNOT

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

J

IVS SENTOSA

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

L

UMGENI

Maersk Tankers Pool Agreement (Handy) dated 1 October 2016 acceded to by Guarantor L pursuant to an accession letter dated 7 October 2016

 

M

IVS KINGLET

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

N

IVS ORCHARD

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B,

 

193



 

Ship

Ship name

Pool Agreement

 

 

 

Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

O

IVS MERLION

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

P

IVS RAFFLES

Handysize Pool Agreement dated 27 May 2014 and entered into between amongst others Guarantor J, Guarantor I, Guarantor B, Guarantor A, Guarantor N, Guarantor O, Guarantor P, Guarantor C, Guarantor M and Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd as pool manager

 

 

194



 

SCHEDULE 11

 

TIMETABLES

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))

 

Five Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))

 

 

 

Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation )

 

Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

LIBOR is fixed

 

Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 10.2 ( Calculation of Reference Bank Rate )

 

Noon on the Quotation Day

 

195



 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

BORROWER

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OWNER GUARANTORS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

196



 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

UNICORN ATLANTIC PTE. LTD

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

197



 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

198



 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

 

)

as attorney in fact for and on behalf of

 

) /s/ Martyn Wade

IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD.

 

) Martyn Wade

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

)

duly authorised

 

) /s/ Dilman Sebastian

for and on behalf of

 

) Dilman Sebastian

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE

 

)

AND INVESTMENT BANK,

 

) /s/ Julie Glauser

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

) Julie Glauser

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

199



 

SIGNED by

 

)

duly authorised

 

) /s/ Domenik Nizet

for and on behalf of

 

) Domenik Nizet Senior Vice President

DVB BANK SE

 

)

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

) /s/ Emily Peng

in the presence of:

 

) Emily Peng Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

)

duly authorised

 

) /s/ Nigel Anton

for and on behalf of

 

) Nigel Anton

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK,

 

)

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

)

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

)

duly authorised

 

) /s/ Dilman Sebastian

for and on behalf of

 

) Dilman Sebastian

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE

 

)

AND INVESTMENT BANK,

 

) /s/ Julie Glauser

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

) Julie Glauser

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Domenik Nizet

duly authorised

 

) Domenik Nizet Senior Vice President

for and on behalf of

 

)

DVB BANK SE

 

) /s/ Emily Peng

in the presence of:

 

) Emily Peng Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

200



 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Nigel Anton

duly authorised

 

) Nigel Anton

for and on behalf of

 

)

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

 

)

SINGAPORE (LIMITED)

 

)

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Dilman Sebastian

duly authorised

 

) Dilman Sebastian

for and on behalf of

 

)

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE

 

) /s/ Julie Glauser

AND INVESTMENT BANK,

 

) Julie Glauser

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Domenik Nizet

duly authorised

 

) Domenik Nizet Senior Vice President

for and on behalf of

 

)

DVB BANK SE

 

) /s/ Emily Peng

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

) Emily Peng Assistant Vice President

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

)

duly authorised

 

) /s/ Nigel Anton

for and on behalf of

 

) Nigel Anton

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK,

 

)

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

)

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

201



 

COORDINATION AGENTS

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Dilman Sebastian

duly authorised

 

) Dilman Debastian

for and on behalf of

 

)

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE

 

) /s/ Julie Glauser

AND INVESTMENT BANK,

 

) Julie Glauser

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Domenik Nizet

duly authorised

 

) Domenik Nizet Senior Vice President

for and on behalf of

 

)

DVB BANK SE

 

) /s/ Emily Peng

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

) Emily Peng Assistant Vice President

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCOUNT BANK

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Dilman Sebastian

duly authorised

 

) Dilman Sebastian

for and on behalf of

 

)

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE

 

) /s/ Julie Glauser

AND INVESTMENT BANK

 

) Julie Glauser

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FACILITY AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Domenik Nizet

duly authorised

 

) Domenik Nizet Senior Vice President

for and on behalf of

 

)

DVB BANK SE

 

) /s/ Emily Peng

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

) Emily Peng Assistant Vice President

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

 

202



 

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

SECURITY AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

) /s/ Domenik Nizet

duly authorised

 

) Domenik Nizet Senior Vice President

for and on behalf of

 

)

DVB BANK SE

 

) /s/ Emily Peng

SINGAPORE BRANCH

 

) Emily Peng Assistant Vice President

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We confirm our agreement to the terms of this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

 

)

duly authorised

 

) /s/ Nigel Anton

for and on behalf of

 

) Nigel Anton

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

 

)

(SINGAPORE) LIMITED

 

)

in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

Witness’ signature:

 

) /s/ Clementine Freeth

Witness’ name:

 

) Clementine Freeth

Witness’ address:

 

)

f

 

 

 

203




Exhibit 8.1

 

List of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. Subsidiaries (1)

 

 

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

 

 

 

IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

 

Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Tanker Operations (434) Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Tankships (428) Ltd.

 

 

 

British Virgin Islands

 



 

 

Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Nyathi Limited

 

 

 

Isle of Man

 

Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Marmara Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Malacca Pte. Ltd.

 

 

 

Singapore

 

Unicorn Bulk Carriers Ltd

 

 

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Unicorn Tankers International Ltd

 

 

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as York Maritime Holdings. V. LLC)

 

 

 

Marshall Islands

IM Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

 


 

(1)  Excludes three dormant or otherwise inactive subsidiaries that are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and have Unicorn Tankers International Ltd as the parent company.

 




Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of our report dated January 9, 2018, relating to the financial statement of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (Formerly known as Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd.) appearing in such Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to use under the heading “Statement by Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Singapore

 

June 5, 2018

 




Exhibit 15.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of our report dated March 23, 2018, relating to the combined financial statements of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and subsidiaries and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty. Ltd. and subsidiaries appearing in such Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to use under the heading “Statement by Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Singapore

 

June 5, 2018